Chapter Text
Gravity Falls, Oregon.
The Hulderlands.*
Two completely different areas in the world.
And yet, they have very much in common.
Both are homes to various creatures that shouldn't exist.
Both featured locations that are undiscovered and just as mythical as the creatures that surround them.
And both were explored by two brave youngsters, who knew the risks when exploring and studying them.
These are their...
Mystery Adventures.
Notes:
I loved that crossover animatic by Marius Wales. You can easily imagine hearing Dipper and Hilda's VAs in it.
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/36037231
Chapter 2: Danger On The First Week
Summary:
The Pines Family arrives in Trolberg, where danger awaits them on their first day.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
*A certain someone's POV*
Summer Break.
A time for leisure, recreation, and taking 'er easy...
...unless you're me.
{During the events of The Long Road}
Just when I thought my Summer Break from last year was insane, my family and I ended up spending Winter Break, and the new year, in the Hulderlands, a neighboring continent near the Scandanavian countries. As the new year dawned, so did the start of a new friendship.
*A boy, a girl, and a deer fox walk across a grassland*
My name is Dipper. The girl right next to me is Hilda, a resident of the Hulderlands. The little one right next to her is Twig, a deer fox, and her closest companion.
Since we were younger, Hilda and I each have a knack for adventure. Then, things escalated when we first met.
Last year, my parents thought that I, along with my younger twin, Mabel, could use some fresh air. Mabel and I visited a town in Oregon called Gravity Falls, home to my uncle, Stan Pines, who owned a tourist trap called the Mystery Shack, where we worked alongside him and two others named Soos and Wendy. I thought it was just going to be quite a boring summer, until one day, I found one of three journals, all later revealed to be authored by Stan's missing twin, Ford Pines. Each journal detailed all kinds of supernatural stuff that surrounds Gravity Falls. One of which would later become our biggest threat, Bill Cipher, a psychotic living pyramid who wanted to take control of the whole universe and recreate it in his image. In the end, Grunkle Stan sacrificed his memory to destroy Bill and save us all. As time went by, he started to regain his memories with the help of Uncle Ford. I've always looked forward to seeing them and the others again. Eventually, we would, but not in Gravity Falls.
When my family visited the Hulderlands in Winter, I decided to try "solo-exploring" the nearby wilderness. When I did so, I encountered a rather angry wolf, but I was saved by Hilda and Twig. Since then, she has shown me around the place, while we talked about our many adventures. During this, we even discussed our differences. I'm always careful, organized, and analytical, while Hilda is more of a risk-taker and often acts on impulse, such as when she jumped over a chasm and nearly fell, while I took a nearby safe path and had to pull her back up. And that's just the tip of the iceberg. Eventually, we parted ways and headed back to our homes. However, I already knew what I wanted to do later that year.
Later that year, my family and I decided to visit Trolberg.
And thus, began a new kind of adventure for all of us.
----------
Intro: Play this first before continuing
----------
~Trolberg~
*A bus arrives and opens its doors, allowing its passengers to disembark*
*One particular group disembarks*
Stan: So, this is Trolberg. Not that different from Gravity Falls.
Mabel: Are you sure this is where Hilda lives?
Dipper: Her words, not mine.
Wendy: So, where's the house we're setting up in?
Ford: *Pulls out a map* Uh... It should be... *Points to a direction* ...right around this corner.
*They all head to the corner in question*
Wendy: *Spots the house in question* Is that it?
Ford: *Spots it as well* Yep. That's the place.
Dipper: *Looks across the street* *!*
Across the street from our new house stood a similar house, which looked more decrepit in comparison. And boy, did it send chills down my spine.
Dipper: ... Glad it's not that house.
~Inside~
Ford: Okay. Time to set up shop. *He and the others proceed to do so* If Trolberg is just as mysterious as Gravity Falls usually is, then we better prepare ourselves for whatever we might come across, especially... dare I say it... if the worst comes to the worst. *Notices Dipper heading outside* Where are you going?
Dipper: I'm... just gonna explore Trolberg a little more. I'll be back soon. *Leaves*
Stan: Don't take too long. The exchange thing that you and Mabel signed up for will start tomorrow.
Dipper: I know.
Mabel: Hold on! *Goes after him* I wanna explore too!
It was still school time for me and my sister. Our school happened to be in this multinational exchange program, which also featured the Trolberg-based Edmund Ahlberg Elementary. And I already know who goes to that school.
Mabel: *Catches up to Dipper* So, where's a good place to start?
Dipper: Well, we could start with the local library. The first thing I want to be doing here in Trolberg is study its history.
Mabel: Sounds like a plan. *!* Oh, wait. Maybe, I should go back and get the map.
Dipper: No need. We can just find a copy. It would probably be for the best if we had more than one- *Bumps into someone holding some boxes, causing them to fall* Ah! S-Sorry.
Familiar Voice: No, it's okay.
Dipper: *!*
Familiar Voice: It's hard for me to see where I'm going, considering how these boxes are blocking my view of what's in front of me.
Dipper: *Looks up to see...* Hilda?
Hilda: *!* *Looks up to him* Dipper! *Hugs him* Haha!
Dipper: Nice to see you too.
Hilda: *Breaks the hug* I haven't seen you in a while. How's life back in Piedmont?
Dipper: Quite fine. You?
Hilda: Oh, you're going to love what I've been wanting to tell you. *Turns to Mabel* You must be Mabel.
Mabel: Yep. *Extends her hand* I'm Mabel Pines.
Hilda: *Shakes her hand* Hilda Löfgren. So, what brings you here?
Dipper: We're participating in a school exchange program. Upon learning that your school was featured, we immediately went for it.
Hilda: *Chuckle* Talk about "diabolical luck". *Picks up the boxes* Well, since you're here, I might as well show you around. R-Right after I get these boxes delivered. I have to get these to a scout program that I'm a part of.
Mabel: We could help if you'd like. Fewer items to carry.
Hilda: Fair enough. Pick a box, any box.
{Later}
It was a fairly decent tour. Mabel and I needed it if we were going to attend Hilda's school.
~Park~
Hilda: The moment I stepped into Trolberg. This park is where I met some new friends. *Remembers* Well, I say they were my friends, but nowadays, I hardly ever talk to them.
Dipper: What happened?
Hilda: They... weren't exactly nice. At the time, I was still rather clueless. I've lived in a lone cabin with my mum in the wilderness for most of my life, hardly knowing anything about living in a city or even the smallest settlements, but now, here I am.
Mabel: *Spots something in the distance* Is that the school?
Hilda: Yep. That's where I go. In fact, after all that I went through in the past, I decided to start a school club, the Adventure Club. I do hope for you to join. We need around 5 or 6 members if we want it to be official.
Mabel: Count us in. We would love to.
Dipper: Well, tomorrow at least. We start our attendance tomorrow.
Hilda: Good. Less time for us to wait.
{Later}
Hilda: So, this is where you're staying for the time being?
Mabel: Uh-huh. Not much, but it's better than nothing.
Dipper: It's that house across the street that I'm worried about.
Hilda: *Turns to the house in question* Oh, my. *Turns back to the twins* Well, you're in luck. If you need any help, my apartment is just a block down the street. Just look for a white-and-red building with a brick roof. *Leaves* See you tomorrow.
Dipper & Mabel: Bye.
Mabel: She's quite nice.
Dipper: Hm. *Glances at the decrepit house*
{The next day}
~Edmund Ahlberg Elementary~
Sure enough, we began our first day at the school. It wasn't until we began looking for Hilda's club that things finally got... strange.
Mabel: *Looking around* Okay. Where is that clubroom?
Dipper: *Looking around* There should be some sign or whatever to show us. *Approaches a group of kids* Excuse us.
*The group turns to them*
Girl: Can we help you?
Dipper: We're looking for the... Adventure Club.
Boy: Löfgren's club?
Boy 2: Well, you don't have to look around for too long. *Points to a door* It's just down there. There's no official sign for it though.
Mabel: Which is why my brother and I are going to join it to officiate it.
Boy: Why that club of all things?
Dipper: ... I... visited the Hulderlands earlier this year. I don't mind exploring it again. *He and Mabel head for the clubroom*
Boy 3: They must be the exchange students in question.
Girl: They seem nice.
Boy: Yeah, but they're interested in Löfgren's club.
Boy 2: What's wrong with that?
~Adventure Clubroom~
Boy 4: Hilda, are you sure this thing will work?
Hilda: Positive. I've already tested it a couple of days ago.
Dipper: *Enters with Mabel* Hey, Hilda.
Hilda: Oh, you're here! About time.
Mabel: *Notices the bullseye* Are you guys up to something?
*Thwank!*
Dipper: Whoa! *Ducks his head*
*The projectile bounces off the bullseye*
Dipper: *Gets back up* Careful.
Girl 2: Sorry. Just... testing a new... *Glances at a...* ...device.
Boy 4: An experimental catapult.
Boy 5: Which we shouldn't be testing on the school grounds.
Hilda: In hindsight, we probably should've taken it outside after school.
Boy 5: *Annoyed* Oh. You don't say!
Boy 4: What was your first clue?
Girls 2: Boys, please.
Dipper: Hilda, are you sure this is a club for adventurers? Or is it actually for child soldiers?
Hilda: It's for adventurers. The catapult's just for self-defense.
Dipper: Looks more like offense than defense.
Hilda: Well, it depends on the situation, I guess. Anyway, allow me to introduce the team. *Points to the girl* Frida Auclair, *Points to one boy* David Olden, *Points to the other* and latest member Richard Burke.
Frida: Nice to meet you guys. Hilda has told us a lot about you.
Dipper: Likewise.
Hilda: Team, these two are twin siblings Dipper and Mabel Pines.
David: Dipper?
Dipper: Actually, my real name is Mason, but my nickname comes from my birthmark. *Shows it on his forehead* See?
Richard: Oh. That explains it.
*Muffled running*
*They all turn to the door*
Frida: Oh, gosh. Is that Daniel again?
Richard: Why am I not surprised?
Dipper: Wait. Daniel?
Mabel: Who's he?
Richard: Daniel Burke. My older brother. He works here as a volunteer.
*A young man barges into the room*
Daniel: Sorry, Richard! I gotta hide in here! *Hides behind a table*
*A teacher peeps through*
Teacher: Richard, have you seen your brother? I caught him stealing something from my room.
Richard: ... I... think he rushed by the door.
Teacher: Blast.
Richard: What has he done this time?
Teacher: He was nabbing some of my... flammable materials.
Richard: ... *Gulp*
Teacher: I'm on the verge of questioning why we still have him dropping by the school to volunteer if he keeps behaving like this.
Richard: That's just Daniel being... Daniel. He can't help it.
Teacher: Ugh. *Leaves*
Daniel: ... Is the coast clear now?
Richard: The teacher left.
Daniel: *Emerges* Hoo, boy.
Frida: Daniel, these habits of yours are getting out of hand.
Daniel: I know. But I need to know what's in that- *Notices the Pines Twins* Who are you two?
Dipper & Mabel: Uh...
Hilda: Daniel, these two are twins Dipper and Mabel Pines. Guys, this is Daniel Burke.
Mabel: Nice to meet you, Daniel.
Daniel: Nice to meet you as well, but I can't stay for introductions. I need to head to that house.
Mabel: What house?
David: Daniel and Richard visit decrepit places from time to time.
Hilda: And when they're home, it's their job to know what happens in their neighborhood.
Daniel: This time, I'm looking into a decrepit white house on the block.
Dipper: Does it have boarded windows and a no-crossing sign on the front yard?
Daniel: *?* How'd you know?
Mabel: We're in the house across from it.
Daniel: ... Well, sucks to be in your position. Besides, your house is no picnic either.
Dipper: How so?
Daniel: That house has a hidden basement, which is still accessible to this day. The house's founder died down there. To the public, he lost ownership at some point and lived down there as a tenant, up until he died of natural causes. However, some, including myself, have believed that the founder kept the ownership, and was poisoned to death instead.
Dipper: Who would do that?
Daniel: I don't know. Some say the following owner got a little too ambitious, and others believe that the founder... offed himself in an unsuccessful attempt to take the ownership to the grave. What I do know is that Martin Reynolds, the owner across the street, had some part in that matter. And on top of that, he has some secrets of his own.
Mabel: Like what?
Daniel: He had a family once, but his wife died in a tragic accident. After that, he just... snapped.
Richard: And if that weren't enough, his two kids went missing some time later. Some believe his broken state caused him to... kill them.
Dipper: ... Uh...
Daniel: But I am not stopping, until I find the answers I seek. *Approaches the door* I'd steer clear from that house if I were you two. It could cost you your life. *Leaves*
Hilda: ... Uh... Anyway, now that you're here, why don't you sign up?
{Later}
~Reynolds House~
Dipper: ... Hmm.
Mabel: You okay?
Dipper: ... I'm gonna give it a shot.
Mabel: Give what a shot?
Dipper: I'm gonna talk to him. *Approaches the house*
Mabel: Are you sure you want to do that?
Dipper: You would usually do this.
Mabel: Well, normally, I would, but after all that we went through back in Gravity Falls, I'm starting to feel a little cautious now.
Dipper: That's the thing about growing up; you get a little more cautious about your surroundings. *Knocks on the door* Hello?
*Silence*
Dipper: Silence. That's never a good sign.
Mabel: *Looks through the window* Neither is a lack of movement inside the house.
Dipper: Let's check the back. Maybe, he's over there. *He and Mabel do so*
At that moment, things started to get disturbing.
*Muffled noise*
Dipper & Mabel: *!*
Dipper: Do you hear that?
Mabel: *Nods* It sounds like crying.
*They continue to the backyard, until...*
Dipper: Oh...
Mabel: ...my goodness.
A tombstone. Unmarked. In someone's backyard. And yet, no one else has noticed it.
*Knob rattling*
Dipper: *Notices a door* We better leave. *Grabs Mabel's hand and leaves with her*
*A middle-aged man with a shovel exits*
Man: *Looks around* Hello?
*Silence*
Man: ... Hm. I thought I heard someone.
*A ball lands in the yard*
Man: *Turns to see some kids nearby* Oh, great. *Grabs the ball and throws it back* Can't you go play in the park or something?
*The kids grab the ball and leave*
Man: *Scoff* Seriously.
*A delivery truck passes by*
~Down The Street~
Our troubles didn't stop there. Things were about to get... dark down the street.
Seller: Man, I'm on a hot streak this month. I even managed to sell that "death house" to that group from the States.
Seller 2: You mean, the one across from Mister Reynolds' house?
Seller: Yeah, that one. *Places a "Sold" sticker over a "For Sale" sign* Besides, that old guy died from natural causes.
Seller 2: Not everyone sees it that way though.
Seller: Ah, who cares about what those conspiracy theorists yammer about? Not us.
*A flock of crows suddenly swarm the older seller*
Seller: Oy! Shoo! Get away! *Unknowingly stumbles onto the road* A little help here Alex!
Alex: *Notices the delivery truck coming* Uh... Eli?
Eli: What?!
Alex: There's a truck coming!
Eli: *!* A truck?! Where?!
Alex: Behind you!
Eli: *Turns around* Huh?
*Truck honks*
*The flock flies away*
Eli: *Screaming*
*Thud!*
Eli: *Flies backward* Oy! *Falls to the ground*
Alex: Eli! *Rushes to him*
*A woman peeks out of Hilda's apartment*
Woman: What on...? *!* Oh, no.
*Daniel arrives*
Woman: Daniel-
Daniel: Johanna, just stay inside. And whatever you do, don't let Hilda see this! *Rushes to the scene*
Johanna: ...
Hilda: *Appears* Mum?
Johanna: *Turns to Hilda*
Hilda: What was that noise?
Johanna: Hilda, just back up to the apartment.
Hilda: Why?
Johanna: Just go.
Hilda: ... Okay. *Goes back*
*A strange coin of sorts rolls away from the crash site, before stopping in front of...*
Man: ... *Grabs it* ... *Turns to the scene* How is that bonehead still drawing oxygen? *Pockets the coin* I guess it's forever beyond me. *Leaves*
{Nighttime}
Dipper: What? Someone got hit by a truck, right outside your apartment?
Hilda (Over the phone): He's breathing at least. And the truck driver wasn't at fault. But get this: It wasn't the only time. This was only the fourth accident in the past couple of weeks. All of them have the same MO.
Dipper: A pattern, huh?
Hilda (Over the phone): And here's the kicker: One particular man is always present at each accident. According to Daniel, that man in question is Mister Reynolds.
Dipper: Mister Reynolds? Why would he be at each accident?
Hilda (Over the phone): Not sure. Daniel's going to check out the house again tonight. In the meantime, I'm gonna sneak out and follow him.
Dipper: Wait a minute. What about-
*Hang-up noise*
Dipper: ... Dang. *Puts the phone away* I'll be right back. *Leaves*
Ford: Where are you going?
Dipper: I'm gonna check that house across the street again.
Ford: Dipper, need I remind you of what you and Mabel discovered earlier?
*Door closes*
Ford: ... *Groans* Never mind.
Stan: Let him do what he wants, Ford. More dinner food for me.
Ford: Still, Dipper should stay safe around that house.
~Reynolds House~
Daniel: *Skulks around the house* Okay. Where are you?
???: Daniel.
Daniel: *!* Gyagh! *Turns around to see...* Why are you here?
Hilda: I'm just as curious as you are.
???: Ahem.
Hilda: *!* *Turns around to see...*
Dipper: Impulsive as usual.
Hilda: You're one to talk. You were here earlier.
Dipper: Exactly. In the daylight. Not here during-
Daniel: Will you two keep it down? We have to look for a way in. Every time I sneak in, Reynolds would reinforce his house in response.
*Muffled noise*
All 3: *!*
Hilda: Is someone... crying?
Dipper: Mabel and I heard that earlier.
Daniel: *Looks up to see an open window* There's a way in. Maybe, we can find out who it is inside.
~Inside~
Daniel: Good gravy. What's with the decor?
Dipper: Well, a questionable taste decor doesn't make anyone a murderer.
Daniel: Whatever.
Hilda: *Notices a pile of coins* What are these for?
Dipper: Could they be from the accidents?
Daniel: Maybe. Considering the amount, there might be more incidents than just the four from the past two weeks.
*The trio skulks to the next floor up*
Daniel: He's always changing things, even on the inside. It's like the house is alive or something.
*Footsteps*
All 3: *!*
*A shadow slowly comes into view*
Hilda: *Spots an open room* In here. *She and the others head inside*
Daniel: *Sighs with relief* That was close.
Dipper: *Notices a corkboard* Whoa. Someone's been busy. Pictures of the two houses. And many others.
Hilda: Familiar faces too. Including... us.
Daniel: *Pulls out a camera* Here. *Passes it to Dipper* It's on "Silent".
Dipper: *Takes a picture*
*Flash!*
All 3: *!*
Hilda: You said it was on "Silent"!
Daniel: I thought it was!
Dipper: Let's just get out of here!
*They all do so*
We had to sneak from one door to another in the hallway, while a familiar face kept looking into the previous rooms. It was going smoothly until...
Dipper: *Steps on a loose board, causing it to creak loudly* ... Oops.
Daniel: Nice going, genius.
Man: *?* *Turns to see the trio* What the...?
All 3: *They all turn to him* ...
Hilda: ... Are... you... Martin Reynolds?
Man: So, what if I am?
Daniel: At least, you admit it.
Reynolds: *Notices the camera* ... You...!
Dipper: *?* Hm?
Reynolds: Give me that CAMERA! *Charges at them*
Daniel: Run! *He and the kids do so*
*Reynolds chases them around the house, until...*
Dipper: *Notices a crawlspace* This way! *He and the others go through*
Reynolds: No, no, NO! *Runs to the front door*
~Outside~
*The trio heads to Dipper's house*
All 3: *Panting*
Reynolds: *Stops at his front gate*
Dipper: Why doesn't he just go past his property line?
Daniel: I don't know. But it's all the more reason to suspect him for having secrets of his own.
Reynolds: ... Quit coming here, Burke! I'm getting tired of it! *Goes back inside* Not to mention how you keep getting past my reinforcements! *Slams the door shut*
Hilda: ... I mean, he's not wrong.
Daniel: Well, I don't care.
Dipper: *Examines the picture* Hey, Daniel.
Daniel: Hm?
Dipper: Do you... ever follow Mister Reynolds when he leaves his house?
Daniel: Not really. I just find that as the best time to sneak in, considering what he does when he's home.
Dipper: Well... *Shows the picture* Do you ever wonder what he does when he's not home?
Daniel: ... Not really. I never thought of that until now.
Dipper: Wouldn't have to go into his creepy house again.
Hilda: And who knows? Maybe, we'll get lucky.
~Upper Floor, Reynolds House~
Reynolds: *Observing the trio* ... You could get lucky. But I won't slip up. I never slip up.
It was only my first week in Trolberg. And needless to say, things were about to become quite... difficult.
Notes:
Some artwork would be nice.
Richard and Daniel are two OCs of mine, loosely based on two real-life childhood friends of mine named Danny and Ricky.
Chapter 3: A Broken Past
Summary:
Only part of the mystery is solved when the team learns about the past of their person of interest.
Notes:
The rest of the story will be told in the third person.
Chapter Text
{The next day}
~Edmund Ahlberg Elementary~
The next day, Daniel was gathering the rest of the squad to relay their findings, while Hilda continued touring Dipper.
Hilda: *Spots a particular group of kids chattering* Ugh.
Dipper: *Spots them as well* Are they... bad news?
Hilda: Unfortunately, yes. *Points to three of the kids* Three of them were among the first "friends" I made here in Trolberg.
Dipper: So, those three are the ones you mentioned.
Hilda: *Nods* I'd steer clear of them if I were you. *Notices two more boys approaching the group* On the other hand, those two are a different story.
Dipper: *!* Hang on. I saw that boy before. He was with another group of kids.
Hilda: Hughie Lombardi. He's always so... judgemental. Ironically, he's also Richard's best friend.
Dipper: What about the other one?
Hilda: Trevor Stenburg. He's their team leader. He's just as rude as his group, but he admitted that there are times when he's... much nicer.
Dipper: How'd you get him to admit that?
Hilda: Well, I-
Daniel: *Arrives with the rest of their team* There you are. I was wondering where you went.
Hilda: Just giving Dipper a tour of the school.
As the team went over what was discovered in the Reynolds House, they didn't notice...
Hughie: *Spots them* Oh, great.
Boy: What?
Hughie: They did join the Adventure Club.
*The rest of the group turns to what he's looking at*
Girl: Are those the two twins from the other day?
Hughie: Mm-hmm. They were asking about Löfgren's club.
Boy 2: Didn't you say that one of them had a weird name?
Hughie: The boy in the hat. His name is Mason, but he prefers Dipper.
Girl: *Chuckling* Dipper? Like the star thing?
Hughie: His sister, Mabel, is no picnic either. She's so carefree. *Turns to Trevor* Remind you of anyone?
Trevor: ...
Hughie: *?* Trevor?
Trevor: *!* Y-Yeah. Yeah, it sounds like Hilda.
Girl: Are you okay?
Trevor: I-I'm fine. It's just... *Sigh* Never mind. *Heads to the front door* Let's just get inside.
Girl: *Groans* What has gotten into him?
Hughie: *Shrug* Don't look at me. He's your problem. I'm just your "latest addition".
{Later that day}
The rest of the day went on normally for the team until they were called to talk to Miss Hallgrim, one of the teachers. Originally, Daniel was supposed to be present as well, but he had left before the school day ended.
*The team enters*
Dipper: You... wanted to see us?
Miss Hallgrim: Yes. Before you say anything, I can assure you that none of you are at fault. It's more about Daniel. No surprise that he left the school for the day before we could get to him.
Richard: I know that Daniel has a long history of... troublemaking, but I do know that some of his actions are... justifiable in a sense.
Miss Hallgrim: And yet, those motives in particular are often overshadowed by everything else.
Richard: Well, yeah, but-
Miss Hallgrim: Back on topic. Has he told you anything in particular as of late?
Dipper: ... Well, there is one thing: There's this house across the street from mine, and he said that the guy in there has a... messed up behavior or something.
Miss Hallgrim: You mean, Martin Reynolds? *Sigh* Of course, Daniel would go after him.
Dipper: Daniel said he had a family once, but now, he lives on his own.
Miss Hallgrim: That I remember. The accident that killed his wife was the talk of the school at the time. Helen was a teacher here.
Hilda: What happened?
Miss Hallgrim: Helen was coming back from visiting some relatives. Her car was acting up. So, Martin had to pick her up in his. On the way back, they were about to stop at a red light, when all of a sudden, the brakes on Martin's car... somehow snapped. On top of that, it was raining that night. So, the car just went faster and faster, until they got to a busy intersection and... crashed into another car.
Kids: ...
Miss Hallgrim: Helen was the only one who died that night, and Martin had survivor's guilt. Since then, he had to lie to his children about what happened to their mother and even kept them isolated. A year later, those two kids, Andrew and Sophie, tried to leave the house to look for Helen, but Martin caught them and took them back. Shortly thereafter, Andrew and Sophie suddenly went missing and rumors began to spread about their fates. As of recently, I can see that Daniel has found himself in that crowd. *Glances at Dipper and Hilda* And even brought you two along.
Dipper: T-Technically, I wasn't into whatever he was into. I was... pulled in.
Hilda: "Pulled in"? Really? That's supposed to be your excuse?
Miss Hallgrim: And to think, you also took a picture of something in his house.
Hilda: *!* How did-
Miss Hallgrim: Hughie overheard your conversation and relayed everything to me.
Richard: *Face-palm* Dang it, Hughie.
Dipper: Well, the picture we took showed something creepy. He had a corkboard with pictures of... the six of us.
Kids: *?!*
Miss Hallgrim: *?* Now, why would he have such a thing?
Dipper: I don't know, but we saw it with our own eyes. Then again, he probably took it down by now.
Miss Hallgrim: ... Just... do us all one favor: Leave Mister Reynolds be. He's already suffered too much.
Kids: ... Okay.
~Park~
David: Miss Hallgrim did have a point. Is looking into Mister Reynolds even worth it?
Richard: Daniel thinks so. All he wants is answers.
Mabel: Curiosity does get the better of us.
Frida: But it seems to get the better of Daniel all the time.
Richard: Hence why he has a history of troublemaking.
Hilda: *Spots a familiar person* Uh-oh.
*The team spots the person as well*
Dipper: Mister Reynolds. *Approaches him*
Mabel: Uh... What are you doing?
Dipper: ...
Reynolds: *Notices Dipper* What do you want?
Dipper: I'm only gonna say this once. I'm sorry for breaking into your house.
Reynolds: ... That older friend of yours has done worse.
Dipper: If there's anything I can do to make up for it, then I'll do just that.
Reynolds: ... Follow me. *Walks away* I need some help with some supplies.
Dipper: ... *Follows*
Hilda: ... "Supplies"? *She and the others follow*
{Later}
~Hardware Store~
*Dipper and Mister Reynolds exit with a stash of supplies*
Dipper: Not to intrude on your personal life, but what are the supplies for?
Reynolds: ... I'm trying to turn my house into a... prison.
Dipper: *!* Why would you do that?
Reynolds: It's more about what I'm keeping inside my house rather than the countless intruders that barge in.
Dipper: Well, why is it difficult for you to talk about?
Reynolds: ... What I'm keeping inside... was created by my son.
Diper: *?* Your son?
Reynolds: Ever since Helen passed, Andrew and Sophie have become... immensely curious about what happened to her. I... didn't dare to tell them that she had died. Instead, I told them that she was reported missing. I was... scared to wonder how they would end up becoming if I had told them the truth. Looking back, I probably should've gone down that route. Instead, I saw what they had become when I lied to them. Sophie did move on, but Andrew... He just wouldn't stop thinking about his mother. That's why I decided to... isolate the three of us. The last straw came when he and Sophie attempted to escape.
Dipper: What did you do with them after that?
Reynolds: ... I sent them to live with relatives, the same relatives that Helen was visiting the night she died. For good measure, I gave up my custody rights, so that I could live on my own.
Dipper: But you said they went missing.
Reynolds: Also for good measure. But that... thing in my house. The thing that Andrew created... It just wouldn't leave me alone. So, I imprisoned it. I hope it doesn't get out. This city would be a better place without it roaming about and- *Spots something* Oh, boy.
Dipper: *Spots it as well* *!* Uh...
Up ahead with another crash site. This time, outside a garage.
Reynolds: Change of plans. *Takes Dipper's bag* I'll take everything back. Good day.
Dipper: W-What...?
Hilda: *She and the others approach Dipper* Okay. That was odd. Why the sudden change of plans?
Dipper: *Notices Mister Reynolds approaching something near the site* Oh.
Reynolds: *Grabs a strange coin and leaves*
Dipper: He probably wanted to avoid talking about the coins.
Hilda: The coins?
~Adventure Clubroom~
Daniel: *Writing on the chalkboard* "Mister Reynolds is not a killer". "Mister Reynolds is not a killer". "Mister Reynolds is not a killer". "Mister Reynolds is not a killer". "Mister Reynolds is not a-"
???: What are you doing?
Daniel: *Turns to see the group that Dipper and Mabel met* I'm trying to remind myself of something Dipper told me.
Girl: Is this about when you broke into Mister Reynolds' house?
Daniel: Questionable taste in decor doesn't make him a murderer, but if it's not murder, then what is it?
*Door opens, revealing the team*
Daniel: Oh, good. You're here. Where have you been this time?
Dipper: I had a chat with Mister Reynolds.
Daniel: *!* Why?
Dipper: He's no murderer, but he's hiding something worse than a dead body. He was being dodgy about it too.
Hughie: What else could he be hiding?
Hilda: Beats us, but it has to do with those coins that he has been collecting.
Richard: *Glares at Hughie* Why are you so interested all of a sudden?
Hughie: Uh...
Girl: I'm interested, Richard!
Hughie: *Mockingly* "I'm interested, Richard"! *Normal tone* You're always interested in what Richard has to say, Jemma.
Jemma: Hughie, shut up.
Daniel: Back on topic. What did he tell you?
Dipper: He said that he sent his children away after they tried to search for their mother, but he's been haunted by this... thing created by his son.
Daniel: What... did his son create?
Dipper: He wouldn't say, but he did tell me that he had been holding it prisoner for some time. It got even weirder when he just darted away from me to grab yet another coin.
Daniel: So, he's holding something prisoner in his house and he's secretive about those coins.
Hilda: *!* Wait a second. I just remembered something. That corkboard with the pictures of us on it. I saw a map as well.
Daniel: *Pulls out his camera and checks the picture* You're right. There was a map. *Shows it* It's even got a pin on all of our houses, including Dipper and Mabel's.
Boy 2: *Notices something* Hold on. *Points to pin* That one's my house.
Boy 3: Why would Mister Reynolds be watching you?
Hughie: Hold on. *Points to the building across from it* That building across from Tommy's house. Isn't that the workplace of that seller who got run over the other day?
Daniel: Well, we've already solved part of the mystery behind the Reynolds House. Now, we just have another.
David: I'm not sure if we should.
Daniel: David, people are getting run over, Mister Reynolds is collecting these coins at each scene, as well as taking photos of certain places and people, he's been keeping to himself about them, and no one's doing squat to solve this mystery because of his undeniably tragic backstory. Someone has to solve it, or this trend will continue for... whoever knows how long.
David: ... *Sigh* And that someone is... us.
Dipper: And just us. No one else is allowed unless it's necessary to bring them in.
~Outside The Room~
Unbeknownst to them, a certain rival group had been eavesdropping.
Trevor: Speak for yourself, Pines. The last thing this school wants is more troublemakers.
Chapter 4: Who Saw What?
Summary:
After observing Martin Reynolds outside his house, the Adventure Club and their allies come together at the Pines House to discuss their findings.
Notes:
The episode will be written in a "journalistic" format, but the rest will be in the third person. Different formats will only appear depending on the situation.
Chapter Text
*Dipper's POV*
Okay. So, after observing Martin Reynolds for some time, the crew and I gathered at our house to relay our findings to each other.
Here's what we collected. (Word for word.)
----------
Hughie and Deacon (Told by Hughie):
So, Deacon went to the doctor's office one day, waiting in one of the rooms, when all of a sudden, he heard screaming. Upon looking outside the window, he saw a small crowd gathering at a building across the street. They were surrounding one guy lying on the stairs. Poor sucker's knee was slightly bent the wrong way. When they tried to help, he insisted on handling it himself and crawled away, but one guy, later revealed to be his neighbor, followed him just to be safe. But then, as he made it to the bottom of the stairs, another guy came out and the same thing happened to him! Unfortunately for him, he got an even worse injury. He landed so hard, that everyone heard his spine cracking and he passed out a second later. When they all went to check on him (minus the first victim and his neighbor of course), something shiny rolled away from the second guy. Only Deacon noticed it, no one else. So, he managed to snap a picture of it. After doing so, a millisecond later, Mister Reynolds came into view and snatched the coin with only Deacon noticing, before leaving the scene. That's when the doctor came in and Deacon had to go back to his seat. Sure enough, that building is on that map in Mister Reynolds' house. Later on, I met up with Deacon, and we headed over to that building. Deacon's working theory is that the stairs have been... rigged or something. I don't know. It's his theory, not mine.
Me, Mabel, and Richard (Told by me):
Ever since Miss Halgrim told us to leave Mister Reynolds alone, we decided to only observe him outside his house rather than barge in like Daniel usually does. One night, we spotted him near the local cemetery. We couldn't get a good look at what he was doing from outside. We tried to get inside, but a police car was coming and we had to hide. They got a report of a vandal. Only one officer came and entered. So, we followed. All he could find was a dug-up grave. Then, all of a sudden, Mister Reynolds appeared from behind him and tried to whack him with a shovel. Fortunately, Mabel thought fast and threw a rock at him to catch his attention. The cop noticed as well, but all he could see was just a stray cat, while we lured MIster Reynolds away from him. Little did we realize that we were already too late. He already collected the body from that grave and stuffed it in a sack. Luckily, he just stopped and let us run off. I'm guessing whatever was in that sack of his was worth killing witnesses over and too important for him to lose sight of.
Jemma and Tommy (Told by Jemma):
There was this wooden building that Tommy and I decided to visit, as we saw Mister Reynolds entering it. Nothing but taxidermy statues inside. Anyone would think that every glass eye was silently judging them. When we got to the basement, we saw the taxidermist, acting a bit... off. He seemed to enjoy his work a little more than usual. I was about to question him, but Tommy insisted that we leave him be. When we tried to leave, we knocked one of the taxidermy statues over. As soon as we heard the taxidermist, we hid and skulked away. But then, something weird happened. We saw Mister Reynolds knock out the taxidermist for seemingly no reason. Then, he grabbed a stuffed crow and walked out. Kind of random if you ask me.
Hilda, Frida, and David (Told by Hilda):
At first, I thought Mister Reynolds was on to us since we spotted him on the school grounds. He was even picking a lock to one of the doors. But when we followed him inside, we saw that he wasn't really on to us. Instead, he was infiltrating a door that led to the school's boiler room. Upon our entry, we found what appeared to be tunnels underneath our own school. Why that is? We may never know. What really caught us offguard was not Mister Reynolds, but rather... Trevor and his group. They were just as curious about the tunnels as we were. Then, we heard a rumbling. So, we all rushed back to the surface. We hoped it wasn't a quake or anything like that. Thankfully, it wasn't, but honestly... I would've preferred a tremor. By the time, we got back to the surface, the rumbling just... stopped. We thought it was over, until... boom! We heard an explosion from outside. When we checked to see where it was, we saw a nearby apartment building on fire. It was put out in a short amount of time, and no one was inside when it happened, but no one knows what really caused the explosion. They just assumed that the boiler got all faulty, but I thought Mister Reynolds used the tunnels to sneak into that boiler room and tamper with it.
----------
Whatever Mister Reynolds is doing, it has become clear that he doesn't care about whoever he hurts. He doesn't let anyone get in his way. No one is bothering to investigate the guy. So, we might as well take matters into our own hands.
Chapter 5: One False Move
Summary:
The team begins their mission to take down Martin Reynolds, but things take a dark turn for one of them.
Notes:
Back to the third person.
Chapter Text
~Pines House~
*Knocking*
Dipper: *Opens it, revealing the rest of the team* Come right in.
*The team enters*
Daniel: So, this is where you're staying, huh?
Dipper: You'd expect an apartment, but somehow, we got this place.
Ford: *Appears* You must be Dipper and Mabel's friends. Nice to meet you all. I'm Ford Pines. *Points to a sleeping Stan* That over there is my twin brother, Stan Pines.
Wendy: *Appears* Hi. I'm Wendy Corduroy.
Hilda: Nice to meet you too.
Daniel: We just need to use the second floor.
~Second Floor~
From the second floor, the team observes Martin Reynolds returning to his home.
Daniel: Nothing so far.
Mabel: So, how are we going to approach this?
Dipper: Simple: We split into two teams. One infiltrates the house, the other will be the eyes in the sky.
*Hammering*
*The team looks outside to see Mister Reynolds hammering wooden planks over one of his windows*
Richard: Okay. Nothing suspicious there.
Daniel: *Notices a door on the bottom level* Hmm. That door looks important. It's got like a... red lock.
Hilda: Why would he have such a thing?
Daniel: Beats me.
Reynolds: *Glares at the group* ... Hmph. *Enters his house... while leaving the front door open*
Frida: Why is he leaving the front door open?
David: Maybe, he's... daring us?
Daniel: If he thinks I'm scared, then he's wrong. I always get away.
Jemma: Try telling that to those... sharp objects out there.
Dipper: Barbed wire, a beartrap, a guillotine blade...
Mabel: No doubt it's a trap.
Wendy: *Spots something in the bedroom* Wait. Look in there.
*The team spots a red key on the nightstand*
Daniel: Perfect. *Climbs out of the window* I'm going in. *Jumps down to the ground*
Hughie: Couldn't he just take your door?
Daniel (Over the radio): Testing.
Dipper: *Uses his radio* We hear you.
David: You do remember that we're forbidden from barging in, right?
Daniel (Over the radio): I know, but I don't care. Who else is going to investigate this house? The authorities won't. Now, how do I get inside without using the front door?
Hilda: Well, you could try the upper window on the left.
Daniel (Over the radio): I don't see it.
Frida: Not your left, silly, our left.
Daniel: *Spots it* Oh, I see it. *Climbs up*
Reynolds: *Exits*
Richard: Mister Reynolds just came out. It doesn't look like he knows.
Daniel: *Enters through the window*
Tommy: Better hurry, Daniel.
Daniel (Over the radio): I know. Here it is. *Pause* I got the key. I hope it works.
Reynolds: *Goes back inside*
Deacon: Daniel, he's heading back inside.
Daniel (Over the radio): I'll sneak past him.
*Mister Reynolds' front door slams shut*
The team can only watch as Mister Reynolds looks around for Daniel, only for the latter to appear at the bottom level.
Daniel (Over the radio): I managed to sneak by.
~Reynolds House~
Daniel: Now, to use this key. *Inserts it into the lock* I hope we nail him. Otherwise, we'll be nothing but total-
Familiar Voice: Total what?
Daniel: *!* ...
Dipper (Over the radio): Daniel...!
Daniel: ... *Turns to see...*
Reynolds: ... I thought you were going to leave me alone. *Grabs Daniel by the neck* But it seems that you're impulsive attitude will never go away!
Daniel: *Choking*
Reynolds: *Snatches the key and unlocks the door* If you're so damn curious, then allow me to give you a tour. *Brings him in*
~Pines House~
*Slam!*
Richard: Daniel?! Daniel!
Ford: *Arrives* What just happened?
Wendy: Mister Reynolds took Daniel!
Ford: He what?!
*Static*
Reynolds (Over the radio): Hey, kid.
Everyone: *!*
Reynolds (Over the radio): I thought you were different from this rascal, but you're all just the same. You and your friends can tell whoever you want about what you just saw, but no one will ever believe you.
~Basement, Reynolds House~
Daniel: *Struggling*
Reynolds: Besides, who'd ever believe a bunch of troublemakers like you? *Chuckles evilly*
Chapter 6: Enemy Of My Enemy
Summary:
With Daniel held hostage, the team, mainly Richard, has to rely on some unlikely allies for assistance.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
{Later}
~Outside~
*A police car arrives and an officer steps out*
In response to Daniel getting kidnapped, the team had to call the police.
Officer: *Approaches the front door and knocks on it*
Reynolds: *Opens the door* Yes?
Officer: We got a report of a kidnapping taking place in your house, Mister Reynolds. I have to look around.
Reynolds: ... You can look around if you like. But I don't have anyone else in here.
Officer: Okay. *Enters and searches the house*
~Pines House~
David: I don't think calling the police is going to work. Mister Reynolds probably hid Daniel very well in his house.
Dipper: Even so, there has to be at least something that Daniel left behind as proof.
Richard: There has to be something, or my brother's dead!
Mabel: Richard, calm down. It's only been a few minutes. I'm sure Mister Reynolds hasn't done anything yet.
~Reynolds House~
Officer: *Spots some scratch marks near the basement door* ... Mister Reynolds, are you sure there's no one else in here?
Reynolds: Why do you find it hard to believe?
Officer: Because there's scratch marks right here.
Reynolds: *?*
Officer: What do you have to say about that?
Reynolds: ... I... think one of my neighbor's cats broke into my house, or... something?
Officer: You sure? Because these look like human scratch marks instead of cat ones.
Reynolds: *!*
Officer: I'll be coming back later. Just to be sure. *Leaves* Keep yourself available.
Reynolds: ... Oh...! *Approaches the marks* How did I miss these marks? And I don't have anything to patch them up.
~Pines House~
*The police car leaves*
Frida: You think it worked?
Hilda: Let's hope so. If Mister Reynolds isn't arrested, then he's probably under suspicion at best or brushed aside again at worst.
*Static*
Reynolds (Over the radio): Hey, kid.
Everyone: *!*
Reynolds (Over the radio): I don't know how he did, but your friend left a little on hint, and I'm unable to patch it up.
Dipper: *Uses the radio* Well, now, you know what happens when-
Reynolds (Over the radio): One warning: Keep pushing, and you and your posse will end up just like him. Lost, forgotten, buried, and Trolberg will never mourn a troublemaker like you, even if your group has mere children in it. Like I said, who'd ever believe someone like you?
Dipper: ... *Turns the radio off*
Jemma: Don't we need that?
Dipper: ... I'm tired of his voice.
{A day later}
Since then, the group hasn't uttered a single word about Mister Reynolds kidnapping Daniel. However, it hasn't stopped another particular group from getting involved. After eavesdropping them during lunch, they could easily tell what had happened.
Girl: Ugh. Do they expect anyone to believe them? No one would suspect a guy with a tragic backstory to be a sociopath.
Boy: Even if they did, it could be a total hoax by the "victim".
Boy 2: And another thing: The "victim" in question is Daniel Burke, the one guy who keeps harassing Mister Reynolds. Why would believe what he says about Mister Reynolds? Or even what any of his friends say?
Girl: *Scoff* If he had any to begin with. All he has is his brother. *Turns to Trevor* What do you think, Trevor?
Trevor: ...
Girl: *?* Trevor?
Trevor: ...
Boy: Trevor, were you even listening?
Trevor: ... I heard you... but I'm not interested.
Boy 2: Then, what are you interested in?
Trevor: ... I'm... I'm worried.
Girl: About what?
Trevor: ... To be honest, I'm worried about Daniel.
Girl: Oh, come on. Not you too.
Boy: He runs away all the time.
Trevor: Not this time. Daniel's a known troublemaker, but he didn't deserve to be kidnapped for no earthly reason. He's also the flesh and blood of Hughie's best friend.
Boy 2: If Hughie can even call Richard his "best friend".
Girl: Daniel's a sneaky rascal. He could probably get out of his current conundrum.
Trevor: They claimed that they saw what they saw. And we would've seen it too.
Girl: Why would we even team up with those-
Trevor: *Grabs a rock*
Boy: *!* W-What are you doing?
Trevor: Sending a message to you-know-who. *Throws it at the house*
*Shatter!*
Reynolds: What the...?!
Kids: *!*
Girl: *Irritated* Nice going, Trevor!
Trevor: Just run! *He and his group do so*
~Pines House~
Unbeknownst to them, Dipper and Mabel saw the whole thing.
Dipper: Oh, now, they've done it.
Mabel: Should we call the cops again, or something?
Dipper: ... No, I heard them. I can't say I blame them for being worried about Daniel.
Mabel: Or rather, you can't say you blame... Trevor. Those other three don't seem so interested in what he was thinking.
Dipper: Whatever.
{Later}
~Löfgren Apartment~
Not far from the Pines and Reynolds houses, Richard can only sulk in silence about what could happen to his brother. Nothing Hilda did to comfort him seemed to work.
Richard: *Gazing at the radio* ...
Hilda: *Gently takes the radio* If Mabel is sure that Daniel will be fine, then so am I.
Richard: ... I hope so.
Johanna: Richard! Hilda!
Hilda: Yes, Mum?
Richard: ... Yes?
Johanna: Could you come over here? There's someone who wants to meet with you two.
Richard: *?* ... *He and Hilda exit her room and head to the living room* Who is it? *Glances at the couch* *!*
Hilda: *!*
The visitor was none other than...
Reynolds: ... Hello.
Hilda: ... Hi.
Richard: ... Hi. *Grabs his coat* I'm gonna visit the twins. *Leaves*
Johanna: Richard...
Richard: I can't stay to chat! *Closes the door*
Johanna: ...
Hilda: ...
Reynolds: ... Well, I can't say I blame him. He is worried about his brother after all.
Hilda: ... So, why are you here?
Reynolds: I'm sure that boy gave you the gist of why I... behave the way I am today.
~Reynolds House~
Richard ran and ran for as long as his leg could carry him until he couldn't run anymore. Before he knew it, he found himself in front of the two houses.
Richard: *Panting* ... Oh, boy. *Turns to the Reynolds House* ... *Glares at it* Okay. That tears it. *Approaches the front door* I'm getting my brother back. *Tries to open the door* Locked. Of course. *Looks around... before pulling out a paperclip and making a lockpick* But that won't stop me. *Carefully picks the lock*
*A particular group quietly walks up to him*
Familiar Voice: Your brother's in there.
Richard: *!*
Familiar Voice: Isn't he?
Richard: *Turns around to see...* ... I didn't know you were interested.
Girl: Well, Trevor is. Then, he decided to pull us in.
Boy: And to think, he threw a rock at one of the windows earlier.
Richard: *?!* You... what?!
Trevor: I wasn't intending to shatter his window though.
Boy 2: Well, you sure made a big goof-up this time.
Richard: Look. If you want to help me for once, then feel free to do so. And you can start by helping me with getting this door open. Daniel and I aren't exactly the best at picking locks in Trolberg.
Trevor: *Snatches the pick and has a go at it* Then, it's a good thing that I'm a slight bit better.
*Click!*
Trevor: There we go. *Opens the door*
Richard: I know this sounds stupid, but we need to cover the whole house by... splitting up.
Girl: Split up, huh? Isn't that the worst thing to do in a horror movie?
Richard: Only when the movie monster isn't present. The last time I saw Mister Reynolds, he was at Hilda's apartment.
Trevor: *?* What's he doing over there?
Richard: I didn't stick around to find out.
~Löfgren Apartment~
Hilda: So, something has been haunting you in your house ever since you gave up your kids to your relatives? Is that it?
Reynolds: The traps were just there to prevent it from escaping. The last thing Trolberg wants is... something like that roaming the streets.
Johanna: And you said that your son created it?
Reynolds: I wasn't sure how he did it, or why he made that thing, but it's the one thing that hasn't left me in a long while. And to this day, I don't know how to get rid of it.
~Reynolds House~
Richard: *He and the others meet up in the living room* Did you find anything, Trevor?
Trevor: No.
Richard: *Turns to one of the boys* How about you, Fargo?
Fargo: No luck.
Richard: *Turns to the other boy* Alban?
Alban: I checked upstairs. No luck.
Trevor: *Notices something* Wait. Where's Martha?
Richard: *Looks around* Martha?
*Muffled crying*
Boys: *!*
Fargo: What was that?
Alban: It sounds like a... crying child.
Trevor: *Worried* Is it Martha?
Richard: *Listens carefully* ... No, it's not Martha. It sounds like a little boy.
Trevor: Obviously, it can't be your brother. He's older than that.
~Pines House~
Dipper: *Gazes at the Reynolds house... and notices movement* Hey, Mabel.
Mabel: *Appears* Hm?
Dipper: I think someone's in there.
Mabel: *Spots the movement as well* Oh. *!* Maybe, we can help them grab Daniel's radio.
Dipper: Good idea. Let me grab our- *Remembers* Oh, wait. Richard has it.
~Reynolds House~
Richard: Odd. The crying stopped.
Fargo: Are we moving away from it?
Richard: Maybe. *Spots a familiar* *!* The basement door. *He and the others approach it* Daniel? Daniel, are you in there?
Daniel (On the other side): *Delirious* Please, Mister Reynolds. I promise I won't barge into your house again.
Richard: *?* Daniel, it's me. Richard. Your brother.
Daniel (On the other side): I'm sorry. I won't tell anyone. Just let me out.
Trevor: Is something wrong with him?
Richard: Obviously. *Tries to pull the door open*
Alban: Richard, it's locked.
Daniel (On the other side): I didn't see a dang thing. Not one diddly-
Richard: DANIEL!
Daniel (On the other side): *Normal tone* Huh?
Fargo: I think he snapped out of it.
Daniel (On the other side): Richard? Is that you?
Richard: Yes, it's me! I've brought backup as well! We're gonna get you out!
Daniel (On the other side): Simply pulling on it won't do any good. You have to find the red key.
Richard: We don't know where to look. And it's not like Mister Reynolds put it back on his nightstand.
Daniel (On the other side): Then, I suggest you get moving now!
Richard: Right. Come on! *He and the others leave*
~Löfgren Apartment~
Hilda: Not to sound nosy or anything, but we might've eavesdropped on you multiple times.
Johanna: *?* You did?
Reynolds: *Sigh* Of course.
Hilda: One testimony involved you... visiting a taxidermist... which ended badly.
Johanna: *!*
Reynolds: It's... just one of those... moments.
Johanna: What moments?
Reynolds: Ever since Helen died, my survivor's guilt has often caused me to... lash out at other people. I'm able to maintain my composure with children, including Andrew and Sophie, but when I encounter an adult, I just... You know. So, if anything, I'd just chalk it up to... bling rage.
~Reynolds House~
Trevor: Are you sure this place is filled with traps? 'Cause none of them seem to be working right now.
Richard: That is weird. Why are none of- *Spots a familiar person* There you are.
Martha: *Struggling to open a door*
Trevor: Martha, what are you doing?
Martha: Haven't you noticed how every door is left open? Save for this one?
Richard: *Observes the door* ... Hmm. Let me help. *Helps Martha with the door*
Alban: Careful. It could be a trap.
Richard: We know. *He and Martha finally get the door open* There.
*They all look inside*
Fargo: Okay. What exactly are we looking for?
Richard: The basement door had a red lock. So, we need to look for... *Spots the red key hanging on an old key rack* There you are. *Jumps up and grabs it* Now, to... *Struggles to pull it off* Come on!
*Snap!*
Richard: *Falls to the ground* Urgh!
*The key rack bounces off his head*
Richard: ... Got it.
Martha: *Spots a radio* Hang on. Is this your brother's?
Richard: *Spots it as well* *!* It is!
~Pines House~
Dipper: Come on, Hilda. Pick up.
Wendy: *Enters* What's going on?
Mabel: We saw movement in Mister Reynolds' house earlier. Somebody must've barged in again.
Dipper: We need Hilda and Richard to use our radio to guide them to Daniel's. We're not far from each other. So, what's taking so long?
~Löfgren Apartment~
*Phone ringing*
Hilda: I'll get it. *Answers the phone* Hello?
Dipper (Over the phone): *Sigh* About time. Listen, someone's in the Reynolds house.
Hilda: *!* Really?
Dipper (Over the phone): We need you and Richard to use our radio to guide them to Daniel's.
Hilda: ... About that. Richard... darted off and left the radio with me.
~Pines House~
Dipper: He left the radio with you? *!* The movement inside.
Mabel: Maybe, the movement inside is Richard.
Dipper: Hilda, I think I know where Richard went.
~Löfgren Apartment~
Hilda: You do? Where is he?
*Static*
Richard (Over the radio): I found the other radio!
Hilda: *!*
Johanna: *?*
Reynolds: *?!*
Hilda: ... Uh-oh.
Johanna: ... What is Richard up to?
Reynolds: ... *Leaves* I'm gonna head back. Nice talking to you. *Runs*
Johanna: ... *Turns back to Hilda* Hilda... what's going on?
Hilda: I'll tell you later, Mum. *Leaves* I'm gonna be at the twins' house! Bye!
Johanna: ... *Sighs*
~Reynolds House~
Richard: Heh. Now, we can nail Mister Reynolds. *Singing (terribly)* I'm in the Reynolds house. I'm in the Reynolds house. I've got the red key. I'll save my big bro. I'll be a hero. The team's gonna love it. I am the best! Ooh-ooh-ooh-ooh!
Hilda (Over the radio): Richard!
Kids: *!* Aaaaaggggghhhhh!!!!!!
Richard: *Normal tone* H-Hilda? You didn't hear any of that, did you?
Hilda (Over the radio): Hear what?
Richard: Never mind. Doesn't matter.
Hilda (Over the radio): Whatever. You need to get out of there! Now! Mister Reynolds knows you're in his house!
*Doors bursts open*
Reynolds: HEY!
Kids: *!* Aaaaaggggghhhhh!!!!!! *They all run for it*
Reynolds: *Chases them* Give me that key!
Trevor: Back up the stairs!
*They all do just that*
Reynolds: *Goes up* Richard!
Martha: *Runs into a string wall* Ahh! *Pulls away*
Alban: *Steps on a pressure plate*
*A giant chainsaw drops down, narrowly missing the kids*
Reynolds: *Stops and resets the trap* I'll have to get rid of this one. *Continues his pursuit*
Richard: We need to get back to the ground level! The front door's our only exit!
Trevor, Martha, Fargo, and Alban: Got it!
*The kids head back downstairs, with Mister Reynolds still on their tail*
~Outside~
Hilda: *Enters the Pines House* Dipper, I'm heading up!
*The chase bursts out of the front door*
Reynolds: Get back here!
Dipper: Come on, guys! Faster!
*The kids make it past the property line, causing Mister Reynolds to stop... and glare at Dipper, Mabel, and Wendy*
Hilda: *Appears* Oh, my.
Reynolds: ... *Slowly heads back into his house*
~Pines House~
Dipper, Mabel, Hilda, and Wendy: *They all sigh with relief*
Richard: *Barges in with the other four* Good news: Daniel's alive! He's still being held in the basement.
Dipper: Great! We can still save him!
Hilda: *Hugs Richard* Nice going, Richard! You're such a brave kid!
Richard: ... *Blushes* Th-Thanks.
Hilda: *Breaks the hug* We better call the others. We're getting your brother back tonight.
Trevor: You should count us in too.
Hilda: *?*
Wendy: Why?
Mabel: Trevor, we're not exactly-
Trevor: Save it. After what we just went through in there, we'd do anything to get a little retribution.
Dipper: ... Alright. We'll need all the help we can get.
~Basement, Reynolds House~
Daniel: ...
Reynolds: *Enters*
Daniel: ... What do you want now?
Reynolds: I'm bringing you to another room. Don't worry. You'll see your friends and your little brother soon. Just... not in a positive light. *Chuckles evilly*
Notes:
Trevor's friends are given different names in my Hilda fanfics.
Kelly (The blonde girl) is named Martha, since the franchise already has a Kelly. You know, the Marra girl who tried to kill Frida in the Season 1 finale?
Bagsy (The blonde boy) is named Alban, which I find more fitting.
And it's a good thing I renamed Anders (The boy with glasses) to Fargo since the franchise also has someone named Anders (Hilda's dad). Then again, he was given that name before Anders was introduced in Season 3.
Chapter 7: Good Luck Or Bad Luck? (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Pilot Arc Finale
The team rushes into the Reynolds House to rescue Daniel, but they end up getting more than what they bargained for.
Notes:
"Arc Finale" doesn't mean the end of the series.
Chapter Text
{Nighttime}
~Reynolds House~
The team, including Trevor's group, is now ready to barge into the Reynolds house to rescue Daniel.
Dipper: Okay. We get in, find Daniel, and get out. If we're lucky, we might find something that could incriminate Mister Reynolds for what he did to him.
Trevor: Emphasis on the "If".
Hilda: First things first, we need a way into the house. *Spots a familiar window* And I know just the spot.
~Inside~
*The team climbs into the house*
Mabel: Okay. We know that Daniel's still in the basement.
David: And we have the red key to unlock the door. This should be easy for us
Martha: *Looks around* Maybe, a little too easy. I don't see Mister Reynolds.
Frida: He's probably just out for a stroll or something.
Richard: I hope so, 'cause I don't wanna deal with him like we did last- *Spots something* ...time.
The team had now spotted the basement door... which now had two more colored locks.
Wendy: It's not just the red lock now. There's one in yellow and one in blue.
Fargo: Why did he add two more? To make it harder for us to save Daniel?
Alban: Now, what do we do?
Familiar Voice: Isn't it obvious?
Everyone: *!* *They all turn to see...*
Reynolds: Now, I've got 16 prisoners. *Pulls out a shovel... and turns the lights off*
Everyone: AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!
*Everything goes black*
~Strange Room~
*Everyone wakes up, groaning*
Dipper: ... What the heck?
Jemma: *Whimpering* ... My face...
Hughie: *Pats her head*
Tommy: What... room is this?
Deacon: I don't know. *Spots someone new wearing a creepy mask* Maybe, we should ask him.
Richard: *!* Wait a second. *Approaches him* Is this...? *Removes the mask, revealing a delirious...* *!* Daniel!
Daniel: *Delirious* ... The walls... They keep shrinking. Every time I do something wrong. But I swear. I haven't done a single thing.
Richard: Daniel, it's me! Richard!
Daniel: ... Richard... Who's Richard?
Richard: *?!* I am! I'm Richard! I'm your brother!
Daniel: ... I had a... brother? Strange. I recall playing with a sister.
Richard: We don't have a sister. And do I-
Daniel: But I saw a little girl. At least, I think I did. It's hard to tell, 'cause I haven't been outside in years.
Richard: Years?
Wendy: I don't think it's Daniel, Richard. I think it's somebody else using Daniel's body.
Mabel: So, it's a... ghost?
David: What did Mister Reynolds do to Daniel? And... whoever is possessing him?
Dipper: We have to get him to a hospital. Maybe, some medical treatment can help him regain his sanity.
Daniel: Sanity? I didn't lose my sanity. I still have it.
Hilda: The tone in your voice says otherwise.
Frida: *Tries to open the door* Help me with this door!
Richard: Working on it. *Looks around* There's gotta be something to pry it open.
Martha: Can't you work harder?
Hughie: This isn't Richard's fault, Martha.
Martha: ... You're right. It's not Richard's fault. It's flipping Daniel's fault!
Richard: Hey! Don't go blaming my brother!
Martha: Think about it. It all started with him. And now, look where it's got-
Richard: *Slaps her face*
Martha: ... *Furious* GYAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH! *Tackles Richard and wrestles him*
Trevor: Oh, come on! At a time like this?! *Tries to separate them*
Richard & Martha: *They shove him away* Stay out of this!
Trevor: *Knocks into a panel... which falls over to reveal a passageway* ... Hey.
*The team notices as well*
*Richard and Martha continue to tussle*
Trevor: Hey!
*Richard and Martha continue to tussle*
Trevor: HEY!
Richard & Martha: *They stop* WHAT?! *They both notice the passage* Oh.
Dipper: Let's check it out. *He and the team do so*
~Basement~
Hilda: This better be the way out.
Daniel: ... Hard to tell. They all look the same.
*Muffled crying*
Everyone: *!*
Richard: There's that crying again.
Frida: *Notices a heavily blocked door* It's coming from that door.
Mabel: Hello? Is anyone in there?
*Muffled crying*
David: I don't think they can hear us.
Daniel: ... That's the thing.
Richard: *?* What...?
Daniel: ... The kids... They never left this house.
Wendy: What do you mean?
Hughie: *Spots an open path* This way. *Leads the group down the path*
Unbeknownst to them, the crying began to slowly fade away, until...
*Door creaks open*
~Laundry Room~
*The team enters, sighing with relief*
Jemma: Finally, a normal room.
Fargo: Yeah, the only normal room in this mess of a house.
Tommy: *Notices a bat and grabs it* This could help.
Alban: *Snatches it* We'll take point.
Trevor: Come on. Let's get moving. *He and his group head upstairs*
Deacon: Why do you get to take point?
Trevor: Because if we can't find a way out, then we'll make one.
Deacon: And you're more capable of making a way out compared to us?
Martha: We never said that. If anything, we're the only ones capable, while you guys are too busy dealing with Daniel.
Dipper: ... She has a point. Daniel's not himself.
Wendy: Like I said, it's someone possessing him.
David: *Panicking* Whatever! I just wanna get out of here already! *Runs away* I don't wanna wear a bag as a face!
Frida: David! Wait! *Goes after him*
Mabel: *Runs after them* Don't just run away like that!
Richard: ... *Turns to the others* You guys take care of my brother. I'll go... handle the other... scaredy-cat. *Goes after them*
~Upstairs~
Trevor: Okay. Where's a good spot to make an exit point? *Checks some windows* No, these are too high up.
Martha: *Checks a hallway* Let's see if there's something down here.
*Hidden doors pop open and a bunch of wonky robots emerge*
Alban: Heh. Are those supposed to scare us?
Fargo: As if.
Trevor: *Snatches the bat from Alban* We each get a swing. *Smashes one robot* That's for kidnapping Daniel. *Tosses the bat to...*
Martha: *Smashes another* That's for breaking his mind. *Tosses the bat to...*
Fargo: *Smashes another* That's for nearly kidnapping us last time! *Tosses the bat to...*
Alban: *Smashes another* That's for the shovel to the face earlier!
Elsewhere, Richard catches up to Mabel, Frida, and David.
Richard: David, we're supposed to stick together, not run in cir-
Frida: *Covers his mouth* Shh.
*The four hide upon seeing Mister Reynolds watching his own house like a hawk while passing by them*
Frida: *Uncovers Richard's mouth* Let's go. *She and the others run down a hallway... only to find a bar door*
Mabel: Hm. *Grabs a bar... only to get zapped, prompting her to let go* ... Ow.
David: ... You okay?
Mabel: *Annoyed* Do I look okay to you, David?! I just got zapped.
David: At least, you're still breathing.
Richard: *Notices a powerbox* Give me a moment. *Fiddles with the wires* If I... just... do... this... then...
*The door opens*
Richard: There we go.
The rest of the group makes it back to where they entered... only to see that it has now been blocked.
Daniel: ... All wrong. No way out.
Hilda: This was our only exit point.
Daniel: ... Maybe, you'll get out of the prison... but you never leave the sight of the guards. Locks can't keep it out. It gets in your head.
Wendy: *Covers his mouth* Daniel, just stop.
Hughie: Daniel, are you certain that there's no way out, or is there something we could use?
Daniel: ... *Moves Wendy's hand* I need my mask first.
Dipper: Why?
Daniel: ... It's my thinking cap.
Jemma: *Notices a familiar sight* *!* The red key. *Spots two more* And the keys for the other two locks!
Daniel: *Approaches them and grabs them* ... I need my mask. *Leaves* I need my thinking cap.
Meanwhile, Trevor's group finds a potential way out... surrounded by a roomful of mousetraps and a pizza box.
Trevor: Hmm. We could risk kicking them to the side.
Martha: *Hops over to one gap* Or play hopscotch. *Hops to another and another*
Fargo: Uh...
~Basement~
Back in the basement, the team finds the room where they were locked in earlier.
Daniel: *Looks around* Where is it? Where's my mask?
Tommy: Is the mask even necessary, Daniel? I mean, it's just-
Daniel: Found it. *Grabs it and puts it on* I need to hear myself think. Shh.
Deacon: I agree, Tommy. I don't think the mask is necessary at all.
Daniel: It's my literal thinking cap. I can't think without it. What else can I use?
~Upstairs~
Martha: *Hops to another gap* Hehehe. *Hops to another*
Alban: Martha, we're just gonna kick them to the side.
Martha: I know what I'm doing. *Hops to another... but narrowly loses her balance* See? No worries. *Turns to the window* Just one more leap. *Hops onto the pizza box* There. Now, I just need to climb to the window.
Trevor: *Notices something under the pizza box* Uh... Martha?
Martha: Ugh! What now, Trevor?
Trevor: Th- That box you're standing on. I think there's-
Martha: *Steps on something underneath the box* Hm? *Looks down*
Trevor: ...a beartrap.
*CLAMP!*
Martha: *Screaming* MY ANKLE! *Loses her balance and falls onto the mousetraps, causing them to snap onto her*
Trevor: *He and the boys cringe at the sight* Oh, gosh!
Elsewhere, Richard's team scours the house for any exit points, until...
*Martha screaming in another room*
Richard: *!* Martha! *Runs to where she is*
Mabel, Frida, and David: Martha?!
~Basement~
*Martha screaming from upstairs*
Everyone: *!*
Hughie: I think Martha's in trouble!
Wendy: *Pulls Daniel* Daniel, you'll have to think on the way up.
Daniel: ... Up? Why?
~Upstairs~
Richard: *Looking around* Where is she?! Martha!
David: *Covers his mouth* And you were the one giving me warnings earlier.
Reynolds: *In the distance* You're forbidden to leave!
All 4: *!*
Mabel: *Notices an open room* In here! *Leads everyone inside*
Elsewhere, the rest of the team emerges from the basement.
*Martha screaming in another room*
Hilda: For once in my life, I'm really worried for Martha.
Dipper: I can't say I blame you.
Hughie: ... I blame myself for bringing her into this.
Jemma: It's not just Martha. You also brought in Alban, Fargo, and- *Spots a familiar face* Trevor! *She and the others rush to him*
Dipper: Are you alright?
Trevor: I'm fine. *Glances at a messed-up sight* ... She's not.
*The team turns to see Fargo and Alban carefully removing the mousetraps off Martha*
Martha: *Notices the team* ... Hey, Hughie. *Waves* Hehe.
Hilda: ... *She and the others notice the beartrap on Martha's ankle* Oh, gosh. Is that why you were screaming?
Martha: ... *Nods*
Dipper: Let me get it open. *Grabs a nearby wrench and pries the beartrap open* There.
Martha: *Removes the last mousetrap off her hand* I think that's all of them.
Dipper: Did anyone bring any bandages?
Wendy: *Pulls out a bandage roll* I only brought this just in case. *Wraps it around Martha's ankle*
Hilda: No offense, but you kind of had this coming. You were being overconfident.
Martha: ... No arguements here.
Alban: For once.
Wendy: *Tightens the bandage*
Martha: *Whimpering*
Wendy: Sorry. I have to make it tight to stop the bleeding.
Deacon: Can you still walk?
Martha: I got a flipping beartrap to my ankle and you're asking me if I can still walk. Seriously?
Tommy: Just answer his question.
Martha: ... Let me try. *Gets up slowly, wincing with every step she takes* I can barely take a step with this leg.
Daniel: ... *Points in a direction* This way. *Walks in it*
Trevor: What's he pointing at?
Hughie: He's thinking of a way out of here. We'll have to trust him at the moment.
Fargo: Do we have to?
Dipper: What other choice do we have?
~Strange Room~
Following Daniel, the team has now found themselves in what appears to be an "amusement park" room, roller coaster and all.
Jemma: Why does Mister Reynolds have this in his house?
Hilda: Beat me.
Martha: *Taps on a clairvoyant glass ball* Hm.
*Footsteps*
Everyone: *?*
*Richard's team arrives*
Dipper: There you are.
Richard: *Spots Martha* Martha, are you okay? *Notices her leg* Oh, my goodness. What happened?
Martha: Beartrap.
Richard: ... *Hugs her*
Martha: ... *Blushes*
Trevor: *Notices something in Mabel's hand* What's that?
Mabel: *Shows it* It's a whip. Caked in blood!
Frida: We don't know what Mister Reynolds was doing, or even whose blood this is, but we're pretty sure that this is proof enough to nail him.
David: Otherwise, he'll just burn yet another piece of evidence!
Familiar Voice: Which I'm going to do right now.
Everyone: *!* *They all turn to see...*
Reynolds: I'll be taking that whip now. And I'll show you what it's really for.
Dipper: ... *Notices a lever* Hm. *Pulls it*
*The roller coaster begins to move*
Reynolds: *?* Huh?
Dipper: Hop on! *He and the others do so*
*The roller coaster zooms around the house before...*
Hilda: *Sees the end of the ride* Watch out!
*The team ducks for it*
~Outside~
*CRASH!*
*The coaster comes to a stop*
Mabel: Quick! Back to our house!
*The team disembarks and runs back to the Pines House*
Reynolds: *Opens the front door* PINES! *Notices a trail of footprints... leading from the basement* Oh, no.
*The team stops in front of the house*
Stan: *He and Ford emerge* *!* Hot Belgian waffles! What on Earth happened to you guys?!
Dipper: We'll tell you later, Grunkle Stan. We just need a breather.
Daniel: ... He's evolving.
*Everyone turns to him*
Richard: What do you mean by that?
Daniel: He decided that he shall hunt, no matter where you run.
Hilda: Huh?
Reynolds: *Grabs Hilda* What did you do?!
Hilda: *Whimpering*
Reynolds: *Tosses her back onto his front yard*
David: Hilda!
Reynolds: *Grabs her again* Where is he?!
Hilda: Where is who?!
Reynolds: My son!
Hilda: *?!* Your son was in that-
Reynolds: How did you free him?!
Hilda: We didn't! We swear it!
Reynolds: ... Then, you... shall take... his spot.
*A police car arrives and two officers rush out*
Officer: Mister Reynolds!
Officer 2: Let her go!
*They both tackle Mister Reynolds, causing him to let go of Hilda*
Hilda: I'm sorry, Mister Reynolds! *Runs back to the team*
Officer: What's gotten into him?!
Officer 2: I don't know, but he needs to be restrained as soon as possible!
Hilda: *Run to Dipper and hugs him*
Dipper: Are you okay?
Hilda: *Nods*
Dipper: ... *Turns to the officers holding Mister Reynolds down* His son was in that room?
{A week later}
~Edmund Ahlberg Elementary~
By now, the incident at the Reynolds house was the talk of the town, but the Adventure Club just wanted to be alone for the time being. On a bright note, it only took a short amount of time for Daniel to come back to his senses, mainly thanks to Ford.
Daniel: Mister Reynolds wasn't hiding something that Andrew created. He was hiding Andrew himself. He didn't really send his children to live with relatives.
Dipper: Why would he do that to his own son?
Hilda: And where is his daughter?
Mabel: ... Maybe, she died at some point and her dad buried her in the backyard, where that tombstone is.
David: Did you she died accidentally? Or do you think...?
Richard: ... I wonder if Mister Reynolds will provide any answers.
Frida: If he's calm enough to talk.
*Knocking*
Hilda: S-Sorry. We're unavailable at the-
*Door opens, revealing...*
Frida: Oh, hey, Trevor.
Trevor: ... Hi. How are you holding up?
David: We're doing good. You?
Trevor: ... Martha's injury isn't too severe. Her ankle should be healed by the end of the week.
Richard: ... *Notices something in Trevor's hand* What's that in your hand?
Trevor: *Shows it* It's a letter, addressed to you guys. *Passes it to Dipper*
Dipper: *Opens it* Hm. *Pulls out the letter and reads it*
"To the Edmund Ahlberg Elementary School Adventure Club,
You managed to solve a great mystery. Martin Reynolds is done. However, so are you. Inside this envelope is a coin representing all six of your lives. One of you must hold onto it at all costs like a lucky charm. Lose the coin, and you'll lose your lives.
- The Shadow of Trolberg."
Mabel: The... what?
Dipper: ... *Pulls out a familiar object out of the envelope* *!*
Everyone: *!*
Trevor: Is that...?
Richard: It's one of those coins.
Dipper: ...
Daniel: ... Did... Did Andrew really create something after all?
Dipper: ... It seems like it. It's not just Andrew Reynolds. There was something else in that basement.
Hilda: So, what does this mean?
Dipper: ... *Glances out the window* ... Something's coming to Trolberg. And we need to be prepared for it.
----------
To be continued...
Chapter 8: Getting To Know You
Summary:
Of the many people that Dipper has befriended in Trolberg, one such group that he has yet to befriend is Trevor and his friends. It seemed that it was going to be a tough chore to befriend Martha, Fargo, and Alban. So, Dipper decided to start things off with Trevor.
Notes:
NOTE: This is in the same universe as https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350, but this portion of Mystery Adventures takes place after Season 1. So, Hilda doesn't know some of the things that Trevor told her just yet.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Intro: Play this before continuing
----------
~Cafeteria, Edmund Ahlberg Elementary~
Dipper: Hilda, if I recall correctly, weren't you going to say something about... *Points to a particular person nearby* ...him?
Hilda: Hm? *Turns to see Trevor and his group* Oh, right. Trevor.
Dipper: You said that he's just as rude as his group, but he admitted that there are times when he's "much nicer". How did you get him to admit that?
Hilda: Well, one time, I was out for a stroll with Twig, stopping at the tidepools. We were about to continue our stroll when Trevor made his presence known. As it turned out, his house was nearby and he often came out to the tidepools. Initially, I didn't know why, but I got my answer a few moments later. *Looks around before leaning in* He does stone-skipping for a hobby.
Dipper: Wow. Really?
Hilda: *Nods* I've thrown stones into lakes and rivers before I came to Trolberg, but then, he taught me how it's done. By the time we were done, he started to feel down when I asked about his friends. He told me they weren't into stone-skipping. So, I suggested that I should bring Frida and David next time. He only said "I guess" and darted off back to his house. We haven't done anything together since, but I haven't given up on that thought.
Dipper: ... *Glances at Trevor, who is now arguing with his group* He came to us by himself once. Maybe, I should talk to him when he's alone.
Hilda: *Turns to the argument* ... Good point. I've always been worried about this behavior from them.
{The next day}
The next day, Dipper got his chance to have a chat with him.
~Park~
Trevor: ...
Dipper: *Approaches him* Trevor?
Trevor: *Turns to him* ... Oh. Hi. What do you want?
Dipper: I just wanted to have a chat with you. I thought it'd be best if we did it in private.
Trevor: ... Fine. I don't have much to do today anyway.
*They both sit under a nearby tree*
Trevor: So, why do you want to talk to me of all people? Is it because of what happened at the... you-know-where?
Dipper: Actually, Hilda told me that you do stone-skipping as a hobby.
Trevor: ... Of course, she would mention that. I don't talk about it that often since I usually skip stones alone. That is until she came in.
Dipper: She did mention dropping by again with Frida and David. Have you ever thought of still doing that?
Trevor: ... Honestly, it has crossed my mind, but... I'm just afraid of letting my usual friends know about it. They're not exactly on good terms with Hilda. As for me, I kind of started to bury the hatchet with her.
Dipper: How?
Trevor: Well, sometime before you arrived, I had a skirmish with some teenagers. It was because of... something I rather not talk about. I could've gone straight home or headed to any of my friends, but instead, I... went to Hilda's apartment.
Dipper: What made you want to go to Hilda's place?
Trevor: ... *Shrug* I don't know. I guess I wasn't thinking at the time. It was probably hard to think of anything after getting beaten up.
Dipper: ...
Trevor: But in the end, her mother patched up a bruise that I obtained from the skirmish. So, now, I could drop by Hilda's apartment if I need to. Just not in front of my friends.
Dipper: ... Speaking of which... Why are you guys so... rude to people?
Trevor: *!*
Dipper: I mean, you must've started somewhere.
Trevor: ... *Looks around before turning to Dipper* I'll tell you. Just... don't tell anyone else, especially Hilda. I'd rather tell her on my terms.
Dipper: ... Well, if you insist. So, how did you become what you are today?
Trevor: ... My dad.
Dipper: Your dad?
Trevor: I don't normally talk about my family with anyone, but... I only got to know my dad for just 7 years. From when I was born, to when he showed me around Trolberg, to... my 7th birthday. I hated that day.
Dipper: What happened?
Trevor: ... That morning, he said that his boss called him to fill in for an absent coworker. So, he wasn't going to be around for most of the day. Mum threw the whole party all by herself. My friends and I were actually having fun. I was convinced that Dad was gonna come home and surprise me with some amazing gift. But after the cake was eaten, and the presents were opened, he still didn't show up. So, we decided to check his room. We thought he could've left a surprise gift for me in there. Instead, we saw something else. It was a letter from him. To this day, I still remember what it said. That was the last I saw and heard of him. hard to celebrate after that. Originally, we wanted to keep it to ourselves, but somehow, word got out. Then, some older kids picked on me, saying that my dad only left because he hated me. I snapped when I heard that and punched one of them so badly, they nearly got blind. Naturally, I was suspended, but I didn't mind it at all. That's when the four of us decided that if the world was going to be cruel to us, then we should return the favor. After that, the rest is history.
Dipper: ... I... I'm sorry that happened to you.
Trevor: ... I've moved on by now. But since then, I've been bitter at the world.
Dipper: Well, if anything, this conversation is proof that not everyone is bitter at you.
Trevor: ...
Dipper: There are those who care, even if you're not exactly the friendliest person in Trolberg.
Trevor: ... Thanks.
Dipper: *Gets up* Well, I've said my piece. I'm gonna head back to my house. Nice talking to you. *Leaves*
Trevor: *Waves* He's right. There are people who care.
Notes:
Ever since the "Skipping Stones" fanfic, Trevor has only continued being rude toward Hilda just to save face in front of his friends and his mother.
Chapter 9: Do You Believe In Magic?
Summary:
With Dipper busy getting to know Trevor, Mabel decided to have a go at with a particular adult friend of Hilda's.
Notes:
Aside from Hilda, Twig, Frida, David, and Tildy, does Kaisa even have friends?
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Trolberg Library~
Mabel: *Enters* Whoa. *Looks around* This one sure knocks Gravity Falls' library out of the ballpark.
Ever since arriving in Trolberg, Mabel wanted to know if there was anything similar to what she had seen in Gravity Falls. One such spot to investigate was the library. So far, it has proven to be different from the one in Gravity Falls.
Mabel: This place feels like a forest. I wonder if there are any hidden passages or something. *Spots something behind some bookshelves* Hm. *Approaches them and moves the shelves out of the way* Speak of the devil. It's as if the library and the cemetery merged into one. *Enters* Huh. Is there...? *Spots a lightswitch* Here it is. *Flips the switch*
*Lights come on*
Mabel: Ooh! It's a library within a library. *Looks around* What kind of books are these? *Spots a desk with a book on it* "How To Aid & Keep Thy Friends Forever". *Notices a sticky note* "Do NOT use 'The Tide Mouse Spell: How To Ensure A Friend's Success In A Chosen Endeavor'. VERY DANGEROUS. - Hilda". *Opens the book* How dangerous are we talking? *Finds the page in question* Here we are.
Outside the room, a particular discovers the hidden room opened up.
Librarian: Oh, not again. *Enters*
Mabel: Hmm. It doesn't say anything about how it's dangerous. It just says how the spell works.
Librarian: *Approaches her* Ahem.
Mabel: *Looks up* Oh, hello. I take it you're... the librarian.
Librarian: Yes. And you are...?
Mabel: Mabel Pines. I'm... new to Trolberg.
Librarian: ... Right. So, Mabel, how did you find this room?
Mabel: I noticed a gap behind some bookshelves.
Librarian: And why are reading this book? Didn't you read the sticky note that Hilda left behind?
Mabel: I saw it. I just wanted to know what makes this particular spell dangerous. So far, I've only found the instructions.
Librarian: *Turns the page* It's right here, side effects and everything. And one more thing: The books in this very room are for reference only, not for circulation. And leave the reshelving to me. Okay?
Mabel: Okay. I was just curious.
Librarian: *Leaves* Curiosity can sometimes lead to a... deadly outcome.
Mabel: *To herself* I sure learned that the hard way back in Gravity Falls.
Librarian: And by the way... the name's Kaisa. *Leaves the room*
Mabel: ... Alright. *Turns back to the book* "Side effects include blanked-out eyes, occasional growling, excessive slime drool, or a fine purplish mist rising from the enchanted's scalp, typical signs that the soul of the enchanted is preparing to be forfeited to the enchanter..." *!* "...for all eternity". *Closes book* Okay. Too much info for once in my life. *Tosses the book onto the desk* Let's see if I can find a more... peaceful spell book.
Kaisa: ... *Smiles* Heh. Easier said than done, Mabel.
Notes:
This takes place between Season 1 and Season 2. So, Hilda and her friends don't know the librarian's real name just yet.
Chapter 10: Creature Seek
Summary:
Dipper and Mabel decide to have a go at finding any creatures that live in Trolberg.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Trolberg Library~
Hilda decided to show the Pines Twins some of the creatures that Trolberg has to offer.
Hilda: *Drops a book onto the table* Here's one we can start with.
Dipper: "Tales Of The Marra". What the heck is a Marra? *Opens it* "The Marra are nightmare spirits who are said to haunt the Huldrawood. They visit sleeping humans at night and create nightmares out of their fears". *Closes it* Nope. Not starting with that one.
Hilda: Okay, we'll start with a more lenient creature.
Frida: *Places another book on the table* How about this one?
Mabel: "Lindworms: Habitats & Hideouts". *Opens it* "Lindworms are notoriously antisocial creatures, and most fled during the construction of the city". *Turns the page* "At last report, only one lair remained in all of Trolberg".
Dipper: Which is where?
Mabel: According to this map, it's right... *Points to a spot* ...there.
Dipper: Underwater?
David: It's not really underwater. *Places a magnifyer over the map, revealing a tiny island* This is Cauldron Island, the tiniest island in Trolberg. That's where the lindworm is.
Mabel: So, how do we get over there? By boat?
Hilda: Actually, I have a better solution.
~Coastline~
Trevor: *Tosses a stone into the water, causing it to skip*
Alfur: So, how long have you been doing this hobby?
Trevor: *Tosses another* I was around 5 years old when I started skipping stones. My dad introduced it to me.
Alfur: Your dad?
Trevor: ... I... rather not talk about it.
Familiar Voice: Trevor!
Trevor: *?* *Turns to see Dipper, Hilda, Mabel, Frida, David, and Twig approaching him* Hey. Why are you here?
Mabel: *Points to a distant island* Have you ever noticed that island in the distance?
Trevor: *Turns to said island* ... Yeah, I've seen that island plenty of times. But I've never been to it.
Hilda: I can fix that. *Grabs a nearby conch shell and passes it to Alfur* The tide should be high right now.
Alfur: Alrighty. *Builds up air*
Trevor: ... Why is he doing that?
Frida: Last time, he couldn't make the noise he was going for.
Alfur: *Inhale* I just need... *Inhale* ...to build up... *Inhale* ...enough air... *Inhale* ...to blow on this! *Inhales and blows on the shell* Done!
*Nothing happens*
Mabel: ... Uh...
Hilda: Just wait for it.
Dipper: ... W... What exactly are we looking for?
Frida: The same thing that took us to Cauldron Island.
*BURST!*
Dipper, Mabel, David, and Trevor: *!* Aahh!
Twig: *!* *Hides behind Hilda*
*Splash!*
*They all look up to see...*
David: What the heck is that?
Hilda: A water spirit.
Mabel: That's a water spirit?
Frida: What were you expecting?
Mabel: A... ghost that appears out of the ocean?
Alfur: Excuse us! We were hoping you could take us to Cauldron Island. Just for a quick visit.
Water Spirit: ... *Spins around to make a staircase*
*Everyone steps on*
Twig: *Shivering*
David: We know you're afraid, Twig, but you have to conquer your fear at some point.
Twig: ... *Reluctantly steps on*
Trevor: It better be a quick visit, 'cause it'll be getting late soon.
Hilda: Of course.
*The water spirit takes them to Cauldron Island*
The ride seemed peaceful, with the group only encountering Salt-Lions leaping over them.
~Cauldron Island~
*The water spirit arrives*
Frida: *She and the others disembark* We won't take long. We just need a quick glimpse of the lindworm.
Trevor: If we can find it.
Hilda: A lindworm lair isn't that hard to find. Just look for disturbed foliage, overturned earth... *Looks up* ...and that.
*They all look up to see high plumes of smoke*
Hilda: That's where the lindworm should be.
*They all climb up the hills to see the lindworm sleeping in its garden*
Mabel: Its fire comes from its nostrils?
Dipper: So, that's where the smoke is coming from. *Pulls out his camera and aims at the lindworm* I hope it doesn't wake up from this.
Trevor: Well, as long as you're taking a picture from up here and not down there.
Dipper: *Snaps a photo* There we go. Now, to-
*The lindworm stirs*
David: I think it's waking up.
Hilda: Okay. Time to go. *She and the others head back to the water spirit*
Lindworm: *Slowly wakes up* Ugh... *Looks around* I could've sworn I... *Sighs* If they came back...
Little did the lindworm know that the group hopped back on the water spirit and headed back to Trolberg.
Notes:
Before you ask, Dipper and Mabel filled out some forms offscreen, hence why they're able to see Alfur and his kind now.
Chapter 11: Enforcement
Summary:
Dipper befriended a schoolmate of Hilda's; Mabel befriended an adult friend of Hilda's; both got to see some of the creatures that Trolberg has to offer; now, Dipper wishes to see how Trolberg's law enforcement compares to the sheriff's department Gravity Falls.
Chapter Text
~Pines House~
Although it's behind them now, the team still can't help but look back at what went down at the Reynolds house.
Richard: *Gazing at said house*...
Hughie: *He and the others approach him* You okay?
Richard: ... I know it's over and done with, but I can't help but look back at... what Mister Reynolds did to my brother.
David: I'm more concerned about what he did to his son.
*Two cars pull up to the Reynolds house and a bunch of enforcers step out*
Dipper: *Looks outside* Uh... How many police departments does Trolberg have?
Hilda: Only one. Why?
Dipper: I'm seeing two out there. One of them looks more... militaristic.
Hilda: *She and Frida outside* Oh. That's Trolberg Safety Patrol. They're supposed to look like that. They specialize in situations deemed too difficult for standard law enforcement.
Dipper: So, they're pretty much a SWAT team?
Frida: More or less. So, compared to the police, you'll be seeing Safety Patrol more often.
Tommy: Same with the Sheriff's Department.
Mabel: *?* There's a sheriff's department in Trolberg?
Deacon: It's actually called the Hulderlands Sheriff's Department, but their headquarters is here in Trolberg. Because of that, they have an interservice feud with Safety Patrol.
Dipper: Do you guys know where it is?
Jemma: I do. My dad used to work there as a deputy.
~Hulderlands Sheriff's Department~
*The group arrives*
Jemma: Here we are. HSD headquarters.
Hilda: *Notices a familiar face* Kaisa?
Kaisa: *Turns to them* Hilda? What are you doing here?
Hilda: We were about to ask you the same thing.
Frida: Are you... friends with someone here?
Kaisa: ... *Nods* One of the deputies happens to be a... childhood friend of mine. *She and the others approach the front door* And a former member of Safety Patrol.
*The front door opens, revealing a near-50-year-old man*
Man: Oh, hello there.
Kaisa: H-Hello, sir.
Man: *Notices Jemma* Jemma.
Jemma: Hello, Sheriff.
Dipper: *?* You're the Sheriff?
Man: Yes, I am. Tate Whittaker, Hulderlands Head Sheriff. How's your dad by the way?
Jemma: He's doing fine. You?
Tate: Likewise. Though, I must say. One of my youngest deputies has been cooped up in his room ever since the Reynolds fiasco.
Kaisa: Actually, that's why I'm here.
Tate: *?* You... wanted to visit him?
Kaisa: *Nods*
~Inside~
Dipper: *Looking around* Pretty standard for a sheriff's department.
Jemma: I've actually been to the room we're heading to. It was empty back then, but Tommy, Deacon, and I used to play in there.
Kaisa: I do have a set of rules when meeting him. First of all: If you're going for a handshake, then let him initiate contact. Secondly: You should probably look as friendly as possible. Since we grew up together, he only trusts me. Ironically, he hardly ever trusts people with guns.
Tate: He even has trouble with me and the other deputies. So, we usually enter his room without our guns, even if they're holstered.
Kaisa: And here's the most important rule: Unless you guys have written some dissertations that I don't know about, do not mention anything related to conspiracy theories.
Mabel: ... Such as...?
Kaisa: Oh, I don't know. Certain assassinations, creatures that have yet to be proven...
Tate: I, myself, highly recommend avoiding any mention of... military bases.
Dipper: You mean, like...?
Tate: Yep. That base in particular.
Hilda: Wait. Which one?
Dipper: Doesn't matter.
Tate: The kid's a conspiracy enthusiast, but some of what he's into has been proven useful to the Sheriff's Department.
Kaisa: He just prefers to keep to himself.
Tate: *He and the others approach a particular door* Here it is. *Knocks on it* Michael? Are you in there, buddy?
*Silence*
Kaisa: ... I hope he isn't asleep.
Tate: You and me both. *Knocks on it* Michael! Are you awake? *Turns the knob... and opens the door, revealing a staircase* Huh?
Hilda: Does he usually keep the door locked?
Tate: I guess he forgot to lock it this time.
*They head down the staircase*
Downstairs, they see a projector playing a film of sorts.
???: Area 51; JFK; Apollo 12; Denver lnternational Airport; Doveland, Wisconsin; the world is just full of conspiracies. And yet, governments around the world want us to believe that nothing is going on. Like police turning you away from a crime scene, saying stuff like "Move along, people. There's nothing to see here." and other lines like that. But there is much to witness. And I'm among those lucky enough to have ducked under the yellow tape. I've read beneath the redacted lines. The proof is out there.
*The film stops, revealing a silhouette*
Kaisa: Uh...
???: *Turns to them* Hm? Who's out there?
Kaisa: Michael, it's me.
Michael: *!* Kaisa? *Moves the projector sheet (revealing himself to be around Kaisa's age)* Oh, my goodness! It is you!
Kaisa: *Chuckles* Nice to see you too, Michael.
*They both hug each other*
Michael: *Breaks the hug* So, how's it going at the library?
Kaisa: Quite fine. *Turns to the kids* Kids, this is Michael Kingston, the childhood friend that I mentioned earlier. *Turns back to Michael* Michael, allow me to introduce Hilda Löfgren, Frida Auclair, twin siblings Dipper and Mabel Pines, David Olden, Richard Burke, Hughie Lombardi, Tommy Kendrick, Deacon Anderson, and-
Michael: *!* You're Jemma McNeal, aren't you?
Jemma: Mm-hmm.
Michael: Your dad told me about you before he left. Did you really play down here?
Jemma: I did, along with Tommy and Deacon. *Looks around* So, you turned this room into your office?
Michael: Of course. It's hard to leave such an empty room alone.
Tate: And yet, it's probably too isolating for you.
Michael: I know. I'm aware that I've been cooped up in here, but I've been on the cusp of a real breakthrough that might help one of our recent cases. *Heads to his desk* I just need to look for it. *Scrambles through his stuff*
Dipper: *Looks around* Is your office always this... messy?
Michael: Something old McNeal told me was that a clean office means you're not thinking hard enough. When I started, I wasn't sure what to think of, but then, I got into conspiracies around the world. Surprisingly, some of my thoughts and skills have proven to be useful.
Tate: ... In a way.
Michael: In a way. *Spots a file folder* Found it! *Grabs it and passes it to Tate* Here you go.
Tate: Thank you. I'll be heading upstairs if you need me. *Leaves*
Mabel: *Notices something on the ground and grabs it* What's this?
Hilda: It looks like part of a turtle shell.
Michael: Oh, that? McNeal left that for me. I wasn't sure why though.
Dipper: *Examines it* It's got like an inscription of sorts.
Michael: And it's in a different language. I don't know what it says.
Dipper: My uncle's a scientist. He could help.
Michael: Really? I like the sound of that.
~Outside~
Outside the Sheriff's Department, someone wearing a hooded jacket gazes at the Sheriff's Department, before leaving; the unzipped jacket sways, briefly revealing a Safety Patrol badge.
Notes:
I decided to do a small time skip to after the events of "The Witch", where Hilda and her friends learn the librarian's real name. So, in a way, the Pines Family was around when the first three episodes of Season 2 occurred.
Guest Starring:
----------
Scott Bakula as Tate Whittaker
Rob Kerkovich as Michael Kingston
Chapter 12: Bad People (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Getting To Know You Arc Finale
While recuperating from his traumatic experience, Daniel comes across a shady figure, who seems to know...
...LOTS OF THINGS.
Notes:
Kids, adults, creatures, law enforcement. Now, for villains.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Alleyway~
Daniel may have regained his sanity after the events at the Reynolds house, but he's still trying to recuperate from what Martin Reynolds did to him.
Daniel: ... *Flashbacks of what happened back then appear in his mind* ... Andrew Reynolds... What happened in that house?
???: You're still thinking about Martin Reynolds, aren't you?
Daniel: *Turns to see a shady man nearby* ... Y...Yes.
Man: Of course. Tell me, bud, did you... receive something in return?
Daniel: S-Sort of. A coin.
Man: Did this coin have anything?
Daniel: ... *Tries to remember* Uh... I think it had an... apple on both sides. Not sure why though.
Man: ... I do.
Daniel: *?* You do?
Man: The apple is from an old folktale, one that was meant to keep children from misbehaving. I learned it from a... traveling storyteller.
Daniel: How does the story go?
Man: There was once a family of four wizards. The parents were worried that their children might become spoiled due to being trained in the magical arts. So, they sent them out to face the challenges of the outside world. Along the way, they came across a seemingly kind elderly man. He was simply hungry, and so, the oldest brother was going to conjure up an apple. However, the brother was known to be... mischievous. He ended up conjuring a black apple, much to his younger sister's concern. He tricked the elderly man into thinking it was a rare flavor, but upon taking a bite, the elderly man was disgusted by the apple's bad taste. In response to the boy's misdeed, he cast a magic of unknown origin, berating the two for being spoiled, mischievous, and downright obnoxious. He then disappeared, much to the siblings' relief. At first, it seemed that nothing happened, but just as they were about to continue down the road, the younger sister noticed that she was given a petrification spell. They didn't know what to do. So, they went to the nearby house of an old family friend. The friend wasn't too pleased when he learned about what the brother had done and that the sister was being punished for something she had no part in. Regardless, the friend decided to help, by teaching the brother about these strange little things, simply known to wizard-kind as "star sprites", shiny star-shaped sprites that are usually created by the happiness of others. And so, the brother set out to collect enough star sprites to reverse the petrification spell and save his sister. By the end, he was immensely close to failing, but all of a sudden, the stone encasing the sister started to glow, until finally, it shattered. The spell was broken and the sister was freed. But it wasn't coming from the sprites. It came from every good deed that the brother had done. Just then, the elderly man appeared. He could tell the two were partially mad at him for "punishing the wrong child", but in the end, they made peace with each other, and the friend added that they probably needed the quest anyway to see how hard things can get in life, even if they had special abilities. And from that day forward, the two grew up to treat others the way they wanted to be treated. The coin you have in your possession is a representation of what the brother did early in the story.
Daniel: So, the apple on the coin represents the apple in the story.
Man: And in a way, the fact that the apple is on both sides represents the two siblings. The brother who committed the misdeed, and the sister who was unjustly punished. I'm guessing you did some bad things in your life. Haven't you?
Daniel: ... Plenty.
Man: And in the process, your little brother received flak for the things that you caused.
Daniel: ...
Man: But the Reynolds fiasco was just the final straw. Clearly, you deserve that coin after all. It fits you.
Daniel: ...
Man: Well, I've said my piece. I'll be seeing you around, Daniel Burke. And while you're at it... tell your brother and those kids I said "Hi". I recommend starting with Dipper Pines.
Daniel: *?* ... Why him of all people?
Man: ...
Daniel: Actually, how do you even know us?
Man: Oh, Daniel, I know lots of things. *His eyes suddenly show various cryptic images* *Slow deep voice* LOTS OF THINGS...
Daniel: *Feeling dizzy* ... D... Wha...?! *Smacks his to snap out of it... only to see that the man is gone* Where'd he...? *Scoff* Never mind. Maybe, it's just my imagination. *Walks away*
Unbeknownst to Daniel, the man is now watching from a faraway rooftop, indicating that what happened was very much real.
Man: I'll be watching you.
Notes:
If you're wondering "How the heck is he still alive?!", then watch this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZRvDbhKsfCM.
Also, the story behind the apple coins is based on Scribblenauts.
Yroo! Xrksvi! Girzmtov!
Chapter 13: Bullies Vs Bullies
Summary:
Trevor and his friends were known for pranking anyone they came across.
The Huldrawood Marra are known for being equally nasty about people behind their backs.
As far as Hilda is concerned, these two groups have never encountered each other.
That is, until one faithful night.
Notes:
As far as Hilda and her friends are concerned, the Huldrawood Marra have never gone after Trevor and his group.
Marra Subject #1: Maria Gustav; known for being David's tormentor.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Intro: Play this first before continuing
----------
Sometime after Hilda came back from finding a runaway Twig, Trevor decided to try hanging out with the little deer fox more often, much to the dismay of his friends.
One day, they went out for a walk, hoping it would help clear Twig of what he went through in the wilderness.
Trevor: ...
Twig: ... *Bark*
Trevor: *?* ... What is it?
Twig: *Grunt*
Trevor: Are you... concerned about me?
Twig: *Nuzzles him*
Trevor: ... *Pets him* I'm fine, Twig. I just... have a lot to think about.
Twig: *?*
Trevor: My mother doesn't exactly trust you and Hilda, what with your many... escapades. Meanwhile, my friends aren't any... different, but they think I'm softening up to you guys. I'm not.
Twig: ...
Trevor: I just needed a... change of scenery. That's why I visited you guys that day.
???: Oh, brilliant.
Trevor & Twig: *?*
???: Just what my friends and I need. Another addition to that group of dingbats.
*Trevor & Twig turn to see...*
Trevor: ... Do I know you?
Girl: No. We haven't met. My name's Maria. And you are...?
Trevor: ... Trevor. Trevor Stenburg.
Maria: *!* Oh, so, you're that one delinquent I've been hearing about. The one who threw a stone at the Great Raven without even knowing it.
Trevor: ...
Maria: And because of that, you developed a fear of birds.
Trevor: ... I'm... trying to... get over it.
Maria: Well, you sure are taking forever. From what I've heard, even your own friends pick on you for having such a fear.
Trevor: ... They do actually.
Maria: And because of that, you went as far as to call... *Glances at Twig* ...his owner a "witch".
Trevor: ... I stopped after a... particular day.
Maria: Well, it didn't stop your friends from the look of things.
Trevor: ...
Maria: Do you honestly think that some of the things you have been doing lately are fixing you're image? That you could redeem yourself?
Trevor: ... I...
Maria: You've already made it clear as to how you prefer to treat others. Do you ever stop to think about how many times you've been cruel to people?
Trevor: ...
Maria: It's a long road, kid. A long, treacherous road with no chance of reaching the end.
Trevor: ... I-
Maria: I'd give up and walk away if I were you. I've done it before. This road you're on isn't worth completing. It'll just consume you, until-
Familiar Voice: Hey! Brat!
*Trevor, Twig, and Maria turn to see...*
Wendy: I don't know who you are, but you better leave Trevor alone. I won't tolerate whatever rude words you're saying to him.
Maria: ... Fine then. Talking to him wasn't working anyway. And besides, I wasn't being rude. I was giving him advice.
Trevor: ... Well, your advice reeks of... where you like to go.
Maria: ... It's called the Huldrawood. *Smirk* You should drop by someday. *Leaves*
Trevor: ...
Wendy: You okay, Trevor?
Trevor: ... O-Of course, I'm fine. I just didn't think that would happen.
Twig: *Nuzzles him*
Trevor: ... *Pets him*
{Later}
~Elsewhere~
Elsewhere in Trolberg, Maria was at home, chatting with her mother, who happened to be...
Gerda*: *Places a dinner dish on the table* Here you go, dear.
Maria: Thanks, Mom. *Proceeds to eat*
Gerda: So, how was your recent stroll?
Maria: Oh, it was fine for the most part. I had a run-in with some friends of... Hilda.
Gerda: *?* You did?
Maria: Nothing too serious. I was... giving him advice.
Gerda: On what?
Maria: ... He was... going down a bad path. So, I advised him to walk away from it.
Gerda: *Chuckle* That was a wise decision you made.
Maria: ... *Smiles a little*
Little did Deputy Gerda know that her daughter's story was only partially true.
Notes:
So, tell me. Which group of bullies has a higher level of nastiness?
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/43756752
Chapter 14: Cryptids Part 1
Summary:
The group was about to encounter something they had never seen before. A new creature, one that has never been documented in either Gravity Falls or the Hulderlands.
Notes:
Marra Subject #2: Lucinda Myers; black hair, white hairclip, and light blue jacket; Maria's #2.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
{Nighttime}
~The Huldrawood~
Only the sound of the wind blowing through the leaves broke the silence of the Huldrawood, just as it was on any night at this time of year in Trolberg. However, in the middle of it was a lone female teenager, who was en route to a familiar spot to meet up with her friends, completely undeterred by the dark forest.
On this very night, a meeting was underway. Her team leader, Maria Gustav, possessed knowledge of a new way to create fuel for nightmares. But she intended to change things up by putting aside the usuals, like spiders, ghosts, wolves, and trolls. At this point, that stuff was getting old.
It had been a tough go since Maria left the boy who was afraid of everything and easy to scare, and finding another child to scare and tell her friends about it had been proving difficult.
As the group's second-in-command, she knew that Maria missed it a lot. Hilda, who was still relatively unknown to her, had only one fear, but not like the boy from before. Only a monster made of bones could scare him. It wasn't the same as scaring her, but it was better than nothing.
Girl: If it weren't for that meddling blue-haired girl, Maria wouldn't be like this.
*Strange noise*
Girl: *?* ... *Looks around*
A strange sound suddenly snapped her out of her reflections. The marra looked around, scrutinizing every leaf on every tree. It seemed as though a gust of wind blew right past her. But she couldn't find anything out of the ordinary.
Girl: ... Eh. It was probably just strong winds.
Brushing that aside, she proceeded along the path, only to soon hear another loud gust of wind blow through the leaves. This time, she turned around to make sure that she wasn't followed by anyone suspicious.
But when she turned back to face forward...
*Whoosh*
...the gust came from behind her again, causing her hair to jerk around in the wind. Turning back, she found… nothing. Again. Nothing but sky.
But something was off. There was a part of the sky with no stars in it. She looked upon that spot for a few moments, right before a winged shadow suddenly flew out from it and swept past her, knocking her onto her back.
She had just enough time to see it spread its wings and fly into the darkness. It also had two large red dots which she could only assume might have been eyes. But within seconds, it vanished into the night.
Girl: Strange…
Just then, a familiar face appeared before her.
Maria: There you are. I was wondering where you- *Notices her behavior* Are you okay, Lucinda?
Lucinda: ... I-I'm fine.
Maria: Well, *Grabs her hand* come on then! *Pulls her along*
~David's House~
David had finally made it home. He was ready for bed, only until his father stopped him for the usual inspection for bugs on him. Turns out a small beetle got on him on his way back. Nothing to freak out about.
Now, in his PJs, and the comforts of his bed, it was time to go to sleep.
David: Good night, Warren. *Closes his eyes*
He closed his eyes and slowly drifted off into sleep. But the tranquility didn't last long, as two large red lights illuminated the window next to his bed.
David couldn't sleep with this bright red light shining through his eyelids. As he opened his eyes, he noticed that his room was mostly illuminated in a crimson glow. Looking at his hands, they were brightly lit up by this red light.
David: *Stammering* W-What is this?! *Turns to his window*
It was a large, thin creature with large antennae on its head, looking at him with red glowing eyes that seemed reminiscent of bike reflectors. It was so bright that his eyes ached from staring at it any longer than a few seconds at a time.
After taking a moment to rub his eyes, he saw that the creature had two wings that looked like its arms at first glance but were actually separate. Its big wings on its back and its flabby arms hung down, seemingly limp.
This scene lasted for a few seconds, ending with the creature making a crouching motion, pulling its wings up as high as it could, then swinging them down quickly, and darting upward into the night sky, leaving David horrified.
He probably wouldn't be able to sleep tonight.
{The Next Morning}
Hilda and Frida were on their way to David's house, talking about plans to earn more Sparrow Scout badges and ones that didn't even exist yet.
Frida: What makes you think a cactus can also speak?
Hilda: Maybe, they're just too shy to talk to us for now.
Frida: Maybe not all plants can speak. *Rings the doorbell*
*Door opens*
Mrs. Olden: Oh, hello, girls. Come right in.
*The girls enter*
Mrs. Olden: David's in his room. He hasn't eaten breakfast yet. Could you ask him to come out?
Hilda & Frida: Sure. *They both head upstairs*
Hilda: *Knock on his door*
David (From inside): Aah! Who-Who is it?
Hilda: It's us. Hilda and Frida. Can we come in?
David (From inside): Ermm, it's fine. Go ahead. Come in. My door's unlocked.
Hilda & Frida: ...
Hilda and Frida exchanged glances for a moment before entering. They were stunned to see David all disheveled and building a tower of cards on his desk, as well as the sheets hung up to cover his window.
David: H-Hey, guys.
Hilda: David... What's going on?
David: ... I-I just had a h-horrible nightmare. I'm just… building this tower again to… calm down. *Puts the last two cards in place*
Frida: A horrible nightmare? But… you haven't had a nightmare like this since we got the Marra off you, right?
Hilda: Did she come back?
David: I don't know. But… the nightmare felt… very real.
Hilda: How real?
David: ... It felt as though I was wide awake.
Frida: And…?
David: There were these… red lights shining through the window. It was this monster with huge wings and… r-r-red eyes. It was scary…
Hilda: But… why did you put the sheet on the window if you knew it wasn't real?
David: It felt too real. I can't bring myself to look out there… There's no way of knowing that this is the work of a Marra.
Hilda: We can't take any chances. If it is, we'll just do the same thing we did last time.
Frida: But they'll probably know we're onto them.
Hilda: Still, we'll have to find them and see what's going on. *Braces her hand against David's desk... inadvertently knocking over David's card tower* Oops. Sorry.
David: It's fine. It came apart eight or so times.
*Hilda and Frida exchanged more worried glances at each other*
~Sparrow Scout Hall~
Shortly before they arrived, the trio were discussing ideas to earn Hilda more badges and what activities they could do. They arrived in time to see Raven Leader lining everyone up into teams.
Raven Leader: Hilda, David, Frida. You're right on time. Form a team and await my instruction.
All 3: Okay.
Frida: Whew… Talk about cutting it close. Now then, we need to formulate a plan to earn more badges. Any ideas?
David: How about we do the activities during the day this time?
Hilda: Why during the day? Almost all of us do it at night.
David: I-I just thought the day was safer. It doesn't remind me of my nightmare.
Frida: Lighten up, David. It was only a nightmare. It wasn't real.
David: B-But it felt real.
Hilda: Look, if it helps, I'll go confront them. Once we're done with the activities, I'll go straight to the Huldrawood and have a chat with the Marra.
Scout: The Huldrawood? You mean the home of the flying monster?
Hilda: *?* Flying monster?
Scout: Yeah, the flying monster that lives in that forest. It's said that deep in the Huldrawood, there's a terrible monster that can eat you in just two bites.
Scout 2: So there is a monster in that forest, isn't there?
Scout: Yeah, but… from what I've heard, the last sighting was no less than fifty years ago. It's unlikely that it's still around anymore.
Hilda: *Turns back to David* Did you hear that?! That must be what the Marra used to make your nightmare!
David: They're really stepping up their game, aren't they?
Raven Leader: Sparrows, your attention, please. Today's activity is to collect a rare species of flower that blooms this season. *Shows out a bag containing a particular red flower that hasn't fully grown* You're looking for the Glistening Flower.
Hilda: Wow! How pretty.
Raven Leader: Now, this type of flower can grow anywhere within the walls of Trolberg. So, it won't be hard to find. Try and gather as many as you can. Dismissed.
~Outside~
David: If anything, we should probably leave it to Dipper and his group. The three of us will be busy with a Sparrow Scout assignment for today. We don't even know how long it will take.
Hilda: You're right. We better give them the heads-up just in case we don't have enough time.
Familiar Voice: Well, I'm here now.
Hilda: *She and the others turn to see...* Oh, there you are. We were just going to talk to you.
Dipper: About what exactly?
David explained his situation to Dipper; his recent nightmare, the speculation of the Marra, and the mention of the "flying monster".
Dipper: I see.
Hilda: I was planning on confronting them after we're done with our assignment, but we don't know how long it'll take. So, we thought you should confront them.
Mabel: If we can find them that is.
Dipper: They can be anywhere in the Huldrawood.
Hilda: Just look for a campsite with a green campfire. Shouldn't be that hard to miss.
Dipper: Well, I might as well hang out at the Huldrawood just in case.
~Trolberg Flower Shop~
A few minutes later, the trio were out searching for a Glistening Flower.
Frida: *Showing a catalog page* It says here that these flowers are often used as a substitute for candles in Jack-o-lanterns. It comes in handy under a full moon. It somehow makes it give off a very bright light.
David: It's like magic.
Frida: Agreed. It also says here that they have another way of growing. That other way is based on who plucks it from the ground.
Hilda: How?
Frida: According to this, "If the subject has a common desire and/or feeling, the flower will grow right in his hands, which is indicative of the flower believing that that desire or feeling will be fulfilled".
Hilda: That sounds fantastic. I look forward to seeing them grow.
Frida: Well, we'll just have to wait until the next full moon, and we'll see them bloom.
Hilda: Still, they could be anywhere.
The trio continued to explore half the city in search of those flowers. The streets, the gardens, the parks, but disappointingly, they came up completely empty-handed. But Hilda wasn't one to give up. She suggested searching the place where they first met the Vittra.
~Vittra Territory~
During their search, Hilda split off from the group to try and cover more ground. She searched every bush and tree until she eventually stumbled upon the hole that led into the Vittra tunnels.
Hilda, in the middle of her searches, began to consider why David's nightmares came back.
Hilda: Was it even a nightmare? What if David really saw some unknown creature? Or perhaps the Marra who tormented David came back for whatever reason? *Slams into something* Ugh!
In the middle of her thoughts, she wasn't watching where she was going and slammed her face right into a tree branch.
Annoyed, she removed the branch from her face and brushed the leaves out of her face and hair. But after nursing the impact area for a bit, Twig suddenly began tugging at her skirt.
Hilda: What is it, boy?
Twig suddenly darted toward the hole and pointed out a small red sprout not far from the hole. Now surprised, she approached the sprout and got a closer look. It seemed to only have very recently sprouted and was awaiting the full moon. Her pupils widened at the sight of such a thing.
Hilda: David! Frida! I found one!
Upon hearing her, Frida and David arrived on the scene as fast as they could.
David: Wow! A Glistening Flower!
Frida: It's really small.
David: *Spots something* Hm? *Approaches it* *!* Hey! Check this out!
Hilda and Frida ran to where he was, fixing their eyes on what David saw. They discovered a huge field of Glistening Flowers. Many of the sprouts were of similar size, but one of them was huge. But Hilda noticed that the sprout that she found seemed really small by comparison.
Frida: Perfect. Now, we only have to take a few, and nobody will notice.
Hilda: *Grabs the sprout she found* I'll keep mine. It's like a baby.
David left for a moment to grab their cart with various gardening tools and began assisting the others with carefully and painstakingly removing several sprouts from the ground and filling their cart. It was quite a tedious process.
Frida: Excellent. We might just be the first to get badges.
David: We just gotta bring them to Scout Hall now.
Upon hearing this, Hilda remembered something.
Hilda: I'll catch up with you later.
Frida: Why?
Hilda: Well, I did say when we're done, I'll go straight to the Huldrawood.
David: But it's still daytime. The Marra gather at night.
Frida: And besides, you already assigned Dipper to handle it.
Hilda: I know, but I can wait until they arrive. I'll just intercept the one I need to talk to. And who knows? It might require more than one person.
Frida: But you'll be waiting for hours.
Hilda: There's always a chance that they'll come early. *Notices her sprout* Oh! I almost forgot. Here's the baby sprout.
Frida: Oh, no, it's fine. You can keep it.
David: You found it after all.
Hilda: ... Okay.
Hilda, looking at the understanding faces of her friends, gave a smile. She stuffed the sprout into her bag and took off, with Twig right behind.
Hilda: Thanks, guys!
~The Huldrawood~
Hilda dashed through the city without any hint of exhaustion until she reached the stone boundaries of the Huldrawood. She put on her game face and darted towards the open gate, where Dipper was waiting.
Dipper: I guess your assignment didn't take long?
Hilda: Almost. But I'm pretty much done at this point.
They step through the door and hide behind a tree, keeping their distance and giving themselves a good vantage point to see who enters, but keeping stealthy.
Dipper: And now...
Hilda: ...we wait.
{Later}
Minutes passed. Some people came and went, but none of them resembled any of the girls that Hilda saw in the Marra gang. Minutes then became hours. The sun began to set. But they kept their eyes peeled on the entryway.
{Sundown}
Even Twig was starting to get bored.
Hilda: *Sigh* I guess they're not… coming.
Dipper: Well, I'm not stopping just yet.
Hilda: Whatever.
Hilda took her eyes off the door and began to rummage through her pouch. It had her sketchbook, her pencil, a flashlight, and the sprout that she found. She looked upon it, smiling. The stars began to appear in the sky as night fell.
Hilda: I hope you grow up to be a huge flower.
*BOOSH!*
All 3: *!*
Dipper: What the...?
The sudden noise that rang out made Dipper, Hilda, and Twig jump. She quickly got back up to her perch and surveyed the entrance with Dipper. This time, it was what they were waiting for. It was the Marra that gave David nightmares, along with one of her friends.
The Marra began walking as Hilda silently and quickly put her things away, put on her bag, and began her pursuit with Dipper, keeping enough of a distance to not get noticed.
Dipper and Hilda carefully yet quickly trailed the two Marra who remained clueless to Dipper and Hilda's presence, until they reached the campfire site where the other Marras were to meet.
The two Marra stopped for a moment to look at the extinguished fire, giving Dipper and Hilda a moment to get a little closer until they could see the Marra and the fire. The former continued walking anyway.
Dipper and Hilda took this moment to emerge from their hiding spot.
Hilda: *Jumps out of the hiding spot with Dipper and Twig* Hey, you two! Stop right there!
Twig: *Growling*
The sudden outburst caused the two Marra to wince. They were naturally ticked to hear that familiar voice again and turned to face her.
Maria: You again.
Hilda: Yes, me again.
Lucinda: And who's this guy?
Dipper: Oh, just a fellow samaritan.
Maria: Ugh. Great. First, I have a run-in with Trevor. Now, we have to deal with this newbie.
Dipper: *?* You had a run-in with Trevor?
Maria: Of course, I did. And speaking of which, I think we've started on the wrong foot here. I'm Maria. This here is Lucinda.
Dipper: Uh... Right. I'm-
Hilda: No time for introductions. I need to know something: Are you giving my friend nightmares again?
Maria & Lucinda: *?*
Hearing this, the Marra went from irritated to confused.
Maria: What are you talking about?
Hilda: You said it was no fun giving kids nightmares when they ask for them.
Maria: Of course, I did. So, we have no business giving that David kid nightmares.
Hilda: And yet, here we are. David had a nightmare again, and who else would give those kinds of nightmares other than you?
Maria: I haven't even been to his house ever since our encounter from that one night.
Hilda: I find that hard to believe. David would never lie to me.
They stared at each other, angrily, and hardly even blinking.
But after a period of silence, a familiar sound suddenly startled Lucinda. The sound of leaves suddenly rushing. The Marra second-in-command turned away from Hilda and Maria's staredown to focus on the trees. Dipper, Hilda, and even Maria barely seemed fazed by the sound.
Hilda: What? You gonna- *Notices Twig on high alert*
Now, Hilda was concerned with what was going on.
Dipper: Hilda, I don't think this is their doing.
They all looked at the trees which seemed to shake violently. It wasn't even that windy. So, the discrepancy was concerning. Suddenly, the loud sound of flapping wings filled the air, followed by a gust of wind blowing past them, and then, the sound of something crashing into the ground came from behind them.
They all turned around and discovered a two-meter-tall creature with large wings on its back, legs, and thin arms covered with fur. The creature seemed dead silent. But the strange thing was that its eyes seemed to be closed.
Dipper and Hilda were surprised to see such a strange creature that they had no idea about. But Twig and the two Marra were frozen in fear.
Maria: What is that?
When Maria took a small step back, the creature suddenly sprung to life, opening its large red eyes, looking at the Marra girls' green eyes, and darted toward Lucinda with unmatched speed.
Lucinda: Eep. *Morphs into Marra Dust and flees*
Maria: Hey! Come back!
After seeing this, Dipper and Hilda nervously strayed clear of the creature's path, with Hilda pulling Maria away as well. But when the creature saw how Lucinda turned into Marra Dust, it wasted no time and pursued it.
Dipper, Hilda, and Maria looked up to see the chase continue into the air. It seemed to dart across the sky, which would soon turn too dark to see any more of it.
Lucinda tried very hard to lose the creature, going anywhere in the forest to try and hide. But she simply couldn't shake the creature off her tail.
Hilda: ...
Maria: ...
Dipper: ... *Turns to Maria* Don't just stand here! Help Lucinda!
Maria: I don't know how!
The sky now became too dark to see anything other than green mist darting wildly around the sky and forest. Hilda tried to flash her flashlight up there to get a better look. But as expected, her flashlight wouldn't reach.
Hilda: No good. I can't see them.
Maria: *Groan* Fine then. *Morphs and flies after them*
Dipper: We better leave too.
That said, Dipper and Hilda started for home.
Meanwhile, Lucinda was running out of ideas, seeing as how the creature was gaining on her. She continued to make passes through the forest, soon passing where Dipper, Hilda, and Maria were. But when the creature passed by, it detected a bright light from below. The creature looked back, inadvertently allowing the black hair Marra to get away and the twin-tailed Marra to follow her.
Dipper: *Looks up* *!* Uh-oh.
Hilda: *Looks up* *!* Oh, great.
Dipper and Hilda were surprised to see the creature stop right in front of them. They were able to observe it in greater detail. It looked like a hairy, insect-like man with large grey wings. But amidst their curiosity, the creature suddenly darted toward Dipper and Hilda, scaring them into dropping their flashlights and falling on their backs.
When they recovered, they saw the creature land quickly in front of them. Their flashlights were pointed right at them, just beyond the creature's line of sight, illuminating them. It slowly approached them as they backed up, eventually hitting a tree. They noticed that the creature gave off lights from its eyes. They were so bright, that Dipper and Hilda had to close their eyes.
Moments later, while their eyes were shut, they heard a loud flap and felt a gust of wind. They opened their eyes, but could hardly see anything. When their eyes adjusted, the creature was gone, and their flashlights were off.
While they were trying to comprehend what just happened, they got up and began looking for Twig and found him hiding behind a tree, quivering with fear.
Hilda: C'mon, boy. L-Let's get out of here.
On their way out, they decided to keep their flashlights off for the time being. It helped that the moon finally rose. But on their way out, she realized something. David's words echoed in her head.
"There were these… red lights shining through the window. It was this monster with huge wings and… r-r-red eyes. It was scary…"
What they saw matched what David said he saw. It couldn't have been a coincidence. What David saw was not a nightmare at all. But with one answered question comes another one.
Dipper: What exactly is that creature?
Hilda: *Shrug*
One thing's for certain: They wouldn't rest until they find an answer.
Meanwhile, Lucinda landed at the foot of a tall tree. She reverted to her human form, panting in exhaustion. She hadn't had such a long chase in a while. She kept her eyes on the sky, hoping to god to not see that thing again.
Letting out a long breath, she wondered for a moment why that thing chased her through most of the forest without any explanation as to why. She didn't even do anything to that creature.
Lucinda: Dang monster. I only create nightmares for humans, not... whatever was flowing through its mind. And why did that blue-haired girl go after us again? Was she delusional?
Maria: *Appears and morphs* Whatever the case, if it wasn't for their flashlights, you might not have been able to escape, and god only knows what would've happened next.
Their thoughts were interrupted by a green light in the distance. Knowing what it was, they started for it.
Maria: There's no time to think about meaningless things. Only our preliminary meeting is important now.
Lucinda: ... Okay. *She and Maria head over* And while we're at it, we need to discuss a certain subject.
Maria: I know. As the team leader, I'll think of something for... her.
Notes:
Original Version: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/13568768/1/Hilda-and-the-Cryptids
Chapter 15: Cryptids Part 2
Summary:
The group prepares to confront the mysterious beast... with an unlikely ally.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Library~
Dipper and Hilda ran with Twig through the city in search of a known building, passing streets until she reached the Library. The lights were still on, and it wasn't closing time yet.
Dipper: *Enters with Hilda and Twig* Okay. Where is she? *Spots Kaisa* There you are.
Kaisa: *Turns to them*
Hilda: Um… excuse us?
Kaisa: We're in quiet time. Can't talk.
Hilda: Sorry. We were just wondering if…
Hilda: We don't have that book.
Dipper: What …? What are you-
Kaisa: *Turns to them*
Kaisa cut him off by suddenly turning to them sharply. She had a serious expression and began approaching Hilda's ear to utter only a few words.
Kaisa: You must leave here. Now. You can return here tomorrow, and I promise I'll show you the book you're looking for.
After she finished speaking, she turned back to what she was doing. Hilda was so confused, that she was gonna ask further, but Kaisa put a finger over her mouth, making a signal to keep quiet.
Dipper and Hilda began to take note of the situation. So, they fell silent and left, and Kaisa continued her work elsewhere.
~Outside~
Dipper: Let's just head back. We'll investigate tomorrow.
The trio, with a little confusion, started for home. It was getting late. So, they decided to head straight home. The journey back was surprisingly uneventful. They half-expected to see that unknown creature flying, but nothing happened.
~Löfgren Apartment~
Hilda continued until she reached her home's street. Hoping that her mother wasn't asleep already, she rang the doorbell.
It wasn't long before her mum, Johanna, came down and opened the door. She looked around for a bit, then down toward her daughter.
Johanna: Oh! Hilda, you're home early.
Hilda: In a way. We've already finished our scout activity. *Enters* Whew… What a day.
Johanna: How'd it go?
Hilda: It went amazingly. We collected beautiful shoots from flowers known as the Glistening Flower.
Johanna: I know those flowers. I remember when a sprout grew in my hands on a full moon.
Hilda: Really? How much light came out?
Johanna: Not much. It was just a little flash that lasted a few seconds.
Hilda: ... But it was nice, right?
Johanna: Well, yes, but… it wasn't as nice as I had hoped.
The conversation continued into the night as Tontu joined them, offering tea. But sooner or later, they'd go to bed. After Hilda turned out the lights, she kept thinking about what the Librarian told her. So first thing in the morning, she'd go straight to the Library.
~Pines House~
Meanwhile, Dipper returned to his house.
Dipper: *Enters* I'm back.
Mabel: Hey, Dipper.
Wendy: How did your... "task" go?
Dipper: Eh... The girls that Hilda told me about weren't the culprits after all.
Mabel: If it wasn't them, then who was tormenting David?
Dipper: ... I'm not sure how to put it. *Notices Ford working on something* How's your examination going?
Ford: I'm starting to reach a breaking point with this turtle shell. I can't seem to figure out what language this is. I'm already on the least likely languages, but I doubt it's any one of them.
Dipper: ... *Ponders* Have you tried the older versions of each language?
Ford: *!* Hm. That could work.
{The next morning}
The sun shining through her window woke Hilda up. Recalling her thoughts last night, she got up quickly and did her morning routine.
During her routine, Alfur left the clock house he stayed in all the time. But when he saw Hilda awake, he tried getting her attention.
Alfur: Hilda! Hilda!
Hilda: What is it, Alfur?
Alfur: I have something important to tell you. You see, last night, I was writing a paper about nights in Trolberg. I was looking out the window while doing so.
Hilda: Well, that is important. Knowing what happens at-
Alfur: Th-That's not the point. There was this gigantic creature that appeared in front of the window. It had wings and red glowing eyes. It was looking at you as you slept.
Hilda: *!*
This matched exactly what Hilda and David saw. Wearing an intrigued look, she turned to the window for a moment.
Hilda: ... I have to tell Dipper. *Runs off* Thanks for the intel, Alfur! Gotta go! Bye!
Alfur: W-Wait! I haven't explained everything!
*Door slams shut*
Alfur: ... Oh, no.
~The Library~
Hilda: I hope Dipper's over there.
Hilda dashed through the streets until she approached the Library. But what she saw surprised her.
Many police officers, Trolberg Safety Patrol troops, and fire trucks surrounded the library with barricade tape blocking the front door. Many Trolberg citizens were there too, including the group. Once Hilda noticed them, she ran over.
Hilda: What happened?
Frida: Something attacked the Library and nearly destroyed it.
Hilda: When did this happen?"
David: They say it was in the middle of the night, and no one knows who or what did it.
Hilda: Is Kaisa alright?
Frida: She's fine. *Points to where Kaisa is* No worse for the wear.
Hilda saw Kaisa, Dipper, and Michael simply staring at the wrecked Library. Upon approaching them, Dipper showed Hilda a single sheet of paper.
Hilda: W-What's this?
Dipper: Kaisa gave it to me.
Kaisa: This is all I could save from the info you needed.
Hilda: But… what happened?
Michael: Some fearsome creature got into the library and trashed the place. Then, a fire occurred. Nobody knows what caused it.
Dipper and Hilda examined the sheet of paper, then toward the Library, wondering what kind of fiend would do something like this. Saying nothing, Kaisa and Michael walked off and vanished into the crowd. Dipper and Hilda would've followed her, but they were called back by their friends.
*Dipper and Hilda approach the team*
Richard: What'd she give you?
Dipper: She said it's a creature profile.
Mabel: A creature profile?
Trevor: Of what?
Dipper: It's called "The Mothman".
Hughie: *?!* The... what?!
Hilda: Just follow us.
~Löfgren Apartment~
Johanna had already left for work that morning. On their way there, Hilda had explained what she and Dipper had on that profile. It took them some time to process this information.
David: So, it wasn't a nightmare at all.
Frida: Looks like it. You and Hilda both saw it for yourselves if I'm not mistaken.
While Frida and David continued thinking, Hilda carefully read each word on the page in greater detail.
Hilda: It says here "A creature that is described with large wings and very bright red eyes cannot be other than the Mothman".
Richard: Is that a bad thing?
Hilda: It doesn't say. But what it does say is that when this creature appears, it's an omen of disaster.
Mabel: Disaster? You mean, if it appears again, there will be more?
David: Well, if it says that, there might be if it appears again. Could the Library have been the Mothman's doing?
Dipper: Let's not jump to conclusions just yet. I have a feeling we don't know all we need to know.
Jemma: But if it is, is there any way to get it to go away?
Dipper: *Reads the profile* Ummm… it doesn't say anything about that. But it does have a weakness. According to this, "A bright light can stun it for a moment, but it then follows the light until it reaches it".
Tommy: So, this helps us how?
Dipper: ... *Shrug*
Coming up with an answer was hard for all of them.
Alfur: *Appears* Sorry to interrupt, but may I try to help?
Tommy: How?
Alfur: Well, since you were so hasty to leave, I couldn't tell you the rest of what I knew.
Deacon: The rest? The rest of what?
Hilda: When I woke up, he told me he saw the Mothman through the window. But I was in a hurry to get to the Library. So, I didn't hear all he had to say. *Sheepishly* Sorry about that, Alfur.
Alfur: It doesn't matter. We're all in a bit of a hurry. But the real kicker is that when the Mothman was there, I could hear him say a few words.
Dipper: It can talk?
Frida: What'd he say?
Alfur: He didn't say much. Just that "It's really cold out here".
David: Now that you mention it, it did get pretty cold last night.
Alfur: That profile you have there. Did it help you come up with an idea on how to deal with this Mothman?
Hilda: *Ponders* Hmm… *!* I've got it!
~Rooftop~
Hilda brought the group (plus Tontu) to the rooftop to discuss the plan, using a layout of the Huldrawood.
Hilda: We know we can stun the Mothman with bright light. So, tonight, we meet at the Huldrawood. There, we hide in close proximity to one another. Once one of us sees him, that person will shine their flashlight toward him. Once he darts toward that person, another one of us shines their own flashlight at him and the previous person turns their's off. We'll repeat that strategy until Twig sets off a trap. Then, we can confront the Mothman.
Hilda's plan left some doubt in the others at first, but after some thought, they decided it was the best idea they could come up with. They spent the rest of the day considering how their plan would be executed.
{Sunset}
~The Huldrawood~
As soon as the sun began to set, they left for the Huldrawood and arrived at the entrance by sundown.
Hilda: Alright. Any further questions?
The group looked uneasy at first, but they eventually shook their heads and entered with Hilda. They came with flashlights and spare batteries.
Soon, they found an ideal hiding spot with a good line of sight. David, Trevor, and Richard hid in a bush next to Alfur; Mabel and Frida hid on top of a small tree, hidden in the leaves; Tontu, Hughie, Jemma, Tommy, and Deacon hid inside a log on the ground; and Dipper and Hilda were at the center, setting a trap. It was an old floodlight that David's dad had in storage. It ran off an external power source and gave off a considerable light.
Once Dipper and Hilda finished setting it up, they hid behind a tree. The controls were a bit of a long distance away. So, Twig kept tabs on it.
The minutes went by as the night fell. The cloudy skies obscured any moon or stars, so aside from the slightest light pollution, the sky was virtually pitch black. Hilda reached for her flashlight, but after pulling it out of her satchel, she saw the sprout she collected the other day. She was surprised to see it still in there.
Hilda: I could've sworn I took this out hours ago. *Takes it out*
She took it out of her bag, but when she did, she saw that it began to turn green. This surprised Hilda until she and Dipper turned to look up at the tree, which now also bore a yellowish-green hue. Alarmed, Hilda and Dipper turned around. From behind some bushes came the voices of teenagers.
Knowing what it was, Dipper and Hilda turned back to face the sky. Moments passed… until a powerful gust of wind blew by.
Dipper: It's here!
Alfur, in the bush, watched as a large creature arrived.
Alfur: Okay, on my mark, turn on your flashlights.
David, Trevor, and Richard: Alright.
The Mothman was suddenly about to touch down.
Alfur: Now!
Trevor & Richard: *Shine their lights*
Going against his fear, David hit the button on his light and shut his eyes tightly. When he opened his eyes, he saw the very same creature that was at his window. Only this time, he could see it clearly.
Mothman: *Turns to him*
David: *Yelp*
It took a bit for the Mothman to turn toward him. David let out a yelp and immediately turned off his flashlight shortly before the Mothman darted for him. In response, Tontu turned his flashlight on, causing the creature to stop and turn to him and the quartet.
When it darted for his light, he turned his flashlight off and hid behind the log with the quartet. Frida sprang into action and lit her flashlight. Hilda's plan was working. She and Dipper just had to light the floodlight. It would take a bit to turn on. Meanwhile, the Mothman flew in Mabel and Frida's direction, prompting Fride to turn off her flashlight.
In response, Dipper and Hilda turned their flashlights on. Now, the Mothman darted for them. When it got close, Hilda tried turning off her flashlight. But it wouldn't turn off!
Hilda: Wh-What?! *Presses the button repeatedly*
Dipper: What's wrong?!
Hilda: My light won't turn off!
Mabel: Boys! Flashlights! *She and Frida shine their lights*
*The boys follow suit*
But it did nothing to attract the Mothman's attention, as it continued to encroach upon Dipper and Hilda. The two resorted to removing the batteries from her flashlight to turn it off. But the moment after she did, the other flashlights suddenly fizzled out.
Mabel: What the...?!
Frida: No! The batteries can't die now!
But now that it was completely dark, the Mothman took a few steps from Dipper and Hilda soon before noticing a light source in the distance. It was the all too familiar yellowish-green flame of the Marra behind a small hill.
As Dipper and Hilda watched the Mothman dart toward the yellowish-green light and begin to chase half of the Marra into the air, with the other half hiding in the bushes nearby, they carefully reinstalled the batteries into her flashlight. However, that was probably a mistake since her flashlight came right back on.
Getting alerted by the light, it turned back to Dipper and Hilda, ignoring the Marra, letting them get away, and darting straight for Hilda. They tried to jam the button to turn it back off, but it still wouldn't work. Before they could remove the batteries again, the Mothman landed right in front of them and looked at them, with its red eyes glowing brightly. It encroached upon Dipper and Hilda until they were backed up against the floodlight.
Familiar Voice: Hey, bug man! Get over here!
The Mothman turned to face the voice. It was Lucinda which then made the green flame increase in size. In response, the Mothman flew toward the fire and looked at it in a trance. But the fire began to extinguish after a while. Once the fire was weak enough, the next brightest thing was the Marra girl's glowing green eyes.
Now, Lucinda was in for it. The monster began to approach her with Lucinda backing away. Seeing this, Hilda tried to point her flashlight at the Mothman, but it didn't seem to do any good. It was tightly focused on the Marra.
Suddenly, the entire forest began to light up. Dipper and Hilda looked above to see that the moon was emerging from the clouds. And in Hilda's offhand, the flower sprout, she witnessed something unexpected. A bright light began emanating from it, illuminating the whole forest.
The Mothman, noticing the huge light behind Lucinda, turned to face it. And the Marra was surprised to see something so bright in Hilda's hand. The light from the sprout shone brighter and brighter until it was so bright, it illuminated the entire forest in a sun-like glow.
*The others cover their eyes*
The Mothman slowly made its way over to Dipper and Hilda, it could hardly see through such a bright light. Luckily for it, the light began to fade over time. It soon got to a point where it was still bright, but it was no longer blinding.
*Everyone uncovers their eyes*
The creature, noticing the smaller light now, looked toward Dipper and Hilda.
Hilda: Listen to me, Mister Mothman. I want to talk to you.
The creature tilted its head to the side, seeming as if to be confused that anyone would want to speak to it.
Mothman: ... What is it that you wish to talk about?
The Mothman's voice surprised everyone. Its voice was deep enough to sound eerily similar to Jorgen, but a bit more intimidating.
Dipper: The Library. Was that your doing?
Mothman: ... No.
Hilda: Then… what are you doing in this city?
Mothman: ... I've come to warn you.
Hilda: "Warn us"?
Mothman: Yes.
Dipper: About what?
Mothman: ... To clarify, I do not cause disaster nor enjoy doing such things. The moon foresees an unspeakable danger that's approaching this city. I fear that the Library was only the first of many.
Hilda: What kind of danger?
Mothman: Horrific monsters and events. My duty is to warn people about my presence. It's the only way they'll know something terrible will happen.
Hilda: Oh.
Dipper: ... Sorry for thinking you were an evil creature.
Mothman: ... I forgive you. You aren't the only one. Many in the past have misunderstood me. And only a tragic few have understood the truth of my presence.
Hilda: ... And... thank you for caring about us.
Mothman: ... There is no need to be thankful. It is our job to look out for you.
Hilda: It's fine, That's all we needed to know.
Mothman: *Nods* Prepare yourselves, youngsters. For a great danger will be coming. And only you can stop it.
Trevor: Only... we can stop it?
Jemma: How can we stop it?
Mothman: ... Only time will tell. *Takes off into the night*
As the group looked up at the sky, Hilda smiled, knowing that once again, a mysterious creature that she partly considered to be a threat was actually a good creature. Meanwhile, Lucinda also stared toward the sky, before turning around and walking away.
Hilda: *Turns to Lucinda* Hey. Wait!
Lucinda: *Stops* ... *Turns to her* Y-Yeah? What's up?
Hilda: ... Th-Thanks… for your help.
Lucinda: ... W-Well, thank you too.
Hilda: *Tilts her head* Hm?
Lucinda: Well, if it weren't for you and that flower of yours, I wouldn't have been able to get away from that creature. There was no telling what it was gonna do to me.
Hilda: ... Yeah… and… sorry about going after you and Maria like that.
Lucinda: It's fine. No way any of us could've known. And we always stick to our word. *Morphs and flies away*
Dipper and Hilda then looked to the sky, watching the Mothman fly across the moon. Behind them, their friends were approaching, with Twig to arrive by her side first.
Alfur: You two alright?
Hilda: ... Yeah, no worse for the wear.
Dipper: ... But… will it stay that way for all of us?
Mothman's words echoed…
"I fear that the Library was only the first of many."
----------
Meanwhile, a mysterious hooded figure on a rooftop watches over the Sheriff's Department, more specifically Michael, who was working late for the night. Just as Michael was about the head into his office, the figure's eyes began to glow as red as the Mothman's.
???: Michael...
----------
To be continued…
Notes:
Original Version: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/13568768/2/Hilda-and-the-Cryptids
Chapter 16: The Petrified Forest Part 1
Summary:
Hilda, Frida, and David go out on a Sparrow Scout fossil-hunting assignment, only to get the rest of the Adventure Club and some unlikely acquaintances involved with a botched spell.
Notes:
Marra Subject #3: Kylie Ronson; straight brown hair in a ponytail with bangs over her eyes; claims to have hazel eyes, but never bothers to show them.
Marra Subject #4: Eunice Willard; curly brown hair and wearing glasses; the brainiac of the group.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Sparrow Scout Hall~
Raven Leader: Alright! Gather around, Sparrow Scouts! It's time for your next assignment!
It was beginning around evening time at Scout Hall as all the children gathered around their leader, who stood happily by the stage with a series of papers in hand. Hilda, Frida, and David were all very excited, especially Hilda since this was another opportunity to receive another badge.
Raven Leader: This weekend, you'll all be getting into groups of three to embark on local fossil digs around town. There's a series of sites within the Trolberg area that you can visit, and each group is to retrieve just one fossil of unique quality. If you can do that, then you'll be able to earn the Palaeontology Badge!
As Raven Leader passed around some worksheets, Hilda and her friends all swapped high-fives and huddled together.
David: This will be a cinch! All we have to do is bring back a simple fossil and that's it!
Hilda: Which means maybe I'll finally be able to earn another Sparrow Scout badge! What's the best place to look, Frida?
Frida: *Opens her binder* According to my notes, the best place to find fossils is by the Björg Ford Lakeside. *Closes it* But no doubt all the other Sparrow Scouts are planning to go there. I bet everyone is just going to bring in a shell or something.
Hilda: Well… we just have to find somewhere that's equally unique. That's all. *Thinks for a moment* But where’s a good spot to…? *!* *Snaps her fingers. I've got it!
David: What have you got?
Hilda: Well, Twig and I often pass by some railroad tracks that lead into the woods. I once overheard my Mum talking about a petrified forest deep inside.
Frida: A… what?
Hilda: A petrified forest.
David: That sounds spooky.
Frida: It's not spooky at all. *Opens her binder and flips to a page with some drawings of trees* A petrified forest is simply one that gets buried by dirt before it can rot away. Groundwater runs through the wood, turning it into a mineralized form.
David: … Ehh… I bet that sounds spooky to a tree.
Hilda: In any case, we should look for fossils there! I bet not a lot of kids know about it. So, we’ll set off first thing tomorrow morning.
~Library~
At the Library, Hilda strolled past the enormous bookshelves as she usually did. Little did her friends know, she had been secretly practicing magic. Ever since her adventure with the Tide Mice, and her adventure with Kaisa, she desperately wanted to perfect the art and do it justice. No more skipping footnotes, if she could help it. At this point, the most she had been doing was small levitation spells.
During this visit, however, she didn't plan on reading up on her magic. Frida wanted her to retrieve a specific book for her since she was busy with her family that night. However, she didn’t think to bring in the Adventure Club (and Trevor) to help her out.
Dipper: Have you told them that you’ve been doing magic again?
Hilda: Not really. If I did, they would most likely panic, considering my history. Then again, I could assure them that I’m playing it safe now.
Trevor: I hope so. My friends and my mother are still… skeptical of you.
Mabel: What are we looking for again?
Hilda: *Searching* Frida said that I have to bring her a book on…
Perusing through the volumes, she found what she was looking for and pulled out a brick-sized compact book.
Hilda: "The Treasury of Natural History”. Huh, that looks about right.
Taking care not to get noticed, she and the others pushed a particular shelf back and strolled down the stairs to the mysterious secret room. Mentally telling herself not to focus on magic, she got comfortable on the red armchair and examined the book.
Jemma: This cover is quite lovely, what with the etchings of animals and plants and the gold-embossing of the title.
Hilda propped it open and was greeted by an array of images and text about nature. One artwork piqued her curiosity: There were two kinds of grotesque-looking animals, a large, big-headed one and a series of smaller, bipedal ones. They seemed to be fighting over a carcass.
Hilda: Can't say I've seen animals like those before.
Hughie: No one in this age has. *Points to a caption*
She peered down at the caption below which read “extinct reptiles of the Triassic Period”.
Hilda: "Extinct”? Well, that explains things.
Before long, Hilda and the Adventure Club spent a half hour lingering through these pages and were introduced to all these strange, long-gone animals and plants.
Hilda: That's such a shame. They're all quite beautiful. I'd so love to see these creatures alive.
Tommy: As far as anyone’s concerned, there hasn’t been any success in bringing creatures of the past back from extinction.
Hilda: … *!*
And then, a particular thought sparked in her brain.
With a sneaky eye, she craned her head to look at the shelves before her, filled to the brim with spell books of all kinds.
Hilda: … Maybe… Maybe, one spell won't hurt. *Approaches the shelves*
Deacon: What are you doing?
Setting the nature book aside and leaving her chair, she skimmed through various titles before settling on ‘Incantations of the Time Dimension’, which seemed about right. Taking her usual care, she scanned through the book's contents, hoping to find the right spell.
Dipper: Hilda…
Hilda: Don’t worry. I know what I’m doing this time.
Once she found what she was looking for, Hilda and the club ran upstairs and - checking if the coast was clear - moved to the scanner to make a copy of the appropriate pages. But there were eyes watching her.
Once the scan was completed, she hurried downstairs, placed the book back, gathered her belongings, and approached the check-out desk. Stacking books, the ever mysterious Librarian, Kaisa, turned around and gave Hilda a suspicious look.
Hilda: Hi, Kaisa. Just this, please.
Smirking, the Librarian picked up the book and eyed the cover.
Kaisa: Hmm. "The Treasury of Natural History”? I never pegged you as a nonfiction reader.
Hilda: Oh, it's not for me. Frida needs this book to help with our Sparrow Scouts assignment. We're going fossil hunting tomorrow.
Kaisa: Aye, that sounds completely safe… and not dangerous at all. *Scans the book and hands it back to Hilda*
Hilda: Thanks! See you later! *Tries to leave*
Kaisa: *Taps Hilda’s shoulder* Hildy… make smart decisions okay?
Hilda: Uh… *Nods* Yes, ma'am. *Smiles awkwardly*
And with that, she was out the doors of the library.
Kaisa looked after her, crossing her arms but softening her glare.
Kaisa: I swear, this kid's gonna keep me up at night.
Dipper: … On that note, we’ll take our leave as well.
Trevor: Yeah, I don’t want my friends catching me hanging out with you guys.
*The Adventure Club heads to the door, only to…*
Mabel: *Bumps into someone* Oof!
Michael: Holy smokes. Where’s the fire?
Mabel: Sorry, Michael. *Leaves with the others*
Kaisa: *Scoff* Kids these days, always acting like they’ve already reached adulthood.
Michael: *Smirk* You and I used to act like that when we were little.
Kaisa: Eh, I’ve wisened up over the years.
~Outside~
Meanwhile, two female teenagers were watching the Adventure Club leaving.
Girl: *Observing Trevor* Is that the boy Maria told us about?
Girl 2: *Pulls out a picture of Trevor* Yep. That’s him. Trevor Stenburg.
Girl: First, she was obsessed with that one kid. Now, she’s grown obsessed with another one. What is her deal this time?
Girl 2: I don’t know. The least she could do is give a little more detail. *Pulls out an orb of sorts* What I do know is that we need to use this thing on him when he’s asleep.
Girl: If we knew what it’s supposed to be.
{The Next Morning}
~Löfgren Apartment~
The next morning, after a lovely breakfast with her mother, Twig, Alfur, and Tontu, Hilda was greeted at her front door by Frida and David, all geared up.
Hilda: Good morning, guys!
David: Ready to go?
Hilda: You know it. *Turns to her mother* I'm going out now!
Johanna: Okay, sweetie! Don't be gone too late now! Good luck with the fossil hunt!
Kids: Thank you!
~Outside~
Frida: Were you able to find the book?
Hilda: Mm-hmm *Pulls out the volume from her backpack* Right here. *Passes it to Frida*
Frida: Oh, excellent! Thank you so much! *Flips through some pages* This will help us identify any fossils we see.
Hilda: I figured so. I didn't realize how bizarre the life of the past is. Maybe, we'll find the skull of a big dinosaur or something! That would get us, like, 10 badges!
David: If we found such a skull like that, how on Earth do you think we'll be able to bring it back with us?! My muscles are delicate.
Hilda & Frida: *Giggling*
The children chatted all the way to the railroad tracks. After checking both ways, they crossed the tracks and headed out into the woods. Unbeknownst to them, the two Marra from yesterday had been tailing them, believing Hilda could lead them to Trevor. Although the trio didn’t notice them, they did notice another group on their way to the forest.
David: *!* Hey, is that...?
Frida: I think it is.
Hilda: So do I. Hey, Dipper!
Dipper: *Turns to them* Oh, hey, guys.
David: Why are you out here?
Mabel: Same thing as you guys. Looking for fossils. Though, it’s for a separate thing we’re doing for Uncle Ford. But since you’re here, we might as well work together.
Richard: If we can find a good spot to search for any.
Frida: Well, you're in luck. *Pulls out a map* According to the map I printed out, the petrified forest should be right… over…
Hilda: *Spots something* There!
Sure enough, past a series of bushes, there was a clearing in the woods where the soil turned yellow and rocky, spread out towards a large rock formation. Throughout the area were the enormous fossilized trunks of extinct trees, many of which lay in positions as if they were felled yesterday.
Hilda: Wow! This is incredible! Mum was right!
Frida: "Wow” is right! I wish I had seen this place sooner. I thought I knew all the natural places around here.
David: So did I.
Jemma: Come to think of it, I wonder how many people know this is here. *Turns to Hilda* Besides your Mum, of course.
Hilda: That’s actually a good question, but as far as I'm concerned, no other Sparrow Scouts are likely coming by anytime soon. That means we'll have more of a chance of finding something special.
Hughie: True that. Let's get searching!
Frida pulled out some small pointed hammers and brushes and handed them to her friends, sending them in opposite directions to cover more ground.
Tommy: I hope us helping them doesn’t count as cheating.
Deacon: Eh, don’t worry. We’ll most likely find something separate from what they’re looking for.
Nearly an hour went by as the kids picked and scratched at the crumbly dirt. Hilda, Mabel, and Richard often carelessly moved stones around; Frida and Dipper delicately chipped away in small localized areas; David, Trevor, and the quartet just dug a series of holes. No luck.
Wiping her now dusty brow, Frida disappointingly looked to her friends.
Frida: You guys find anything?
Hilda: No.
David: Nope.
Dipper: Negative.
Mabel: Nothing.
Richard & The Quartet: Nada.
Trevor: *Throw his hammer to the ground* Ugh! It’s much more frustrating than we thought!
Frida: You’re telling me. *Tosses her hammer to the ground* This place should be littered with fossils! I don't get it.
Hilda: D-Don't give up, team. All the special things in nature are the hardest to find. That's something I learned when I lived in the woods.
Frida: *Dejectedly flips through the book* I guess that's true.
Still content to dig his holes, David removed a series of stones and was struck by a blue gleam in the dirt.
David: Huh?
Trevor: *Turns to him* What is it?
Brushing away the dirt, he revealed the brilliant iridescent blue of a fossilized beetle, embedded in the rock. It sported an indigo spot on its head.
David: *His eyes light up like fireworks* Guys! I found something!
*The team turns to him*
Frida: What is it? *She and the others rush over*
David gently held the stone with two hands and presented it.
David: I think it's a bug fossil.
Hilda: Whoa. What a pretty fossil! I didn't know they could have colors like that.
Frida: Sometimes, when an animal is fossilized under certain conditions, their organic tissues can remain. *Flips through the book for identification* Probably from the same process that petrified these trees.
David: That's fascinating. I gotta say, how lucky are we? We're going to be the talk of the Sparrow Scouts for sure.
Richard: Which fossil is this anyway?
Frida: Hold on. *Finds the right page* Here we go. *Turns the book towards David's fossil* It's a click beetle. And according to a website I was looking at last night, this petrified forest is 210 million years old! So, the beetle is likely that old.
Hilda: A 210 million-year-old bug… That's perfect. *Reaches into her backpack to take a peek at her scanned page*
Frida: Way to go David! *Hugs him*
David: Aww, thanks.
Frida: *Breaks the hug* We should probably wrap that in a cloth to protect it. *Grabs her backpack*
Hilda: Actually, before you do, I want to try something.
*They all turn to her*
Frida: What do you mean?
Tommy: We were in the hidden library room again.
Hilda: I… learned a spell last night... and I wanted to try it out on the fossil.
David: *Panicking* You WHAT?! No-no-no-no, not this again! *Clutches his fossil*
Frida: *Annoyed* Hilda, what on Earth could have possibly made you want to try that? *Turns to Dipper* How come you didn’t stop her?
Dipper: She said she knew what she was doing this time.
Frida: And you took her word for it? Unbelievable.
Hilda: It's nothing bad! I promise! I was just so excited reading about extinct animals that I wanted to learn how to bring one to life. And it's just a beetle. So, it won't be too dangerous.
Frida: You learned a spell that can bring extinct animals back to life?
Hilda: Yep! It's really simple! I just want to try it out on our fossil.
David: I don't know about this, Hilda! M-Maybe, it likes being extinct!
Hughie: How can you tell?
Tommy: *Elbows him* Don’t be a smart Alec.
Hilda: Aww, come on, you guys. Please? I'll be able to turn it back into a fossil when I'm done. I promise!
Frida: … Did you make sure to read all the fine-prints when you learned the spell?
Hilda: Yes, of course!
Frida: Every footnote?
Hilda: And every asterisk.
Frida: … *Takes a deep breath* Then, I think we can trust you on this one. *Shrug* So, why not?
David: *?!* Frida!
Mabel: Don't worry, David. Like Hilda said, it's just a bug. Better she try to bring that back to life than a big dinosaur, right?
The boy did have to admit that would be a much more dangerous situation. Sighing, he placed the fossil back on the ground.
David: Okay. Do your thing. Just… don’t kill us.
Hilda: I know. *Giggles*
Shaking her hands with delight, Hilda took a stance and urged her friends to get behind her. Positioning her hands towards the fossil beetle, she closed her eyes and began reciting her spell.
Hilda: From the depths of time primeval; As if yesterday was medieval; Come to life, bare your soul; What once was dead is now whole!
*Sparking*
Deacon: Uh… Is it supposed to do that?
Sparks ignited from the fossilized insect, and it looked as if the animal was attempting to escape its rocky tomb.
Seeing the wriggling animal, David felt a sense of sympathy.
Jemma: Aww. The poor thing is struggling.
David: I'll help it out!
Dipper: Wait!
Hilda: David, NO!
But it was too late.
As soon as David touched the beetle's exoskeleton, everything seemed to grow very dark around the children. Within seconds, everyone felt a sharp pain in their heads and collapsed onto the ground. Soon, it was pitch black. The Adventure Club fell unconscious.
Immediately after that, the Marra made their presence known, having seen the whole thing.
Girl: *Giggles deviously* This should be a cakewalk. We don't have to wait until nighttime to use that orb on Trevor.
Girl 2: *Pulls out said orb* You got that right. Now, all we have to do is-
*Sting!*
Girl 2: Augh!
Girl: *?* Eunice? What's wrong?
*Sting!*
Girl: Agh!
Unfortunately, the two also felt the same sharp pain in their heads and collapsed onto the ground. Soon, it was pitch black and they too fell unconscious.
Notes:
Original (Full) Version: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/13572538/1/Hilda-and-the-Petrified-Forest
Chapter 17: The Petrified Forest Part 2
Summary:
The unlikely alliance wakes up to find themselves in a different part of the world.
Or rather, a part of the timeline.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~???~
When the children (and the Marra) came to, it felt as if someone placed an enormous lamp above them. It was egregiously hot and humid. Various sounds emanated around them, but they were not the familiar sounds of the Trolberg forest.
The Adventure Club and the Marra sat up on the hard dusty ground, rubbing their heads and eyes. The trio's Sparrow Scout uniforms were already damp from their sweat.
David: *Groan* That really hurt.
Frida: Tell me about it.
Hilda: *Gets up* Ugh... *Looks around*
Having gotten her composure, Hilda looked around at the environment before her. They were surrounded by enormous trees with great branches radiating from along their trunks. They looked very different from the pine trees they were used to back home.
Hilda: Where...? *!* Guys… I think we're in trouble!
Dipper: I'll say! Where are we?! This doesn't look like the petrified forest.
Hilda: That's just it! It doesn't look like the petrified forest… because the forest hasn't been petrified yet!
Mabel: But that means…
Frida could only clasp her hands to her mouth.
Hilda: I didn't bring the beetle back from 210 million years ago, *Flailing* I sent us back 210 million years ago!
Everyone: WHAT?!
Richard: That means we've landed in the Late Triassic Period!
Looking around, they were at least relieved to see all their belongings made it back with them. However...
???: *Groaning*
*They all turn to see...*
Girl: I didn't think that was gonna happen.
Eunice: Neither did I.
Hilda: You two?
Girl: Yes. Us two. And my name is Kylie in case you're interested. And she's Eunice.
Jemma: You two are from Maria's group, aren't you?
Kylie: Well, duh.
Trevor: Why are you here?
Eunice: Heh. Funny you should ask that. Maria told us to go after you.
Trevor: *?* Why? Has she grown obsessed with me?
Kylie: Well, it doesn't matter at this very moment, does it?! We couldn't help but overhear your friend saying that we've all traveled back in time!
David: *Panicking* Ohhhh! This is bad! I must have interfered with the spell! *Starts to cry* I'm so sorry!
Hilda: No, th-that's okay! I'll be able to bring us back. All I need to do is change the beetle back into a fossil, and David you can just touch it and it will send us all back again!
David: ... Okay then… That's all fine and good.
Hughie: Speaking of which… where is that beetle?
David: How should I- *Feels something on his head* ...know?
Frida: It's on your head!
As soon as Frida tried to pick it off, the animal began to fly about in the air.
Hilda: NO, NO! Quick! Grab it!
The children and the two teenagers scrambled about, skipping and hopping into the air after the beetle, but it was all in vain. Before long, the spooked animal disappeared into the forest.
Tommy: Oh, shoot!
David: Now, what are we going to do?! *Starts to cry* We're trapped out here millions of years away and it's all my fault!
Kylie: Thanks a lot, you dolt.
Hilda: David! It was an accident! Please don't blame yourself. *Hugs him gently* We'll just have to go through the wilderness and find that bug. Okay?
David: ... Okay.
Eunice: What? Out there?
Frida: Hilda, with all due respect, this isn't the woodlands outside Trolberg. We don't know these parts!
Hilda: That may be so, but you're forgetting one thing: We're the Adventure Club, a team of natural-born adventurers! We've been dragged into strange and unusual situations before!
Kylie: Uh, not all of us have-
Dipper: And besides, if we have trouble with something we can just rely on your book.
Frida: *?* My book?" *Looks into her backpack*
Sure enough, she saw that her copy of 'The Treasury of Natural History' was still inside.
Frida: Oh, yeah… So it is!
Deacon: Maybe… we'll be alright then?
Hilda: That's right. We're all in this together.
Dipper: *Turns to the Marra* Well, are you two in?
Eunice: *Scoff* Like we have a choice.
{Later}
Before long, the unlikely alliance went off into the direction the beetle flew. They turned over every fern and rock, hoping to find their missing bug. They made note of the peculiar flora of the area. There was not a flower or broad-leaved tree to be seen. Frida noted that all the plants in the area were either cone-bearing trees or spore-bearing plants like ferns; flowering plants wouldn't evolve for another 80 million years, it turned out. Thus, the forest was completely clothed in greens and browns.
Stepping out into the clearing, the team was greeted by the sight of an enormous wetland, ringed by great boulders and water-loving plants.
Dipper: Oh, dear. It doesn't look like there's a way around it.
Richard: Seriously?! I'm not going through that!
Mabel: Shhhh! Richard. please! Not so loud!
Richard: Why? What are you talking about?
Jemma: Is something out there?
Hughie peered into the water and saw a big pair of yellow eyes staring back at him. The dark impression of its body in the water seemed massive.
Hughie: Uh-oh...
Hilda: Something's out there alright. Something big.
Hughie: Hey, guys?
*They all turn to him*
Hughie: There's bubbles.
The enormous form of the animal revealed itself by rising out of the water. It was a large amphibious animal, almost like a giant salamander, and it was immediately joined by more of its fellows. Some of the rocks in the wetland, it turned out, were others of its kind.
David: Uhhhh... What are those things?
Frida: *Flips through her book* Metoposaurs. They're amphibians that can grow to three meters long.
Tommy: Three whole meters?! *Backs away* That's a "No thank you" from me!
Deacon: *Grabs Tommy's arm* Hang on. Maybe, there's an easier way across?
Surveying the area, Hilda noticed a very old and very tall tree that looked to have been partially cut into by another animal and was leaning toward the water. Smiling, she ran over to it and began pushing at its trunk.
Hilda: Come on! Help me push this tree into the water! We can use it to walk across.
Without skipping a beat, the others joined in and struggled with all their might, eventually managing to push the tree into the water with a loud splash. A few of the metoposaurs swam away, frightened, but all eventually settled back down.
Trevor: Woohoo!
*The two Marra high-five each other*
Dipper: Come on, let's go!
Balancing with care, the team walked along the enormous trunk of the tree, over the steaming water and hissing amphibians below them.
David: What ugly things.
Kylie: They're not going to try to catch and eat us, are they?
Frida: I read that their jaws were like steel traps, able to bite at anything they wanted.
Eunice: They don't look hungry though.
Hilda: So, as long as we stay up here, we'll be fine. Besides, they probably can't reach us anyway.
Jemma: Well… that's good to know. Better us up here than down there with those beasties.
Suddenly, the log started shaking, momentarily causing everyone to freeze in place and grip the bark.
Mabel: What was that?
David: Wasn't me!
Kylie: Don't look at me, I didn't do anything.
Several meters behind the group was the sprawling, gray form of a big reptile. Crocodile-like in its visage and body, but with a strange raised snout and cony front teeth. It managed to clamber its front limbs along the trunk of the tree and made its way towards the children, opening its mighty jaws.
David: *Screaming* A monster! RUN!
Terrified for their lives, the team bolted across the fallen tree, trying to keep their balance as the lurching reptile clambered after them. Several times it fell into the water, only to launch back onto the log for another bite. Snapping sounds filled the air, sending the neighboring metoposaurs scrambling into the mud.
Hilda saw the top of the tree poking into the foliage of the forest and ushered the others along.
Hilda: Come on! We're almost there!
With seconds to spare the trio made a jump for the brush as the attacking reptile made one final bite of its jaws, just missing David's legs by a meter. The kids tumbled down into the dirt, landing safely on the other side.
Hilda peeked over the bushes to see the lumbering animal turn back into the water.
Everyone was panting, trying to compose themselves.
Frida: That… was… so close!
David: *Livid* Did you see that thing's flippin' teeth?! He almost made brunch out of us!
Deacon: Frida, what was that frightening thing?
Frida: Let me check.
After checking to see if the book was damaged (It wasn't), Frida managed to find a double-page spread on the animal and shared it with her friends.
Frida: "Phytosaurs - Large, aquatic reptiles resembling, but unrelated to, crocodiles".
Hilda: *Glances at the page* "Their name means 'plant reptile'.
Trevor: *Scoff* Well, that's clearly a load of rubbish.
David: Guess that makes me a rutabaga then.
Hughie: Hilda, I'm getting really worried. We've only been in the Late Triassic Period for 15 minutes and we've nearly lost our lives!
Dipper: This is clearly no place for humans, that's for sure.
Hilda: But we've been in worse scrapes. We just have to become familiar with our surroundings and stick to places where we're in the least danger of being seen.
Hughie: If you say so… but the sooner we find this beetle, the better.
{Later}
By now, it was past noon. The team had entered a much more open landscape, still surrounded by forest, but cut through by a small stream. They settled down under the shade of an enormous fallen log and ate some of their packed lunch, making a conscious decision to save some just in case they were spending the night.
The group constantly found themselves fanning their hands in an attempt to dissipate the heat.
Tommy: Of all the places in the past to get stuck into… why couldn't we have ended up in a nice, balmy world?
Eunice: I'd prefer an Ice Age world to this.
Kylie: Why is it so hot out here anyway? It was autumn back home. Shouldn't it be cool where we are?
Frida: Well, during this time in Earth's history, all the continents were joined together and there was only one big ocean, with no ice at the poles.
Dipper: Thus, the climate was very extreme: Hot and dry in the interior and wet and humid on the coasts. Apparently, there would have been massive monsoons at parts of the year.
Hughie: I wouldn't mind some rain, even nasty rain if it meant it could break up this hot day.
Peeking out of the bushes behind David was a little slender, reptilian head. It eyed them and quickly popped back into the bushes. David overheard the rustles and turned his head around. There was nothing there.
David: Huh… Okay then.
There was a sharp buzzing sound that took everyone's attention.
Mabel: Do you hear that?
Richard: It sounds like wings!
They looked around, and sure enough, there was the blue beetle, landing delicately on Jemma's shirt sleeve.
Jemma: *Freezes up*
David: Jemma… don't move.
Jemma: I'm trying.
Just as Hilda and Dipper were tiptoeing to snatch the insect, David was knocked on his belly by a small, bipedal animal. Frida and Jemma yelped as the seemingly fuzzy reptile tried to take a bite out of the beetle, which by now had flown away again.
Hilda: Oh, no!
At first, she went after the insect, but then, she focused her attention on the intruding animal and her unfortunate friend.
David: Ugh! Get off of me you nasty thing! *Knocks the reptile off of his back and gets back up*
It turned and craned its goose-like neck at him, baring its teeth and snapping at him.
Kylie: Go on! Get out of here!
Trevor picked up a stone and chucked it at the animal, landing it right on its face. It yipped and bolted back into the forest.
Hilda: *Rushes to David and checks his body for scrapes* Are you okay, David?!
David: Yeah… *Dusts his arms* No thanks to that stupid bird thing.
Mabel: *Observes said animal* Wait a minute… *!* I recognize that animal!
Frida: What do you mean?
Mabel: In your book! When we were reading it for the first time!
Hilda: *!* You're right! Here, let me see!
Frida handed her the book and Hilda rapidly scrambled to that infamous page with the curious illustration. She showed it to the others.
Hilda: It's a dinosaur! It's called Coelophysis. We read a little bit about it. It's a flesh-eater.
Kylie: Oh, for goodness sake. Does anything eat plants around here?!
Frida: Judging from the illustration, it looks like it was just a little one.
Hughie: And lucky for us too. Because it's thought that this animal lived in groups.
*Rumbling*
A low rumbling of rapid footsteps started echoing from the forest. David was the first to feel it.
David: *?* *Looks around*
Jemma: Did you say... "groups"?
Hughie: That's right. Sociable little things. I guess you'd need to be when you live in a world with threats like that guy. *Points at the earlier illustration, where a whole pack was fighting over a carcass with a much larger animal*
Frida: Postosuchus. Now, that I don't want to meet. *Chuckle*
David: Uh... Guys?
Eunice: "Growing up to five meters in length and sporting a jaw full of curved teeth, this relative of crocodiles was the apex predator of its day".
Hilda: Yeah, you're right about that, Frida.
David: Guys!
*They all turn to him*
Trevor: What is it, David?
David: WE NEED TO GO NOW! *Runs away*
Without question, the team collected their things and got a move on. No sooner had they made a beeline away from the woods when a pack of Coelophysis charged after them.
The dinosaurs, snapping and cheeping in anger, rushed after the children. Accompanying them was a smaller juvenile with a black eye.
Hilda: Come on!
Dipper: Don't look back!
David: Oh, cruddlesticks! I wish I brought my running shoes!
The trio kept up a good pace from the Coelophysis for a little while, but it was quickly becoming apparent that these animals were built for speed and would overpower them very soon. Thinking fast, Dipper and Hilda noticed a particularly bushy tree on the edge of the clearing, with branches all along its sides.
Dipper: Quick! Up that tree!
Wasting no time, the team hurried behind the two leaders and they quickly maneuvered up the tree, using the branches like a jungle gym. They had only managed to get a few meters up when the little dinosaurs swarmed at the base of the tree and practically started clambering over each other to take a bite out of them.
Richard: Oh, no! What if they start climbing up?!
Jemma: *Looks down* I... don't think they can.
They looked down and observed the Coelophysis, noticing how clumsily they gripped the trunk, only to slide down on top of their fellows. The Coelophysis was definitely not a tree-dwelling animal.
The team scrambled up the tree for several more meters before they felt they were safe enough. Try as they might, the dinosaurs continued to struggle after them. Once they realized it was all in vain, the pack of feisty carnivores simply sat on the ground and stared at them with big eyes.
Hilda: *Chuckle* Well… it looks like they're not trying to kill us anymore.
Kylie: But they're not leaving either.
Trevor: Yep, they're mighty mad at me, that's for sure.
The young Coelophysis from earlier had his eye on Trevor (and David) the entire time.
David: I mean… we can't stay in this tree forever, can we? Those bloody things are just going to wait for us to get tired and come down.
Hilda: *Shrugs* Maybe not? Even Twig gets bored when he can't catch a wild animal. How desperate can these Coelophysis be?
{Much later}
Hilda pretty much got her answer.
Several hours passed by and the kids were still stuck in the tree, watching as the pack of hungry dinosaurs observed their every movement like a mitten and a tiny elf laser pointer. Frida lazily read from her book, while Hilda and the Marra rested their heads against the trunk and the rest ate some more snacks. At one point, David chucked some Jorts down on the ground, and several of the Coelophysis nipped after it, only to return their attention to them.
David: *Tired/annoyed tone* Pretty desperate, I'd say.
Dark grey clouds had fallen over the area about an hour ago, turning the hot, dry afternoon into a humid, dark evening. It almost threatened to rain several times, but nothing passed over. They could hear thunder in the distance, however.
Kylie: Ugh! Why can't you all just leave us alone?! *Snaps off a tree twig and throws it at the dinosaurs*
Two Coelophysis simply dodged the stick and resumed their positions.
Hughie: Thank goodness you're extinct! *Sticks his tongue out for good measure*
Out of nowhere, one of the older dinosaurs shot up in alarm, sniffing the air. Giving a dire-sounding chirp, it darted off towards the inside of the forest, with all the other Coelophysis in tow. The juvenile looked back at David and sneered before joining its fellows.
Frida: Hey! Look, they're leaving! *Puts her book away in her backpack*
Eunice: Pff. They're probably just waiting for us to come down so they can attack us again. I bet they're crafty enough to do it.
A low rushing noise began to permeate through the air, causing all three kids to crane their necks in the direction of the sound. It was coming from far away down the clearing.
David: Oh, dear. Is it their bigger brothers?
Frida peered at the ground below and noticed how the small stream had begun to grow in width and change in color as if getting muddier. She looked up and saw flocks of pterosaurs flying past, as if panicked.
Frida: I don't think so.
Before long, it became very clear: the storms in the distance had sparked an overflow on the river system beyond, sending an enormous flash flood right down the clearing and in their direction!
Deacon: Oh, no! What do we do?!
Tommy: What can we do?!
Hilda: There's only one thing we can do: Climb as high as you can!
Hilda wasted no time ushering her friends and the two Marra higher and higher up the trunk. Within seconds the force of the waters collided into the tree, shaking everyone in their places. Jemma almost slid off, but Hughie and Dipper managed to grab both of her arms and hoist her back so that she could regain her grip.
The torrent cascaded all around them, bringing along branches, entire trees, shrubs, and even poor animals caught unaware. Ever higher the waters climbed, but the team had made it as high as possible and they could only hope the waters would recede in time.
Notes:
Did you catch the VeggieTales reference?
Chapter 18: The Petrified Forest Part 3
Summary:
The unlikely alliance has had enough madness and is doing what it takes to find that beetle and make it back home.
Chapter Text
For several minutes, they hung on as the flash flood intensified. Several large logs smacked into the trunk of their tree, each time jolting them in place and tilting the tree's orientation.
David: I don't like this! We're gonna fall in!
Dipper: No, we won't! Not on my watch!
Hilda: Or mine! *Looks around*
Another bump from debris, and the tree leaned more and more toward the water. Everyone clutched the branches even tighter.
Hilda finally saw something promising: One of the closest trees had a split down its middle where another sapling had grown in its place. Its size and distance were perfect enough to bring everyone to safety and away from the flood. However, it was a few meters out of reach and much too risky to make a jump for it. A thought ticked in Hilda's brain, and she figured it was a dire enough situation where she could try anything.
Hilda: *Turns to the others* Guys, trust me on something, will you?
Frida: If you have a plan to get us out of this mess, be my guest!
David: For once, I'm not complaining! Anything's better than this!
Hilda: Okay… *Takes a deep breath and reaches out her right hand towards the split tree*
She had never used a levitation spell on anything larger than a tennis ball, but if she could just muster enough strength and willpower, she could use her magic to pull the tree a little closer in their direction.
The flood waters were getting higher and higher.
Thinking hard, Hilda wiggled her fingers.
Hilda: Come on…. come on…
Sparkling light radiated from the tree and the branches all twitched and jerked gradually in her direction. Hilda bared her teeth and put all her weight on her arm.
Hilda: Come on… Be a good tree.
Eventually, the tree had turned just close enough to them that Hilda could practically touch it with her fingers.
Hilda: Yes! Guys! Jump onto that tree!
Mabel: W-What?!
Richard: How did you-
*Another fallen tree strikes their trunk*
Richard: Never mind!
This time, the center started crackling and Hilda almost lost her focus.
Hilda: JUST JUMP!
A second later, everyone scrambled across towards Hilda's side and dived into the split tree. Once they were both across, Hilda leaped and ended her spell, which flung the tree back into its original place. The group was knocked down its branches, but they were otherwise unharmed.
Breathing heavily, Hilda looked back to see that their original perch had snapped in two and careened into the rushing waters with a thud. The team was safe and on higher ground.
Hughie: Holy moly! That was amazing! We're high and dry!
Jemma: *Hugs Hilda* Thank you!
Hilda: *Hugs back*
Frida: Hilda, was that magic?
Hilda: Sure was! *Giggle* It actually did us some good for once.
Tommy: You saved our lives! Thank you!
Hilda: Don't thank me just yet. Let's find that beetle. Then, we'll celebrate.
{Later}
After another hour, the clouds parted, revealing the warm red-orange glow of the approaching sunset. The kids, with much better confidence, strolled through the woodland. Past ferns and giant horsetails, they kept a good pace.
Eventually, they reached another clearing. This time, there was no other forest to be seen, just a seemingly endless series of muddy sand dunes going off into the field of distant mountains. It looked as though much of the debris from the flash flood was deposited here, including several enormous tree trunks.
Deacon: Wow… Take a look at that. This looks to be just the right conditions for preserving these trees.
Trevor: Really?
Deacon: Yep! If there's more mud and sand to cover these trunks up, they'll eventually be fossilized.
David: That's incredible. That's just like the Petrified Forest back home, only we're seeing its start.
Hilda: Come on! Let's check it out while they're still light.
Kylie: Maybe, if we're lucky we'll come across our troublemaking beetle.
Eunice: Let's hope so.
The group hobbled down onto the muddy sand, and wasted no time poking and prodding around the plant remains. They turned over several logs, only to find soggy lizards and insects clambering about in a daze. David was especially tense. With each site of a six-legged animal, he held his breath hoping that it would turn out to be the bug they were looking for.
Hilda rounded the corner of one of the giant tree trunks and froze in place. Eyes wide, she caught sight of the bloated carcass of a large reptile. It has a pointed snout with blunt teeth and its back was covered in a row of hard armor, some of which protruded from its shoulder and neck as curved spines.
Hilda: Whoa! Check this out! I found a dead animal!
Richard: Uh...
Hughie: Oh, my goodness! Great find, Hilda!
Deacon: *Laughing* Ewww. It smells awful.
The kids approached the carcass, looking it up and down.
Dipper: Got any identification on this one, Frida?
Frida: *Flips through the pages* Got it! It's an aetosaur, a plant-eating reptile that was covered in armor for protection from predators.
David: Wow, that book has everything! I might need to borrow it one day to earn the Ornithology Badge.
Hilda: *Chuckling* I might even ask Mum to purchase me a copy.
She turned back to the dead reptile and felt its tough, pebbly skin with her open palm.
Jemma: Poor thing. Must have been washed out with the storm.
Tommy: To think that would have been us if it weren't for Hilda.
Unbeknownst to them, a large form was making its way across the muddy dunes, leaving deep footprints behind it. Sharp breaths erupted from the animal's snout as it tracked the scent of the dead aetosaur. Honing in on its location, the animal trudged forward with increasing speed.
Eunice: We really should be careful around here. Usually, when there's something dead out in the wilderness, the scavengers aren't far behind.
Hilda: That's a good point. Let's keep moving.
Frida: Hopefully, it's not our little dinosaur friends. *Giggles*
David: Ugh, yeah, hopefully. Though, with Hilda around, I think we could actually handle those guys.
Hilda: Heh, maybe! I'm not afraid!
A deep bellow called from behind the aetosaur carcass as the enormous, bipedal body of a great reptile revealed itself with a mouth of gleaming sharp teeth. The group screamed in surprise and huddled together.
Kylie: Um… I think we spoke too soon!
Dipper: Is that…?
Frida: Postosuchus! The apex predator!
Sniffing around the rotting body of the aetosaur, the giant crocodile-relative salivated. Eyeing the team, it clambered over the carcass and hissed out. The nasty sound rang in the kid's ears.
Mabel: Okay… Calm down. We mean you no harm! Do you want that dead animal? It's yours! Don't mind us!
Trevor: *Smiling weakly* Yes! Eat and be merry! We'll be on our way!
Baring its teeth, the Postosuchus hopped off the dead body, reared back up, and advanced upon the children.
Richard: No! No! Get away!
David: *Clings onto Frida*
Dipper and Hilda put themselves in front of their friends and the Marra, shielding them in a last-ditch effort.
Hilda: This is your last warning!
Dipper: Leave us alone!
The Postosuchus simply bellowed again and opened its toothy mouth at them, continuing its approach.
Breathing deeply, Hilda held out her right hand and started to concentrate. Maybe, just maybe, her magic could be strong enough to fend off even the largest land predator of this day and age. She wiggled her fingers and struggled, but the reptile just came closer and closer, drooling wildly.
As it closed in, Hilda shut her eyes and put all her efforts into her spell. The shadow of the Postosuchus enveloped them, and it looked like this was the end.
However, within moments, Hilda overheard a whining growl and felt an even greater presence in the area. Opening her eyes, Hilda was greeted with an impressive display, and she wasted no time getting everyone's attention.
They looked up to find a giant, a fairly large one with great muscles and a large mustache, grabbing the Postosuchus by its tail and holding it up to his face. He gave a deep, piercing glare at the predatory reptile, which simply whimpered and cowered in his grasp.
Giant: That's it. Good boy.
He then placed the animal down and gave it a swift flick on the tail. The Postosuchus bounded off, squealing.
Giant: Now, git!
Looking down at the children, the giant crouched and outstretched his hand, urging the children to climb on his palm.
Still in shock, they walked and took a seat, allowing the giant to bring them to his eye level.
Giant: Well now… I reckon I've never seen critters like y'all before! I'm Kranglefant. What's yer names?
Hilda: I'm Hilda, and this is Dipper, Mabel, Frida, David, Richard, Trevor, Jemma, Hughie, Tommy, Deacon, Kylie, and Eunice. We're humans.
Kranglefant: Is that so? There's something off about you kids as if y'all don't belong in these here parts.
David: Would you believe us if I told you we accidentally time-traveled from 210 million years in the future? *Sheepish chuckle*
Kranglefant: I see. When ya live to be several millennia old, ya tend to have seen everything. Guess this old fella's still got some surprises awaiting him. Hehe.
The children had to laugh at that, save for the two teenagers, who weren't in the mood. Hilda was particularly pleased to know that, even in these distant times, the giants were roaming the planet. She even wondered what mysteries of nature they could have revealed had they not left the Earth due to their troubles with the 'little peoples'.
The giant looked beyond and noticed the setting sun.
Kranglefant: It's getting pretty late. You kids looking for a place to stay?
Frida: Actually, we thought you could help us? We're trying to track down an animal.
Kranglefant: It wasn't ol' toothy boy was it? *Chuckle* I probably scared him off the supercontinent!
Hilda: No, we're all grateful for that. We're looking for a blue beetle. I need to perform a spell on it to get us back to our time. Or… err, forward to our time.
Kranglefant: Blue beetle, eh? I believe I have an idea. There's only one place around here to find them.
~Woodland~
At an open woodland, the exact place where the team was transported, the blue beetle landed safely on the dirt by a tree stump. Looking around, it buried slightly into the soil and began depositing eggs.
Great, thudding footsteps shook the trees, signaling the arrival of the giant.
Kranglefant set the children gently down in the woods.
Kranglefant: Alright now. You get on home safely, ya hear?
Dipper: We will!
Hilda: Thank you Kranglefant!
And with ease, the giant strolled off into the distance.
Frida: What a nice fellow.
Hilda: Yeah. The giants are really sweet. Glad you all got to meet one.
*Buzzing*
David: Did you hear that?
Without skipping a beat, the kids happened upon the beetle, still depositing its eggs.
Mabel: This is it! This is our beetle!
Richard: Are you sure? What if it's just any other beetle?
David peeked closely at the insect, noticing the peculiar indigo spot on its head.
David: Yep. That's our bug. I remember seeing that spot.
Dipper: Alright, everyone. You know the drill.
Hughie: Say no more!
*Everyone gets behind Hilda*
Once again, Hilda closed her eyes and sang the opposite spell.
Hilda: Moving forward, day into night; The arrow of time catching flight. Bring back your essence, from then to now; Return to what was, as if a vow!
The beetle, having finished laying its eggs, began to glow as sparks emanated from its body. It opened its wings, ready to fly off, but David ran for it.
David: OH, NO, YOU FLIPPIN DON'T! *Grabs it* Got it!
*Sting!*
Everyone: AAAAAHHHHH!!!!!
Kylie: Not again!
As expected, everything went dark.
~Petrified Forest~
By the time they came to, the unlikely alliance saw where they were.
The forest was once again petrified.
They were finally back home.
Dipper: ... W... We did it. We're home.
Hilda: We're back home! Woohoo!
Kylie: *Grumpily* Good! Great! Fantastic! Finally! Now, let's get out of here! I never want to see this place again!
And with that, Kylie grumpily ushered everyone to leave the forest, much to their annoyance.
The spell had worked like a charm, and the unlikely alliance managed to return to the present day. It was already night when the trio made it back home to their worried parents, but they reassured them that it was all in the name of the Sparrow Scouts.
~Sparrow Scout Hall~
Before long, the trio made it back to Sparrow Scout Hall. It was finally Sunday and they all presented their beetle fossil, which was the talk of the meeting.
Raven Leader: My-my, this is indeed a most impressive specimen! And to think, you found it in the Petrified Forest! I've been meaning to make a trip there myself.
Hilda: It's a really cool place. I have my Mum to thank for telling me about it.
Raven: Well done, Sparrow Scouts! I think you've all earned your badges. *Turns to the trio* Especially Frida's group. I bet the local geologists would love to have a word with you all on your fossil discovery.
In the end, their unexpected adventure was a complete success.
Hilda, Frida, and David walked away from Sparrow Scout Hall deep in discussion.
Frida: I don't think I've ever done so much for a Sparrow Scout badge in my life! Traveling through time, dealing with dangerous extinct reptiles, and surviving a flash flood!
David: And all in one day!
Hilda: That was a world-class adventure for sure. *Remembers something* Um... By the way, I'm really sorry for bringing you into such a dangerous situation though.
David: What are you talking about? I was the one who touched the sparkly bug.
Hilda: But it was my magic! I was so desperate to practice my skills that I put us all at risk.
Frida: If it means anything, I think it's really cool that you're learning magic properly. You don't have to keep it a secret from us.
David: Yeah! It's not the most unusual thing I've seen you do.
Hilda: *Laugh* I guess that's so. I appreciate it.
Frida: *!* Oh! I almost forgot! *Pulls the book from her backpack* We should probably bring this back to the library.
Hilda: I can take it back for you. I'll stop by the library on my way home.
Frida: Okay. *Passes it to her* Thanks!
As the children split off with a string of goodbyes, Hilda paused and opened the book, flipping through the pages. She stopped when she saw a drawing of a group of mammoths in the snow.
Hilda: Hmm… Maybe, that can be a summer adventure.
Another particular thought sparked in her brain.
~Huldrawood~
Meanwhile, Kylie and Eunice had to return to the other Marra.
Maria: So, let me get this straight. Instead of using my energy orb on Trevor, you stood by and watched Hilda bring a fossil back to life, got sent back in time with her and those friends of hers, and went through a crazy adventure with them in the Late Triassic Period?
Kylie: It sounds ridiculous, I know, but-
Maria: I never said it was ridiculous. *Sigh* I just didn't think you were going to end up getting involved and making an uneasy alliance with her.
Eunice: We still have the orb. *Shows it* We can try again.
Maria: Don't bother. I got a better idea. *Turns to...* Lucinda.
Lucinda: *?* ... Yes?
Maria: I've seen what you did on that one night. You've managed to earn their trust.
Lucinda: ... Something you're unable to achieve.
Maria: Whatever. *Grabs the orb* And because of you earning their trust, you could approach them without any problems. *Holds it out* I think you should use this on Trevor.
Lucinda: *!* M-Me?
Maria: You heard me, Lucinda. *Shoves the orb into Lucinda's hands* Take the orb and use it on him. Let Trevor Stenburg see the truth.
Lucinda: ... *Sigh* For the record... you're signing my death warrant. *Morphs and flies away*
Maria: ... So be it. *Turns to the remaining two* And you two. Monitor her. Make sure she gets the job done.
Girls: Understood.
Chapter 19: The Truth Within Part 1
Summary:
The Adventure Club helps out Michael in a search for a lost treasure after the owners of a key that leads to it are slaughtered.
Meanwhile, Lucinda is tasked to use Maria's energy orb on Trevor, with two of her fellow Marra being tasked to monitor her into doing the job, but one of them becomes distracted by something that Ford Pines is working on.
Notes:
Marra Subject #5: Miranda Crom; orange hair and bangs covering her right eye.
Marra Subject #6: Naomi Pinkerton; hair tied up in a bun.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The holiday season had passed. The Adventure Club was now ready for a new year. However, a drastic event from Sonstansil has caused things to go sideways for them.
The Adventure Club can agree that Trevor is a rather polarizing individual.
The first time Hilda saw him, he and his friends did some rather cruel things, from throwing stones at birds, to berating her in school. (Hilda would add that he also knocked the Great Raven into a river, but that was an accident (and sort of on Alfur).)
Then, sometime after her Tide Mice fiasco, she encountered him again outside his house, only for him to inadvertently introduce her to stone-skipping, a hobby of his. Since then, he had become a slight bit nicer towards Hilda, much to the dismay of his friends.
However, word of what he did to the Great Raven had spread, resulting in him getting beat up by some teenagers and approaching Hilda after feeling like he had "nowhere else to go to". After that, he hasn't done anything cruel ever since, yet he still hangs out with his friends just to save face.
Things almost downhill between him and his friends when they got involved in Daniel's investigation into the Reynolds house. They weren't interested at first, but they soon changed their minds after Mister Reynolds kidnapped Daniel, the older brother of Richard, who was best friends with one of Trevor's friends, Hughie. The Adventure Club thought they had buried the hatchet with Trevor and his friends, but in reality, they only buried the hatchet with Hughie, who later joined the club, but they were still nowhere near the other four, as they were still committing misdeeds. Fortunately, whenever he got the chance, Trevor would hang out with the Adventure Club.
Then, the holiday season came. Suddenly, Trevor was back to his devious ways. He and his friends peddled the trio with snowballs, only to be chased away when they fought back. Later on, he gets kidnapped by strange beings called Yule Lads, along with his mother and even Hilda's mother. However, they were rescued in the end. After that, Trevor came to the trio and apologized, claiming that he only went back to his devious ways just to save face. In response, the trio suggested that he should join the team and worry less about what his friends and his mother would think. Trevor said that he would think about it, but until he makes his decision...
~Pines House~
...he has to keep his distance from the Adventure Club, much to their dismay.
Mabel: You think he'll switch sides?
Hilda: It's his decision. We're not forcing him or anything.
Hughie: I would've.
Richard: *Turns to him* Really? What made you think of that by now?
Jemma: *Elbows Richard*
Dipper: Regardless, we'll have to cope with him keeping his distance from us. Until he makes his decision, this club is still a club of 10 students.
David: ... I actually feel bad now. I was on my guard the whole time, from when he came to Hilda's apartment, to the snowball incident. Even after Hilda told us about when he introduced her to stone-skipping, I still couldn't trust him. But after what happened on Sonstansil... I don't know what to think anymore.
Frida: No one blames you, David. You had a right to stand your ground.
David: Still, I think we should... be there for him when he makes up his mind.
Hilda: He'll be fine. He's a strong kid.
Deacon: What I'm more concerned about is that crazy Marra girl going after him. Trevor hasn't even told us why he's being targeted by Maria, and if we're not there for him when the worst comes to the worst...
Daniel: ... Let's just focus on something else. We have other friends aside from Trevor.
Deacon: Name one.
Daniel: *Ponders* Um...
Jemma: We have Kaisa and Michael. Do they count?
Daniel: They count, but they're also awfully busy.
Wendy: *Watching the news* Speaking of Michael, check this out.
*They head to the TV*
Reporter: A resident has found two of his neighbors dead from what appears to be a homicide/robbery. The Hulderlands Sheriff's Department has been called to investigate as the witness claimed to have noticed a group of shady people entering a car with a "familiar license plate number". The group in question could likely be the same perpetrators that the Sheriff's Department has been investigating for the past month and a half. However, once again, the group's motives remain unclear.
Dipper: ... Well, I know what we're doing today.
*They all turn to him in confusion*
Dipper: Come on. *Heads to the door* Time to meet up with Michael.
*The club reluctantly follows*
Ford: *Appears* Just a minute, Dipper. If you're visiting Michael, then I might as well come. *Shows the shard* I managed to translate the inscription.
Dipper: About time. He's definitely gonna love hearing that.
~Crime Scene~
Tate: First murder of the overall case and it happens here in Trolberg. I love this city.
???: Hey! Sheriff!
Tate: *Turns to see the Adventure Club* Huh?
Officer: Sorry. Police only.
Tate: I-It's okay! They're with me! You can let them in.
Officer: ... *Steps aside*
*The club enters*
Tate: Why are you guys here?
Hilda: Dipper's idea. He thought Michael would be here.
Tate: Actually, he's back at the office. He's not exactly interested in anything related to... wealthy folk. Besides, you shouldn't be here.
Dipper: Mabel and I have solved some mysteries back in Gravity Falls. It's no big deal.
Tate: Ugh. Well, don't expect any miracles like the ones you've had back in Gravity Falls. Trolberg's still very much different. *Leads everyone inside*
Mabel: So, what are we looking at here?
Tate: At around about 7:00 AM, a neighbor noticed the property's front gate open. They investigated and found two victims, Katherine and Doctor Caleb Malone. They're old money. Big philanthropists here in Trolberg.
Daniel: This place looks fortified. Any idea how the perps got in?
Tate: Well, there's no indication of forced entry.
Frida: *Looks around* They seem to be rich enough to install a security system.
Tate: They have one, but it's pretty old. So, it was super easy for the perps to disable it.
*The club cringe at the sight of the covered-up corpses*
Wendy: What happened?
Tate: Both were shot. Instant kills. We got fancy art on the walls, and a very expensive watch still on the table. Clearly, this wasn't a simple robbery.
Dipper: So, the perps tossed the place looking for something. We need to work out what that was.
Richard: *Notices a jacket over Doctor Malone* Where'd that jacket come from?
Tate: *Points to a young girl nearby* She placed it. Her name is Lily Cantrell. Her family is also wealthy. Doctor Malone's a friend of theirs. In fact, her dad is the neighbor who called it in.
Dipper: *Approaches her* Hello, Lily.
Lily: ... What do you want?
Dipper: I just want to ask you some questions.
Lily: ... Will it help avenge Doctor Malone?
Dipper: Well, if you can help us out here and tell us what you saw, we should find out who did this.
Lily: ... *Sighs* Okay. Daddy and I were going out for a walk. We were passing by Doctor Malone's house. When suddenly, we heard a "Bam, bam, bam!", and then, another. So, we hid. After like a minute or so, we saw these guys in scarves and beanies running out of the house and into a car. Daddy got a good look at the license plate and we waited until they left. We went into the house and that's when we... *Points to the corpses* ...saw them.
Dipper: ... Where's your dad now?
Lily: He went to the police station. Apparently, he saw that one of the perps wasn't wearing a scarf. So, he probably saw his face.
Dipper: Okay. Thank you, Lily. And I'm sorry for your loss. *Tries to leave*
Lily: Can I go with you guys?
Dipper: *?* ... Why?
Lily: ... I'm... not in the mood of going back home just yet. I want to make sure someone is investigating this.
Dipper: ... *Turns to Tate*
Tate: ... *Shrug*
Dipper: ... *Turns back to Lily* Okay. We'll make sure it doesn't get pushed aside.
Lily: ... *Smiles a little* Thank you.
~Outside~
Elsewhere, Trevor went out for a stroll. He wanted to be alone to think about Hilda's suggestion of joining their group. However, he also had to take his friends into account, something that Hilda should've done.
Unbeknownst to him, someone else had something else for him to worry about.
Lucinda: *Observing him* ... *Gazes at Maria's orb* ... *Sigh* ... I have to do this. *Tails him*
Alongside her were two of her fellow Marra, who were tasked to monitor Lucinda and make sure she got the job done.
Girl: I still think it's pointless to use that orb on him, Lucinda.
Girl 2: Miranda's right. You should just use your own energy to give that boy a nightmare.
Lucinda: As much as I agree with you two, Maria was the first of us to encounter him. So, in her eyes, it's "First come, first serve". And this orb was created by her.
Girl 2: Well, when you put it that way...
Miranda: *Notices the crime scene* Huh.
Girl 2: *?* What is it?
Miranda: ... I'll... be right back, Naomi. You can continue monitoring Lucinda.
Naomi: Where are you going?
Miranda: I'm gonna pay a visit to another old adversary. *Morphs and flies over to the crime scene*
Naomi: ... Maria's not gonna like that.
~Pines House~
As Miranda began tailing them, the Adventure Club began their investigation into the double homicide, starting with pictures of Doctor Malone and his many antiques.
Richard: Doctor Malone was an old money philanthropist. Any one of these antiques of his could be the target item.
Mabel: Fancy artwork, expensive wristwatch, fragile vases...
Lily: Regardless, we shouldn't leave any stones unturned. *Notices one photo* Hang on. I think I have a theory.
Dipper: What is it?
Lily: *Shows it* This photo was taken six months ago in Doctor Malone's home office. It's filled with Hawaiian artifacts.
Hilda: But the police said that every item in this picture was accounted for.
Lily: Except for one. *Points to a particular item in the picture*
Frida: What is that?
David: It looks like a leaf.
Daniel: It looks like a piece of whalebone to me.
Lily: Doctor Malone told me that it's a scrimshaw. And according to his findings, it's almost 150 years old. And what makes it even more interesting is, that is the least valuable item on the list that they sent over.
Wendy: Not according to the people who executed him and his wife. Besides, if it's out in the open like that, why'd they tear up the house?
Lily: Well, maybe, Doctor Malone moved it, or hid it, or even donated it. Either way, I, myself, haven't seen that thing in a long while.
Ford: *Arrives* I just got off the phone with Sheriff Whittaker. This family that you're friends with seems to have a past shrouded in mystery, Lily.
Lily: *?* Hm?
Ford: *Points to the scrimshaw* See this symbol? That's the crest of the Manticore League. It's an old British secret society that no longer exists. The Sheriff's Department did some digging and they found that Doctor Malone's great-great-grandfather, Joseph Malone, was believed to be a member.
Lily: I could've sworn that was just a regular British crest.
Hughie: Is there anything else about them?
Ford: Not quite. All everyone knows is that they formed in the early 1800s and disbanded in the 1970s.
Dipper: ... I think we're gonna need Michael for this.
{Later}
~Michael's Office, Hulderlands Sheriff's Department~
Michael: *Activating a video camera* Begin log: The local laboratory has provided me with a... "strange and dangerous" serum that they have been working on for the past few weeks. They have confirmed that the serum is dangerous to humans, but they have yet to figure out how that is, and they're quite cautious after an... unfortunate incident, hence why they came to me since I specialize in all things odd. After some examination, I've found that the active ingredient in this formula is a chlorophyll-based enzyme. Further analysis has indicated that it does affect human cellular membranes. *Grabs a beaker and a circular tray* Here we have *Points to the beaker* the serum in question and... *Points to the tray* what I like to call "human plasma". I'm now going to combine the serums to see how dangerous it can be. *Pours a drop of the serum onto the tray*
*A small tree slowly forms*
Michael: ... Okay. It would definitely suck to be a tree.
???: Michael!
Michael: Agh! *Accidentally pours the rest of the serum, making the tree even taller* ... Oops.
*Dipper and Hilda arrive*
Hilda: *She and Dipper notice the tree* Uh... How did you grow that?
Michael: ... *Groan* Hold on. *Turns to the camera* End log. *Deactivates it and turns back to the kids* I'll tell you later. What do you want? Is this about the Malone homicide from this morning? I already told Sheriff Whittaker that I'm not interested.
Dipper: Well, you might change your mind if we told you that one of the victims, Doctor Malone, is the descendant of an alleged secret society member.
Michael: And what is this secret society called exactly?
Hilda: The Manticore League.
Michael: *!* ... The Manticore League?
Dipper & Hilda: *They both smirk* Mm-hmm.
Michael: I haven't focused on them since I was in middle school.
Hilda: Well, they've resurfaced now.
Dipper: *Shows a picture of the scrimshaw* Did you ever see this symbol before?
Michael: Yeah, that's their crest. Not sure about this... scrimshaw though.
Dipper: It was missing from the crime scene. It could've belonged to his ancestor, Joseph Malone.
Michael: *!* Joseph Malone. Holy smokes. I think I know what this scrimshaw could be.
Hilda: What do you think it is?
Michael: This could be the literal key to a lost treasure that hasn't been found since the 1800s.
Dipper: What treasure would that be?
Michael: One second. *Opens a cabinet and pulls out a picture* It involves a Shanghai noble family called the Chen Clan. *Shows the picture* This is one of the clan's most popular heirlooms, the Dragon Pendant. Crafted in the 1400s, stolen in the late-1800s. Now, around the time of the theft, a few members of the Manticore League, including Joseph Malone, were in Shanghai. So, when the pendant disappeared, so did the League. There were rumors about their involvement, but no one has ever been able to connect them to the lost pendant. But legend has it, the League smuggled them out somehow.
Hilda: Is there any chance they could have been smuggled into the Hulderlands?
Michael: That's what I always believed. But to this day, no one has proven that. But I bet this is the key to finding them.
Hilda: So, this is all about getting their hands on the Dragon Pendant, and the Malones were just in the way.
Dipper: If this scrimshaw is a key, what does it open?
Hilda: Answer that, and you'll solve one of the world's great mysteries.
Notes:
Read this if your confused about Trevor's story: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/134957125
Chapter 20: The Truth Within Part 2
Summary:
With Michael involved, the investigation has now turned into a race for a lost treasure.
Meanwhile, Miranda tricks Ford into telling her about the shard.
Notes:
How appropriate that Chinese New Year 2024 is the Year Of The Dragon.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Pines House~
Michael: *Typing a typewriter* Just one more name, and... *Finishes* There. *Rips out the sheet and passes it to Daniel* A list of known members of the Manticore League. Any of them could've known about the Dragon Pendant and where it was stashed.
Hughie: *Glances at the list* All dead. I'll just head over to the cemetery and use that "ghost stick".
Daniel: Or just look up the descendants, and cross-check them for any criminal activity. *Leaves*
Richard: Do you have any better ideas, Colonel Sarcasm*?
Hughie: ... *Inhale* No, I do not. I just know that we're looking for a lost treasure, but obviously, the known members have taken the location to the grave. Not only that, six months ago, there was a photograph of the scrimshaw published in a magazine. Why did these bad guys wait until now to go after it?
Richard: It's possible Doctor Malone didn't know what he had or what the key opened.
*Phone ringing*
Lily: *Answers it* Hello?
*Static*
Lily: *?!* What the...?!
Ford: *!* Oh! Sorry. *Presses a button on a nearby device*
*Static stops*
Dipper: Uncle Ford, what is that?
Ford: It's a signal scrambler. I made it after the Reynolds mess.
Lily: ... *Uses the phone* Hello? *Listens* I'm still here, Sheriff. *Listens* I'm at the Pines house. *Listens* There was a signal scrambler. *Listens* I don't know, but they turned it off now. *Listens* The police got a hit? *Listens* Okay. *Listens* I'll tell them. *Hangs up* Daddy's sit-down with the sketch artist got a hit. The guy he saw was Brandon Markham.
Michael: *?* Brandon Markham? I haven't heard that guy in a while.
Hilda: You know him?
Michael: He's been in trouble with the other Sheriff's Department offices. He's got priors in counterfeiting, art fraud, and felony assault. And if I recall correctly...
~Warehouse~
*Michael and the Adventure Club arrive*
Frida: This is where he usually hangs out?
Michael: His personal workspace. The one location we never bothered to raid... until now. *Kicks the door and aims his handgun* Sheriff's Department! *Enters and looks around*
*Silence*
Michael: Clear.
Dipper: *Spots a workstation* Got modeling clay and plaster here. Looks like Markham was building something.
David: *Spots something* ... Uh...
Michael: *Turns to him* What?
David: *Points at what he's looking at* It looks like he was doing a lot more than that.
Michael: *Approaches him... only to see a skeleton* Good gravy. *Examines it* There's a hole in the back of the skull. I think someone got a little greedy and betrayed one of the crew.
David: Or the crew betrayed him.
~Pines House~
Ford: *Locks the door*
???: Excuse me, sir.
Ford: *Turns to see...* Can I help you?
Miranda: Sorry if I'm being nosy, but I can't help but notice that shard in your hand.
Ford: *Glances at it* You mean this?
Miranda: *Nods* Mm-hmm.
Ford: Are you into archaeology?
Miranda: S-Sort of. I was just curious about that thing in your possession. *Notices an inscription* What does that say?
Ford: Oh, the inscription? It took me some time to figure out what it says. My grandnephew has suggested that it could be one of the "old languages". And he was right. The inscription was in Old Norse.
Miranda: What did it translate to?
Ford: It says "And journey forth, to the Land of the Growing Rose, where the Obsidian Temple awaits to be awakened".
Miranda: "Obsidian Temple"?
Ford: Not sure what that is, but I'll need to work on locating the "Land of the Growing Rose" first. Only then, will we search for this temple.
Miranda: I-If anything, I would like to join you guys when you do find this "Land of the Growing Rose". I do think it's interesting.
Ford: Well, if you insist...
Miranda: Great. Thank you. *Leaves*
Ford: Uh, by the way, the name's Stanford Pines.
Miranda: Miranda Crom!
Ford: ... She seemed nice.
Maria: *Watching from afar* ... Au contraire.
~Edmund Ahlberg Elementary~
Man: *Gazing at the Edmund Ahlberg statue*
Michael: Eddie.
Eddie: Hello, Michael. *Notices the Adventure Club* So, these are the kids that you're friends with?
Michael: Well, they're really Kaisa's friends, but yeah. *Turns to the kids* Guys, this is Deputy Eddie Weston.
Eddie: Howdy.
Hilda: Hello, Deputy. What brings you here?
Eddie: Oh, I'm just sightseeing. In fact, it's my first time seeing this here statue of Edmund Ahlberg.
Michael: Eddie's our office's history buff. So, he and I often work in unison.
Eddie: A case in point: Your friend, Daniel, provided me with that list of known members. I looked up their respective descendants, cross-checked them for any criminal activity, and I got a hit. *Pulls a file out of his satchel* A few weeks ago, an auction house in Macau was robbed. The guy who called it in was Silas Fenwick. The thieves, who are most likely the same guys that we're looking for, made off with a bunch of letters from Joseph Malone to Silas' ancestor, a known Manticore League member living in Florence in 1880 by the name of Dalton Fenwick. *Passes it to Michael* Fortunately, I got scans of the letters.
Dipper: What do they say?
Eddie: At first glance, nothing. Nothing about the scrimshaw key, or the Dragon Pendant. Just some boring stuff about living in Macau. In other words, I thought it was all just an incredibly gigantic waste of time. However, I examined the letter even further and came up with a theory: That boring stuff in the letters, I think it's probably coded in some kind of cipher.
Mabel: A cipher?
Richard: How do we decode it?
Eddie: Not sure, but here's something else: Dalton Fenwick was an apprentice to an American sculptor who was also living in Macau at the time. Gregory Sorenson. And we all know what statue he is famous for. *Points to it*
Frida: Edmund Ahlberg's.
Eddie: It was built in 1880, around the same time the pendant went missing.
Michael: So, Dalton Fenwick must've helped Joseph Malone smuggle the pendant out of China inside the statue, which means that's what the scrimshaw key opens.
Frida: *Ponders* Hmm.
David: What is it?
Frida: All that modeling clay, plaster, and paint that we found at the warehouse. I think the culprits were working on a fake statue.
Hughie: Why would he do that? I mean, if he had the key, why wouldn't he just come here and open it?
Frida: I've looked at this statue countless times in my life. I've never seen a keyhole.
David: None of us have.
Frida: If the treasure is inside the statue, There's no way Brandon Markham could get to it without being seen. Swapping this statue with a fake is the only way that he could get to whatever is inside the statue.
Eddie: Nice theory. Only one problem: Our bad guys are not going after this statue.
Jemma: Wait a second. There's more than one?
Eddie: There's a total of four Edmund Ahlberg statues in the whole continent, one in each city-state, including Trolberg. And here's the kicker: The ship with the original statue sunk on its way to the Hulderlands. So, they built a second one, this one here. Years later, the original was recovered by a fishing boat and brought to the Hulderlands. That's the one with the Dragon Pendant inside it. Which means...
Michael: That's the statue that Markham's after.
Tommy: So, where's that one?
~Silbergrad~
*A Safety Patrol zeppelin flies over*
Pilot: Well, here we are, the western city-state of Silbergrad. Not sure how Lord Dimitrescu's gonna react to our presence though.
Michael: He'll understand. Silbergrad's isolated, but they can be cooperative.
Deacon: Your coworker better be right about this.
Michael: Of course, he is. Sometime before the recovery of the original statue, another statue was being constructed for Silbergrad. When the original statue was recovered, Sorenson decided to have that statue sent to Silbergrad, while the one that was originally meant for Silbergrad was sent to Elvenborough. The rest is history after that.
~Ground~
*A car arrives and a familiar face exits along with two guards*
Michael: Hello, Your Majesty.
Dimitrescu: I take it you're Deputy Sheriff Michael Kingston?
Michael: Yes, I am.
Dimitrescu: *Notices the kids (including an astonished Hilda)* And they are...?
Michael: Oh, they're just with me. Nothing to worry about.
Dimitrescu: My palace received a call from your coworkers. Are you absolutely certain that our Edmund Ahlberg statue is the target of some... ambitious thieves?
Michael: It sounds farfetched, but I am quite certain. In fact, I'm also quite certain the statue has already been... taken beforehand.
Dimitrescu: What do you mean by that?
Michael: Recently, a couple of philanthropists had been killed in Trolberg. The culprits responsible were looking for a missing piece that goes along with this statue. Most likely, they knew about the statue first, before discovering that it required a missing piece.
Dimitrescu: Do you have a way of proving that the statue was stolen first?
Michael: ... Let's just say you... won't like it. Mabel! Hilda!
Mabel & Hilda: With pleasure! *They both hold out some hammers*
Dipper: Oh, boy.
Guard: Is that really wise?
Michael: I know what you thinking. But I can't seem to find another way.
Dimitrescu: ... *Sigh* Do what you must.
*The girls approach the statue*
Guard 2: If that statue is-
Michael: If anything happens, I'll take full responsibility.
Hilda: Okay. Here goes nothing.
Mabel: Fore!
*They both swing at the statue*
*Smash!*
Everyone: *!*
*Bits of the statue fall to the ground*
Hilda: Well, I think we have our proof.
*A hand falls off and lands in front of the king*
Dimitrescu: *Grabs it* Plaster. The statue's supposed to be cast in brass. It seems you were right, Deputy.
Michael: Which means the culprits already switched the statues.
Guard: Then, where's the real one?
Dipper: Good question.
Notes:
* - Fullmetal Alchemist reference.
Chapter 21: The Truth Within Part 3
Summary:
With Silbergrad's Edmund Ahlberg statue missing, the team has to find it before any more people get hurt, leading to an unlikely alliance with Silbergrad's authoritie.
Chapter Text
~Silbergrad Police Department~
With the statue missing, the team has to team up with the Silbergrad authorities to find it before more people get hurt.
Officer: *Shows security footage* A city maintenance truck was reported stolen two nights ago, the same night that this footage was taken, which means that your suspects already switched out the statues before your victims were killed.
Dipper: We know that Brandon Markham is one of these guys. *Shows a mugshot of said culprit* Who are the other two?
Officer: *Zooms in* Let's see. *Examines the three guys* Uh... I'm not seeing your person of interest. He's not in here.
Officer 2: That's because he's dead. I just got off the phone with the Trolberg Police. The dental records from that skull you found matched Brandon Markham. Ballistics did confirm that it matches the same caliber that was used to kill those philanthropists.
Michael: So, his crew betrayed him after all.
Officer: We better dig into them.
~Outside~
Hilda: *Gazing at the city*
David: *He and Frida approach her* You okay?
Hilda: ... Just admiring the city.
David: You do know what Silbergrad is known for, right?
Hilda: I do. Silbergrad is by far the most isolated, as it's usually under constant threat by dangerous lycanthropes. The people constantly conducted hunting expeditions beyond their walls to cull the herds of werewolves, werebears, and wereboar that stalked the woods beyond their city. Their symbol is that of the silver ring, a band engraved with arcane symbols that protected the city from the lycans as long as there remained a king upon the throne to bear it. As such, Silbergrad was also the only city in all of the Hulderlands that still had a king. We're probably the luckiest kids in Trolberg to ever visit such a place. *Sigh* I wish we brought Trevor along though.
Frida: ... I'm sure he'll come through.
Hilda: Let's hope so.
~Inside~
Officer: Gilbert Reines, ex-Royal Marine. Interpol's got a lot of paper on him. Theft, fraud, assault. He and his two partners are even wanted for murder in connection with a high-end museum heist in Slovakia. They were last seen in Shanghai three weeks ago.
Michael: Around the same time that the letters were stolen from the auction house in Macau.
Mabel: So, these are the bad guys we're looking for.
Richard: Markham was just a pawn. He built the fake statue and showed the other three the location of the scrimshaw.
Diper: And as soon as services were rendered, they shot him and turned him into a skeleton.
Officer 2: These guys must have come in on fake passports. We'll cross-check their faces with airport and seaport security cameras.
*Phone rings*
Officer: *Answers* Hello? *Listens* Yeah, he's with me. *Listens* I'll pass it to him. *Passes it to Michael* It's for you, Deputy.
Michael: Hello? *Listens* *!* Mister Pines!
Dipper: *?*
Michael: *Listens* You've decoded the cipher? *Listens* Oh. *Listens* Okay. *Listens* Okay, see ya. *Hangs up and turns to the kids* Mister Pines just found a way to decode the cipher. He's on his way now.
{Later}
~Airport~
Ford: So, this is Silbergrad?
Hilda: Yep.
Dipper: How did you figure it out?
Ford: *Pulls out his laptop* The correspondences between Fenwick and Malone were intentionally innocuous. When I analyzed the text using a frequency count, certain words kept appearing in a sequence. I applied a transposition cipher, and using that, I then isolated every second letter of the remaining words. *Shows his progress*
Mabel: Looks like one of those word search puzzles.
Ford: It does at first, but it's actually...
Michael: That's a scytale, isn't it?
Ford: Exactly.
Frida: A... what?
Michael: Imagine something like a... word or number lock from the 19th Century. You can rotate it, but instead of just one word or a number combination, it creates a.. paragraph of sorts.
Ford: Exactly, and once you rotate the letters around the cylinder... *Presses a button to rotate the words on the screen* ...it reveals a hidden message. Without a computer, something like this would take months to decode.
Kids: *Amazed* Wow.
*The rotation stops and reverts back into a flat sheet*
Ford: And there you go.
Dipper: "Beneath the King's heavy right foot, a white leaf reveals, with a turn... the truth within". That's why they had to switch the statue out. They had to get beneath it.
*Static*
Hughie (Over the radio): Hey, guys. You got your ears on?
Hilda: What is it, Hughie?
Hughie (Over the radio): The suspects did enter the country using aliases. They came in on a passenger ship, and when they arrived, they rented a van. They tracked the van's whereabouts to another warehouse at the harbor.
~Warehouse~
Michael: *Kicks the door open* Sheriff's Department! *Sees a crook going for a gun and shoots him down* Suspect down! *Enters with the others*
*Officers grab the suspect*
Officer 3: He's one of Reines' goons.
Ford: So, where are Reines and his other goon?
Officer 4: Still looking for that bloody scrimshaw from the look of things.
Richard: *Spots something covered* Hm. *Uncovers it* *!* I found it!
*The others approach her*
David: The missing statue.
Michael: *Spots something on it* And here's where the scrimshaw's supposed to go. *Turns to the goon* Where are your partners?
Goon: Why would I tell you? You shot me.
Michael: ... *Pulls out his gun* Give me a second. *Approaches the goon* Here's the thing: You shot two civilians. I like shooting crooks. So, once I've dealt with you, everyone goes home happy.
Frida: Um...
Goon: You're crazy.
Michael: Then, talk. Why haven't you opened the statue yet?
Goon: We need the scrimshaw, genius. Didn't you-
Michael: *Press his gun against the goon's forehead*
Kids: *!*
Ford: Michael...
Michael: If you can't find the bloody scrimshaw, then why can't you just break it open?
Goon: 'Cause the Dragon Pendant is a delicate specimen. We didn't want to risk damaging it. We need the key.
Michael: But it wasn't at the Malone house. You tore the place up, but you couldn't find it.
Daniel: ... *Approaches them* Listen, meathead. You killed two innocent people for no reason. Do you understand that? Two people pointlessly died. If you don't have the scrimshaw, where is it? Are your partners out looking for it?
Goon: We recently learned that Malone donated that bloody leaf to an art museum here in Silbergrad. Everything that we've been looking for was right here the whole time.
Everyone: ...
Michael: ... At least, we know where to go next.
Chapter 22: The Truth Within Part 4 (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Bullies Vs Bullies Arc Finale
At long last, a lost treasure is within the Adventure Club's grasp.
But something else entirely is happening back on their turf.
Chapter Text
~Stenburg Residence, Trolberg~
Trevor had the house to himself while his mother left to gather groceries.
In his room, all he could think about was the events that led up to where he is now.
His dad had left him, causing him and his friends to prank people as a way of lashing out on the world.
The day he first met Hilda and caused harm to the Great Raven.
Hilda’s first day at school, and how she resolved an incident regarding a baby troll.
The day he showed Hilda his hobby of stone-skipping, which led to him being a slight bit nicer to Hilda.
The teenagers who beat him up for what he did to the Great Raven, and his subsequent visit to Hilda’s apartment.
The day he first met the Pines Twins and the subsequent week of madness at the Reynolds house.
The moment he first expressed his past to Dipper.
The day he first encountered a Marra.
The fiasco from the holiday season, where he went back to his mischievous ways just to save face.
And finally, Hilda’s suggestion to switch sides and finally bury the hatchet.
But despite Hilda’s advice to worry less about what his friends and his mother would think, he just can’t seem to get them out of his mind.
~Art Museum, Silbergrad~
*The team arrives to see people evacuating*
Hilda: Oh, no.
Mabel: We’re too late!
Dipper: Not quite!
*They swarm into the museum*
Frida: *Spots two shady people* There they are!
Michael: Sheriff’s Department! Drop your-
*The culprits shoot at them, causing the team to take cover and commencing a shootout*
David: Shouldn’t we have the numbers advantage?!
Richard: They have two guns! Michael only has one!
*Shooting stops*
*They look up to see the culprits running in different directions*
Jemma: They’re getting away!
Ford: Let’s split up! Michael, Daniel, you two and I will get the remaining goon! Kids, Reines is all yours!
Everyone: Got it! *They all go after their respective targets*
~Hallway~
The remaining goon was pretty easy, as Michael, Ford, and Daniel caught up to him at a locked door and knocked him out.
~Outside~
Meanwhile, Reines is slightly difficult, as he had a getaway motorbike at the ready.
Dipper: *He and the others spot him riding away* Oh, no, you don’t. *Grabs a nearby rock and throws it into the exhaust pipe*
*The bike jostles and throws Reines off*
*A police car rolls up to Reines and two officers approach him*
Officer 5: Gilbert Reines, you’re under arrest!
Officer 6: *Spot a familiar object on the ground and grabs it* Hm.
Dipper: *Rushes to them*
Officer 6: Don’t worry, kid. We got this. *Shows the scrimshaw* Is this what you’re looking for?
Dipper: … Yep. That’s the scrimshaw.
Officer 6: *Passes it* You better hope you’re friend is right about the statue.
{Later}
~Warehouse~
Later, the team and Lord Dimitrescu met up at the stolen statue.
Dipper: ... *Passes the scrimshaw to Michael* Here. The honor's all yours.
Michael: ... Alright. Let's do this. *Places the scrimshaw onto the engraving and turns it*
*Clicking*
Michael: ...
*A cylinder with a hatch extends out*
Michael: *Opens the hatch, revealing an old sack* ... *Grabs it and opens it* *!*
Ford: ... Well?
Michael: ... *Smiles* Everyone... for the first time since 1880... *Pulls out...* ...the Chen Clan's Dragon Pendant has seen the light of day.
Everyone: *Amazed* Whoa.
Michael: ...
Tommy: How do you feel?
Michael: Oh, it's weird. We might just be the luckiest people in the Hulderlands.
Frida: *Giggle*
Deacon: So, what happens now?
Michael: *Puts the pendant back into the sack* Simple. These need to be sent to China and put on display *Passes it to Lord Dimitrescu* for everyone to see.
Dimitrescu: You have my word for it, Deputy. For what it's worth, thank you. *Leaves*
Michael: Anytime, Your Majesty. *Turns back to the others* Shall we head back?
~Trolberg~
As the team made their way back to Trolberg, A certain group was about to get a surprise from one of their own.
Maria: ... What's keeping them? Have they used that orb yet?
Kylie: I personally would've used it on you-know-who.
Maria: As much as I would've loved to see her roll in her bed like a crybaby, I have to get this boy out of the way first.
*A Marra wisp flies in and morphs into...*
Maria: Oh. Miranda. Has Lucinda completed her task yet?
Miranda: N-Not really.
Maria: Then, why are you here? It clearly looks like you're wasting our time.
Miranda: I know, but I have something to tell you.
Miranda told Maria, Kylie, and Eunice all about Ford Pines and Michael's "turtle shell" shard. Somehow, the three Marra found themselves interested.
Eunice: A "Land of the Growing Rose" and an "Obsidian Temple". What do you think they mean?
Miranda: I'm not sure myself, but my best guess is that it could be somewhere in Norway since the inscription was written in Old Norse. It would be a big win for us if we could find this temple before they do.
Kylie: Miranda, I know you're interested, but we are Marra. Marra aren't into stuff like this. All they do is create nightmares out of people's fears.
Maria: ... Hmm.
Miranda: Well, what do you think, Maria?
Maria: ... This "Obsidian Temple". Did the inscription ever mention what it's supposed to be?
Miranda: N-No. It just said that it "awaits to be awakened".
Maria: "Awakened". It almost sounds like it could be a living thing.
Eunice: A living thing?
Maria: If we could get our hands on this temple, we could definitely do some damage to the world. *Smirk* Alright, Miranda. I say we give it a shot.
~Stenburg Residence~
*Lucinda and Naomi sliver in and morph into their human forms*
Naomi: You know what to do. I'll go give Mrs. Stenburg a whiff of my power, while you go to Trevor's room and-
Lucinda: Use the orb on him. I know. *Heads to his room*
Naomi: *Giggling mischievously* Miranda is missing out. *Heads to Mrs. Stenburg's room*
~Trevor's Room~
Lucinda: *Slivers in and spots the sleeping Trevor* There you are. *Approaches his bed* So, you're the boy that Maria wouldn't shut up about. *Raises the orb* Well, this all... ends... now.
Trevor: Dad... *Rolls over, facing the other way*
Lucinda: *?*
Trevor: ... Don't... go...
Lucinda: ... He looks kind of like... *!* *An image of a little boy appears in her mind* ... Little... brother? *Drops the orb on top of herself, affecting her with its energy* Urgh! Agh! *Images of the boy continue to appear in her head* What the...?! Why...?!
Naomi: *Slivers in* *!* Lucinda?
Lucinda: *Groaning in pain*
Naomi: What happened?
Lucinda: Get me out. Get me out of there! Get... me... OUT! *Morphs and flies out of the window*
Naomi: Lucinda! *Morphs and flies after her*
Trevor: *Slowly wakes up* Hm? *Turns to his window to see the two Marra flying away* ... *!*
Chapter 23: Separate Ways
Summary:
The Pines Twins' time in Trolberg is coming to a close, but on their way back to Piedmont, they get a surprise from the Adventure Club.
Notes:
Read this first: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/134978332
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Intro: Play this before continuing
----------
The Pines Twins' had been spending some time in Trolberg, but they still remembered that they were participating in a multinational exchange program. So, their stay was only temporary. However, seeing how they've become connected with the Hulderlands, their Uncle Ford decided to stay behind at their Trolberg house to help them apply for dual citizenship. Naturally, the Adventure Club was elated to hear this idea. But on the day of the Pines Twins' departure, they got much more than what they bargained for.
~Seaport~
Dipper: *Pulling his luggage* Well... this is it. We said our goodbyes yesterday. Now, our time as liaisons is over.
Mabel: And we'll be back in Piedmont.
Wendy: No need to be so glum. Ford's staying behind to keep the house safe.
Stan: And he's helping us apply for dual citizenship.
Mabel: Well, we know that. It’s just that… it’s always been the two of us.
Dipper: We’ve never had any friends in Piedmont. Just in Gravity Falls.
Stan: *Spots something behind them* Wanna tell them that?
*The three kids turn around in confusion… to see a familiar group approaching them*
Dipper: Richard?!
Richard: *Arrives with the others* Hey, twins.
Mabel: What are you guys doing here? To see us off?
Jemma: Not quite. We’re actually coming with you.
Mabel: *!* You’re coming with us?!
Hughie: Since you two were the liaisons of your school in the program, we figured it’d be appropriate to return the favor.
Dipper: Wow. I-I knew Trolberg would send a liaison of their own, but… not like this.
Tommy: It took us some time to convince the staff, but we succeeded.
Deacon: Now, we get to travel outside the continent. No doubt Hilda’s missing out on this. *Chuckle*
Wendy: Speaking of Hilda, how is she?
Daniel: She’s fine. We told everyone about what we’re doing right now. We were gonna tell Hilda, but she wasn’t home. Her mother told us that she already went out to look for Trevor this morning, but she’ll relay the news.
Dipper: Well then. It should please me to say this… *Taps Richard’s shoulder* Welcome aboard our bandwagon.
Richard: *Giggles* Thanks, Dipper.
And with that, the group set off for the boat.
Little did they know that what happened here at the seaport wasn’t the only big news in Trolberg.
Notes:
Timeline of events: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Egs-MvMtdJ54FCntm8d59Lm43vjX5G9YTnFDni-C1nQ/edit
Chapter 24: Unusual
Summary:
With Dipper gone for the time being, and Hilda about to embark on a trip, Kaisa was actually starting to feel lonely. The only person to keep her company is Michael, but he too is also having a conundrum.
Elsewhere, a passenger ship was about to have an unknowing stowaway.
Notes:
Previous Story: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/135009859
And watch out for a Transformers reference.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Trolberg Library~
Kaisa: *Reshelving books*
Kaisa was starting to feel lonely as of late.
Hilda, Frida, and David might've been just frequent visitors to the library, but they were also close friends of hers, especially after she teamed up with Hilda and Frida during her crisis with her mentor, Matilda "Tildy" Pilkvist; not to mention, the time when she tried to help Frida and David in searching for and rescuing Hilda from Trundle, the Mountain King.
Recently, Hilda learned about an extraordinary island located within the British Isles and is about to embark on a trip to said island, alongside her mother, Twig, Alfur, Frida, and David.
If that weren't enough, twin siblings Dipper and Mabel Pines, whom she also had grown close to, had already departed for their native homeland, along with some of Trolberg's students.
Because of this, she started to feel all alone at the moment.
Of course, her only known company was her childhood friend, Michael Kingston. But even so, that didn't feel like it was enough.
Michael: *Enters* Hey. Kaisa.
Kaisa: ... *Turns to him* ... What do you want?
Michael: I just came to check up on you.
Kaisa: I'm fine.
Michael: You sure? You look... exhausted.
Kaisa: ... *Sigh* I guess I'm just feeling... lonely.
Michael: Lonely? How? I'm right here.
Kaisa: That's the thing. It's just you.
Michael: *Realizes* Oh. You were thinking of the kids.
Kaisa: ... I guess I made a... bond of sorts with them. There was that time when I was retrieving a book from Tildy and got help from Hilda and Frida. Then, Hilda was stuck in a troll form and I had to help Frida and David in locating her.
Michael: I see.
Kaisa: And now, here I am. I won't be hearing from any of them for a while. Hilda's about to embark on some... excursion. And those two twins went back home for the time being, while a relative of theirs is still here.
Michael: ... *Pulls her aside* Okay, look. I know you're missing them already, but like I said, I'm still here. For you. So, you're not entirely lonely.
Kaisa: ...
Michael: If there's anything you need, let me know. I'm always available.
Kaisa: ... *Sigh* Okay.
*The two gaze at each other for a moment, until...*
???: Practicing a secret handshake or something?
Michael & Kaisa: *!* ... *They both turn to see...*
Michael: Oh. Hey, Lacey.
Kaisa: We're not doing anything... stupid. We're just...
Lacey: ... Never mind. None of my business.
~Outside~
Michael: Look, I'm telling you. It's-
Lacey: I can tell that it wasn't. No need to worry about it.
Michael: Why did you come here?
Lacey: I was looking for you.
Michael: *?* For me? *Remembers something* You're not trying to get me back into the Safety Patrol, are you?
Lacey: No. I just wanted to see how you were doing, especially after... what happened that night.
Michael: Well, you're in luck. I was nowhere near Trolberg when that... Mountain King came in and tried to wake up a troll underneath us. I was in Silbergrad, seeing if the Sheriff's Department could establish a new office, what with the... lack of law enforcement over there.
Lacey: Easier said than done when that... isolated city is surrounded by lycanthropes 24/7. *Remembers* Then again, it's not as... xenophobic as-
Michael: Ogrebrücke. Yeah, I know. I shouldn't have to worry about any of the Hulderlands' city-states. Our Sheriff's Department is completely independent. So, if Silbergrad wants to send people on hunting expeditions beyond their walls, the Sheriff's Department can be spared being picked to help them.
Lacey: ... You do know I was a Silbergrad resident myself, right?
Michael: I remember that. We all have our backstories. I still remember when you told me about yours; how you came to Trolberg, how you joined the Safety Patrol, how you were... admiring me from afar when I came into Safety Patrol...
Lacey: How I ended up with... *Points to her eyepatch* ...this.
Michael: I also remember how you became... different after that. A bitter woman, a more stern officer, a far cry from the kindhearted girl I once knew... and loved.
Lacey: ... I've been thinking that you would want those days to come back. The time when I wasn't like this.
Michael: ... Perhaps. But I would also want you to move on. You can still be stern, but that bitterness needs to go. If you want to continue being a Safety Patrol, then be a real officer.
Lacey: What's that supposed to mean?
Michael: It means that you shouldn't be one of those people who pretend to be tough. Just be... strong and real. Tell the truth. Be strong enough to be gentle.
Lacey: ...
Michael: Believe me. My predecessor at the Sheriff's Department told me that once. *Leaves*
Lacey: ... Of course.
~Seaport~
Meanwhile, Trevor was wandering around aimlessly, unable to get something out of his mind.
Trevor: The Great Raven, the trolls, the elves, the tide mice, the nisse, the Black Hound, the Yule Lads... Hilda...
Without realizing it, he boarded a passenger boat without anyone else noticing.
Little did he know that it was the same boat... that Hilda was on.
Notes:
Next Story: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53191948/chapters/134595781
And before you ask, Lacey is that eyepatch woman from the Safety Patrol. In this series, she's depicted as the ex-girlfriend of Michael.
Chapter 25: Piedmont, California
Summary:
Dipper and Mabel have a stroll around their hometown while reminiscing on their time in Gravity Falls and Trolberg. However, they end up discovering something odd while doing so.
Unbeknownst to anyone, Dipper has some strange dreams of the past, but he doesn't want the others to get involved.
Chapter Text
*Everything is blurry, slowly clearing up*
Familiar Voice: You know, I'm impressed with you guys. You're a lot more clever than you look. So I'm gonna let you kids off the hook. You might come in handy later. *Demonic voice* BUT KNOW THIS: *Normal voice* A darkness approaches. A day will come in the future when everything you care about will change!
*Everything clears up, revealing...*
Bill Cipher: Until then, I'll be watching you! *Poses* I'LL BE WATCHING YOU... *Demonic voice* ...Dipper!
~Dipper's Room, Pines Residence~
Dipper: *Wakes up in a fright* Ahh! *Looks around* ... *Sighs* Just another dream. *Gets up* He's supposed to be dead. There's no way he survived that Memory Gun.
Ever since he and Mabel returned from Trolberg, Dipper had been having nightmares of Bill Cipher, a strange pyramid-shaped being that he fought back in Gravity Falls. Back then, Bill was destroyed by a device called the Memory Gun, a device meant to permanently erase bad memories. Despite this victory, Dipper started to have nightmares about Bill somehow surviving the Memory Gun, partially because of Stan slowly regaining his memories after sacrificing his mind to destroy Bill. However, he kept everything to himself, not wanting to worry anyone else, especially his sister.
~Dining Room~
Dipper: *Walking down the stairs*
Mabel: Morning.
Dipper: Hey.
Mabel: You okay?
Dipper: I-I'm fine. I just had a...
Mabel: Another wild dream?
Dipper: ... *Nods*
Mabel: The problem's not going to go away any faster unless you tell us what it's all about.
Dipper: I want to, but... I don't think it's something you'd want to get involved in. For some reason, I feel like I need to handle it alone.
Mabel: ... Well, I know something that we can do together.
Dipper: Hm?
Mabel: How about a stroll around the neighborhood? Would that help?
Dipper: ... Maybe.
~Streets~
Mabel: It still feels weird to this day, you know? We've visited two different places on Earth that feature all kinds of things that are out of the ordinary and we treated them as normal life. Now, we're back here in a normal and peaceful setting, yet it feels like we've never lived in this setting before.
Dipper: It does give me the urge to pack up and move to Gravity Falls.
Mabel: Same here. It makes me wonder how everyone at Gravity Falls is doing right now.
Dipper: ...
Mabel: *?* You thinking about one of them?
Dipper: ... Uh...
Mabel: Who are you thinking about? Soos? Candy and Grenda? Old Man McGucket?
Dipper: ...
Mabel: *!* *Chuckle* Don't tell me you thinking about Pacifica.
Dipper: ... *Blushes a little*
Mabel: *Smug* So, you are thinking about her.
Dipper: ... It's just...
Mabel: Hm?
Dipper: ... I don't know. I guess I was thinking about how she could easily relate to...
Mabel: To who?
Dipper: ... To Trevor.
Mabel: *!* That's a good point! Those two have so much in common! Both of them started out as troublemakers...
Dipper: Yep.
Mabel: ...they each had a feud with a particular someone...
Dipper: Pacifica had to deal with you and me, Trevor had somewhat of a rivalry with Hilda.
Mabel: ...and in an ironic twist, those same rivals brought their respective feuds to a close by helping them turn over a new leaf.
Dipper: Mm-hmm.
Mabel: And speaking of Trevor, I wonder what he chose to do. We haven't seen him since the holdiay season.
Dipper: I-I'm sure we'll find out at some point. It won't be long before Uncle Ford calls us about- *Spots a familiar someone* What the...?
Mabel: *Spots the same person as well* Richard?
From the look of things, Richard appears to be holding something.
Dipper: *He and Mabel approach him* Hey, Richard.
Richard: Hey, guys.
Mabel: What's that in your hand?
Richard: Well, that's the thing. *Shows it* I was going to come up to your house to see if you could tell me. *Gives it to Dipper*
Dipper: *Examines it* ... It looks like... an amulet of sorts.
Richard: I've been thinking that it's no ordinary amulet. I think it could be a key to something.
Mabel: Where'd you find it?
Richard: It was right outside the hotel we're staying at. I haven't told the others about it yet.
Dipper: ... This looks like a... very tarnished gold. And the symbol looks- *!* ...awfully familiar.
Mabel: How familiar?
Dipper: ... Uh... I'll take it back home to get a better look. *Runs off* Thanks for the discovery!
Mabel: ... *Pouts*
Richard: ... Um... If you don't mind... I could hang out with you.
Mabel: ... *Giggle* Okay. *Pats his shoulder* You're such a softy.
Richard: I get that a lot.
~Pines Residence~
Upon bringing the amulet home, Dipper can see that it had the symbol of a familiar-shaped eye. Whether it was a coindence or something else, there's little doubt that the eye symbol looked awfully similiar to an old adversary's.
Dipper: ... Why would he leave this for Richard? He doesn't know him.
Unbeknownst to Dipper, someone was watching him from afar, way outside his house.
???: ... On the contrary. I know lots of things. *His eyes suddenly show various cryptic images* *Slow deep voice* LOTS OF THINGS...
Chapter 26: Tarnished
Summary:
While coming up with a way to get back at a defector, the Huldrawood Marra confront a tardy Lucinda over what happened on the night she used Maria's energy orb on herself.
Notes:
Marra Subject #7: Kelly Hollis; long, leg-length blonde hair with a white hair clip inserted in her facial hairline; original leader of the Huldrawood Marra; the only Marra to defect as far as anyone is concerned; brief friends with Frida; ended up defecting from the group after Frida recommended for her to keep her old toy rabbit, Fluff-Bun.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Kelly Hollis, the only known Huldrawood Marra to defect from the group. Initially, she was friends with Frida, much to the dismay of Hilda and David, but ended up revealing her true colors later on, as she revealed herself to be a Marra. However, the appearance of the mysterious Black Hound and a subsequent Sparrow Scout assignment caused her to defect, partially because Frida recommended that she should keep her old toy rabbit, Fluff-Bun, which has since caused her to go soft on people.
Ever since one of their own defected, the remaining six girls decided to come up with ways to get payback, but a myriad of obstacles have distracted them from doing so.
One such distraction was Maria's newfound obsession with Trevor, a new friend of Hilda's that she doesn't know anything about. She attempted to cast doubt on his decision to befriend Hilda (and Dipper), but she was stopped by another new friend. Instead of talking with him, she decided to create an orb of her Marra energy to use on Trevor. However, she also decided to have one of the other girls use it. When the first attempt failed, she enlisted her second-in-command, Lucinda, to use it on Trevor. But when she tried, Lucinda got distracted by the image of a little boy, one that she recognized, and in the process, used the orb on herself by accident, giving her nightmares of that same kid.
Since then, she has isolated herself from the other five, until recently, she decided to meet up with them again to discuss any plans on getting back at Kelly.
~Huldrawood~
Little did she know that Maria had something else in mind.
Lucinda: *Arrives* Hi. Sorry for being late.
Maria: There you are. What kept you?
Kylie: You said you were going to meet up with us after being cooped up, but it got late, and you still didn't show up.
Lucinda: ... I... had to clean up something in my house.
Eunice: What did you clean up?
Lucinda: Just some old room that my mother and I haven't used... for many years.
Miranda: ... Was that difficult to clean up?
Lucinda: ...
Miranda: Never mind. Don't answer that. I don't even want to know what it's about.
Naomi: Maybe, you don't, Miranda, but I do.
Maria: Not as much as I do.
Lucinda: *?*
Maria: Girls, you can start discussing without us. I have to talk to Lucinda for a moment. *Pulls her to another part of the forest* Come on, you.
Lucinda: I-I thought we were going to about how we're getting payback on Kelly.
Maria: Not yet. *Pushes Lucinda up against a tree* What has gotten into you? Naomi told me that you wasted my orb on yourself and darted out of that boy's room after the effects kicked in.
Lucinda: ...
Maria: So, I'm going to ask you and you're going to answer whether you like it or not. What... happened?
Lucinda: ... When I was about to use the orb, I got distracted by something.
Maria: What was it?
Lucinda: ... I... don't know. I thought I saw the image of...
Maria: Of...?
Lucinda: ... Luca.
Maria: *?* Your brother? The one who died at an early age?
Lucinda: ...
Maria: *Realizes* Oh. Let me guess: Trevor reminded you of him, didn't he?
Lucinda: ... My brother would be around his age if he were still alive.
Maria: ... And yet, we all know what you did.
Lucinda: Not what I did. It was my mother's fault.
Maria: *?* Your mother's fault? Didn't you say-
Lucinda: My memory was fuzzy at the time I told you that I strangled my own little brother out of anger and jealousy. But somehow, that orb helped me regain the memory of how it really went down.
Maria: ... How did it really go?
Lucinda: ... During my childhood, I enjoyed playing with these... toy figures that my dad left for me... before he suddenly walked out on us. My father was my whole world... whereas Luca was my mother's whole world. And because of this, we were estranged from each other at the time. She had very little regard for me and cared more about Luca. Then, one day, I got an A- on a school test, though calling it "bad" would be an overstatement. And yet, that's how my mother viewed it. In response, she took one of my favorite figures away and placed it on a tall cabinet that I couldn't reach. All of a sudden, I... lost it. I headed over to that same cabinet, where I saw my brother using the drawers as a staircase to grab something.
Maria: Isn't this where he turned around to look at you before...?
Lucinda: ... *Nod*
Maria: So, what changed?
Lucinda: ... The orb showed me that I didn't strangle him.
Maria: *!*
Lucinda: He was just grabbing the figure that our mother took away from me. Then, I saw the drawer. It just... fell out. And he fell. I ran to him and tried to save him, but I... *Sigh* I somehow slipped and... heard a thud. And when I looked up... I saw him. I couldn't look at him anymore. So, I grabbed my figure and darted out of my house.
Maria: ... And the rest is history. Younger me saw you crying in a bush and I brought you to... him.
Lucinda: ... *Nod*
Maria: And after you became a Marra, you came back home to see that your mother got rid of that tall cabinet and no longer neglected you. Ironically, had it not been for Luca's death, you two would still be estranged from one another.
Lucinda: ...
Maria: What I don't get is why you took forever to tell us.
Lucinda: I was under a lot of stress. I didn't think the orb's effects were going to last that long. I just... needed time to... adjust myself.
Maria: ... Well, now, you're finally adjusted. And we can now discuss how to get back at Kelly. But I need to know if my trusty second-in-command is ready.
Lucinda: ... *Nod* Hm.
Maria: Good girl. *Pats her shoulder* And for the record: Despite what even the other girls think, I care about what happens to you. Got it?
Lucinda: ... Got it.
Maria: *Pulls her back to the campsite* Now, come on. We've got things to discuss.
Lucinda: I just hope we don't get distracted... again.
Maria: Well, it should be easy now... considering that Hilda isn't here to stop us. *Chuckles evilly*
Notes:
Lucinda's backstory is loosely based on https://youtu.be/SOjI2Tg8yfA.
Chapter 27: Trauma Problems
Summary:
Mabel gets a surprise call from Hilda, who has been feeling a bit traumatized after an incident at the island she's currently staying at. On top of that, Dipper finally reveals to Mabel the internal madness that he's going through. Fortunately, the ever-optimistic Mabel is always ready to provide some light to an otherwise dark situation.
Notes:
Previously: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53191948/chapters/137038351
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Pines Residence, Piedmont~
Mabel: *Places a book on the table* This should be a good book for Dipper. 'Extraordinary Islands Of Earth'. *Opens it* Let's see. "Scuttlebutt Island", already visited; "Cauldron Island", already visited; *?* "Muertes Archipelago"? Never heard of that. *Spots another island* Huh. This one's in the British Isles.
*Phone rings*
Mabel: I'll get it, Dipper! *Grabs the phone and answers* Hello?
Hilda (Over the phone): Hey, it's me.
Mabel: Oh, hey, Hilda! How are you doing?
Hilda (Over the phone): Quite fine. You?
Mabel: Same here. I'm having a look at this book that I got for Dipper. It's about the strangest islands on Earth.
Hilda (Over the phone): Really? Is the island that I'm on in there?
Mabel: Is it located in the British Isles?
Hilda (Over the phone): *Giggle* How did you know?
Mabel: I'm on that portion right now. There's a lot of history about this island. *Spots a particular picture* Heh. That looks like Stonehenge.
Hilda (Over the phone): Wait. What?
Mabel: There's a spot that looks like Stonehenge.
Hilda (Over the phone): Oh. That place.
Mabel: Is there something wrong?
Hilda (Over the phone): ... About that. I had to go through some... eerie occurrences at that particular spot. We were helping out with a construction project, but something went wrong. One of the machines lost a wheel of theirs in a... peculiar manner, someone saw a traumatizing sight, and the leader's jeep caught on fire. No one knows how or why, but we couldn't take it anymore. So, we abandoned the site. Needless to say, it was a stark opposite of what Trolberg has.
Mabel: ... I'm sorry you had to go through that.
Hilda (Over the phone): ... We'll get over it. Unfortunately, we lost sight of Trevor during the third incident.
Mabel: Well, I hope you do. I've been wanting to hear his decision.
Hilda (Over the phone): Oh, that? Well, you're in luck. He decided to-
Frida (Over the phone): Hilda! Trevor just called! You need to hear this!
Hilda (Over the phone): H-Hold on! I'm coming! Sorry, Mabel. I have to go for now.
Mabel: What's going on?
*Hang-up noise*
Mabel: ... Never mind. *Presses "End"* I'll probably hear about it sometime later. *Gets up and heads to Dipper's room* Hey, bro! Guess what? *Arrives* Hilda called, and she's- *Notices something* Uh...
Dipper: *Turns to her* ... Oh. Hey, sis.
In her brother's room, Mabel could see a corkboard filled with all kinds of papers, pictures, and connection strings; all related to one thing.
Mabel: ... Is that...?
Dipper: ... Yeah. It's him. It's Bill Cipher.
Mabel: *Notices the amulet that Richard found* ... So, this is why you've been acting up. Do you really think...?
Dipper: ... I don't want to believe it... but somehow, I do believe that he's still alive. The real mystery is how.
Mabel: ...
Dipper: I'm sorry, Mabel. I should've told you, but... like I said, I don't think it's something you'd want to get involved in. For some reason, I feel like I need to handle it alone.
Mabel: ... *Approaches him* ... Not on your life.
Dipper: *?*
Mabel: ... Bill was taken down before. We can do it again.
Dipper: But Grunkle Stan was the one who took him down, not us.
Mabel: After all we went through as one big family... *Pats his shoulder* ...I don't see how the two of us can't.
Dipper: ... You really think the two of us can stop him?
Mabel: *Nods*
Dipper: ... *Sigh* ... Okay. Just to be safe, we'll need to tell the rest of the Adventure Club.
Mabel: Including...?
Dipper: Mm-hmm. We need to tell Hilda.
Notes:
Next Part: https://archiveofourown.org/works/53191948/chapters/137530426
Chapter 28: Gossip
Summary:
Although Mabel has provided some comfort for him, Dipper is still somewhat affected by his nightmare of Bill Cipher. Because of this, he ends up being the target of cruel gossip in his school, most notably by a particular trio that he has been at odds with since he came back from Gravity Falls long ago.
Notes:
Loosely inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZRvDbhKsfCM
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Piedmont High School~
Dipper: *Walking through the hallway*
Mabel comforting Dipper on the day he showed her what he had been up to should've helped him.
But in the end, the nightmares were still too much for him. It seemed that Bill Cipher was still as powerful as he was back in Gravity Falls.
On a bright note, there was something that did take his mind off of Bill, which helped him a little.
*Students murmuring*
The only downside is that it was the subject of gossip.
Ever since he had his nightmares, his demeanor has become the subject of gossip among his schoolmates.
Student: What's up with Mister Gloom over there?
Student 2: Isn't he from that oddball family that lives in that oddball town up north?
Student 3: I bet he got affected by the same thing that makes those townsfolk act stupid.
Student 4: I heard that his uncle tried to end the world with some strange device.
Familiar Voice: Look at that shrimp. He's probably having nightmares of that nonexistent "monster" that he's been babbling about.
Dipper: *Shudder* Her again.
Of the many students in his school, a trio of girls stood out to him.
They were often called "TIP"; the word itself being an acronym for their first names; Tasha, the prissy team leader; Ivy, the unusually soft-spoken member; and Petunia; the equally quiet muscle.
Dipper and Mabel have been at odds with them since they returned from Gravity Falls long ago. In every encounter, the twins were always ready to combat them.
This time, Tasha saw Dipper's current state as an opportunity to dish out some heavy damage.
Dipper: *Opens his locker* ... *Glances at the old "See You Next Summer" paper* ... I'm not sure if I'll come this Summer.
Mabel: *Approaches him* Hey, bro.
Dipper: *?* *Turns to Mabel* Oh, hey, Mabel.
Mabel: How are you holding up?
Dipper: ... I'm doing fine... more or less.
Mabel: *Notices the drawing* You think we'll make it to Gravity Falls this Summer?
Dipper: I'm not sure. I mean, apart from bringing our uncles and Wendy, we had to miss the last 2 Summer Breaks because of our time in the Hulderlands. I do miss Gravity Falls, but...
Mabel: You miss the Hulderlands as well?
Dipper: ... *Nods*
Mabel: ... Tell you what: We'll head to Gravity Falls first this Summer, and maybe even show the Adventure Club around. Then, when all of that is said and done, we'll head back to the Hulderlands. Maybe, we'll be official dual citizens by the time we get there.
Dipper: ... I hope so. Uncle Ford did promise us. *Closes his locker*
Mabel: Don't you worry, Dipper. We're in this together, whether we're separated or gathered.
Dipper: I'll keep that in mind.
Familiar Voice: Hey, Dizzy Head!
Dipper & Mabel: *!*
Mabel: ... Not her again.
*The twins turn to see a familiar sight*
Dipper: ... TIP.
Tasha: Correct-O-Mundo, gigante weirdo. I was beginning to worry that you forgot about me.
Dipper: *To himself* If only I had that Memory Gun.
Tasha: I've heard about your recent nightmares; always babbling about some "living, one-eyed pyramid" coming back from the dead; your "Grunkle" regaining the memories he sacrificed in order to destroy him; the pyramid freak plaguing your mind for whoever knows how long; blah-blah-blah. Haven't you noticed that your whining's making you look stupid by now?
Dipper: ...
Mabel: ...
Tasha: I don't know what you went through in Oregon a while back, but clearly, your parents' idea of giving you some "fresh air" pretty much backfired, what with all of those escapades you went through with gnomes, and ghosts, and other stuff that doesn't exist. In fact, didn't you mention that you guys went through an "armageddon" phase on your last days there? If it really was an armageddon over there, then why hasn't it happened everywhere else in the world?
Dipper: *Sighs in frustration*
Tasha: It's obvious from the start that what you went through was all in your head, no two ways about it. Not to mention, your 3 journals were probably just something your Grunkle made to throw people off-track.
Dipper: Ugh...
Tasha: But for once, I'll be fair, if what you went through was no hallucination, then there was simply no way you could've made it out alive.
Dipper: And you think you would've made it out alive?
Tasha: Perhaps. The three of us have been on camping trips ourselves with Ivy's old man. It was super boring, but to be fair with her dad, he did teach us how to survive. Meanwhile, you two wouldn't be able to make it out alive since all your Grunkle and his own brother ever do is argue with one another. If you were out in the wilderness, you'd be dead, killed by the very first wild creature that you would come across, whether they're existent or totally ridiculous. Not to mention, that pyramid freak would've gotten you by now. In short, you're practically The Boy Who Cried Wolf. *Laughs evilly*
Dipper: ...
Mabel: *Approaches her* That's not true.
Tasha: *?* Oh?
Mabel: Our uncles do care about us, even if they constantly argue with each other. And back in Gravity Falls, they did teach us a thing or two about how to handle those creatures.
Tasha: Aren't those uncles of yours twins though? The thing about twins is that they always argue with each other no matter flipping what.
Mabel: Now, you're just stereotyping! Siblings argue, but not all the time, and they stick together no matter what. My Grunkle Stan and Granduncle Ford are always at odds with one another, but they care for each other. Dipper and I got into fights during our time in Gravity Falls, but we stayed together no matter what. So, who are you to judge how families function?
Tasha: Excuse me?
Ivy: ... T-Tasha, I think we should just leave them be.
Tasha: I don't care about your suggestions, Ivy. I won't tolerate how Little Miss Happy-Go-Lucky here is hypocritically judging me.
Mabel: You call this "hypocrisy"? Maybe from your own point of view.
Dipper: *Walks away*
Petunia: *Notices* Where's he going?
Tasha: *She and the other three notice as well* Hey! I'm not done with you yet!
Ivy: *Grabs her arm and pulls her away* Actually, we are.
Tasha: Ivy! *Struggles* Let me go, Ivy! I'm not finished with that Dizzy Head!
Petunia: Ugh... *Leaves with them*
Mabel: ... *Follows Dipper*
Dipper: *To himself* I wasn't hallucinating. I know what I saw. I know what I went through. And I know there are some things in this world that are just too different from the world we usually live in.
Mabel: *Catches up* Are you okay?
Dipper: ... *Nods*
Mabel: Don't listen to what Tasha had to say. She was just playing her usual mind games.
Dipper: ... I know. But she does have a point about Bill. He would get me with ease.
Mabel: But he has yet to get you by now. I know you think Bill is alive, but even so, if he did have intentions to get at you, he would've done it by now. And if he does try to get at you, we'll be ready to combat like before, and we won't let his overpowered magic get the better of us.
Dipper: ... *Smiles a little*
Student 5: Holy smokes.
Dipper: *?* What is it?
Student 5: Check out the news.
*The twins turn to see a news report of something happening in the British Isles*
~Outside~
Unbeknownst to anyone, two hooded figures are watching from afar... and have heard what Mabel said.
???: That blasted girl doesn't know what coming out of her mouth.
??? 2: She's not wrong though. You know the old saying. "Fooled me once, shame on you; fool me twice, shame on me". They're not going to fall victim to that over-the-top nonsense from before.
???: ... Perhaps, you're right. They won't fall for the old tricks. But if there's one thing I learned ever since I returned, it's that sometimes... *Removes his hood revealing...*
Bill: You have to think outside the box.
Notes:
It's just as Dipper feared. Bill Cipher is alive.
Chapter 29: The Return To Gravity Falls
Summary:
The twins finally return to Gravity Falls, where they meet up with old friends. One in particular becomes concerned about Dipper's behavior.
Notes:
Partially inspired by 'A Return To The Falls' by J_COTW.
Chapter Text
~Road~
The day had finally come. Dipper and Mabel were heading back to Gravity Falls after 3 years. They can't wait to see their friends again. And as a bonus, the Adventure Club was tagging along, wanting to see what Gravity Falls is like.
But something was distracting Dipper. Because of this, he didn't mingle with the others on the way to Gravity Falls. All he did was gaze out the window. This only prompted worry from Mabel.
~Bus Stop, Gravity Falls~
Mabel: Well, here we are, Adventure Club. Welcome to Gravity Falls.
Richard: It's... surprisingly peaceful.
Dipper: At first glance, it seems that way, but just wait until we show around.
Mabel: We'll start at the Mystery Shack. Follow me. *Leads the group, minus Dipper*
Dipper: *Looks around* ... Hm. Doesn't look like much has changed when we were away. I wonder if the Hulderlands will be the same when we come back. *Follows the team*
~Mystery Shack~
Hughie: Uh... What happened to the 'S'?
Mabel: Weak nails. But we kept it that way. It's quite fitting.
Dipper: *To himself* Originally, I accidentally cut it off during a swordfight.
Mabel: *Knocks on the door*
Familiar Voice: It's unlocked.
Mabel: *Opens the door* Hey, Soos!
Soos: Hey! You came back!
*The two hug each other*
Wendy: And you've brought the Adventure Club.
Daniel: Hello to you too, Wendy.
Dipper: *Quietly enters*
Girl: *Hugs Mabel* Mabel!
Mabel: *Hugs back* Hey, Candy. *Breaks the hug* I guess you came here alone?
Candy: Grenda's out on a date with Marius, but after we heard about you coming back, she told me to give you this. *Pulls out a heart-shaped hairclip*
Mabel: Ooh! *Puts it on* How do I look?
Jemma: I think it's fitting.
Dipper: *Smiles a little*
Familiar Voice 2: Welcome back.
Mabel: *Turns to see...* Oh, hey, Pacifica!
Dipper: *?!* Pacifica?
Pacifica: I heard you were coming back to Gravity Falls. Nice to see you again.
Mabel: *Hugs her* Same to you.
Pacifica: *Notices Dipper* Is that you, Dipper?
Dipper: ... *Waves*
Pacifica: Is he okay?
Mabel: *Breaks the hug* He's fine. He's just being distant at the moment.
Pacifica: About what?
Mabel: It's about these nightmares that he's been having for a while.
Candy: Nightmares? What are they about?
Dipper: ...
Tommy: ... He doesn't like to talk about it.
Deacon: Considering the subject, we can't exactly blame him.
Soos, Candy, and Pacifica easily understood upon hearing that.
Mabel: Well, right now, we're here to have a look around Gravity Falls. So far, nothing too bad has happened, which means that we have ample time-
*Door closes*
*They all turn to see...*
Richard: I guess he went outside.
Pacifica: ... You guys go on ahead. *Leaves* Maybe, I can talk to him.
Mabel: You do that. Come on, guys. Let me show you around the place.
*The kids follow Mabel around the Mystery Shack*
~Outside~
Pacifica: *Approaches Dipper*
Dipper: ... So, uh... How are you holding up?
Pacifica: ... Fine. After you left 3 years ago, my parents finally found a new home for us. It's smaller than the Northwest Manor, but my father only cared if it was among other houses of the town's elite.
Dipper: Heh. In other words, you're still living a life of luxury.
Pacifica: More or less. What about you? What have you done in the past 3 years?
Dipper: ... During the Winter of that year, I visited this place called the Hulderlands. Simply put, it's no different from Gravity Falls, what with the wilderness surrounding this town called Trolberg, and the strange creatures that roam around. And I... met someone.
Pacifica: *?* Is it a girl?
Dipper: *!* N-Not what you think!
Pacifica: Relax. I'm not jumping to conclusions.
Dipper: ... Regardless, our relationship is... platonic to say the least. And needless to say, she and her own friends are rather nice. In fact, those five kids we brought? They're from the same town. That's how the Adventure Club came to be.
Pacifica: This girl. What's her name?
Dipper: Hilda. Hilda Löfgren. I really think you guys should meet her.
Pacifica: Perhaps. But I do like to know one thing before I do so.
Dipper: What is it?
Pacifica: This nightmare problem that you're having? You need to open up more about it. You can't just solve everything by yourself.
Dipper: I know. Mabel told me that already.
Pacifica: Well, we'll keep reminding you until your confidence is back up. So, the next time we see your friend, you need to alert her as well.
Dipper: ... Okay.
Pacifica: But for now, you can start with me. What were your nightmares about?
Dipper: ... Well, this might sound crazy... but I think... Bill Cipher's alive.
Pacifica: *?* Bill Cipher's alive?
Dipper: I don't know how exactly. But my working theory is that it has to do with Grunkle Stan regaining his memories.
*Bill and his hooded accomplice watch from afar*
Pacifica: Maybe, Bill connected his... life force or whatever to Stan's memories?
Dipper: Maybe. But either way, the last I want is for him to get at us again. My uncles stopped him before. We can do it again.
Pacifica: That's the spirit.
Chapter 30: Reunions Imminent
Summary:
Unaware of Hilda traveling to Tofoten to rescue her missing father, Trevor's friends attempt to apologize to Hilda for how they treated Trevor, only for Trevor himself, who is also unaware, to approach them and tell them why Hilda is unavailable at the moment.
Meanwhile, the Adventure Club receives a call from Michael about something that he and Ford discovered about his fragment.
Notes:
Based on 'A Shoulder To Cry On' by Aurik_Kal_Durin.
Read these first:
https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/135025549
https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/135121417
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
{Towards the end of 'Strange Frequencies'}
Martha, Fargo, and Alban headed over to the Löfgren Apartment to apologize for how they treated Trevor in the past, something they haven't done since apologizing to Trevor himself.
~Löfgren Apartment~
However, they were in for a surprise upon arriving.
Martha: *Takes a deep breath* Okay. We just need to go in there, find Hilda, apologize to her for ditching Trevor, and merge our two groups into one.
Fargo: Shouldn't we bring Trevor along to do this? I mean, what we're planning kind of revolves around him.
Martha: True, but I don't think we should bother him right now. He's probably busy with whatever he's doing.
Alban: What is he doing by the way? He's been keeping to himself ever since... Well, you know.*
Martha: He's probably still drawing in that sketchbook that Hilda got for him.** The last thing I want is to disturb him while he's drawing. *Thinks for a moment* Then again, I am curious about what's drawing as of late.
Fargo: *Spots a familiar face* You could ask him yourself.
*Martha and Alban turn to see Trevor approaching them*
Trevor: Hey, guys.
Martha: ... Hey, Trevor.
Trevor: Why are you out here right now?
Alban: We're heading to Hilda's apartment. We're, uh... apologizing.
Trevor: For what?
Martha: For how we treated you back then. We already apologized to you. Now, we just need to confront Hilda.
Trevor: Oh, there's no need to worry about apologizing to Hilda for what happened back then. Your apology to me was enough in my opinion. If anything, I should give her the heads-up.
Martha: ... Still, it wouldn't hurt for us to talk to her about it.
Trevor: That's fine with me. *Looks back at the apartment* However... she's unavailable at the moment.
Fargo: Why?
Trevor: ... *Looks around* Well, I might as well tell you what I know so far.
*Flashback*
{During the events of 'Strange Frequencies'}
Hilda and Alfur had spent days locked up in their room, trying to crack a secret radio code that she had been receiving; all signs pointed to Hilda's missing father, Anders, being the source of the signal, and that it was somehow coming from Nowhere Space. She papered all of Trolberg with flyers of her dad and showed them to every nisse they invited to the meeting, and no one had seen him. Worse still, upon recovering Hilda's radio, they learned it was actually Victoria Van Gale of all people sending the coded messages, not Anders. Afterward, Frida and David left the apartment; Frida didn't want to be late for supper, while David sheepishly stated to Hilda "It's pizza night". As for Hilda herself, she just felt dejected that she had been wasting her time trying to find her father, though a determined Alfur believed that there may be more than what they had learned.
~Outside~
Right outside the apartment, Frida and David were about to part ways, when a familiar face came into their view.
It was Trevor.
Frida: Hey.
Trevor: Hey.
David: Why are you out here? It's getting late.
Trevor: I'm just out for a stroll. In fact, I was planning on telling Hilda something.
Frida: About that. It's probably not the best time to talk to her.
Trevor: Why?
Frida: She's feeling... dejected right now. She and Alfur had been trying to decode a radio message of sorts, thinking it was from her father, but it turned out to be someone else instead. We wanted to stay behind and comfort her, but...
Trevor: ... *Sigh* Really?
David: Well, we thought our presence would worsen the mood.
Trevor: You don't know that.
David: ...
Frida: ...
Trevor: ... If you won't comfort her, then I'll do it. *Heads into the building* Someone has to be there for her.
David: Uh...
Frida: ... I think we should let Trevor handle it. We probably don't deserve to go back in there after what we just did.
David: ... I guess you're right.
~Löfgren Apartment~
When Trevor entered, he found Johanna eating dinner alone with Tontu. There was no sign of Alfur or Hilda, and Trevor wondered if they were still working on that radio, despite learning the true origin of the mysterious codes.
Johanna: What are you doing here, Trevor?
Trevor: I was in the area. Where's Hilda and Alfur?
Johanna: Alfur's gone. He said he had work to take care of. Something to do with that radio. But Hilda's still in her room. She said she was going to bed early.
Trevor: Is she alright?
Johanna: I don't know. She said she wanted to be left alone.
Trevor: Is it okay if I check on her?
Johanna: *Nods* Please do. She's not like her usual self.
Trevor: ... Okay. *Heads to Hilda's room* ... Hilda?
*Muffled sobbing*
Trevor: ... *Opens the door slowly* Are you... okay?
When he opened the door, the scene that greeted him was as bad as he imagined. Hilda was curled up in bed in her pajamas, facing away from the door, tangled up in her blankets, and sobbing into her pillow.
Trevor: ... *Closes the door and approaches her* ... *Taps her shoulder* ... Hilda?
Hilda: ... *Turns to him* ... Trevor? What are you doing here?
Trevor: I was in the area. I was going to tell you something, but Frida and David told me about what you were up to. So, I checked to see if you were doing okay.
Hilda: *Sniff* ... I'm fine.
Trevor: ... *Removes his shoes and sits down on her bed* ... Do you want to talk?
Hilda: ... Not really...
Trevor: ... It might help you feel better.
Hilda: ... *Takes a deep breath* ... *Rests her head on his shoulder*
Trevor: *Blushes a little*
Hilda: I just don't understand why he would leave again. He said he planned to stay, that he would take me camping. But then, he just ran away without even saying goodbye. It doesn't make any sense.
Trevor: ... Not to sound offensive, but... did your father have any enemies?
Hilda: ... I don't know. I don't even want to know.
Trevor: If he did, then maybe, he doesn't want to put you in any more danger.
Hilda: ... Maybe. But it's still a guess.
Trevor: ... I'm sure he'll pop up again. There's no way he would ditch you... unlike... how my dad left me behind.
Hilda didn't respond. A few more tears slipped down her cheeks the moment he brought up his own dad, and so, Trevor hugged her tight to his chest. Hilda put her arms around him and cried silently into his shirt. He did what he could to try and console her, cradling the back of her head as she cried on his shoulder. Trevor leaned back against the pillows and let her get all of her tears out, not wanting to leave her until she stopped.
Trevor had never seen Hilda like this before. She'd always been so strong, so confident, so unwavering in her optimism. To see her break down like this shook Trevor to his core, and he hated to think that her current state revolved around a problem that he could relate to.
Eventually, Hilda fell asleep in his arms. Unable to move her, Trevor allowed himself to relax and eventually dozed off as well.
In time, Johanna came in to check on them, finding Hilda and Trevor fast asleep in Hilda's bed. She saw the tear streaks on her daughter's face and realized that Hilda had cried herself to sleep in Trevor's arms.
Not wanting to disturb them, Johanna carefully picked up Hilda's discarded blanket and draped it over the two teens. She kissed Hilda goodnight, and placed a grateful hand on Trevor's head, making a mental note to thank him in the morning for coming over. In time, she would. But for now, she let him be, stepping outside to leave Hilda and Trevor in peace.
Johanna: Hilda's really lucky to have a friend like you. *Closes the door*
Unbeknownst to her, Trevor was slightly awake when she said that, making a small smile.
*Flashback ends*
Martha: ... That was surprisingly nice of you.
Trevor: Early the next morning, I was the first to wake up. I didn't want to disturb anyone. So, I just left. What happened after that is anyone's guess.
Fargo: Was it really necessary to bring up your dad?
Trevor: ... I guess it wasn't. But I didn't want her to believe that the two of us are... stark reflections of one another.
Alban: *Smugly* Really?
Trevor: Really, Alban. I-
*Car starts*
Before Trevor could finish, the four kids heard a car starting up. Without warning, Johanna's car came into their view and zoomed by.
Trevor: What the...?
Martha: Where is Hilda's mum going?
Trevor: Beats me.
Martha: *Spots another familiar face approaching them* *!* At least, I know where the three of us are going. *Hastily pulls Fargo and Alban away*
Trevor: ... *Turns to see...* Mister Pines?
Ford: I've been looking all over for you, Trevor. Are Hilda, Frida, and David available?
Trevor: N-No. They're kind of busy.
Ford: Bummer. I was going to show them something that Michael and I discovered. Since you're here, I'll start with you. Come on. *Leads the way*
Trevor: I-I don't know, Mister Pines. A-About Hilda, she-
Ford: Not now, bud. I'm about to show you something urgent!
Trevor: ... It's probably not as urgent as what Hilda is going through.
~Gravity Falls~
Meanwhile, the Adventure Club is having a surprisingly peaceful time in Gravity Falls.
And Dipper is doing his best to ease his nerves about his nightmares of Bill by having a stroll around the town.
Dipper: ... *Ponders for a moment* Let's see. I've met up with McGucket, Sheriff Blubs, Deputy Durland, Lazy Susan, the gnomes, Gideon, Tyler, Grenda, and Marius. I wonder how Wendy's friends are holding up.
*Phone ringing*
Dipper: *Turns to a nearby phone booth* ... *Looks around* I guess it's for me. *Enters* Oh, boy. *Carefully answers* Hello?
*Static*
Dipper: ... Hello. Anyone there?
*Static*
Dipper: Wh-Who is this? Why are you calling?
*Static fades*
Distorted Voice (Over the phone): ... This is my only warning. You better stay away from the Hulderlands. Or not only will I haunt you, but the rest of whatever friends you have.
*Hang-up noise*
*Dial tone*
Dipper: ... *Hangs up* ... Bill?
{Later}
~Mystery Shack~
Dipper: *Enters*
Mabel: Oh, you're back.
Dipper: Hey.
Richard: Are you alright?
Dipper: I'm fine. Just... I thought I saw him.
Mabel: *?* You mean...?
Dipper: ... *Nods* I think it was-
*Phone ringing*
Dipper: ... *Answers* Hello?
Familiar Voice (Over the phone): Hey, Dipper!
Dipper: *!* Michael?
Everyone: *!*
Michael (Over the phone): Yep. The one and only. Listen, I got some great news for the whole Adventure Club. We need everyone to gather up at Trolberg because your uncle and I made a breakthrough with my turtle shell fragment.
Dipper: You mean, you've translated it?
Michael (Over the phone): Yep. You're gonna love it. This might just be the club's biggest adventure yet. I hope to see you soon.
Dipper: Okay. Just tell Hilda that-
*Hang-up noise*
Dipper: *Annoyed* ... Never mind.
Hughie: What did he say?
Dipper: He said that he and Uncle Ford made a breakthrough with that turtle shell fragment.
Jemma: The one that my dad left for him?
Dipper: And he wants the whole club to gather around.
Tommy: Including us?
Dipper: Well, obviously.
Deacon: ... Well, we've been meaning to get back to Trolberg anyway.
Stan: Maybe, Ford has finished up with that dual citizenship thing by now.
Mabel: Heh. I hope so.
Daniel: Alright. Let's get our stuff first, and then, we'll catch a boat to Trolberg.
Wendy: I'll bring some extras just in case.
Pacifica: *Enters*
Dipper: Oh, hey.
Pacifica: Hey, guys. What are you up to?
Dipper: ... This might sound crazy... but would you like to come with us?
Pacifica: ... W-Why? Where are we going?
Dipper: ... *Smiles a little* It's time I show the Hulderlands.
Notes:
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350/chapters/135121417
** - https://archiveofourown.org/works/53191948/chapters/138058153
Chapter 31: The Great Merge (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Separate Ways Arc Finale
After some preparation, the Adventure Club finally returns to Trolberg, where they reunite with Hilda and learn about Trevor's friends joining up.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Seaport, Trolberg~
*A particular team steps foot onto Trolberg*
Dipper: Well, here we are. Trolberg. The most popular city in the Hulderlands. This is where it all started. What do you think?
Pacifica: It's... lovely in a way. But isn't this just a fraction of the Hulderlands?
Dipper: It is, but you'll get to see the rest soon enough.
Mabel: Come on! We can't just stand around gazing at the Trolberg! We have to find Hilda and Uncle Ford!
Dipper: Right. I know just the place where we could find Hilda.
~Park~
Meanwhile, Hilda and Trevor had brought Frida, David, Twig, Alfur, Raven, Tontu, Martha, Fargo, Alban, and Louise to the park.
Louise: *Petting Twig* Aren't you a sweet little thing? *Giggle*
Twig: *Bark*
*Snap*
Martha: *Growl* I'm only halfway finished with these forms, but I'm gonna run out of lead pretty soon.
Alfur: I know. It's not easy. Of course, how else are you going to see?
Fargo: It's pretty easy for one to mistake you for a raven.
Raven: I get that a lot. But what makes me stand out is that I'm able to become gigantic if I so choose.
Alban: So, what happens when you go into... Nowhere Space when you're outside a building?
Tontu: If I did that, I'd get taken to the Void Ocean. It's a zone in Nowhere Space we hardly ever visit.
Trevor: *Observing them* Hm. *Turns to Hilda* Needless to say, this is working out pretty well.
Hilda: *Nods* About time we finally buried the hatchet. Though, we did have the chance to do that back on Sodor.
Frida: Well, we didn't have any way of knowing about their sudden change of heart. At the time, we were already getting used to Trevor's.
David: ... So... Shall we...?
Hilda: Yeah, we better get on with it. *Turns to the others* Gather around!
*They all do so*
Hilda: Alright. As of today, despite all we've gone through in our lives, despite our conflicts with one another, and despite even our darkest days, our two groups are now merged into one. So, how about we officially bury the hatchet? *Makes a fist* We'll collide our fists together on my cue. Got it?
*Everyone nods and makes a fist*
Hilda: Okay. *She and the others take a deep breath*
Familiar Voice: You're gonna leave us out?
Everyone: *!* *They all turn to see...* Dipper?!
Dipper: ... S-Sorry if we're interrupting.
Hilda: Oh, it's fine. We're just merging our groups right now.
Mabel: Well, since we're here, mind if we join?
Hilda: Go ahead. We are one big group now after all.
*Dipper's team joins in and takes a deep breath*
Dipper: ... For the countless adventures to come.
*They all collide their fists*
And just like that, a new era began for the Adventure Club.
Notes:
I'm gonna take a break from this series to work on other fanfics on Wattpad. However, I'm also working on another story involving Hilda. No spoilers. You'll see what it is at some point.
For now, you have a look at the series timeline here: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Egs-MvMtdJ54FCntm8d59Lm43vjX5G9YTnFDni-C1nQ/edit
Chapter 32: The Biggest Adventure Yet
Summary:
Having reunited, the Adventure Club has its sights set on solving the mystery behind Michael’s turtle shell fragment. But first, they need a little practice trip to help their newest members get situated.
Notes:
Well, I'm back. And I've got some more stories for this series
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
After going through several separate ordeals, the reunited Adventure Club is ready to solve one of their biggest mysteries.
~Löfgren Apartment, Trolberg~
However, before they could go for it, they needed to help their newest members get situated with how the club does what they usually do.
Johanna: Has everyone packed what they want to bring?
Dipper: Yep.
Hilda: All set.
Mabel: Ready when everyone else is!
Pacifica: *Puts her bag on* … Ugh…
Mabel: Anxious?
Pacifica: Does it show?
Mabel: Don’t worry. It’ll be fine.
~Outside The Olden Residence~
Frida: *Knocks on the door*
David: *Opens it*
Frida: Ready to go?
David: *Put his bag on* I’ve got everything I need. You?
Frida: Same here.
Louise: Same here.
~Pines House~
Ford: *Grabs the fragment*
Michael: Do you have to bring my fragment?
Ford: Just need to remind the Adventure Club of what brought them back together.
Michael: Good point.
Richard: Come on! Come on! Before it gets dark!
Ford: We’re coming, Richard. Don’t worry.
~Trolberg Library~
Kaisa: Are you sure the library will be fine without me?
Daniel: Well, Tildy did say that you need to get out more.
Kaisa: I know that, but this isn’t how I pictured it. *Turns to the new worker* Especially considering that the library is going to be watched over by a newbie.
Daniel: Laurence knows what he’s doing.
~Train Station~
Stan: Have you got the tickets?
Wendy: Yep. All 24. *Gives one to Stan and one to…*
Anders: No doubt this will make my daughter proud. Normally, I’m always going off on my own. Now, I’m finally going to have an outing with others.
Wendy: You do know who else is coming with us, right?
Anders: I know. Johanna’s coming as well, but if anything, this could help the two of us finally cool off after what we’ve gone through in our lives.
Wendy: If it works, that is.
Stan: *Spots the others* If you’d like, you could ask them if it’ll work.
*Wendy and Anders turn to see the others coming*
Stan: Hey, squad.
Dipper: Hey, Grunkle Stan.
Anders: So, you must be Dipper and Mabel Pines. I’m Anders Löfgren.
Mabel: Hello, Anders.
Louise: So, how far are we traveling?
Frida: We’re just heading to a clearing near Tofoten. In case we have to, Miss Astrid’s house is nearby.
Hughie: *Reading*
Michael: Whatcha got there, bud?
Hughie: Just a book about where we’re going today. Is Tofoten really that enamored by fairies?
Hilda: Trust me. You don’t know the half of it.
Kaisa: If anything, you should probably have a book on the entire Hulderlands. Obviously, there’s more to this continent than just Trolberg.
Daniel: *Pulls out a list* Let’s see.
Who’s coming:
Dipper Pines
Hilda Löfgren
Mabel Pines
Frida Auclair
Richard Burke
David Olden
Pacifica Northwest
Trevor Stenburg
Hughie Lombardi
Jemma McNeal
Tommy Kendrick
Deacon Anderson
Louise Delgado
Martha McIntyre
Fargo Granger
Alban Struecker
Stanley Pines
Stanford Pines
Johanna Löfgren
Anders Löfgren
Wendy Corduroy
Daniel Burke
Kaisa McCabe
Michael Kingston
Daniel: Almost everyone’s here. We’re just missing…
*Four kids come into their view*
Hilda: There they are.
Trevor: *Panting* Sorry if we took too long. Had to go from house to house to pick up these guys.
Fargo: Everything we need is all packed up by the way.
Alban: Tent supplies, sleeping bags… *Pulls out a water canteen* …these.
Martha: *Adjusting her hat strap*
David: Where did you get that camping hat?
Martha: Oh, this? Trevor got it for me around when you first met Louise. Does it look weird?
Hilda: No, of course not. I think it's fitting.
Martha: Th-Thanks.
Ford: Come on! No time to lose!
*They all board the train*
{Later}
~Train~
Trevor: *Gazing outside*
Hilda: So, here we are. Your first outing.
Trevor: First proper outing. My time on Sodor doesn't really count since I only boarded your boat by accident. Not to mention… Well, you know.
Hilda: Good point.
Louise: Sodor? *Turns to Martha, Fargo, and Alban* Didn't you guys say you went to an island called Sodor?
Martha: Yes. But our time on Sodor doesn't count as our “first outing either”. We were only there on assignment from Miss Hallgrim to pick up Trevor. Completely different from a proper outing.
Deacon: … Tofoten… I wonder if it's as lovely as Hilda claims.
Tommy: It has to be.
Jemma: I hope so. She did mention fairies after all.
Hughie: Fairies… It’s always something.
Richard: I don't know about you, Dipper, but I hope this camping trip doesn't go… bonkers.
Dipper: Why's that?
Richard: I just thought I needed a break from all the… madness we all had to go through in the past and have a perfectly normal camping trip.
Pacifica: I second that.
Dipper: Well, you never know what might happen.
~Somewhere Near Tofoten~
*The team soon arrives at a good spot for a campsite*
Dipper: Okay. *Sets his bag down* We’ll set up here. *Unzips his bag* We have plenty of supplies to make our campsite as big as we want it to be. Of course, we have to be wise with our stuff in case of emergencies.
Hilda: So, Dipper, while we’re at it, I do like to know. How was your time back in your country?
Dipper: … Q-Quite fine… for the most part. I just… had some trouble.
Hilda: With what?
Dipper: …
Hilda: N-Never mind. I won’t pressure you.
Dipper: … It’s about a guy named Bill Cipher.
Hilda: *?* That psycho?
Trevor: Wait. Who’s Bill Cipher?
Dipper: Oh, right. I guess I didn’t tell you guys. Bill Cipher is this… being from another dimension, who my family and I fought against back in Gravity Falls.
Hughie: Come to think of it, you did mention something along those lines.
David: You haven’t really told us what he looks like though. I remember you mentioning a little about him, but never his appearance.
Richard: I just assumed that Bill Cipher was a human.
Dipper: Despite the humanlike name, he’s not really a human. He’s actually this… pyramid-shaped guy with black limbs, a single eye in the middle, and a top hat. Above all, he’s undoubtedly obnoxious, especially since he happens to know… “lots of things”.
Danny: *?* Lots of things?* Hmm.
{Later}
After some time, the camp is now finished.
Hilda: Okay. So far, so good.
Trevor: *Notices a nearby lake* Hm. *Walks to it*
Frida: Where are you going?
Trevor: There’s a… lake nearby. I’m gonna go stone-skipping.
David: … *Pulls Frida and Hilda along* Mind if we tag along?
Trevor: Go ahead.
Michael: Don’t wander too far.
All 4: We won’t.
Martha: ...
Dipper: … *Turns Mabel, Richard, and Pacifica* … *Motions for them to follow*
*All four follow Hilda’s group*
~Lake~
*A stone skips 3 times before sinking*
Trevor: *Tosses another*
Dipper: I know you said your trip to Sodor doesn’t count, but… what do you think was the best thing to come out of that?
Trevor *Tosses another* The best thing? *Ponders for a moment* I’d say had it not been for me stowing away on the passenger ship, I… never would’ve gotten over my fear of birds.
Mabel: *!* You got over your fear of birds?
Trevor: … Wanna tell them how I did it, David?
David: … *Shrug* Originally, I tried helping him, but it resulted in him getting his finger snipped by a bunting. Then, in a bizarre twist, this… guy named Eagle helped him out, and in the end, Trevor succeeded.
Richard: A guy named after a bird helped you?
Trevor: Mm-hmm. *Tosses another* Though, I don’t think it matters anymore. It’s all old news now. But what can I say? That trip to Sodor helped me get over my fear.
Pacifica: So, how come it doesn’t count?
Trevor: … *Tosses another* Uh…
Dipper: I-I won’t pressure you. You probably went through more than just the events of that one day.
Trevor: … *Grabs another stone* The other events on Sodor just make me… *Throws it into the lake*
*Plop!*
Trevor: *Sigh* … I’m getting ahead of myself.
Hilda: Heh. *Tosses a stone* I'm sure we all get that feeling.
Frida: It's like you said earlier. It's old news. *Tosses a stone* So, we should've moved on by now.
Trevor: Maybe…
~Campsite~
*They return to the campsite*
Trevor: …
Louise: Are you okay, Trevor?
Trevor: Hm? Y-Yeah, I'm fine. I'm just… suddenly worn out.
Martha: M-Maybe, you're hungry. *Looks around* W-What do we have here? *Spots an apple tree* Ooh! Apples! *Runs to it* “An apple a day keeps the doctor away”, right? *Jumps at a branch* A little help here?
David: … *Shrug* This better be worth it. *Lifts Martha up*
*The two struggle to stay balanced*
Wendy: Is it really necessary to grab one?
Martha: I have to give Trevor something. *Climbs onto the branch* Aha!
*The branch starts to creak*
Fargo: Uh-oh.
David: Oh, cruddlesticks! *He and the others back away*
*Snap!*
Martha: Whoa!
*Thud!*
*Apples bounce off*
Alban: A-Are you okay?
Martha: … I'll live.
*Thud!*
*They all turn to see…*
Martha: Where'd that come from?
Dipper: What is that?
Mabel: It looks like a fuzzball.
Frida: It's a woff egg. It's supposed to look like that.
Hilda: *Grabs it* Poor thing. *Looks around* I wonder where its mother is. Or even its nest for that matter.
Richard: It… could be an orphan.
Hilda: But why would its mother leave it alone?
Pacifica: Maybe, she didn't. She could've stayed with it until… Well, you know what I mean.
Hughie: But if that's the case…
Hilda: … I guess this means it's… staying with us.
Jemma: *Sparkly-eyed* A woff in the Adventure Club! Amazing! We have a woff now! Ha!
Michael: Oh, boy. We're going to have our hands full.
Kaisa: Ya think, Michael?
Tommy: *Observing the egg* Hmm.
David: What is it?
Tommy: Has anyone noticed its color?
Hilda: *Notices it* Oh, you’re right! It’s not even yellow. It’s… white.
Deacon: Aren’t the white woffs more… scarce than the yellow ones?
Hilda: Usually. I guess we got somewhat lucky. *Turns to Dipper… and passes the egg* Here. You can have it.
Dipper: Me? Why me?
Hilda: You’ve been away from the Hulderlands for so long. I thought it would be fair if I helped you get reacquainted.
Dipper: … *Turns to Trevor and his friends*
Trevor: Don’t look at us. We’re just getting used to… all of this. I think it’s fair enough too.
Dipper: … Okay. *Pats the egg* I’ll take care of it.
Notes:
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/53185909/chapters/135324856
Chapter 33: Humans Vs Monsters
Summary:
The Adventure Club’s practice trip almost goes sour when a group called the Creature Slayers threatens to blow up Trolberg.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
{A few days later}
To say Richard got what he wanted would be a debatable choice of words.
He did want a relaxing camping trip and a break from all the madness that he, his brother, and their friends had to go through. And for the past few days, he got exactly that.
However, trouble always finds a way to wherever they go.
But none of them ever expected something like this.
Trevor: *Sits under a nearby tree (not the same tree from the previous chapter)* Okay. *Pulls out his sketchbook and draws in it*
Some time ago, Hilda got a sketchbook for Trevor. It was way before Trevor was ready to go outside Trolberg. So, Hilda and Trevor thought of the book as a "starting point" of sorts. Now, he's just using it whenever he decides to.
Trevor: *Drawing* ...
Pacifica: *Appears* You know...
Trevor: *?* ... *Looks up*
Pacifica: ...I'm kind of a diarist myself.
Trevor: *Closes the book* I... *Tries to hide it* W-What...?
Pacifica: Isn't that your journal?
Trevor: What journal?
Pacifica: The one you're trying to hide from me.
Trevor: ... Oh. *Pulls it back out* This thing. *Opens it again* Well... it's not really a journal. It's a sketchbook.
Pacifica: A sketchbook? You mean, like what Hilda has?
Trevor: ... *Nods* She got it for me.
Pacifica: May I?
Trevor: *Passes it*
Pacifica: *Looks over the drawings* Hm. You're actually quite good at drawing.
Trevor: Th-Thanks. I... guess I got it from Hilda and David.
Pacifica: Why just scenery though? Does nothing else cross your mind?
Trevor: Plenty of ideas have crossed my mind. I was just waiting for a good time to finally draw something else.
Pacifica: *Looks at his most recent drawing* You mean, like now? It looks like you trying to draw one of your friends.
Trevor: *!* ... *Blushes a little*
Pacifica: *Closes it* Oh, relax. I won't tell anyone. But you have to show your drawings to your friends sooner or later, 'cause these-
*Burst!*
*The two scream*
A chunk of the tree had been blown off.
Trevor: What on Earth...?!
*The others appear*
Hilda: Are you two okay?
Pacifica: Yeah, we're fine.
Trevor: Well, she's fine. I was right next to the tree when it happened.
Dipper: What did happen?
Michael: *Exmaines the tree* Oh, gosh. Someone shot at this tree with a shotgun.
Wendy: Hunters?
Michael: Maybe, but hunting with a shotgun is pretty rare around the world.
*Distant gunshots*
*They all turn to the noise*
Johanna: That doesn't sound like a shotgun.
Ford: Must be an automatic weapon.
*They head over to see...*
Anders: Oh, my goodness.
Man: *Clutching his shoulder* Urgh! *Kneels*
Michael: *He and the others approach him* Are you okay?
Man: *Breathing* I'll live. Just a busted shoulder.
Kaisa: What happened?
Man: The guys chasing me. They... have a bomb.
All: A bomb?!
Man: They're gonna use it on... one of the city-states.
Daniel: Which one?
Man: I don't know. I have to tell someone, but... *Points to his wound* ...as you can see, they got me. I don't think I'll make it to the nearest... enforcer office.
Michael: Well, you're in luck. I work for the Hulderlands Sheriff's Department. I can-
Man 2: *In the distance* I think I saw Landry go this way!
All: *!*
Stan: That must be the bad guys.
Michael: *Pulls him up* Come on. We're heading back to the campsite.
*They all do so*
*Another man arrives, with 3 others tailing him*
Man 3: I don't know, Skull. I mean, hunting down one of our own? Isn't that a bit extreme?
Skull: Maybe, it is, but nothing's too extreme when it comes to our cause, Beauregard. Remember who we are. We're the Creature Slayers. And as a member, Landry knew the rules.
Man 4: And yet, he decided to turn his back on us.
Skull: Our cause is a lifelong commitment. No one leaves... alive.
Man 5: Well, we hit him. So, he couldn't have gotten far.
Skull: *Spots a blood stain* Blood. He must've stopped here.
Beauregard: But where is he now? There's no way he could get far after this point.
Skull: ... Unless he found some help. You guys go on ahead. I'm gonna head back. I need to make some last-minute preps at the base.
Men: Yes, sir. *They go on ahead*
Skull: *Heads back* We've come too far to let one mere defector force us to scrub the entire mission.
~Campsite~
*The team and Landry arrive*
Michael: *Sets him down and pulls out his radio* I better get help. *Tries to activate it* Oh, brilliant. *Tosses it away* Daniel, pass me the first aid kit.
Daniel: Alright. *Grabs it and passes it to Michael*
Dipper: ... *Notices a logo on Landry's jacket* Hey, Landry, right?
Landry: ... What is it?
Dipper: What's that logo on your jacket?
Landry: Oh, this? It's the emblem for the group I'm running away from. I'm a defector.
Hilda: What group are you running from?
Landry: They're simply called the Creature Slayers. As their name implies, they hunt down the Hulderlands' many creatures for a living.
Mabel: So, why are they insistent on taking you down? They don't sound like a big threat.
Landry: They're more than just a hunting group. They're from Ogrebrücke.
Frida: *?!* Ogrebrücke?!
Landry: And we all know how those people behave.
Richard: So, why were you with those guys in the first place?
Landry: I didn't want to. But I got evicted from my apartment one day, and I thought heading to one of the other city-states would help me. Ironically, I joined up with those psychos to get some money to pay for a new home and even a bus ticket. The rest is history after that.
Michael: *Carefully removes the bullet* Okay. That's one part down. *Grabs a bandage* So, you have no clue what they're planning next other than said plan involves a bomb? *Wraps the wound*
Landry: Yeah, a rather powerful bomb. I know it looked rather complicated like it took a mad scientist or some other genius to create it. Those guys are no geniuses. So, my guess is that they got it from someone smart. *!* Wait. Their map. If anything, they must've circled their target.
David: But that's at their base of operations. And we don't know where it is.
Landry: It's not from where we met up. Just keep going the way I came from until you see an abandoned military base.
Hilda: Let's check it out. *Runs off* Come on.
Johanna: Hilda!
Dipper: Hilda, wait! *He and the other kids after her*
Ford: Kids!
Michael: *Finishes wrapping* I'll go after them. You guys watch Landry. *Goes after the kids* Kaisa, Daniel, Wendy, with me!
*Kaisa, Daniel, and Wendy follow him*
~Wilderness~
Man 4: *Looks around* Come on. Where are you?
*Birds chirping*
Man 5: We know you're out here, Landry! You're wounded! So, there's no way you could-
*A thrown rock knocks one of their hats off*
Man 4: *Turns to where it came from* Hey! Who did that?!
*Silence*
Man 5: You can't hide forever!
*A tree branch falls on top of them, knocking them out*
Hilda: I don't plan on hiding.
*Gun clicks*
Hilda: *!* ... *Turns around*
Beauregard: *Aiming his gun at her* Now, who are you supposed to be?
Hilda: ... Uh... I'm a fairy?
Beuregard: *Scoff* A fairy? Then, where are your wings, Maleficent? *Shoots*
Hilda: *Dodges*
*Beauregard continues missing, until...*
Beauregard: *Spots another tree branch* Hm. *Shoots it down*
*The branch falls onto Hilda, pinning her to the ground*
Hilda: *Grunting*
Beauregard: *Approaches her* Like I said, wings would come in handy right about now. *Aims at her* But that doesn't matter anymore. You're inhumane head is mine.
Hilda: Uh-oh.
Beauregard: *Gets hit by an apple* Ow! *Turns around* Hey!
Dipper: Try picking on someone who can fight back.
Beuregard: ... Fine then. *Aims at him* I'll just pick on you! *Shoots*
Dipper: *Dodges*
Beauregard: Some human you turned out to be.
Dipper: What does that mean?
Beauregard: Aren't you friends with this... wingless fairy?
Dipper: She's actually part-fairy. She's only said "fairy" just to brag about it.
Hilda: *Annoyed pout*
Beauregard: Well, whatever the case, my point still stands.
*Someone snatches his gun*
Beauregard: *Turns around* Wha?!
Michael: Excuse me, sir. You shouldn't be aiming this hunk of metal at a kid.
Beauregard: Says the meathead who brought these two weirdos in the first place.
Michael: Well, they tend to do stuff like this... a lot.
Beauregard: *Pulls out some nunchucks* Well, we're onto you now!
Michael: Do you even know how those-
Beauregard: *Performs some moves to push Michael back*
Dipper: *Runs to Hilda and removes the branch* Hilda, please. *Picks her up* Don't run off like that.
Hilda: Sorry. I just wanted to find that base and stop those... I-I can't even say it out loud. I just know that Ogrebrücke is full of them.
Beuregard: *Poses* Hua~h! Does that answer your question? I learned those moves from an action movie.
Michael: ... *Pulls out his shotgun... and whacks him unconscious* That makes two of us.
Hughie: *He and the others pop out* Okay. Now, what?
Michael: Let's tie these guys up. Maybe, we can lure out more of them.
~Abandoned Base~
Meanwhile, said adversaries are preparing for something big.
Skull: Listen up, soldiers. Today, we are about to make history. We, the Creature Slayers, are going to show our adversaries up north, in the east, and even those Silbergrad chumps how the Hulderlands need to thrive. I'm sure you boys have seen the news from the other city-states. *Pulls out some newspapers* Not to mention, these stories. "Black Hound terrorizes local campsite", "Ghostly pirate ship flies on land", "Humans and trolls bury their lifelong hatchet", and what do they all have in common?
Man 6: Uh... creatures?
Skull: No! *Pauses* Actually... yes. But no! Yes, but no! What else is there?
Soldiers: *They all think for a moment* Um... *!* Trolberg!
Skull: Exactly! That confounded city has more creature problems when compared to the other three. And that city council is doing nothing about them! Well, as a native of the very first Hulderland, just like the rest of you, I've got just the solution. *Opens a nearby trailer, revealing...* See this here bomb? A shady fellow made this and gave it to me as a gift. This here sucker is gonna blow all of those creatures to kingdom come. *Grabs a nearby "voodoo" doll... that looks like Hilda* And maybe, just maybe, if we're lucky, we could wipe this little magnet off the face of the Earth.
~Campsite~
*The kids, Michael, Wendy, Daniel, and Kaisa return*
Michael: How's Landry holding up?
Anders: He decided to rest, but he's doing fine.
Johanna: We have to get him to a doctor.
Louise: We're near Tofoten, aren't we? We could take him there.
Ford: Good idea. We could also use a phone to alert the Sheriff's Department.
Stan: *Grabs Michael's radio* Well, let's not stand around. *Fireman Carries Landry*
Hilda: Hold on. What about that bomb? We can't just leave that alone.
Dipper: Hilda's right. We have to thwart whatever they're planning before they use it.
Anders: Then, we'll have to split up. The four of us will take Landry to Tofoten. The rest of you go after the Creature Slayers.
Johanna: And stick together this time. No jumping the gun, Hilda.
Hilda: I know, Mum.
*The four adults leave*
Dipper: Okay. We're ending our camping trip right now. Let's pack up.
*They all do so*
Hilda: Sorry this didn't pan out the way you pictured it, Trevor.
Trevor: It's fine. After all, I think it's safe to say that my friends and I are ready to face the outside world.
Hilda: *Smiles*
Martha: ...
{Later}
~Astrid's House~
Astrid: *Finishes knitting a scarf* There we go. Hilda would love this. *Ponders* Maybe, I should make something for that boy she was telling me about. Trevor, was it?
*Knocking*
Astrid: *Groans* I swear. If it's him again... *Approaches the front door and opens it, revealing...* Oh. Jonas. I thought you were the Pooka again.
Jonas: I haven't seen that rascal either. Anyway, I need to borrow your phone. Mine's broken and I heard some gunshots in the distance earlier.
Astrid: They're probably just hunters.
Jonas: No way. I also heard a human screaming.
Astrid: *!* Someone got shot?
Jonas: I think it's bandits.
???: Worse.
*They both turn to see...*
Astrid: Johanna? Anders?
Jonas: Do you guys know what happened over in the distance?
Johanna: We do. *Shows Landry* In fact, we have a victim with us right now.
Astrid: Poor devil. Is he...?
Anders: He's fine. He's just resting. But he's got a wounded shoulder. We need to get him to a doctor.
Jonas: Well, you're out of luck. The village's only doctor is elsewhere right now.
Astrid: Bring him inside. We'll wait until the doctor comes back.
~Wilderness~
*Daniel & Wendy drag the unconscious Slayers along*
Beauregard: *Slowly wakes up* ... What...? *Notices his situation* Oh. *Turns to Michael* ... Hey.
Michael: What do you want?
Beauregard: I just realized something: You look familiar. Have we met before?
Michael: I don't think so.
Beauregard: Odd. Your face looks awfully familiar.
Michael: ...
Jemma: Landry said to go this way until a military base comes into view, but I haven't seen one yet.
Martha: It shouldn't be that far. He said it wasn't far from where we met up with him.
Kaisa: Either way, these Slayers are playing with dangerous weaponry. And we don't know how much firepower they're packing right now.
Michael: I say they should bring it on.
*Two ATVs suddenly appear with four rowdy soldiers*
Dipper: Careful what you wish for.
Man 7: *Spots Hilda* Hey, it's the girl that Skull's been yammering about! Get her!
*One ATV goes after Hilda*
Hilda: GYAH! *Runs away* HELP!
*Twig jumps onto the ATV and knocks both soldiers off*
Man 8: Oy! Get off!
*The ATV slams into a tree*
Man 7: *Shoves Twig away* Mangy mongrel!
Hilda: *Kicks him in the face* Watch what you're doing! That's my deerfox!
Twig: *Growling*
Man 8: *Pulls out a stun gun* You should take your own advice, missy. You just knocked out another one of our boys.
Dipper: *Kicks the stun gun in the air*
Man 8: Uh-oh. *Takes cover*
*The stun gun lands on his head, zapping him unconscious*
Tommy: *Running from the other ATV* A little help here?!
Man 9: You're gonna face the consequences, ya filthy troll-lover!
*The ATV gets closer*
Fargo: Watch out! *Tackles Tommy to safety*
*The ATV misses*
Man 10: Blast!
Tommy: Thanks.
Fargo: Ah, don't mention it.
*The ATV turns around*
Man 9: *Pulls out a crossbow* Game over, freaks! *Shoots at Tommy and Fargo*
Deacon: *Catches the arrow* Gotcha!
Man 9: *Growl* No fair! No outside interference!
Deacon: Oh, shut up. *Throws it back... hitting the soldier in the stomach*
Tommy: *He and Fargo wince at the sight* Ooh.
Fargo: That smarts.
Man 10: *Aims the Gatling gun* Quit hitting us!
Alban: *Climbs onto the ATV* Quit shooting at us! *Knocks him off* Wanna give out your medicine? *Grabs a shovel from the ATV* Then, you better be willing to take it yourselves! *Jumps off and slams the shovel over the guy's head*
Tommy: *He and Fargo cringe at the sight* Ugh. It gets worse.
Michael: *Approaches them* Sheesh. This looks like something from one of Steve Anderson's movies.
Alban: Steve who?
Michael: Doesn't matter. *Turns to the ATV* ... Hmm.
~Astrid's House, Tofoten~
*Knocking*
Astrid: *Opens it* Oh, you're back.
Doctor: My receptionist alerted me. I got here as soon as I could. *Enters* So, where is he?
Landry: Over here.
Doctor: *Approaches him* You're in good hands now. How are you holding up?
Landry: I'm fine for the most part.
Tate (Over the phone): Creature Slayers. I haven't heard them in a while.
Ford: So, you know them?
Tate (Over the phone): Yep. They've been on my department's radar for some time. I take it that the guy you found mentioned that they're an Ogrebrücke organization, right?
Ford: He did. He only joined because he was poor, but he defected after discovering a bomb of sorts.
Tate (Over the phone): Right. They're known for conducting bombings but are good enough to slip away.
Ford: They won't slip away this time. We might've just found their base.
Tate (Over the phone): You have?
Ford: Michael's looking for it now. But he could use some backup.
Tate (Over the phone): Alright. I'll alert all HSD buildings.
~Abandoned Base~
Skull: The bomb's good to go, but where the heck is Beauregard?
*An ATV comes in*
Skull: Huh. Finally. *Notices something* Wait a second. *Pulls out his binoculars and looks through them* There's no one on that thing. And... what is it trailing? *!* Oh, no. That's a fuel trail.
Michael: *Peeps from behind a tree* ... *Chuckling mischievously* Suckers. *Pulls out the stun gun... and zaps the fuel trail alight* Here's a "bang" for your buck.
Skull: *Notices the trail lighting up* Aw, crud. Take cover! *He and the remaining soldiers do so*
*The ATV crashes into a stockpile of weaponry, with the blazing fuel trail reaching its end*
*BOOM!*
*The soldiers are now disoriented from the massive explosion, allowing the team to enter with ease*
~Main Hangar~
*The team enters and looks around*
Richard: *Notices a map of the Hulderlands, with a sticky note over Trolberg saying "Main Target"* Well, now, we know what they're targeting.
Michael: Okay. Just look around for anything that looks like a bomb. *Notices a device on the ground* Huh? *Grabs it* Is this a Geiger counter?
David: Uh... Michael?
Michael: *Turns to David* What? *Notices what David is looking at* Oh, no.
David: Does this fit the bill?
Michael: ... Yep. *!* Wait a second. *Glances the Geiger counter, before turning back to the bomb* Could that...?
*The team approaches it*
Daniel: Well, at least, we know what we're defusing.
Michael: Wait. That's not just any bomb. *Shows the Geiger counter* Look what I just found.
Dipper: *!* I-Is that a Geiger counter?!
Martha: A... what counter?
Mabel: It's a device that measures radiation.
Trevor: Radiation? *!* Hold on. Are you saying...?
Wendy: This is a nuke, isn't it?
Michael: A thermonuclear bomb. And from the look of things, it appears to be armed already.
Dipper: What are these guys doing with a nuclear bomb?
Hilda: And why are they targeting Trolberg?
Familiar Voice: Isn't it obvious?
All: *!* ... *They turn to see...*
Skull: *Holding a shotgun* We're gonna blow up your home, Hilda Löfgren. *Aims at them*
*The team raises their hands*
Michael: ... *Drops his shotgun*
Skull: Did you really think you and this bunch of freaks were going to stop me from blowing up your precious home of Trolberg? Well, guess again.
Dipper: Uh... S-Skull, right? Just for the record, some of us aren't even from Trolberg.
Mabel: Y-Yeah, we're... foreigners.
Skull: Ah, it's all the same if you're friends with someone from that cesspool.
Martha: *Annoyed* Cesspool?!
Trevor: Martha, please.
Skull: You heard me, runt. That city-state is nothing but a total mess. You know, you can tell if one's from Trolberg if they're buddies with those elves, and nisse, and witches, and ghosts, and... whatever Trolberg is housing. And if I recall correctly, you befriended a famous bird, Hilda.
Hilda: ... I... don't know what you're talking about.
Skull: Deny all you want. Word has since spread like wildfire. A wildfire that we, the Creature Slayers, need to put out. And nothing is going to stop me. *Aims at Michael's head* Nothing!
Michael: Then, you have a serious mentality problem. *Grabs the shotgun*
Skull: Hey! *Pulls out a switchblade* You better give that back!
Michael: *Knocks the switchblade away*
Skull: *Growl*
Michael: *Examines the shotgun* A Franchi PA3. *Ejects a shell* And it's the same shell that I pulled out of Landry's shoulder. Your doing?
Skull: So, what? He defected!
Michael: *Tosses the shotgun away* For a good reason. *Grabs his gun*
Kaisa: *Approaches Skull* Listen, you bully. Why don't you make a good little hatemonger and disarm your bomb?
Skull: *Reaches for something in his coat pocket* How about you make like a good little witch and-
Michael: *Aims at him* I dare you to finish that.
Skull: ... *Pulls out a spray of sorts* I was just going to tell you to take... *Aims at them* ...this! *Sprays at their eyes, blinding them*
Kaisa: *In pain* My eyes! I can't see!
Skull: *Runs to the truck*
David: Get him!
Skull: *Punches Daniel and shoves him into Wendy* Wait your turn, bud. *Gets swarmed by the kids, before shoving them off* Mind your manners, children! *Hops onto the trailer*
David: *Tries to punch Skull, only to get caught* ... That was dumb of me.
Skull: *Shoves him back into the trailer* Maybe, I'll just take you with me and force you to watch as I blow up your home! *Closes the trailer* Now, that'll be the stuff of legend. *Hops into the cab and starts it up*
Frida: David!
David: *Muffled* Help me!
*The truck circles around and leaves the base altogether*
Skull: *Laughs evilly* You and those freaks will perish, kid! EVERY LAST ONE OF THEM!
Michael: Boy, do we feel like suckers. I'm just glad Johanna isn't here to tear into us for losing the bad guy.
Pacifica: *She and the others get back up* Ugh! He got away with the bomb!
Louise: And with David!
Daniel: We'll never catch him now.
Michael: *Spots another truck* ... *Smirks* Never say "never", Daniel.
~Tofoten~
Ford: Where are those guys?
Stan: Who? The kids?
Ford: No, we already know where they are. I'm just looking for- *Spots an HSD patrol truck* About time!
*The car pulls up to them*
Eddie: Howdy, Ford! How's that guy you brought in?
Ford: He's doing fine. Listen, Michael, Kaisa, and the kids are over at the Slayers' base trying to look for that bomb of theirs. Did you bring enough help?
Eddie: Safety Patrol isn't far behind. We'll sort those guys out.
Stan: By the way... *Drops Michael's radio on the passenger seat* His radio's busted. That should explain why he hasn't called you.
Eddie: I see. Thanks for the info. *Drives away*
~Road~
Skull: *Chuckling evilly* I'm gonna make headlines all over Ogrebrücke. *Notices something on the mirror* Huh? *!* Them again?! Oh, I'll show 'em. Nobody messes with the Creature Slayers!
Michael: Okay! This is where you guys get off! You go in the trailer, meet up with David, and disarm that nuke! Skull's mine to handle!
Kaisa: Why do we have to defuse it?
Wendy: You're the expert in those things.
Michael: *Points to Dipper* So is he.
*Kaisa and Wendy turn to him*
Dipper: He's right. Remember that fallout shelter in Gravity Falls, Wendy?
Wendy: Oh, right!
Frida: You found a... what?
Dipper: Doesn't matter. What matters is that we're getting onto that truck!
*They all set themselves up to do so*
Eddie: *Looking around* Okay. Where is that base? What do I need to look out for?
*The trucks appear*
Eddie: Huh?
*Truck horn*
Eddie: Yipe! *Turns away*
*The trucks pass by*
Eddie: *Notices one of the drivers* ... Michael? *Realizes something* Wait. The bomb must be in that truck they're chasing. *Drives after them* It's not at the base anymore! The Slayer's plan is happening right now!
Michael: *Gets the truck closer to the trailer* Ready?
Hilda: Tell us when!
Michael: Okay! Jump!
*They all jump onto the trailer*
Dipper: *Opens the door* David?
David: About time you showed up!
Mabel: Why are you laying on the bomb?
Richard: You do remember what Michael told us about this thing, right?
David: That's why I'm laying on it! I'm worried about it getting jostled!
*The truck's rough movement throws David off*
Dipper: *Keeps it steady*
Hilda: Okay. Now, what?
Wendy: Now, we just need to defuse the bomb.
Dipper: And remove a particular component from it.
Fargo: Which is what exactly?
Dipper: There's a core full of the material that'll ensure a gigantic explosion. One big enough to... You know.
Wendy: But we have to do this in this dangerous big rig.
Daniel: Which is running at over 90 miles per hour!
Alban: And there's a crazed whacko at the wheel!
*Michael and Skull ram their trucks at each other multiple times, until...*
Michael: *Snaps his steering wheel off* Huh. Either I don't know my own strength or this thing is weak. *Climbs out and jumps onto the trailer*
*Michael's truck swerves off the road and onto its side*
Skull: *Laughs evilly* Enjoy the scenic route, cowboy!
Michael: *Jumps into the cab* Remember me, outlaw?! *He and Skull brawl with each other*
Skull: I thought you were still in the truck!
Michael: It's gonna take a lot more than that to stop this deputy sheriff!
Skull: You're not gonna stop me! Nobody's gonna stop me! Nobody's gonna stop the Creature Slayers!
David: *Listening to what's happening in the cab* Oh, great. Now, we have two crazed whackos at the wheel!
Trevor: Michael's in the cab, isn't he?
David: Yup.
Dipper: *Pulls the core out* Got it! That's one part down.
Daniel: *Pulls out his switchblade* Okay. Now, to completely disarm it. *Grabs all three wires* We just need to cut the correct wire, and-
*The truck jostles around, causing Daniel to cut one of them*
*Alarm*
Daniel: Oh, boy.
Hilda: That's bad, right?
Mabel: If it's an alarm, then yes!
Daniel: *Checks the bomb* Uh-oh. 1:00. We better bail!
David: Michael! If you can hear us, we have to bail out! Now!
Skull: *He and Michael hear the alarm* Oh, great. Your buddies set it off!
Michael: And whose fault was it for having it in the first place?!
Skull: Hey! I didn't make that bomb. I got it as a gift from someone else!
Michael: *Punches him unconscious* Oh, whatever. *Grabs him* As much as I want you become to a victim of your own success, I gotta keep you alive! *Jumps out*
*The others bail out as well*
Michael: Get down, everybody! *Takes cover*
*The others do so*
*The timer continues going down, until...*
Eddie: Come on, you hunk of junk. Go faster!
*BOOM!*
Eddie: *!* ... Michael!
*The smoke clears as everyone gets back up*
Mabel: ... What... happened?
Jemma: ... Are we dead?
Pacifica: No, silly. We're still breathing.
Hughie: WOOHOO!
Tommy: WE DID IT!
Deacon: We saved Trolberg!
*All three run around joyfully*
Richard: Shouldn't we be vaporized or something? I mean, that was a nuke.
Dipper: No, that was a regular explosion, not a nuclear one. *Shows the core* Like I said, this core is what ensures a gigantic explosion.
Michael: I guess my maniacal driving actually helped.
Kaisa: For the most part.
Eddie: *Pulls up to them* Holy smokes! Are you guys okay?
Daniel: We're fine, Eddie.
Michael: *Drops Skull onto the hood* Here's your main bad guy.
Wendy: *Drops the core onto the passenger seat* And a part of the evidence.
Eddie: "A part"? Where's the rest of it?
Hilda: Uh, gone. *Points to where the explosion occurred* We set it off on accident.
Eddie: ... *Glances at the core* And this was in there?
Frida: Mm-hmm. If we didn't pull it out, it would've destroyed us.
David: Or, in this whacko's case, Trolberg. He was gonna erase Trolberg off the face of the Earth.
Eddie: Well, from the look of things, we have you guys to thank for preventing that.
{Later}
~Tofoten Train Station~
Later that day, the team reunited with the adults, and they're now on their way back to Trolberg.
Eddie: *On the phone* Okay. Thanks. *Hangs up and turns to the others* Safety Patrol just finished sweeping that military base. They found countless pieces of evidence. All the more reason to take those psychos down. As for Landry, we might spare him of conviction, but we can't exactly have high hopes.
Johanna: Any bad news?
Eddie: Unfortunately, there are two parts to it. There are no soldiers at the base. So, they've slipped away once again. Apart from that, there appears to be no evidence to lead us back to whoever gave them that nuke in the first place.
Trevor: I guess the bomb maker took it with them.
Eddie: That's our working theory as well. But we'll get somewhere.
Dipper: Well then, shall we head back?
Hilda: Say no more.
And with that, they boarded the train for Trolberg.
Notes:
Guest Starring:
----------
Jeffery Dean Morgan as Skull
Matt Shipman as Landry
Michael Eklund as Beauregard
Chapter 34: Studying The Hulderlands
Summary:
In this generically-titled chapter, While recuperating from foiling the Creature Haters’ plot to blow up Trolberg, the Adventure Club decides to have a look at the Hulderlands’ history and geography, which takes Trevor back to his delinquent days.
Notes:
Inspired by https://archiveofourown.org/works/36037231.
Chapter Text
~Train~
On the way back from their excursion, and having thwarted an evil plot to destroy Trolberg, the Adventure Club wondered what they should talk about on the way back.
The adults were busy playing Dragon Panic, but the kids weren't in the mood.
But then, this happens.
Dipper: ...
Hilda: ...
Richard: ...
Frida: *Reading* ...
David: *Listening to his music* ...
Mabel: *Looking around* I might have something to get us talking.
Pacifica: Which is...?
Mabel: *Pulls out something* Look what I got. *Unravels it, revealing...*
Trevor: Is that...?
Hilda: Oh! It's a map of the Hulderlands.
Hughie: Where did you get this?
Mabel: ... *Smiles mischievously*
Jemma: You took from the Slayers' base, didn't you?
Mabel: Right before Skull used that spray of his on Michael and Kaisa, I snatched this while no one else was looking. I originally intended to mess with those whackos, but now, I have something to help us get reacquainted with the Hulderlands.
The map covered not just the Greater Trolberg area, comprising of the city, the surrounding villages, and mountains, but every major city-state on the continent. There were four in total, and at the top of the map was a coat of arms that bore the symbols for each city; a bell for Trolberg, a ring for Silbergrad, a crown for Elvenborough, and a star for Ogrebrücke, all surrounding a bold letter "H".
Next to this was the name of the continent: The Hulderlands.
Hilda: Four independent city-states separated by mountains that cut through the heart of the continent. Up north is our turf of Trolberg, a city-state that we need no introduction to. And the bronze bell should be a no-brainer as well.
Dipper: You think by now, they would've changed the symbol?
Frida: They kept it just to remind people how Trolberg truly started.
Mabel: What about this city in the east?
David: That's Elvenborough, the one with a gold crown. The crown itself represented the Crown of Elves, an artifact dating back centuries; Alfur had told us all about it. A city where humans lived in harmony with elves. The crown was a gift from the elven High King, who signed a contract with Elvenborough’s queen all those years ago to bring about peace between their city and all of elf-kind. It's remarkable to think that such a feat could’ve been accomplished at such a time when humans feared elves as much as they feared trolls and giants. It's also the only city on the continent that has no walls.
Hilda: I've wanted to visit Elvenborough one day. Lucky for us, we had a school field trip to the city around sometime before our trip to Sodor. My only problem was convincing my mum to go along; as it was a long trip, we needed chaperones. In the end, I did get my way.
Frida: *Giggle*
Richard: *Glances at Silbergrad* I wonder how the people of Silbergrad are holding up.
Frida: Hard to say. By far, Silbergrad is the most isolated, especially if you consider the fact that it was under constant threat by lycanthropes. The people of Silbergrad were constantly sending hunting expeditions beyond their walls to cull the herds of werewolves and other kinds of lycanthropes that stalked the woods beyond their city. The silver ring symbol is a band engraved with arcane symbols that protected the city from the lycans as long as there remained a king upon the throne to bear it. As such, Silbergrad was also the only city in all of the Hulderlands that still had a king.
Dipper: Lord Dimitrescu.
Hilda: Meanwhile, Trolberg has its City Council, and Elvenborough has a Prime Minister.
Mabel: And... Ogrebrücke?
Hilda: ... *Turns to Trevor* Wanna tell them with us?
Trevor: Should I?
Hilda: *Taps his shoulder* It'll be okay. It's not too big of a deal. We're the ones helping them get acquainted with our home.
Trevor: ... *Takes a deep breath* Alright. We might as well talk about Ogrebrücke.
Pacifica: What's it like over there?
Trevor: Ogrebrücke is the largest city in the Hulderlands, currently run by a Supreme Leader, and the first place on the continent to be settled by humans. It's said that long ago, a tribe of Viking warriors crossed the sea and ventured into the interior of the continent, which was overrun by ogres. The warriors hunted the creatures to the brink of extinction and claimed the land for themselves. Their tribal crest is the same star that Ogrebrücke is still using to this day to remind people how this continent came to be.
Louise: *Shudders* Ogrebrücke is the last place in the Hulderlands that any of us would want to visit.
Martha: We’d only ever seen pictures of it, but in those pictures, we’d seen enormous sloped walls of steel and concrete topped with gun towers that made Trolberg’s wall look like a picket fence. *Smug look* Actually, that's how I usually view Trolberg's wall. *Chuckle*
David: Don't remind us.
Tommy: What about the inside?
Fargo: Of what life is like inside those walls, we’d only heard rumors. A concrete jungle, sterile and claustrophobic, with cameras around every corner, and the City Guard patrolling the streets in a perpetual state of martial law.
Alban: The city is also extremely xenophobic. It's said that Ogrebrücke’s king had once deceived the very same elven king who’d made peace with Elvenborough, convincing him to sign a contract that would allow all the people of Ogrebrücke and their descendants to see elves. But the humans had no intention of making peace and instead used the contract to drive the elves out of the valley, which is what ultimately led to their making peace with Elvenborough.
Deacon: Yikes. That's quite harsh. It's no wonder why the Creature Slayers exist.
Frida: And obviously, Ogrebrücke isn't doing anything about them.
Hilda: Still, we can’t help but be fascinated by the four cities and the history surrounding them. Everyone on the continent could trace their lineage back to Ogrebrücke, with many having fled the city over the centuries to found the other three cities. Edmund Ahlberg himself was from Ogrebrücke, and... sadly had brought many of the city’s values with him. So, seeing his great-grandson make peace with the trolls surely had him... *Notices Trevor's behavior* ...spinning in his grave. Are you okay?
Trevor: ... *Gets up* Give me a second. *Goes to another part of the train*
Martha: Tr-Trevor...? *Tries to get up*
Pacifica: ... *Gets up* I'll talk to him. *Goes after him*
Dipper: *Gets up* I better do the same. *Follows her*
Trevor: *Sits down and gazes out the window* ...
*Pacifica and Dipper approach him*
Trevor: *Notices their reflection* ... What do you want?
Pacifica: We just... wanted to see if you're okay.
Trevor: I'm fine. I just needed to be alone for the moment.
Dipper: I take it was uncomfortable talking about Ogrebrücke?
Trevor: Ogrebrücke in general just makes everyone outside those walls uncomfortable. But... it hits me differently from others.
Pacifica: How?
Trevor: ... My mother migrated from there.
Dipper & Pacifica: *!*
Dipper: So, you're...?
Trevor: ... I don't know. Back when I was younger, I kept telling everyone that someday, Ogrebrücke would conquer Trolberg and wipe out the trolls. At the time, I was full of it. It was something that I wanted to happen. But then, Hilda made me her friend, and I started to view things differently. Nowadays, whenever I look back, my old fantasy feels like something that my mother wants to happen, not what I want to happen. But even so, I... can't help but feel disgusted that I'm a descendant of an Ogrebrücke native, who ironically married a Trolberg native. *Turns to them* I guess my father had her view things differently when they were together, but after he left, she went back to her old ways, probably as a way of lashing out at the world.
Dipper: Kind of like how you and your friends play pranks as a way of lashing out.
Trevor: ... It only got worse when the Supreme Leader of Ogrebrücke made a televised speech after the Night of the Trolls, saying he would burn Trolberg to the ground for consorting with beasts. Of course, they haven't done anything... yet. They may be full of hot air, but I still worry that it might happen. And I think the Creature Slayers might've given us a prelude. It just irks me that it came from the leader of my mother's birthplace.
Pacifica: ... You know, Trevor, you and I have some similarities.
Trevor: *?* Really?
Pacifica: Long ago, back in Gravity Falls, I was full of it myself. I was just a total bully to everyone, *Points to Dipper* including his twin sister. But in reality, I only did all of that just for show. My parents, and even my ancestors, weren't exactly friendly towards... common folk, a trait that dates back to when a manor once owned by my family was inaugurated. Somehow, I was different from my parents, but they still wanted to continue that old legacy. At the time, I was too scared to stand up to them. So, I acted rudely to others just to stay on my parents' good side. But then, the ghost of an old family adversary invaded the manor and wreaked havoc. And guess who I called in to help.
Trevor: *Glances at Dipper* ... You?
Dipper: *Nods* I told Pacifica that just because she's the daughter of two nobles doesn't mean that she has to be exactly like them. It's never too late to carve your own path.
Trevor: ... *Smiles a little*
Pacifica: ... Oh, what the heck? Come here, you. *Hugs him*
Dipper: *Hugs them*
Trevor: ... *Hugs back*
Unbeknownst to them, Hilda was eavesdropping on them, and could only smile at the sight.
Chapter 35: Lovestruck
Summary:
Richard comes to Dipper for dating advice, only for Dipper to realize who Richard has fallen in love with.
Chapter Text
~Trolberg~
A week after the Adventure Club returned from their excursion, Dipper began to notice some strange behavior from Richard. Throughout the week, he saw how Richard is behaving towards Mabel. Richard had been trying to sit closer to her, offer her food from his lunch bag, muscle into whatever team she was a part of, and even help her with her faulty locker. He even admitted that he saw Mabel take the map from the Slayers' base, but didn't bother saying anything since he just brushed it off as yet another one of Mabel's mischievous actions, whereas the others would just tell her to leave it.
Why Richard is behaving like this is beyond anyone at the moment.
But then, by the end of the week, Dipper got his answer.
Dipper: *Writing in his journal*
Richard: *Approaches him* ... Mind if I sit next to you?
Dipper: ... Go ahead.
Richard: ... *Sits next to him* ... Dipper, I'm... sorry if I've been acting weird around your sister.
Dipper: Hey, don't sweat it. It's fine. I'm just... curious about why you've been behaving like that.
Richard: ... I guess now's the best time to tell you then. I'm... kind of awkward when it comes to... girls.
Dipper: Really?
Richard: It sounds weird, I know, but yeah. I get awkward around girls, even around the girls in our group. Of course, I try my best to hide it. My only exceptions are Jemma and Martha. They too feel awkward at times. So, all of the awkwardness drops whenever we're with one another, probably because we all share the same problem. A problem that we can suffer together. That's why... Jemma has a crush on me. And why I hugged Martha in the Reyolds House.
Dipper: So, what does this have to do with Mabel?
Richard: ... I feel like your twin might be the first... "normal" female that I can be around. She doesn't feel awkward around... anything, and she has that "happy attitude" of hers. I guess it's the latter trait that attracts me to her. Her happiness is like a shield that protects her from... all kinds of bad feelings. And it makes me wish that I had that type of shield. A shield to protect me from feeling awkward around girls. That's why I've been around her. I want to be close enough to her so that I can have that shield too.
Dipper: ... I get it.
Richard: *?* Get what?
Dipper: You have a crush on my sister, don't you?
Richard: *!* *Blushes* ... M... Maybe? D-Don't tell her. I... want to be the one to tell her.
Dipper: I won't tell her. But I can give you some advice. That is if you came to me just for that.
Richard: ... I guess...
Dipper: Well, let me tell you something: During our first time in Gravity Falls, I've been giving Mabel some advice when it came to finding the right boy for herself. At the time, she initially flirted with boys her age. Then, she found... some boys that she connected with. A bunch of gnomes dressed up as a creepy hooded figure, a child psycho, a sea creature, a... boy band, and an arrogant puppeteer who preferred his career over real girls.
Richard: ... Did Gravity Falls really have those kinds of...? Never mind. I don't wanna know.
Dipper: *Chuckles* Gravity Falls was an oddball town. That's for sure. So, I think the best way to talk to her is to let your feelings do the talking. Let her know why you've been acting up recently.
Richard: You really think it would work?
Dipper: I'm positive that it should work. Okay?
Richard: ... Okay. *Gets up* Thanks, Dipper. *Leaves*
Dipper: Anytime. *Glances at Pacifica chatting with Martha* I should probably use my own advice at some point.
Chapter 36: I Can Help
Summary:
The team has a confrontation with a particular Marra, who has shown interest in the mystery behind Michael's fragment.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Pines House~
Dipper: *Examining the fragment* "And journey forth, to the Land of the Growing Rose, where the Obsidian Temple awaits to be awakened". That's the translation of the fragment?
Ford: *Looking over a map* Yep. That's what it translates to. The "Obsidian Temple" is still a mystery, but if we could find the "Land of the Growing Rose", we could find this temple in question.
Mabel: What do you think we'll find in that temple?
Michael: Beats me. McNeal gave me that fragment after I joined the Sheriff's Department. He didn't say what it was, where it came from, or why he had it in the first place. He just… left it for me.
Jemma: Why didn't he leave for me? I'm his daughter after all.
Stan: You're still a kid though. Maybe, he wanted to leave it for someone… older.
Jemma: I'm old enough to take on anything. So, I should- *Notices something on the map* Hmm.
Stan: What is it?
Jemma: ... The "Land of the Growing Rose". Could it be Trondheim?
Dipper: Trondheim?
Jemma: The name means "the home of the Trønder people". The name of the Trønder people derives from the Old Norse word þróndr, a derivation of þróask, which means... "to grow".
Michael: And Trondheim's flag has... *!* ...a yellow dog rose.
Ford: Well, it appears we have found the "Land of the Growing Rose". If we could get to Trondheim, we could also find the "Obsidian Temple".
*Knocking*
Ford: I'll get it. *Approaches the door and opens it* Oh. You came.
Dipper: Who came?
*The person reveals themself to be…*
Miranda: Hello.
Mabel: … Uh…
Ford: Team, let me introduce our special addition to the group. This is-
Dipper: Uncle Ford, we already know who she is. You're one of Maria's friends, aren't you?
Miranda: My name is Miranda, in case you're interested.
Ford: Who's Maria?
Jemma: Didn't we tell you about the Huldrawood Marra?
Ford: *!* Oh, right. Those rascals. *?* Wait. *Turns to Miranda* You're one of them?
Miranda: … Unfortunately, yes.
Mabel: So, why are you here now?
Miranda: I know this might sound weird, but I'm actually interested in the mystery behind that "turtle shell" fragment.
Michael: You're interested in this?
Miranda: Which is why I'd like to join in.
Jemma: Do the other Marra know what you're up to?
Miranda: I… might've told them.
Dipper: Oh, great.
Miranda: B-But I'm just doing this on my own accord! They're not coming with us. It's just me.
Dipper: …
Miranda: I can help. You've teamed up with two of my friends, haven't you? This will be only a slight bit different.
Dipper: … *Turns to Ford*
Ford: *Shrug* She seemed legitimately interested when I first talked to her.
Dipper: ... *Sigh* Okay. But no funny business. Or we'll kick you out.
Miranda: *Nods* Of course. *Remembers* Then again, I did say I told the other girls. So, if any "funny business" occurs, it'll be caused by them.
~Outside~
Unbeknownst to anyone, a certain group had been listening.
Maria: Well, "funny business" is our specialty. *She and the others snicker evilly... except for Lucinda*
Notes:
I was going to have Lucinda get involved, but Miranda makes more sense.
Chapter 37: Trouble In Trondheim (Part 1)
Summary:
The Adventure Club finally arrives at their destination to solve the mystery behind Michael’s fragment.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Seaport~
The Adventure Club is now ready to embark on a journey to Trondheim, Norway. Their goal: To solve the mystery behind Michael's shard.
To them, this could be their biggest adventure yet.
Trevor: ...
Hilda: Anxious?
Trevor: ... I'm trying my best to hide it.
Hilda: It'll be okay. We've all been through worse.
Trevor: I know that. It's just...
Hilda: ... I guess we haven't told them yet. About... how you feel about me.
Trevor: ... You think we'll tell them after this?
Hilda: Perhaps. But I need you to be confident as well. Okay?
Trevor: ... I will.
Louise: Come on, you two. The boat's about to leave.
*They head for the boat*
{Later}
*Boat horn*
*The boat leaves*
~Boat~
Dipper: I only have one nitpick with this journey. We know the "Obsidian Temple" is located in Trondheim, but it doesn't say where it is in Trondheim.
Jemma: I can't argue with that. I guess the best we could do is search around Trondheim until we find something.
Pacifica: But what exactly should we look out for?
Mabel: It depends. Obsidian, something related to a turtle, Old Norse writing...
Ford: Regardless, we need to keep our eyes peeled.
{Later}
~Ocean~
Johanna: How long do you think we'll be in Trondheim for?
Michael: I'm not sure. We could be searching all over Trondheim for all I know.
Johanna: ... Just so you know, my Aunt Astrid told me that there are some mysteries best left unsolved. For instance, when my parents... went missing, and my aunt... made me forget about them, I couldn't help but wonder what happened to them. But later on, Aunt Astrid told me that they probably wanted me to move on with my life, and focus more on my future. It worked... for the most part. So, if we don't find anything in Trondheim, then it's probably for the best.
Michael: ... I don't know. Every time I see something unsolved, I... become haunted.
Johanna: ... Well, it shouldn't be that difficult to find something else to focus on.
Michael: That sounds like as if you think being a law enforcer is a bad career choice for me.
Johanna: *Chuckle* For goodness sake, Michael. I'd never say that to you. I know how much you love working for the sheriff. And I know that you're an amazing law enforcer. Reckless, but talented nonetheless.
Michael: ... *Smiles a little*
~Trondheim~
By the time they arrived, they immediately started searching for the Obsidian Temple.
It took them nearly the entire day, but eventually...
{Evening}
Dipper: *Climbs up a hill, until he spots...* Hey, guys! I think I found something.
*The others approach Dipper and look at what he has spotted*
In the distance, they could all see what appeared to be a giant crater, shaped like...
Hilda: That looks awfully like... a turtle.
Daniel: And we just happen to have a shard that looks like it came from...
Michael: ...a turtle shell. *Pulls it out* So far, the theme of this expedition involves turtles, but we have yet anything related to obsidian.
Stan: Only one way to find out.
*They all head towards it*
~Crater~
Johanna: *Spots something* Uh-oh.
Ford: What's wrong?
Johanna: There's a truck over there.
Ford: What about it?
Johanna: There's a logo on it. Look familiar?
Anders: *Examines it* You're right. It's the Creature Slayers.
Mabel: Those guys again? But how do they know about this temple?
Frida: Probably learned about it from the same person who made that bomb for their plot to destroy Trolberg.
Dipper: That'd be a coincidence.
*They approach a nearby obelisk of sorts*
Richard: There's some writing on this. But what language is it in?
Ford: Looks like Old Norse. Let me try to read it. *Examines the writing*
David: *Notices a handmark* ... Hmm. *Reaches out*
Ford: *Notices this* What are you doing?
David: There's like a handmark on here.
Pacifica: David, wait!
David: *Touches it* What?
*The marks on the obelisk start to glow*
David: Oops.
*The glow starts to surround them*
Trevor: Oh, David, how could you?
David: I didn't think that was gonna happen!
*The ground gives way and drops them all down to a cavern of sorts*
*CRASH!*
*They all get up slowly*
Pacifica: Now, how are we supposed to get out of here?
Dipper: I... don't know. This is all uncharted territory for us.
Hilda: *Spots something... and smiles* Well, David, whatever you did up there was worth it.
David: *?* Huh?
Hilda: Look.
*They look ahead and see a huge temple of sorts*
All: Whoa...
Hilda: And look at the color.
Dipper: ... Black. And a little bit of purple.
Hughie: ... Could this be...?
Hilda: I think it is. I think we just found the Obsidian Temple.
----------
Intro: Play this first before continuing
----------
*The team closes in*
Michael: ... *Glances at his fragment* ... Hmm. *Steps on something* Hm? *Looks down... to see a shield of sorts* What's this for?
Louise: *Grabs a nearby sword and examines it* Well, there can't be a shield without a sword.
Wendy: *Notices some statues* Holy moly. What's with all these statues?
Kaisa: ... I don't think these are statues. I think they're... the remains of people.
All: *!*
Jemma: Like the bodies of Pompeii?
Martha: A shield, a sword, and a bunch of dead bodies. In other words, a battle of sorts happened here.
Ford: And from the look of things, it was probably a total stalemate.
Tommy: But if a battle happened here, then who were the belligerents?
Fargo: And what were they fighting for?
Michael: ... *Looks around... before turning to the temple* Maybe, it was a battle for the temple, or some- *Spots something*
Deacon: What's wrong?
Michael: Take cover! *Does so*
*Gunshot*
*Everyone takes cover*
*Bang! Bang!*
Michael: *Pulls out a handgun and shoots back*
Alban: Is it a Creature Slayer?
Michael: Maybe. I guess they want payback.
*The gunshots slowly get louder*
Mabel: He's getting closer!
Miranda: I'll draw his fire! *Morphs and flies at the sniper*
*The shadowy sniper turns their attention to Miranda and shoots at her*
Michael: *Closes in* Nice going. *Aims* Drop it!
*The sniper throws a grenade*
Michael: *Dodges*
*The grenade lands near the kids*
Dipper: Grenade!
*Boom!*
*Crumble!*
Hilda: Oh, no.
*The ground gives away, taking the kids*
David: Help!
Stan: Kids!
*Crash!*
*The adults and Miranda check on them*
Miranda: Are you okay?
Frida: Barely.
*The sniper runs off*
Michael: *Chases the sniper* Get back here!
Frida: Don't worry! We'll catch up! You have to help Michael!
Ford: Okay. *He and the others go after Michael and the sniper*
Twig: *Worried*
Hilda: It's alright, Twig. Just go with Mum and Dad.
Johanna: No, Twig, stay with Hilda!
Twig: ... *Jumps down*
Hilda: *Catches him* On second thought, we might need some help. *Puts him down*
Mabel: How are we going to catch up? We don't even know this part of the cavern.
Familiar Voice: Perhaps, we can help.
*The kids and Twig turn to see...*
Kids: *!* You?!
Maria: ... Us. We were just in the area.
Twig: *Growling*
Richard: In other words, you beat us to this place.
Lucinda: Well... it's because he showed us.
David: Who's "he"?
???: I'm right here.
*The kids notice a hooded figure*
Dipper: ... *Grabs the sword from Louise and points it at the Marra and the figure*
???: Please! I'm... not in the mood. I mean you no harm.
Dipper: Then, stay back!
???: Like what Maria said, we could help you.
Hilda: We already have one Marra with us. One's enough.
Kylie: Why are you here anyway?
Trevor: Why would we tell you?
???: It could be the same thing that we are after. Knowledge.
Kids: ...
Frida: It's in the Obsidian Temple, isn't it?
Eunice: We did find a secret way into the temple. Though, we haven't opened it yet.
David: Why? What are you waiting for?
???: Nothing. It's just... We tried to unlock it, but it kept... denying us. We're not sure why.
Richard: It kept denying you? What's that supposed to mean?
???: ... You'll see. Right this way.
~Cavern~
The adults kept chasing the sniper across the cavern, and neither side was letting up.
Anders: He's got such energy. I'll give him that.
Wendy: But why is he running? Is it because we outnumber him?
Michael: Maybe. He did seem surprised.
Daniel: I don't think he was here for us.
Johanna: What else is there?
Michael: It could be the temple.
Miranda: If it's the temple, then there's no doubt that he'll call for backup. I'm gonna head back to the truck. *Flies away*
Stan: It could be dangerous!
Ford: But it's better than letting those psychos get involved.
~Deeper Cavern~
Pacifica: How much further is this entrance?
???: We're getting there.
Naomi: Are you worried about the adults?
Martha: You should be worried as well. Your friend, Miranda, is up there with them.
Maria: Miranda's too troublesome for us to worry. It's that sniper they're chasing at the moment.
Deacon: About that sniper, we think he's a Creature Slayer. We even saw a truck with their logo.
???: ... The Creature Slayers... I know them.
Fargo: Really?
???: Those guys date way back. They were once known as the Creature Blockers, just expressing their hate towards the creatures beyond the walls of Ogrebrücke. But then, just five years into their existence, a new leader with a new way of thinking turned them into the Creature Slayers. And thus, they began their rampage across the Hulderlands.
Louise: You seem to know a lot about them.
???: ... I should... because at one point... I was one of their countless victims.
Kids: ...
???: My parents were a respected couple, who had a love for the creatures of the Hulderlands. Then, I was born, and they taught me a lot over the years. That is until one day, when those... godforsaken sinners came to my town, my home, my people... and slaughtered them. Only a tragic few of the population survived that day, including me. No one had the will to raise me. So, they dropped me off at a lone cathedral, a cathedral that happened to house... a cult.
Alban: ... What kind?
???: ... Funny you should ask that. Because that cult... is the reason why I became what I am today.
Hilda: So... you are a Marra.
???: *Nods* The first male Marra as far as anyone is concerned. After the previous leader stepped down, and I took over, I decided to... "rearrange" the cult. One by one, I found these girls.
Maria: Including me. I just took the lead in the Hulderlands while he was away.
???: While they were out and about, giving countless nightmares to countless people, I went around the world, looking for anything to give me the justice that I rightfully deserve. And I found... this.
Dipper: The Obsidian Temple.
???: If I... If we could just figure out what this temple is about... I could get what I want.
Trevor: ... You know... I can relate to you.
???: *?* You... can relate to me?
Trevor: My father abandoned me and my mother when I turned 7. And if that weren't enough, there were those who picked on us, saying that he left because he hated us. And so, I decided that if the world was going to be cruel to us, then we should return the favor.
???: And yet, here you are.
Trevor: ...
Hilda: ...
???: And I have discovered the key.
Tommy: The key to what?
???: The key to giving me and my family justice.
Jemma: Is that all of the knowledge inside the temple?
???: Well, it does house many secrets. Secrets that have been buried with the dead for countless years.
Hughie: ... Until now.
???: ... Until now.
~Outside~
Miranda: *Approaches the truck* Here it is. *Morphs* Okay. How am I going to handle this?
Familiar Voice: Don't bother.
Miranda: *Turns to see...* Huh?
Beauregard: *Aiming at her* Eat lead, ya freak! *Shoots at her*
Miranda: *Dodges each bullet* Bloody Slayers. *Jumps into the truck and locks it*
Beauregard: *Runs to it* Can't hide from me! *Bashes the truck with his gun* Dang it, Chaz. I need those keys right now.
Unbeknownst to him, Miranda had quietly sabotaged the equipment inside, before morphing and slivering away without him noticing.
~Cavern~
Sniper: *Reaches a dead end* Oh, great.
Michael: Got you now, slimeball.
Sniper: ... *Turns around* ... Michael Kingston, I take it?
Michael: That's me. Why are you curious?
Sniper: Beau told me all about you. In fact, your name is all over the news. "Heroic bunch saves Trolberg". The list of "heroes involved" had your name on it.
Michael: What else is new?
Sniper: ... *Tosses his gun away* Did Beau ever ask about you looking familiar?
Michael: I remember that, but I thought nothing of it ever since.
Sniper: Well, here's a surprise: I too saw your face. Not from a typical news story... but from the guy who gave us that... trusty bomb.
All: *?*
Johanna: Are you saying...?
Sniper: Perhaps, this meathook here isn't as heroic-
Kaisa: You're lying. Michael's a law enforcer. An honorable one even.
Sniper: Then, why did we see his face on the day we got the bomb?
Anders: Probably some guy with a facemask or whatever.
Sniper: No, he didn't have a mask on. I can tell.
Daniel: Then, it's someone who has it out for Michael.
Sniper: Perhaps, but it's not going to change what I saw that day.
Michael: ...
~Deeper Cavern~
???: We're here. The secret entrance.
Dipper: *He and the others look around* Whoa.
???: A place of worship for some. An engine of destruction to others. At its heart, a prize awaits. *Touches the door, only to get zapped* Urgh! But like I said earlier, the entrance keeps denying us.
Hilda: So, how do we get in?
Maria: We figured that we're only getting denied because the temple is... hostile to us Marra. So, we thought of having another type of being giving this door a try.
Mabel: You mean, like a regular human? *Touches the door, only to get zapped* Ow!
Lucinda: Nope. *Turns to Frida* Maybe, a witch?
Frida: *Sigh* Oh, boy. *Touches the door, only to get zapped* Urgh! *!* Let me try something. *Chants her portal spell*
David: Uh... Frida?
Frida: *Creates a portal* Maybe, we can sneak past the door and open it from the insi-
*The door unleashes a more violent zap at Frida, throwing her into David and destroying her portal*
Richard: ... I... guess the temple doesn't tolerate cheaters.
Pacifica: Okay, so far, we know this temple denies Marra, regular humans, and witches. Any other ideas?
Lucinda: *Notices a faint symbol on the door* Hold on. What's this symbol?
Dipper: *Examines it* I don't know. It looks like... wings.
Jemma: Of what?
Dipper: Hard to tell. It's so faint.
???: Faint enough for us to miss it.
Lucinda: ... *Squints* It kind of looks like... a butterfly.
Trevor: *He and Hilda have a look* ... I don't know. They look a bit too... sharp to be butterfly wings. They look more like...
Hilda & Trevor: *!* ... *They glance at each other* Are you thinking...?
Hilda: ... *Smirks* Yep. *Turns back to the door* They're fairy wings. *Touches the door... causing it to glow... and lift up*
Everyone: *Amazed* Oh.
Maria: I almost forgot that you're a fairy.
Hilda: I guess it's possible that this temple was made by fairies.
*They all walk in*
Louise: So... this is the temple?
???: Only part of it. This is only the lower-
*SLAM!*
???: ...level.
*They all turn to see the door now closed*
Martha: Well, no going back now.
Hughie: Which would make the adults even more worried.
???: No arguments there.
Hilda: ... By the way... *Turns to the figure* Not to drift off-topic, but we didn't catch your name.
???: Hm? Oh, right. I guess I wasn't in the mood at the time. Normally, I only admit my name to the girls, but since you're here, Hilda... *Removes his hood, revealing a disheveled mid-30s man* You can call me Crowe. Solomon Crowe.*
~Cavern~
The adults have now started interrogating the captured sniper.
Johanna: So, Mister... Sniper?
Sniper: Chaz. Just call me Chaz.
Johanna: Right. So far, you're the only Creature Slayer that we have encountered. How many of you are there?
Chaz: Just me, two others... and the aforementioned-
Michael: Beauregard. I didn't think that jumpy creep would be here.
Chaz: Well, he's been trying his best to keep the group alive after you caught Skull.
Stan: Why are you here?
Chaz: Well, this temple is different from our target. That's a start. We're hunting.
Ford: For us? You didn't look like you were expecting us.
Chaz: No, not you. Granted, we would've, but... not today. No, we're after the real person who first discovered this temple.
Anders: Who is this person?
Chaz: ... To put it simply... a shadow.
~Temple~
*The unlikely alliance looks around*
Mabel: *Spots a turtle-like sculpture... with a missing fragment* Well, I guess we finally found where Michael's fragment came from.
Jemma: No doubt my dad was here at some point.
Tommy: He must've been quite a warrior at the time. *Spots something glowing* Hey, is that what you're looking for?
Solomon: ... Yep. That's the target object. That... is a Vision Cube. These little things are designed to be "special libraries" of information. And it's not just exclusive to the people of this temple. Other beings, including... the Marra, were inspired by their Vision Cubes, and thus, made their own variants, some of which are... compatible in some ways.
Frida: A Vision Cube... *Ponders* W-Why does that sound familiar?
Fargo: Have you seen one before?
Frida: I think... *!* Now, I remember. When I first met Kelly, one of the items that she introduced me was a cube of sorts. I thought it was just a fancy piece of art.
Maria: *Groans* I was wondering where it went.
Solomon: Wait. You girls never told me that Kelly made a Vision Cube.
Lucinda: She wanted to keep it as a surprise for when you would return. I guess she changed her mind after defecting.
Solomon: ...
Alban: So, how do we get this? There's no bridge.
Solomon: ... Anymore. *Points to the chasm... where the remains of a bridge lay* For a temple, this part is a mess.
Eunice: Or a test.
Deacon: A test of what?
Eunice: I think the bridge is just a decoration. The only way we're getting that Vision Cube is by having one of us risk oblivion.
Hilda: ... Which is...
Kylie: ...your department, no doubt.
Dipper: Hilda, need I remind you about what happened the last time you did something like that?
Hilda: I know. But this won't be like last time.
Dipper: How?
Hilda: I'll jump *Turns to the Marra* and one of you will propel me to the pedestal.
Naomi: If we have enough energy, that is.
Solomon: ... Which is what I have. Enough.
Hilda: Okay then. Here goes everything! *Runs to the ledge*
Frida: H-Hilda...
Hilda: *Jumps*
Solomon: *Shoots a beam of sorts, which propels Hilda to the pedestal*
Hilda: *Lands* Ha-ha! Told you I'd make it!
Kids: *They all sigh with relief*
Hilda: *Turns to the Vision Cube* Hm. *Grabs it* Let's see what you have to offer.
*Crumble!*
Everyone: *!*
~Cavern~
Everyone: *!*
Daniel: Uh... What's happening?
*The Obsidian Temple lights up and transforms its top portion*
Miranda: *Arrives and morphs* ... Oh, boy.
Chaz: *Notices how everyone is distracted... and taps his watch*
Kaisa: I think we need to find the kids.
Wendy: Should've brought some radios. How are we going to find them?
Michael: Let's just look around. *Grabs Chaz* Come on. *He and the others search the area*
Johanna: Why do I know that the kids are involved in this somehow?
~Temple~
Hilda: Okay. Time to go. *Jumps off*
Solomon: *Morphs and flies to her* Grab on!
Hilda: *Does so*
Solomon: *Flies back to the others and morphs*
~Outside The Temple~
*The adults arrive*
Ford: The kids have to be in there.
Stan: How do we get inside?
Miranda: *Turns to see...* Uh... Maybe, we should worry about those guys first.
*They all turn to see a heavily armed trio*
Chaz: Hey! Beau! Buddy!
Beauregard: Well, the gang's here. I'll get Michael Kingston. *Turns to the only female* Viper, get the females. *Turns to a juggernaut* Graxel, the rest are yours.
*All three engage in a brawl with the adults*
~Temple~
Hilda: How do we work this thing?
Solomon: It only works if you're of the same race, or if you're thinking like them. *Takes the Vision Cube* But Vision Cubes do have other uses. *Approaches a keyhole of sorts* Observe. *Inserts it, causing the door to open, revealing...* Oh. Okay.
*The two sides continue to brawl, until...*
Michael: There you are! Where have you been?
Dipper: ... We've... brought help.
*The adults are shocked to see the Marra, but Miranda is shocked to see...*
Miranda: S-Solomon?!
Slayers: *?!* Solomon?!
Solomon: ... The one and only. *Smirks*
Notes:
* - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_Callihan
Guest Starring:
----------
Michael Eklund as Beauregard
Vic Chao as Chaz
Jean Louisa Kelly as Viper
Fred Tatasciore as Graxel
Chapter 38: Temple Of Trondheim (Part 2) (Arc Finale)
Summary:
The Biggest Adventure Yet Arc Finale
A battle for the temple breaks out between an unlikely alliance, a team of bandits, and an old foe seeking revenge. In the end, one doesn’t make it out of the battlefield.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Johanna: Kids, what have you been up to?
Dipper: We're... not sure how to put it.
Beauregard: So, the rumors are true. Little Solomon Crowe is still alive.
Solomon: Formerly "little". Now, I'm more than just the orphaned son of two of your victims. I now lead a cult. A cult of... nightmares, which I should be giving you right now.
Stan: How do we know you're on the level with us?
Solomon: Observe. *Creates a nightmarish sword with his Marra energy, surprising the adults*
Michael: ... Is he...?
Frida: He's a Marra.
Solomon: *Fights off the Creature Slayers*
Viper: Why would he come here?
Graxel: He probably knows about this temple.
Solomon: I do know!
Chaz: If you do know, then you must have the Vision Cube. Do you?
Solomon: You'll find out soon enough. *Launches a beam at them*
*The Slayers dodge*
Beauregard: Fall back to the truck! *Runs off*
Chaz: *Groans* Do we have to?! *He and the other two run off*
Solomon: They're gone. For now. So, we better prepare ourselves for when they come back.
Daniel: Solomon, right? What's your game here?
Solomon: To put it simply... it's an endgame for me. I want to send my own kind of message to the Slayers.
Mabel: How? With the stuff inside the temple?
Solomon: ... There's more than you think. Either way, my girls and I are now on your side. We're facing a common foe.
Maria: Surely, you can't argue with that.
Solomon: Considering that they're falling back to their truck, there's little doubt that the Slayers who haven't been arrested will come here soon.
Miranda: Actually, they probably won't come here at all. I found their truck, and I disabled their equipment. It's just the four of them now.
Ford: Well, that's a relief.
Solomon: Still, the four of them will come back. They won't be able to resist us.
Anders: Who's "us"? We don't know you. We're still not convinced that we're on the same side right now.
Solomon: You don't know us, but your kids over there do. They trust us, because like I said, we're facing a common foe.
Richard: We also managed to grab something with their help. *Shows it* It's called a Vision Cube. They're supposed to be "special libraries" of information.
David: And we made a big discovery about the Obsidian Temple while we were at it.
Wendy: What discovery was that?
Lucinda: We found a secret door at the base of the temple. It had a faint symbol on it. At first, we thought they were butterfly wings, but the kids found that...
Trevor: They're actually fairy wings.
Johanna: *?* Fairy wings?
Hilda: We think this temple was made by fairies. Why else would that door have fairy wings on it?
Kaisa: ... *Glances at the temple* If this temple is made by fairies, then why does it look like... this?
Kylie: Well, obsidian is a strong material. So...
Pacifica: They could've built this place to last as long as possible.
Johanna: ... Still, Hilda, you and I are only part-fairy. We can't exactly unlock this... cube.
Hilda: I unlocked the secret door earlier. So, I should be able to-
Solomon: It's not just the cube that needs to be unlocked. The temple itself can also be unlocked.
Hughie: How do we do that?
Solomon: *Points to the top portion of the temple* At the very top, there's a chamber. Inside, there rests an obelisk with a keyhole, similar to the one that opened the door we came out of. If you insert the cube, then you'll be able to unlock the Obsidian Temple's secrets.
*The adults turn to the kids*
Michael: What do you think?
Louise: ... It's... better than letting the Slayers get their hands on the temple.
*The other kids nod in agreement*
Johanna: ... *Sigh* Very well. But we already warned Miranda about no funny business. The same should apply to the rest of you.
Solomon: ... I've got nothing else to do other than unlocking this temple.
Stan: Well, at least, you found it before any of us. Do you know how to get to the top?
Solomon: Right this way. *Leads everyone to the top*
Unbeknownst to them, a drone of sorts had been listening in on the whole thing.
~Outside~
It turned out to be the only piece of equipment that Miranda hadn't sabotaged.
Beauregard: So, they do have the Vision Cube.
Viper: But they haven't opened it yet.
Graxel: We need to prevent them from doing so.
Chaz: I can reclaim it. *Reloads and runs back to the temple*
Graxel: Hold on, Chaz. I'm coming too. *Grabs his gun*
Beauregard: Wait. Let Chaz thin them out first. Then, we can move in and retrieve the cube.
~Obsidian Temple~
Solomon: I found this ancient lift of sorts when I first came here. It doesn't directly take us to the chamber, but it does get us a slight bit closer.
Daniel: How do we start it up?
Eunice: Hilda?
Hilda: I know. *Touches a nearby square*
*The lift slowly moves down*
Jemma: Wow. This is way ahead of its time.
*The lift reaches their level*
Solomon: It's big enough to hold all of us. So, one ride should be enough.
Anders: But is it sturdy?
Solomon: It seems sturdy to me.
*They all embark*
Hilda: *Touches the square again, causing the lift to go up*
Twig: *Looks down* ... *!* *Hides behind Mabel*
Mabel: I know, Twig. I'm not a big fan of heights either.
Frida: ... Um... Johanna?
Johanna: Yes, Frida?
Frida: I thought you should know. The Vision Cube in our possession isn't the first Vision Cube I've ever seen.
Johanna: You saw one before?
Frida: I have. Do you still remember Kelly?
Johanna: You mean, Kelly Hollis? That girl you befriended once?
Frida: I remember seeing something that looked similar. At the time, I thought it was just a-
*Smash!*
*Everyone screams*
Chaz: Surprise! *Shoots at them*
Martha: Not him again!
Fargo: Those Slayers aren't giving us any breaks!
Alban: Ya think?!
Michael: *Pulls out his shotgun and shoots back*
*The lift makes it to the upper level*
Solomon: Disembark!
*They all do so*
Michael: I hate having to do this, but- *Shoots the lift, causing it to fall apart and fall towards Chaz*
Chaz: Uh-oh. *Dodges*
*SMASH!*
Michael: That should keep him busy. *Turns to Solomon* We're near the chamber, but I think the Slayers know about your plan.
Solomon: I'll alter it. We'll have to split up. We'll scale the temple from different sides. That way, they'll have to do the same. In theory, that would stretch them thin.
Dipper: Seems workable. Sis, Richard, Pacifica, quartet, you're with me. We'll scale closer to the chamber entrance. Hilda, you take the other half, and scale from the far side.
Hilda: Got it.
Solomon: My girls and I will be with Dipper's team.
Johanna: Why them?
Maria: Well, you're so sensitive about us being with your daughter. Might as well stay on your good side if we want to prevent the Slayers from claiming the temple.
Johanna: ... *Sigh*
Solomon: We'll meet you at the entrance. *Turns to Dipper's team* Come on. We're climbing.
*Dipper's team and the Marra start to climb, while the rest head to the far side*
Ford: Not to offend you, Johanna, but he has a point.
Johanna: I know.
~One Level Below~
*Dipper's team and the Marra climb closer*
Deacon: Almost to the top...!
*They make it*
Naomi: Just one more level and we'll be inside the chamber.
*Smash!*
Miranda: What the...?! *She and the others turn to see...*
Viper: *Laughing evilly* Took the words from my mouth.
Maria: Oh, come on!
~Far Side~
*The other team hears the brawl*
Trevor: That doesn't sound good.
*Smash!*
Beauregard: Neither does this! *He and his cronies shoot at them*
*The others take cover*
David: I guess they knew about this as well.
*A drone flies by them*
Martha: Well, no wonder why! That drone's been spying on us!
Frida: Not for long. *Blasts a beam at it, destroying it in one shot*
Hilda: Okay. That's one problem down, but we still have four bandits to deal with.
~Near The Entrance~
*The team continued to brawl with Viper, but none of them appeared to be a match for her*
Viper: I'm going to enjoy finishing what your parents' killers started.
Solomon: *Kicks her away* Not on my watch.
Lucinda: *Sleeper Holds Viper*
Viper: ... *Slams her onto the floor*
Lucinda: *Grunting in pain*
Viper: *Steps on her face* Your specialty is nightmares, huh? Well, how about I give you a taste of your medicine? *Stomps her face multiple*
Lucinda: *Starts to cry* Stop! *Visions of a past event pop into her head*
Maria: Lucinda! *Tackles Viper off of Lucinda*
Viper: *Gets back up with ease* Ugh. I almost forgot about "Twintails".
Maria: *Checks on Lucinda* Are you okay?
Lucinda: *Crying* ... It happened again! This is just like that one night!
Maria: ...
Lucinda: What good am I? I feel like... I feel like-
Maria: *Hugs her* Shh. Don't say that. Never say that.
Viper: *Pulls out a gun* Well, isn't this cute? *Aims at them*
Dipper: Maria!
Maria: *Looks up* What? *!*
Viper: Bye-bye.
Solomon: *Throws his sword at Viper*
Viper: *Turns to the sword* Huh? *Screams*
*STAB!*
*Everyone screams and cringes in shock... except for Solomon*
*Viper's body falls*
Everyone: ...
Solomon: ... *Approachers Viper* Don't let your guard down. *Grabs his sword* Or you'll end up like Viper here. *Approaches Maria and Lucinda* I care for you and the other girls, Maria, just like how you care for Lucinda.
Maria: ...
Lucinda: *Crying*
Hilda: Guys!
*The team turns to see the others bringing their brawl to the entrance*
Hilda: I don't think the split-up idea worked! They were ready for- *Notices the carnage* Uh...
Solomon: I-Ignore that. This one's on me. Just take the Vision Cube and place it in the obelisk. We'll meet up with you once we've dealt with these psychos.
Dipper: Okay. Let's go! *He and the kids head to the chamber*
*The Marra assist the adults with the brawl*
Beauregard: *Notices Viper's corpse* Viper! *Turns back to the enemy side* You monsters! *Tackles Solomon*
Solomon: Get off me! *Tosses Beauregard over the side, causing him to tumble down the temple*
Graxel: *Slams his gun into Daniel's gut and aims at him* Lights out, bum!
Kaisa: *Blasts a beam at Graxel's gun, disarming him*
Graxel: ... *Turns to see...*
Miranda: *Wielding a sword of her own* This is for Lucinda! *Slashes Graxel*
Graxel: AAAAAAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEE!!!!!!!!!! *Falls dead*
Chaz: Graxel! *Swings his gun around*
Ford: *Kicks Chaz's gun away*
Chaz: ... *Looks at the enemy side standing their ground* This isn't over yet. *Runs off*
Michael: ... *Aims at Chaz*
Anders: What are you doing?
Michael: ... *Shoots at Chaz, knocking him off*
Everyone: *!*
Chaz: *Falls to his doom* AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!
*Thud!*
Johanna: ... *Turns to Michael* Why?
Michael: ... It's what he would've done.
Stan: Who's "he"?
Michael: Doesn't matter. Let's just get to the kids.
Solomon: ... Actually...
*Everyone turns to him*
Michael: What?
Solomon: ... Now that our common foe has been defeated... *Conjures a ball of energy* ...I'm afraid... our truce... is over! *Blasts at Michael, hitting one of his eyes*
Everyone: *!*
Kaisa: Michael!
Michael: *Grunting in pain* ... *Clutches his eye* What was that for?!
Solomon: I just said it. Our truce is over! Now, I can refocus on unlocking this temple. Or rather... this battle station.
Anders: Battle station?
Solomon: Which I shall use to take down every single enemy that I have on this planet!
~Chamber~
*The kids arrive*
Jemma: *Spots the obelisk* Is this it?
Hughie: It has to be. It's got a keyhole, just like before.
Richard: *Passes the Vision Cube to Dipper* Here. You should use it.
Dipper: Okay. You just stay back in case something goes awry.
Trevor: ... *Turns to Hilda* Moment of truth?
Hilda: ... *Smiles* Moment of truth*
*Dipper and Hilda approach the obelisk and insert the cube into the keyhole*
*The obelisk starts to glow and power up*
Kids: ...
Mysterious Voice: Who comes forth?
Kids: *!*
Hilda: ... H... Hello. My name is Hilda Löfgren.
Mysterious Voice: Hilda Löfgren? I must ask. Do you have blue hair?
Hilda: Y-You can tell?
Mysterious Voice: It may not look like it from your perspective, but I can tell a fairy when I see one. And yet, you are the first... "normal" fairy to ever step foot into the Obsidian Temple.
Hilda: "Normal"? What's that supposed to mean?
Mysterious Voice: The fairies that you are familiar with are not the only type of fairies in existence. There cannot be light without dark. The temple that you stand on is created by dark and corrupted fairies, stark opposites of your usual kind.
Hilda: ... Deja vu.
Mysterious Voice: Tell me, Hilda. Why have you activated the temple?
Hilda: My friends and I were told that the Vision Cube is the key to the temple's knowledge.
Mysterious Voice: Indeed, it is, youngster. Do you know what knowledge is?
Hilda: ... Uh...
Mysterious Voice: To the fairies that built this temple, they view knowledge as power.
*The glow intensifies, shooting a beam of light into the sky*
~One Level Below~
*Everyone else turns to the sight*
Solomon: Oh. Would you look at that? They activated the temple.
Kaisa: ... The kids...
Solomon: This temple will belong to us. And there's nothing you can do to stop us!
Kaisa: *Spots something coming at them* Uh-oh. *Chants a levitation spell and lifts herself and the adults up to the chamber*
Kylie: Running away again?
Kaisa: Not from you. *Points to what she saw*
*The Marra turn to see...*
Eunice: What is that?
Familiar Voice: Perhaps, a demonstration is in order.
Ford: *!* ... It... It can't be.
Johanna: Can't be who?
*The mysterious thing shoots a beam at the Marra, who promptly morph and fly away*
Stan: Can't you levitate us any faster?!
Kaisa: I'm trying, but this spell is usually used for at least three people! I have to use more of my energy to lift all 8 of us!
Anders: But that thing is going to reach the kids before us!
~Chamber~
Mysterious Voice: I have been waiting, Hilda.
Hilda: W-What's happening?!
Mysterious Voice: This is the power to destroy light. It is now at your command.
Hilda: What?! No! I'm a-
Mysterious Voice: Wait. It seems that another two figures are approaching. Perhaps, they are more worthy of wielding this power.
David: Okay. I'm scared.
Martha: So am I! I'm out of here! *Runs away*
Dipper: *Runs to the entrance* Guys! We have to leave! This temple is actually a dangerous weapon!
Familiar Voice: Good.
Kids: *!*
Familiar Voice: That means we can use it to get what we want.
*The kids look up to see a hooded masked man and...*
Dipper: ... No...
Bill: Did you miss me, Dipper?
Hilda: Who... are you?
Bill: Please to meet you, newbie. I'm Bill Cipher. And you happen to be friends with the grandnephew of the men who destroyed me once.
Dipper: I was right. You are alive!
Mabel: How is this possible?! You're supposed to be dead!
Bill: To be honest, I was... until your uncle regained his memories some time ago.
Man: You have unlocked the secret of the Obsidian Temple. How did you accomplish this?
Dipper: You two are smart! Figure it out! *Proceeds to brawl with Bill and the mysterious man*
Bill: No matter. The power within this temple will soon benefit us.
Dipper: We're not scared of you! I'm not scared of you!
Man: Then, you shall perish braver than most.
*The brawl continues until...*
Bill: *Blasts a beam*
Hilda: *Screams*
Dipper: Hilda! *Shoves her away and gets hit by the beam*
Kids: Dipper!
Dipper: *Bangs off the obelisk and falls unconscious*
Bill: ... One less meddler to deal with anyway. *Turns to Hilda* Let me try you again. *Approaches her*
Twig: *Growling*
Trevor: *Gets in between* If you want her, you have to get through me!
Hilda: Trevor, don't!
Bill: I'd listen to your fairy friend, kid.
Mabel: *Tries to wake her brother up* Dipper, get up! Get up! We need you!
Man: *Approaches them* Perhaps, I was wrong.
Familiar Voice: It wouldn't be the first time.
*They all turn to see the adults*
Man: ... *Glances at Michael* It was foretold that you would be here, Michael. Our long-awaited meeting has finally come.
Michael: Well, I'm glad I gave you something to look forward to... Dad.
Adults: *?*
Kids: *?!*
Hilda: ... That's your dad?
Johanna: So, he's the guy you mentioned.
Mr. Kingston: We need not be adversaries.
Michael: The last time you said that, you got rid of Mom just to punish me.
Bill: I can show you mercy, Michael. All you have to do is join my cult. Like father, like son.
Michael: And let you take over everything in existence? I'm not interested. I'm a law enforcer now.
Mr. Kingston: That path you took is for weaklings. I was raising you to be strong. Why do you think I got rid of your mother? She was being too soft on you, influencing you to go down the path you chose!
Michael: Then, I will avenge her.
Bill: Oh, please. You said it yourself. You're a law enforcer now. Revenge isn't how they work.
Michael: ... *Removes his badge and passes it to Kaisa* See a badge? *Approaches his dad*
Mr. Kingston: ... *Approaches him*
*The two proceed to brawl*
Bill: ... I'll leave your son to you, Luther. *Turns back to Hilda and Trevor* Now, where were we?
Ford: *Tackles him* I'm the one you want, Bill! Leave them out of this!
Bill: *Shoves him off* I'm just doing that old thing again, Ford! The one where the sins of a parent shall be paid by their children!
Ford: Not today! *Fights him*
Hilda: ... *Turns to the Vision Cube* We can't let them get it. *Reaches out for it*
*The light pushes them back*
Martha: It's not making it easy for us.
Frida: How are we going to grab it?!
Johanna: ... It takes two fairies.
Hilda: *?*
Johanna: We'll grab it together.
Hilda: ... *Nods* Cover us! *She and her mother approach the obelisk*
Tommy: Hurry!
Johanna: We will!
Frida: *Pulls out her wand*
David: What are you doing?
Frida: I'm getting an escape route ready.
Trevor: With your portal spell again?
Frida: It's better than nothing!
Hilda: *She and Johanna reach out for the obelisk* It's fighting back again!
Johanna: Stand your ground!
Hilda: I'm trying!
*They both grab it*
Deacon: They've got it!
Johanna: Hold on! We only grabbed it. We need to pull it out! *She and Hilda tug on it*
Stan: Hurry up, you two!
Hilda: Almost there!
*They both pull it out*
Trevor: Yes!
David: Frida, now!
Frida: Okay! *Chants the spell and creates a portal*
Martha: *Rushes to the portal* Let me through! Let me through! Let me through! *Jumps into it*
Jemma: Wait for me! *Jumps through*
Anders: Go, go, go! *He and the others jump through one at a time*
*Crumble!*
Stan: Mabel, grab your brother! This place is going to collapse! *Goes through*
Mabel: *Grabs Dipper* Come on, Dipper! Wake up! *Drags him to the portal*
David: Hilda! Johanna!
Johanna: We're moving as fast as we can, David!
Bill: No, no, NO! *Tackles Hilda*
Hilda: *Struggling* Let me go!
Bill: Give me the Vision Cube! Give it to me!
Hilda: Never!
Johanna: *Tries to pull Hilda away* Get your hands off my daughter!
Bill: Give me the Vision Cube and I will!
Luther: *Throws Michael to the side and runs to Bill* Bill!
Michael: Hilda. *Gets up and knocks his father down, damaging his mask* Leave them alone! *Kicks Bill away* Come on! *Pulls them up* Get to the portal.
Luther: *Groans*
Michael: *Stops* ... *Turns to him*
Luther: ... *Looks up... revealing his face* Michael...
Michael: ... Dad...
Luther: ... *Kneels*
Bill: You rest up, Luther. I'll take over. *Approaches them*
Michael: ...
Bill: I'm not leaving empty-handed. And I won't leave you alone unless you give me that Vision Cube!
Hilda: *Whimper*
Trevor: Over my dead body! *Tackles Bill*
Hilda: Trevor!
Trevor: I'll hold him off! Get out of here!
Hilda: We can't leave without you!
*CRUMBLE!*
Michael: ... This place is falling apart. Through the portal! *He and Johanna go through*
Mabel: *Gives Dipper to David* Hold onto him! I'll get Hilda and Trevor! *Runs to Hilda*
Hilda: Trevor, we have to go!
Trevor: Just go without me!
Hilda: I won't!
Trevor: Hilda, I have to hold him off!
*The entrance starts to close*
Bill: NO! *Shoves him away*
Trevor: *Tackles him again* I'll catch up!
Hilda: How?!
Bill: GET OFF!
Trevor: I'll figure out something!
Hilda: Trevor!
*The entrance closes*
Hilda: No! NO!
*Slam!*
Hilda: TREVOR! *Bangs on the door*
Mabel: Hilda, we have to get out of here! We're gonna die if we don't!
Hilda: *Struggling* TREVOR! TREVOR!
*The remaining kids jump through*
*The portal dissipates*
*The Obsidian Temple crumbles to pieces... with three people still inside*
Beauregard: *Gets up* Ugh... *Looks up* Oh, boy.
*Pieces fall near him, causing him to panic*
Beauregard: Okay! Time to leave! *Runs back to the truck*
~Location: Unknown~
*A portal opens and the Adventure Club falls out of it*
Hilda: *Crying*
Mabel: *Hugs her* I know. I miss him too. But he would've wanted us to run.
Martha: ...
*They all get up*
Wendy: Where are we? This doesn't look like Trolberg.
Ford: *Looks around* ... I know where we are. We're in Gravity Falls.
Everyone: *!*
Richard: Gravity Falls?
Ford: *Nods*
Stan: ... I know just the place to hold up in. Follow me. *Leads everyone*
Martha: ...
Louise: *?* ... Are you okay?
Martha: ... I never should've met Hilda.
Louise: *!* Don't say that.
Martha: Trevor would still be here if... if... if she didn't... *Starts to cry* TREVOR!
Louise: ...
Martha: *Crying* Trevor!
Louise: ... *Hugs her*
Later that day, not much was said.
All the Adventure Club did was meet up with the others at the Mystery Shack and hold up for the time being.
Naturally, the twins' friends were shocked to hear that Bill Cipher was there, along with Luther. So, they need to prepare for what Bill might have in store for them.
The Trolberg kids still had to recuperate from the loss of their friend.'
And the adults did their best to help them.
Back in Trondheim, Beauregard got back to his truck and drove away from the turtle-shaped crater altogether, while the Huldrawood Marra flew back to Trolberg.
Unbeknownst to any of them, Luther emerged from the now-ruined Obsidian Temple, where he noticed a flare gun, possibly discarded from one of the Slayers.
Bill and Trevor's ultimate fates remain unknown, but Luther is confident that Bill survived.
Back at the Mystery Shack, Kaisa gave Michael his badge back, while Johanna took the Vision Cube from Hilda, who had since cried herself to sleep, along with Martha and Louise.
But then... another surprise happened.
*The Vision Cube opens up, revealing its stored information to the others*
Mabel: ... How did...?
Johanna: You're asking the wrong person.
~The Twins' Room~
Dipper: *Sleeping*
*Radio static*
??? (Through the radio): Hello?
Notes:
That cruel part with Viper and Lucinda is based on https://archiveofourown.org/works/47640751/chapters/135641509.
Guest Starring:
----------
Michael Eklund as Beauregard
Vic Chao as Chaz
Jean Louisa Kelly as Viper (and the mysterious voice in the temple)
Fred Tatasciore as Graxel
Samuel Johnston as Solomon Crowe
Mark Harmon as Luther Kingston
Chapter 39: Danger Always Follows
Summary:
As they recuperate following the loss of Trevor, the Adventure Club has another problem to deal with, as Daniel gets kidnapped by a strange beast, one that was inadvertently created by Dipper.
Chapter Text
*Hilda's POV*
I'll never forget the day that the Adventure Club and I had what might've been our biggest adventure yet.
We solved the mystery behind this fragment that Jemma's dad left behind for Michael.
It took us to the Obsidian Temple, a place made by dark and corrupted members of my kind. And it was here that we found a Vision Cube, a small object said to be a "special library of information".
But in the process, we encountered an enemy that the Pines Family had taken on before, someone who was supposed to be dead. A strange being named Bill Cipher. Dipper tried to fight him, but like before, he couldn't. And he's currently stuck in a coma.
And then, there was Luther Kingston, Michael's estranged dad. We even got to learn why Michael never talked about him. His dad wanted him to become a member of a cult that Bill led. I don't know how many people are in this cult, but Michael had made it clear that he didn't want to be one of them.
However, those moments pale in comparison to what happened after.
As the Obsidian Temple collapsed, Bill tried to take the Vision Cube from us as we escaped. But Trevor wouldn't let him. He jumped in a kept Bill busy long enough for us to escape.
But I didn't want to leave him behind. I begged for him to come with us. I tried to get to him and pull him out of the temple, but I was held back.
In a way, we both won and lost at the same time.
It sounds impossible, but... that's what I've been believing. We stopped Bill and Luther, but we lost Trevor.
I miss him so much.
But he wanted us to be safe. I just didn't think it would be like this.
When we escaped, we found ourselves in the very town where Dipper and Mabel spent their 13th Summer Break.
Gravity Falls.
We had to hold up here for the time being. We could go back to Trolberg, but... I'm not ready just yet. None of us are.
*Sigh*
I hope we can get our lives back together. Because none of us are feeling the same.
But knowing Dipper, he'd probably tell us... "Life must go on".
----------
Intro: Play this before continuing
----------
*Third Person POV*
~Twins' Room, Mystery Shack, Gravity Falls~
Dipper: *Unconscious*
Mabel: ...
Pacifica: *Enters* ... Are you okay?
Mabel: ... *Nods* I'm still waiting for him to wake up.
Pacifica: *Passes a sandwich to her* You have to get out at some point.
Mabel: I am. Just... not that long.
Pacifica: The others are watching him while you're outside. No big deal.
Mabel: It's a big deal to me if you consider that he's my brother.
Pacifica: I know that. But you're isolating yourself. Dipper wouldn't want you to be cooped up like this.
Mabel: I'm not sure if he gets a say in the matter.
Pacifica: What about when he wakes up?
Mabel: ...
Pacifica: I thought so.
Mabel: ... *Sigh* It's not just Dipper I'm worried about. I'm also worried about... Hilda.
Pacifica: Yeah, I agree. She's probably more cooped up than anyone else, considering what happened to Trevor.
Mabel: We can't even talk to her. If anything, Dipper might be the only one who could. But of course, we need him to wake up first.
Dipper: ... *Whimper*
Mabel & Pacifica: *!*
Dipper: ... *Slowly wakes up* ... Huh?
Mabel: You're awake!
Pacifica: I'll get the others! *Runs out of the room* Guys!
Dipper: ... *Looks around* ... Am I dreaming?
Mabel: *Hugs him* You're not, bro. We're in Gravity Falls.
Dipper: ... Why?
Mabel: *Breaks the hug* We'll tell you in the living room. Let's get you up first. *Pulls him up*
Dipper: ... Where are the others?
Mabel: Pacifica's getting them now.
*The others arrive*
Stan: Kid! You're awake!
*They all rush to Dipper and hug him*
Dipper: ... Hey, guys.
{Later}
~Living Room~
Dipper: *Enters* ... Wow. I guess I'm not dreaming after all.
Mabel: It's only our third visit.
Ford: We've got some breakfast at the ready.
Dipper: ... Th-Thanks.
Johanna: *Enters with Anders and the Trolberg kids* You're awake.
Anders: *Laugh* Welcome back to the world of the awake, bud.
Dipper: ... Hey. *Notices something* Wait. Where's Hilda?
Frida: Outside. Near that totem pole with Kaisa and Michael. She's... not in the best mood.
Dipper: ... Hm. *Goes outside* I'm gonna check just to be sure.
~Outside~
Sure enough, Dipper found Hilda, along with Kaisa and Michael, standing near the totem pole, looking rather sad.
Hilda: ...
Dipper: ... *Approaches them* ... Hilda?
Hilda: *?* ... *She and the adults turn around* *!* You woke up.
Dipper: *Nods* ... And I must've missed a lot. *Notices something Michael* Oh, gosh. What happened to your eye?
Michael: I'll explain later.
Dipper: ...
Hilda: ... *Hugs him* I'm glad you're awake.
Dipper: ... I-I'm glad too. But what happened when I was out? In fact, how long was I out? *Looks around* Wait. We're missing someone. Where's Trevor?
Hilda: ...
Michael: ...
Kaisa: ... He's gone.
Dipper: Gone? *Remembers the events at Trondheim* ... No...
{Later}
~Inside~
The others wasted no time in explaining to Dipper what happened after Bill knocked him out.
David: So, we've been here since Frida teleported us here. And we... had to cap off last year without you.
Dipper: ... Understandable. *Turns to Louise* Is Martha going to be okay?
Louise: She's trying her best to recuperate. But right now, she and Hilda aren't on the best terms.
Dipper: ... Makes sense. Maybe, I can get them to make up.
Richard: How? We're already struggling to get Hilda out of her isolated state.
Dipper: I'll think of something. *Turns to Michael* How's your eye by the way?
Michael: *Puts an eyepatch on* Well, the damage isn't permanent, but... Solomon got me good.
Dipper: ... S-Sorry for... letting Solomon-
Michael: Don't be. Everything happened so fast. If anything, we should be worried about those girls. Even they were surprised by Solomon breaking the truce.
Dipper: ... *Remembers what happened to Lucinda* ... I wonder if Lucinda saw the whole thing.
Deacon: *Holding a medicine bottle* Never mind those girls. *Passes it to Dipper* Here. It's a medicine that I made. We weren't sure if the local pharmacy had the medicine we were looking for. So, I made this instead.
Dipper: *Pours some into a small cup and sips it* *!* ... *Struggles to swallow it* ... *Sigh* ... It feels like it's supposed to come out of me, not go into me.
Deacon: I know. The ingredients I used weren't exactly... proper.
Dipper: ... I-I better head back to my bed. *Gets up* I need to process all of this. *Heads back to his bed*
Mabel: Okay, but just so you know, first thing tomorrow, we're gonna go on a hike to help you build up your energy.
Dipper: Good. We could use the fresh air.
{The Next Morning}
~Woods~
The next morning, the kids went outside as planned.
Hughie: Come on, Dipper! You gotta build up those muscles. You got super weak after your knockout.
Dipper: Don't rub it in. *Stumbles* I-I don't think I'm ever gonna be the same again after getting defeated by Bill... *Remembers his previous bouts* ...yet again.
Jemma: Don't talk like that. That's not the Dipper we all know and love.
Martha: ...
Hilda: ... *Approaches Martha* Martha... I-
Martha: *Walks further away from Hilda*
Hilda: ...
Fargo: I guess it's "back to the old grind" as Mabel would put it.
Alban: Yeah, it's starting to feel like the time we first met.
Hilda: Only this time, just one of you is showing their bad side. And another is... Well, he's not showing anything to me anymore.
Louise: Let me talk to her. *Approaches Martha* Martha!
Martha: *!* *Turns around* Oh. I thought you were Hilda.
Louise: Look, I know you blame Hilda for what happened to Trevor, but-
Martha: It's more than that.
Louise: *?*
Martha: Fargo, Alban, and I have known Trevor since we were in 2nd Grade. We were an inseparable team. When we were pranking others in Trolberg, Trevor always had the best ones. But when we're not pranking, we often tussled with each other... except for him and me. He was never that rude to me. I always asked him for advice in assignments, I always muscle my way into whatever team he’s in, and I always sat next to him during lunchtime. But now, all of that has... disappeared like a puff of smoke.
Louise: ... You had a crush on him, didn't you?
Martha: ... *Nods* But I haven't gotten the chance to tell him ever since... she came into our lives and had him change his ways. Now, I'll never get that chance, because he's... gone.
Dipper: *Stops* ... *Pulls out his medicine bottle and takes a small sip*
Louise: I'm telling you. It's not Hilda's fault. Your contempt should be for Bill Cipher. He wanted to grab the Vision Cube.
Martha: From Hilda. Not Dipper, or Mabel, or even... Trevor. Hilda was holding onto it.
Louise: That doesn't necessarily make it her fault.
Martha: ... Whatever.
Louise: Really, it doesn't.
Martha: I heard you the first time.
Louise: And before you say anything, it's not-
Martha: I know what you're going to say. It's not Dipper's fault either. My contempt should be saved... *Notices something* ...for Bill Cipher. Why is Dipper lagging?
*The kids turn to Dipper*
Tommy: Are you okay?
Dipper: ... Oh, man. I think I'm gonna... *!* ... Look away!
Frida: Why? *Realizes* Oh.
Dipper: Mmph!
*The others realize as well and look away*
Dipper: *Walks over to a nearby pond and vomits into it*
Richard: ... Yuck.
Dipper: *Coughing*
Mabel: Are you finished yet?
Dipper: *Cough* ... *Breathing* ... I’m finished. *Closes the medicine bottle... and leaves it* And I'm finished with this medicine of yours, Deacon.
Deacon: I'm sorry. I was just trying to get you the right medicine for your... condition.
Dipper: Well, you tried, but you're no... scientist.
Hilda: *Picks him up* Okay. Time to go. We're heading back.
As the kids left, they never noticed the pond glowing eerily.
{Later}
~Mystery Shack~
Johanna: *Enters* I'm back. I've managed to find some better medicine for Dipper.
Dipper: Thanks.
Hilda: ... Are you doing okay?
Dipper: ... I'm managing. You know... you've told me Trevor died, but... knowing Bill, he probably got himself, Luther, and even Trevor out of that crumbling temple.
David: We all saw it happen, Dipper. The Obsidian Temple crumbled, and it took Trevor and those creeps along.
Stan: And even if Bill did manage to escape, there was no way he could've taken Luther or Trevor with him. He's not fond of mankind, even if he has a cult of humans who follow him.
Dipper: ... Unless Trevor must've gotten lucky.
Frida: If he did, then that camping trip back in Trolberg must've-
*Knocking*
*They all turn to the door*
Frida: ...paid off.
Hilda: I'll get it.
Anders: I better get dinner ready. *Heads to the kitchen*
Hilda: *Opens the door* Hello? *!*
Standing at the door is someone the team never expected to see.
Kelly: ... Hey.
Frida: Kelly? What are you doing here?
Kelly: I had a run-in with Maria back in Trolberg. She told me everything that went down in Trondheim. So, I flew around the world looking for you. Then, I was told about Gravity Falls. *Kneels* I'm sorry about Trevor. *Hugs Hilda*
Hilda: ... *Hugs back*
Kelly: *Break the hug* If it helps, I can stay with you for the time being.
Hilda: ... I won't mind. We could use someone to... fill a gap in our team.
Martha: Do we have to?
Louise: Martha, please.
Kelly: I won't be any trouble to anyone. I promise. *Steps inside*
*Power goes out*
Jemma: *Screaming* What happened to the lights?!
Kelly: ... Did I cause that?
Mabel: No, it's okay. It was just bad timing.
Daniel: What I wouldn't give to have a fireplace in the Mystery Shack right about now.
Wendy: Well, the closest thing you're getting is an outdoor campfire.
Ford: Grab some stuff. We're moving everything outside.
{Later}
~Outside~
Night had fallen after everything got moved outside, and it was starting to get cold.
David: So, who's getting the firewood?
Wendy: I'll do it. I am the lumberjack of the bunch.
Stan: Yeah, but considering our current circumstances, it'd probably be a bad idea to go alone.
Wendy: ... Good point.
Ford: Daniel, Kaisa, Michael, go with Wendy. We'll need lots of firewood.
Daniel, Kaisa, & Michael: Got it.
{Later}
~Woods~
Soon, the four had tons of firewood, more than enough for a campfire, but something felt... off.
Wendy: Okay. Each of you will grab three. I'm carrying one less because of my axe.
*They each grab some logs*
*Strange noises*
Michael: *?* *Looks around* What was that? Who's there?
Kaisa: It's probably just an animal.
Michael: I hope so.
Daniel: You guys go on ahead. I'll watch our six.
Wendy: With no weapon? *Passes her axe*
Daniel: *Passes one of his logs to Wendy, before grabbing the axe* Should've brought the shotgun.
*Wendy, Kaisa, and Michael head back*
Daniel: *Looks around* Don't get paranoid, Danny. Don't get paranoid.
*Strange noise*
Daniel: *!*
*Strange noise*
Daniel: What the heck is that?
*The strange noises start to get louder*
Daniel: Whoever you are, I'm warning you! I've got an axe! What do you have?!
*A massive shadowy figure approaches Daniel and covers him up with vines*
Daniel: What the-
*The vines cover his mouth*
Daniel: *Muffled screaming*
*The figure punches him out cold*
~Mystery Shack~
Soos: *Drops a box onto the table* I looked around the shack. I found this box of flashlights and unopened battery packs.
Alban: Can't we use these then? It's better than sitting out here.
Frida: Alban.
Alban: What? I don't wanna catch a cold.
Wendy: *Appears with Kaisa and Michael* We're back.
Richard: Uh... Where's Daniel?
Kaisa: He's right behind us. He's watching our six. *She and the others notice something* ... Or... he was.
Michael: *Looks around* Daniel?
Richard: Daniel?
Wendy: *Groans* Great. *Drops her logs*
*Kaisa and Michael do the same*
Kelly: I take it we'll have to look for him?
Ford: A lot of ground to cover. You'll have to split up. Frida, take David, Louise, Kelly, Martha, Fargo, and Alban with you. Mabel, you take Pacifica, Richard, and the quartet. Wendy, Kaisa, and Michael, you guys remain together. Take a flashlight and some batteries. They should be useful enough.
Everyone: Got it. *They each grab a flashlight and some batteries*
Jemma: What are you gonna do?
Johanna: The rest of us will wait here in case Daniel comes back.
Dipper: *Sigh* ... I won't be much help out there anyway.
Mabel: ... Come on.
*The three groups set off*
~Woods~
Pacifica: ... To be honest, I've always hated these woods at night. When I was a kid, I was sure monsters were gonna creep out and eat me.
Mabel: But that was back then, right?
Pacifica: Of course. But even so, that feeling still remains.
Richard: ...
Tommy: What's wrong, Richard?
Richard: ... Nothing. I... I think something's watching us.
Hughie: I'm sure we all get that feeling.
Richard: ... I don't know. There's something about this that stands out.
~Elsewhere~
Martha: ...
Louise: ... Is there something you want to talk about?
Martha: ... No.
Louise: Martha...
Martha: ... *Sigh* Okay. I was... kind of glad that I'm out here instead of...
Louise: Of course. You weren't really listening this morning.
Martha: I was. *Pauses* Or at least... I'm still trying to save my contempt for Bill Cipher.
David: I don't think you're trying. I think you're struggling.
Martha: What's the difference?
David: You're only trying if you're not feeling stressed.
Martha: ... Noted.
~Shack~
*Mabel's team comes across an old shack of sorts*
Mabel: Hello. What do we have here?
Deacon: Let's check it out. *Realizes something* Actually... *Pats Tommy* You go first.
Tommy: I don't wanna go first.
Richard: I'll go first. *Takes lead* It’s my brother after all.
~Inside~
*The group enters*
Richard: ... Hello?
*Silence*
Richard: ... Is... anyone in here?
*They look around for anything*
Jemma: There are some gardening tools in here. But who owns this place?
Pacifica: *Notices something* Uh... Deacon?
Deacon: Hm?
Pacifica: I found something that might interest you.
Deacon: *Approaches Pacifica* Which is what exactly?
Pacifica: *Points to it*
Deacon: *Turns to see his medicine bottle for Dipper surrounded by candles* ... Why is Dipper's medicine bottle in here?
Pacifica: I... don't know.
Deacon: At least, it means that someone is in-
Hughie: *Grabs him by the mouth* Shh... *Points to something*
Deacon: *He and Pacifica glance at something moving in the corner* Hm?
Hughie: I think this is Hilda's department.
Deacon: *Moves Hughie's hand* Or Dipper's.
Mabel: Uh... Hello?
*Silence*
Mabel: ...
Pacifica: ...
Richard: ...
Hughie: ...
Jemma: ...
Tommy: ...
Deacon: ... *Tries to say something*
*ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAR!!!!!!!!!!*
Kids: *Screaming their heads off*
Richard: RUN FOR IT! *He and the others do so*
*The thing chases them out of the shack*
~Outside~
*The kids burst out of the shack*
*The thing does the same but is caught by something*
*The kids (minus one) stop and turn around to see this*
Tommy: *Still running away* AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!
Deacon: What the devil is that?!
Richard: ... *Examines the thing* ... Huh. *!* Oh, no.
Pacifica: What is it?
Richard: ... That creature...
*The thing glares at the kids, revealing a familiar set of eyes and a familiar beanie*
Richard: ... I think it's Daniel!
Mabel: That's Daniel?!
Hughie: If that's Daniel, then why does he look like that?! He looks like a... mutant!
Deacon: Something must have infected him.
Mabel: Like what?
Jemma: *Screams*
*The kids turn to see vines grabbing Jemma and covering her mouth*
Jemma: *Muffled* Help!
Hughie: *Grabs a nearby shovel* Hang on, Jemma! I'll cut you down!
*A figure appears from behind the kids*
Jemma: *!* *Points to it*
*The kids turn around, only to get punched out one by one*
Hughie: *Groans* That smarts.
*The figure throws a pitchfork at Hughie, trapping his arm*
Hughie: *Screams*
Jemma: *Muffled* Hughie!
*The figure punches her unconscious, before approaching Hughie*
Hughie: *Struggling*
*The figure stands above him*
Hughie: *!* ... *Turns to its glowing glare*
~Chopping Site~
Wendy: *Grabs her axe* Well, here's my axe. But where is he?
Kaisa: *She and the others notice some footprints* Never seen those kinds of footprints before.
Michael: They look too big to be a normal creature's prints.
Tommy: *Running* AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!
Wendy: ... Why is Tommy running?
Hughie: *Screaming in the distance*
All 3: *!* Hughie?!
~Elsewhere~
*Frida's group hears Hughie's screaming as well*
Louise: What was that?
Frida: That was Hughie! Come on! *She and the others head towards the noise*
Wendy: *Appears with Kaisa and Michael* You heard that, right?
David: We did. We think it came from Hugh- *Notices something* Where's Alban?
Kids: *!*
*They all look around*
Fargo: Alban? Where'd you go?
Martha: Come on, this isn't funny!
Alban: *Muffled* Help me!
*They all turn to see Alban getting his head gripped by a tall thing*
Louise: ... What...
Michael: ...the heck?
*The figure slams Alban into a tree, knocking him out*
Michael: Should've grabbed the shotgun... again!
*The figure approaches them*
Wendy: Back to the Shack! Now!
*They all run off*
*The figure chases them*
Martha: *Completely freaked out* HOW FAR ARE WE FROM THE SHACK?!
Wendy: I don't know! Just keep running until you see it!
*Vines appear and grab Frida's group one by one until it's just Martha and Louise*
~Mystery Shack~
Dipper: *Struggling to stand*
Hilda: Dipper, I think-
Dipper: I'm fine. I just need to... prepare myself in case we have to... go out there.
Hilda: ... Dipper...
Tommy: *Running* AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!! *Runs into the table, stopping his panic attack* ... Ow.
Anders: Sheesh, Tommy. What's going on?
Tommy: ... *Meekly points to the woods*
*Martha, Louise, Wendy, Kaisa, and Michael emerge, panting from their running*
Johanna: Are you okay? What happened to you?
Michael: *Panting* We think something happened to Daniel.
Stan: What makes you think that?
Louise: Because something similar happened to our group.
Tommy: And mine. We were the first to encounter the problem.
*Two vines emerge and grab Louise and Kaisa*
Kaisa: Oh, cruddlesticks.
*The vines pull them back into the woods*
Michael: Kaisa!
Martha: Louise!
Kaisa: *Screaming*
Louise: HELP!
*They disappear into the shadows, leaving everyone shocked*
Dipper: ... *Tightens his fist* ... Grab something.
*They all turn to him*
Tommy: ... Huh?
Dipper: We're going into the woods and we're getting our friends back!
Tommy: Of course.
Hilda: ... He's right. We can't leave them behind. *Turns to Martha*
Martha: ... I'm gonna have to trust you, aren't I?
Hilda: ... *Smiles a little* I know it's what Trevor would've wanted. *Extends her hand* Are you in?
Martha: ... *Nods* Okay. *Grabs Hilda's hand* Let's get our friends back.
~Shack~
Meanwhile, back at the old shack, Mabel's team found themselves tied up in vines. Then, they saw...
Daniel: ...
Richard: ... Daniel... What happened to you?
Daniel: *Lunges at them*
Kids: *Panicking*
Jemma: E-Easy, Daniel. Try to remember. We're your friends. You're family even!
*Daniel swipes at Jemma, causing her to yelp*
Mabel: Look. You can come home with us and live in the attic. I'll give you grow sticks and swamp water every single day. I swear.
Daniel: ... *Calms down*
Kids: *They all sigh with relief*
Mabel: Oh, who am I kidding? We have to turn him back to nor-
*Door bursts open, revealing the figure*
Kids: *Screaming*
Mabel: It's The Scarecrow!
Hughie: *?* The what?
Mabel: Scarecrow. That's what I'm calling him.
Deacon: Well, he is dressed like a farmer.
Hughie: He's also a hulking beast! Scarecrows much skinnier than- *Notices The Scarecrow holding some familiar faces* Oh, no.
*The other kids notice this as well*
Pacifica: No! He got the others.
*The Scarecrow puts them down and walks to Daniel*
Daniel: ...
*The Scarecrow picks him up by the head*
Richard: Hey. What are you doing?
*The Scarecrow tightens its grip, causing Daniel to whimper*
Richard: Stop! Leave him alone!
*The two creatures glow eerily*
Frida: *She and others (minus David) slowly wake up, groaning* ... What's going…?
*They all notice and stare in shock at what's happening*
Kelly: ... *Notices David still sleeping* David, wake up!
David: ...
Kelly: *Kicks him awake* WAKE UP!
David: Ow! What is it?! *Notices what's happening* ... Oh. That.
*The Scarecrow absorbs Daniel, whose appearance begins to change again*
Hughie: Daniel! Daniel!!
Jemma: What's happening to him?!
Mabel: What's that beast doing to Daniel?!
Deacon: I... I think it's feeding off of him, like a... fertilizer of sorts.
*A blue aura forms around The Scarecrow, as Daniel dissipates*
Richard: No... No. No! DANIEL!!!
*The glowing stops... and The Scarecrow drops Daniel's beanie... onto what appears to be Daniel's corpse*
Pacifica: ... Daniel...
Fargo: What did we just witness?
Kaisa: I wish I knew.
Richard: *Breathing furiously* ... You turned my brother into a plant! YOU TURNED HIM INTO A PLANT!!!
*The Scarecrow nonchalantly cracks his neck... and grabs Richard*
Richard: *Struggling* Hey! Let me go, you creep! I'll bash that head of yours into a woodchipper!
*The Scarecrow grabs Richard’s head*
Richard: *His fury dissipates* Aah!
Familiar Voice: *From outside* Guys?
*They all turn to the outside*
Familiar Voice 2: Guys, where are you?!
*The Scarecrow leaves*
Mabel: ... Was that Dipper and Hilda?
~Outside~
*The Scarecrow looks around*
Tommy: Hey! Over here!
*The Scarecrow turns around to see the adults, Tommy, Dipper, Hilda, Twig, and Martha*
Dipper: Give us back our family, freak.
*The Scarecrow pulls out a pitchfork*
Michael: *Pulls out his shotgun* This time, we came prepared.
*The Scarecrow charges at them, and a brawl ensues*
Dipper: *Breathing* ... Gotta... get to... that shack.
*The Scarecrow grabs Dipper and throws him into the others... minus one*
Hilda: *Groans*
*The Scarecrow slowly approaches them*
Michael: *Tries to grab his shotgun*
*The Scarecrow stands above... before raising its foot above Dipper and Hilda*
Hilda: Uh-oh.
Martha: Ahem.
*The Scarecrow turns to see...*
Martha: *Holding a sharp branch* I've got a present for ya. *Throws it into The Scarecrow's head, causing the monster to roar in pain*
*The team gets back up*
Michael: *Grabs his gun* Let's get the others. *He and the team head to the shack*
~Inside~
Stan: *He and the team enter* Guys!
Mabel: Grunkle Stan!
Johanna: Are you all okay?
Louise: Well, for the most part. *Points to the Daniel's corpse*
*They look at the corpse and cringe at it*
Anders: Good gravy. What the heck is that?
Pacifica: It's Daniel.
Tommy & Soos: Daniel?!
Hughie: Long story. Get us out of here first!
Michael: Right. *Shoots Mabel's team down* One group down. *Shoots the rest free* That's better.
Frida: Okay. Now, we just need to get Daniel out of here.
David: Well, we can't simply lift him out. We'll need to scoop him.
Dipper: With what?
Hilda: *Notices a bucket* That bucket we'll have to do.
*The Scarecrow gets back up*
*They all turn to see this*
Ford: Oh, boy.
*ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAR!!!!!!!!!!*
All: *Screaming*
Michael: BLOCK THE DOOR!
*They all grab the nearby tools and use them to block the door, before preparing themselves for another fight*
Richard: Come on. We dare you.
*Silence*
*They all look around*
Dipper: Where the heck is he?
*CRASH!*
All: *Screaming*
*The Scarecrow enters*
Hughie: *Grabs a nearby shovel* Let's try this again. Take this! *Whacks The Scarecrow, until the beast grabs Hughie's shovel and breaks it* Aw, dude.
Wendy: My turn! *Chops at The Scarecrow with her axe, before bashing its head in* There. I think I got it.
*The Scarecrow gets back up*
Ford: Oh, come on!
Dipper: Okay. I officially prefer Trolberg's creatures over the ones here in Gravity Falls.
*The Scarecrow furiously knocks the adults to the wall and throws Hilda and her team out of the shack, before turning Dipper and his team*
Dipper: ... *Notices the medicine bottle* How'd this get here?
Deacon: We've been wondering that as well. *Remembers something* Wait a second. *Glances at the bottle* ... Did I cause this? *Grabs it and holds it to The Scarecrow, who becomes mesmerized* I get it now. My medicine created this thing. Michael, catch! *Tosses it to him*
*The Scarecrow chases Michael*
Michael: *!* *Runs away* Oh, boy!
*Michael and Hilda's group keep the beast distracted by luring it with the medicine bottle*
Dipper: Let's go. *He and his team head outside*
Johanna: *Notices some chains* Hmm. Quick, grab the chains! Maybe, we can tie it up.
*The adults grab the chains*
~Outside~
Dipper: *Grabs The Scarecrow's pitchfork* Deacon, Hughie, get ready to boost me up.
Deacon & Hughie: Okay.
*Vines grab the others*
David: *Panicking*
*The Scarecrow clutches David's head and takes the bottle back*
Dipper: Now!
*Deacon and Hughie launch him*
*The Scarecrow turns to see...*
Dipper: *Flies in* Hands off my friend! *Shatters the bottle and stabs The Scarecrow, pinning it against a tree*
David: ... Thank you.
*The adults started to chain The Scarecrow up*
Richard: That's what you get for messing with my brother, freak.
Ford: That should hold him. Now, let's get Daniel and head back. We gotta get him to my old lab.
Richard: You really think you can save my brother, Ford?
Ford: ... Honestly, kid... I don't know. I just don't know if we could.
{The Next Morning}
~Mystery Shack~
Daniel: *Slowly wakes up* ... Ugh... What happened?
Ford: Yes! He's back to normal!
Richard: Daniel! *Hugs him*
Daniel: *Grabs a nearby mirror, only to see...* ... Oh, no. Dude! Look at me! I look hideous!
Deacon: What are you talking about? It's just one bruised eye.
Wendy: *Puts an eyepatch over it* How's that, Daniel?
Daniel: ... B-Better. Way better. *Shoves Richard away and stands up* What the heck is going on? How long was I out?
Kaisa: The whole of last night. Do you remember what happened?
Daniel: ... I... remember seeing that... beast in the woods. And then, he knocked me out and... mutated me into something. Then, there was that... whatever he did to me. What did he do to me?
Alban: It fed off of you like fertilizer and turned you into a corpse-shaped plant, dude. It was freaky, but in a way, it was also kind of awesome!
Daniel: ... So... how am I back to normal?
Ford: I used an IV tube to drain all the human plasma out of the creature and back into your body. Cool, right? Killed off the infection like a bad case of acne.
Daniel: ... Cool. Thanks, Ford. *Remembers* Wait. What about the monster?
Deacon: I turned it back into swamp goo. He won't be bothering us anymore.
Richard: Ford worked all night to save you. And guess who never left your side?
Daniel: You?
Richard: Not just me. *Points to Dipper, Hilda, and Martha*
Daniel: ... You two made up.
Martha: We had to.
Hilda: We can't waste time with fighting each other if you guys are in trouble.
Dipper: ... I thought I'd return the favor after you guys watched over me.
Daniel: *Smiles* Glad to have you back, Dipper.
Dipper: It's good to be back.
{Later}
~Twins' Room~
Later that day, Dipper and Hilda were showing Kelly around the Mystery Shack.
Dipper: *He and the girls enter* And right here is where Mabel and I slept throughout the Summer.
Kelly: *Glances out the window* Huh. You have quite the view.
Dipper: The best view in the whole house.
Kelly: *Notices some cardboard signs* "Guide To The Unexplained"?
Dipper: Oh, that's an old documentary series that I did. At the time, Gravity Falls was just full of all kinds of mysteries.
Kelly: *Giggle*
*Radio static*
*The three turn to Dipper's old radio*
Hilda: ... I think... we're about to have a new mystery in our hands.
??? (Through the radio): Hello? Can anyone hear me? I've been trying to contact your world for a while. I need help!
Hilda: ... *Grabs it* Who is this?
??? (Through the radio): Hilda? Is that you?
Hilda: *?* How do you know me?
??? (Through the radio): Don't you recognize me?
*Signal noises*
Hilda: ... I... don't.
Familiar Voice (Through the radio): It's me.
All 3: *!*
Familiar Voice (Through the radio): It's me, Hilda! It's-
*Static*
Hilda: ...
Dipper: ... Hilda...
Kelly: ... Was that...?
Hilda: ... He's alive.
Chapter 40: Visions Of The Marra
Summary:
An old enemy returns and kidnaps a majority of the team and some of their friends, leaving only Dipper, Hilda, Mabel, Frida, Stan, Johanna, Ford, Michael, Soos, and Kelly to figure out a way to rescue them.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Road~
Dipper, Hilda, Mabel, Frida, Stan, Johanna, Ford, Michael, Soos, and Kelly were out on the road one day, having been sent by GFPD to check on an outpost of theirs.
Hilda: ... Hey, Mum?
Johanna: Yes, Hilda?
Hilda: I was told that you... somehow opened the Vision Cube.
Johanna: I did. I wasn't sure how, but I opened it.
Hilda: What did see in there?
Johanna: ... It was hard to tell. It was my first glimpse into the history of dark fairies.
Hilda: Oh.
Johanna: Not that it matters. We're the descendants of regular, lighthearted fairies. We're not meant to have a look at stuff related to our stark opposites.
Dipper: What did you do with it anyway? I haven't seen it since we found it at the Obsidian Temple.
Johanna: I left it in a safe spot in Gravity Falls. Ford and I know the location.
Soos: The outpost should be around here.
Kelly: I wish they told us why we have to check their outpost.
Soos: My best guess is that they're still stretched too thin. They always have trouble when recruiting new officers.
Kelly: Well, they better get their act together sooner or later.
But that was the least of their concerns.
~Outpost~
The moment they saw the outpost, they were surprised to see its current condition.
Stan: Holy moly. It looks like it was attacked.
Mabel: By what? Or who?
Frida: It doesn't look like it was a... normal enemy. I think we're dealing with some supernatural.
~Inside~
Inside, some of the stationed officers are unconscious.
Ford: You might be right, Frida. These officers don't look like they were whacked unconscious. It's probably a spell of sorts.
Michael: But what kind of spell?
*Groaning*
*They turn to see an officer who's barely awake*
Dipper: *Approaches the officer* Are you okay?
Officer: ... I'll live.
Dipper: What happened in here? Do you remember?
Officer: ... We all saw... this group... approaching the outpost. We weren't sure who they were, but... they seemed to be wielding some kind of... magic.
Hilda: Why were they here?
Officer: ... They were on the look for... the Mystery Shack.
All: *!*
Officer: I had to tell them. But they knocked us out anyway. The Mystery Shack is in danger.
Ford: We better call the others. *Uses a nearby phone* Please work.
*Dial tone*
Ford: Okay. *Dials the Mystery Shack number*
*Calling noise*
David (Over the phone): Hello?
Ford: David! *Puts the phone on "Speaker"* Are you okay?
David (Over the phone): S-Sorta.
Michael: Listen. Someone is headed your way. They attacked a police outpost to learn of the Mystery Shack's location.
David (Over the phone): Guys... it's too late. Someone's already here-
*David getting shoved is heard in the background*
Hilda: David? What happened?
Dipper: Who's over there?
Familiar Voice (Over the phone): Just an old friend.
All: *!*
~Mystery Shack~
Solomon: So, nice to see you again, Hilda.
~Outpost~
Hilda: Solomon?! You betrayed me!
Solomon (Over the phone): ... No, I wouldn't say we betrayed you. Granted, I betrayed the adults, but my girls and I would've remained loyal to you and the kids.
Dipper: I find that hard to believe.
Johanna: What do you want from us?
Solomon (Over the phone): It's pretty obvious. I want the Vision Cube. I wish to use it for an... experiment of mine.
Stan: We don't have it.
~Mystery Shack~
Solomon: How unfortunate. *Turns to the hostages* If that's the case, then... *Pulls out a dagger* ...your friends have no future.
Hilda (Over the phone): Okay, okay! W-We have it. Just not on our person at the moment.
~Outpost~
Hilda: We'll give it to you, as long as our friends remain safe.
Solomon (Over the phone): That's what I thought.
Maria (Over the phone): And one more thing: Kelly.
Kelly: *?*
Maria (Over the phone): We need your Marra Vision Cube as well. The "experiment" requires 2 Vision Cubes.
Martha (Over the phone): Kelly, no!
Kelly: ... Fine. If it satisfies you.
Maria (Over the phone): Oh, it will.
Solomon (Over the phone): We'll meet at GFPD. Just bring the Vision Cube. And no tricks.
~Mystery Shack~
Dipper (Over the phone): If we're meeting at GFPD, then how are you planning on getting past the townsfolk?
Maria: Oh, we don't have to worry about that. *Glances out the window* We already went ahead with that problem.
*The outside is revealed to be taken over by the other Marra, including GFPD*
~Outpost~
Solomon (Over the phone): Don't disappoint us. You won't like it. Bye.
*Hang-up noise*
Kelly: Frida, I can't believe you told them about my Vision Cube!
Frida: At the time, they were on our side. And besides, how was I supposed to know about that cube when I first saw it?
Kelly: ... Good point.
Mabel: Is it still in Uncle Ford's room?
Kelly: You did tell me to hide it there. Where else would I keep it?
Michael: Well, what about the Dark Fairy Vision Cube?
Ford: Yeah, that's not gonna be easy.
Dipper: I thought you said it was safe.
Johanna: It is safe. The real problem is where we left it.
~Mystery Shack~
Meanwhile, Pacifica, David, Richard, Twig, the quartet, Louise, Martha, Fargo, Alban, Wendy, Kaisa, Daniel, and Anders aren't doing too well.
Lucinda: ... *Sits next to Martha* Look. For the record, I... really didn't want to do this.
Martha: ... I'm not blaming you, Lucinda. I'm already throwing my contempt at... *Points at Solomon* ...him. What I'm really wondering is why... *Points at Maria* ...she was so obsessed with Trevor.
Lucinda: Maria just wanted him to go down the path we took. She thought it would work due to his time as a delinquent.
Martha: Too bad you didn't take Hilda into account. *Turns to Maria* She's the reason you failed to get Trevor to become the second male Marra as far as anyone's concerned.
Maria: *Scoff* I didn't fail, Martha, Lucinda here is the one who failed.
Lucinda: *Pout*
Maria: I just inadvertently made the one thing that caused her to fail.
Martha: All the more reason to say that you failed. You were indirectly responsible.
Solomon: *Gazing at the owl clock* You know, when I first saw this place, I thought it was just one of those oddball tourist traps. But now, I'm looking at this portion of the Mystery Shack. *Turns to Wendy* This is your home.
Wendy: Are you looking to move in?
Solomon: No, not really. I'll leave it in the possession of the Pines Family. Your family.
Wendy: ... *To herself* I have two families.
Solomon: *Turns to David* David, would it be rude of me to request a tour of this place?
David: Why me? I don't know this place.
Solomon: Then, why are you here?
David: ...
Solomon: ... Just as I thought. The Trolberg kids know their way around. *Pulls him along* Let's start with the bedrooms.
Richard: ... *Turns to Lucinda* You know I've been wondering, Lucinda? What happened back at Trondheim? Surely, you could've fought back against that one psycho.
Lucinda: ...
Maria: ... Some delinquents beat her up once.
All: *!*
Richard: W-Why?
Lucinda: Search me. I never got the chance to ask. They probably did it just for fun. And I was all alone at the time. Maria was unavailable. So, she couldn't help until after it all stopped. In the end, Maria did get justice for me. She went after the two older delinquents and... gave them more than just nightmares. All that's missing is that younger brat.
Maria: *Approaches Martha* But here's the real kicker: Lucinda and I know the faces and names of all three bozos who dared to hurt Lucinda. One of them was some heavy-hitter named Dennis, and the other was a towering "scarecrow" named Zach.*
Martha: And the "younger brat"?
Maria: ... Heh. That younger brat... was your friend. Trevor Stenburg.
Martha: *?!*
All: *?!*
Maria: Lucinda decided to give him some nightmares once. Then, he called those older buffoons to beat her up. He didn't throw any attacks of his own, but it doesn't change the fact that he was there when it all happened. Did you really think I'd pick on him just for the sole reason of making him the second male Marra in history? Well, guess what? My real goal was to turn him into the one thing he hated. Getting nightmares from a Marra is one thing. Becoming a Marra is a whole different story. And unlike Trevor, the girls and I found it... enjoyable.
Martha: ...
~Ford's Room~
Solomon: *He and David enter* So, this is where that trench coat twin sleeps in. Has Dipper ever explained anything about his granduncle?
David: I don't know anything about him.
Solomon: That's not true. You know all about Stanford Pines. Or maybe, his name is Stanley Pines. I don't know. Maybe, I'll just... *He mind-probes David*
David: *Grunts in pain*
Solomon: Yep, it's Stanford. I wonder what else I can find in your head. *Scans David's mind* *!* So, it was Frida who turned Kelly into a softy. And it was from here that Kelly remembered... *Turns to a cabinet* ... No, she didn't just remember her "surprise gift" for me. *Opens it and finds a particular object* She stole it from us. *Grabs it* Now, that wasn't so difficult, was it?
~Gnome Zone, Forest~
*Johanna and Ford showed the others where the Vision Cube was stored*
Johanna: Here we are. This is where Ford and I left the Vision Cube.
Hilda: You hid the Vision Cube here?
Ford: More like we left it with the gnomes.
Dipper: You left it with them?
Johanna: Not just them. There's one more creature that lives here.
Stan: Those little rascals dubbed him as a "new resident". *Turns to Michael* ... You might wanna leave your gun.
Michael: ... Okay. *Reluctantly does so*
Ford: *Looks around* Gruden?
*Silence*
Ford: Gruden, are you here?
Mabel: Who's Gruden?
Johanna: The "new resident".
*Something takes Michael's shotgun without the team noticing*
Ford: Huh. He's usually around this section.
Johanna: But why isn't he here?
Ford: Gruden! We need to talk! Where are you?!
Frida: Ford, we don't see your friend.
*Strange spiders suddenly appear*
Soos: Uh-oh.
Kelly: Uh... We do see a bunch of spiders. A whole army of them!
Michael: *Notices something* Uh, guys? Where's my shotgun?
Stan: Someone took it?!
Michael: You just had to tell me to leave it!
Dipper: *Grabs a nearby branch* Get behind me!
Ford: No, it's okay, Dipper! It's possible to get along with them.
Dipper: How would you know?
Ford: I've encountered them before during my first time in Gravity Falls. If you stay calm, they won't attack.
Dipper: Well, it doesn't look like they're in the mood for-
*Something throws Michael's shotgun in front of Soos*
Soos: ... Found your gun.
Michael: *Immediately grabs it*
???: Do not fire on them.
*Everyone stops*
Mabel: ... Who said that?
Johanna: ... Gruden?
Before anyone could say anything else, a towering beast of sorts made his presence known, causing the spiders to crawl away.
Frida: ... Is that...?
Hilda: It's a giant. Just like the ones back in the Hulderlands.
Gruden: So, you two have returned, along with some more company. You said you needed to talk, right? *Laughs*
Kelly: I don't believe it.
Stan: Believe it, kid. This thing is for real.
Ford: Unfortunately, we don't have time to chat, Gruden. We've come for the Vision Cube.
Gruden: The Vision Cube? Why do you wish to have it?
Johanna: ... *Turns to Hilda and Dipper* Tell them, kids.
Hilda; R-Right. *Turns to Gruden* Gruden, we need it to save our friends. A Marra named Solomon Crowe is holding them hostage.
Gruden: A Marra? I do not know this man, but I do know his kind. Why does a Marra like him want to have a Vision Cube made by dark fairies?
Dipper: We're not sure, but we do know that he requires two Vision Cubes.
Kelly: I made my own Vision Cube, one meant for Marra. Apparently, Solomon wants to use both in some sort of "experiment" of his.
Gruden: Hmm. Perhaps, his "experiment" involves bringing the two Vision Cubes together. Such a vergence carries grave danger.
Hilda: Why? I thought these cubes were just "special libraries of information".
Gruden: They are that, but there's also more to them. If two such powerful sources of knowledge are united, they will grant a clarity of vision beyond your kind.
Michael: What does that mean?
Gruden: When joined, any secret, wisdom, or destiny can be seen through the cubes. One could bring much chaos with such hidden truths. I have seen it before with the dark fairies. Merging two or more Vision Cubes made by one race is one thing. But merging two or more made by different races... It is rather unspoken.
Hilda: Well, we can't control what Solomon will do.
Dipper: That's the point.
Hilda: Well, we still need it to save our friends. So, are you gonna give it back?
Gruden: Hmm. Something tells me that the object you seek is a source of imbalance between all of you. If you want it, you must seek it out together.
Hilda: Where is it?
Gruden: *Points to a nearby cave* Somewhere safe. The cave runs deep, with many twists and turns.
Hilda: In other words, it's a labyrinth. I've gone through one before.
Johanna: *Takes Dipper's branch from him* I'll hold on to this.
Dipper: Johanna! The spiders-
Johanna: They will attack as soon as you use this.
Ford: Use your radios and cameras instead. We'll try to guide you from here.
Dipper: ... *Sighs* I'd rather have something to protect me. I'm tired of going at things without a weapon.
Stan: Well, you've gotta learn how to solve problems without one.
~Parking Lot, Mystery Shack~
*Solomon, Maria, Lucinda, and Miranda examine the Vision Cube*
Lucinda: So, this is what Kelly was going to show us.
Solomon: I can't seem to open it though. If it's a Marra Vision Cube, then why can't I open it?
Miranda: Kelly must've modified it or something.
Maria: I guess we'll need Kelly as well, not just the Dark Fairy Vision Cube. Needless to say, the other three aren't going to like this.
~Inside~
Pacifica: Sounds like someone is disappointed.
David: Heh. Allow us to make it worse. *Kicks some empty soda cans at the Marra*
Kylie: What the...?!
Twig: *Tackles Kylie*
Wendy: *Punches Eunices out cold*
Naomi: Oh, no! *Tries to run away*
Kaisa: *Casts a binding spell of her and the other two*
Wendy: Let's head to Ford's lab. We'll take refuge in there.
*They all head into the gift shop*
Solomon: *From outside* Hey, what was that noise? *He and the other three enter, only to see the remaining three beaten up*
Eunice: Ugh... My face.
Maria: What happened to you?
Eunice: ... *Points to where the team went*
Solomon: ... Come on. *Leads his group*
~Underground Laboratory~
Richard: Okay. What are we supposed to do now?
Wendy: During Dipper's coma, Ford and I have been working on some... security measures for the Mystery Shack. *Grabs a nearby lever* Take this for example.
*The Marra appear*
Solomon: Hello! Hostages! We found your... surprisingly good-looking lab. I'm actually tempted to move into this dump now.
Hughie: Oh. Now, he's interested.
Wendy: He won't be interested when he sees what I'm about to unleash.
*The Marra enter the Portal Chamber*
Solomon: Aha! Found you!
Wendy: *Pulls the lever*
*Antigravity fills the room, causing everyone to float*
Lucinda: What the heck is this?!
Wendy: Antigravity. Ford and I have been working on this lately.
Jemma: You think you're the only people who can fly?!
*A brawl ensues between the two groups*
Tommy: We trusted you! You said you weren't going to do any funny business!
Miranda: Hey, Solomon doing that caught me by surprise as well!
Deacon: And you just stood by and did nothing!
Louise: *She and Martha pin Lucinda* Trevor isn't the type to physically hurt others. I'm sure he was just as surprised as you were when he saw Dennis and Zach leaving you for dead.
Lucinda: You're still defending him after Maria exposed what he did to me in the past?
Martha: He's still our friend! And always will be!
Lucinda: *Shoves them away* Whatever.
Fargo: *Strikes Maria* That's for trying to get Trevor to join you!
Alban: *Strikes Maria* That's for trying to give him another nightmare!
Maria: *Irritated* Oh, please.
Anders: *Strikes Solomon* That one's for manipulating the kids!
Kaisa: *Strikes Solomon* That's for nearly blinding Michael!
Daniel: *Strikes Solomon* That's for your attempt to use a temple as weap-
Solomon: *Knocks him out* Enough of this nonsense! *Blasts the lever, causing the antigravity to stop*
*The Marra use their powers to easily knock the team down*
Solomon: *Grabs David by his neck* Only so long as you're of use to us, you will remain alive. But if you try something like that again, we won't be so lenient! *Chokeslams him* Pack everything. We're heading to GFPD.
~Labyrinth~
*Dipper, Hilda, Mabel, Frida, and Kelly travel through the labyrinth*
Frida: ... You're certain it was him?
Hilda: I know it was him. I knew that voice from anywhere.
Mabel: And it's not some... imitator?
Hilda: No way. That voice was all too real.
Frida: Even if it was real, how are we supposed to find where it came from? That conversation you had was pretty short.
Hilda: We'll find something that could help us.
Kelly: If anything, the Vision Cubes might help.
Dipper: Maybe. But that's just a theory right now. *Uses his radio* Where to now?
Ford (Over the radio): Uh... Keep to the left.
Dipper: The left?
Ford (Over the radio): I just said that.
*The kids and Kelly do so*
Dipper: Just so you know, the deeper we go into this labyrinth, the more likely our devices will go static.
Johanna (Over the radio): If they do, we'll rush in and help you get back on track.
*A spider suddenly appears, causing the kids and Kelly to panic... and damage their devices*
Johanna (Over the radio): *Staticky* What's wrong? Why did you-
*Static*
Dipper: J-Johanna?! Uncle Ford?!
*The spider chases them around the labyrinth*
~Outside~
Johanna: Hello? Dipper? Hilda?
Ford: Are you kids alright?
*Static*
Stan: I... guess we're going in then.
Ford: Like we have a choice.
*Stan, Ford, and Johanna head in*
Michael: ... *Passes his shotgun to Soos* Don't lose this. *Follows them* And don't shoot yourself on accident.
Soos: Alright. I'll be ready in case you need my help too.
Gruden: Perhaps, they will rediscover their balance. Or perhaps, they'll be destroyed. Such is the way of things.
~Inside~
*The kids continue running from the spider*
Mabel: Spiders! Why did it have to be spiders?!
*More suddenly appear and surround them*
Hilda: Now, what?!
Dipper: I-I don't know!
Kelly: I still have my Marra powers, but I can't lift all of us out of here!
Ford: Then, jump up!
*The kids and Kelly look up to see the adults reaching for them*
Dipper: Oh, thank goodness! *He and the others jump up, allowing the adults to pull them up*
Kelly: *Flies up* Okay. That was close.
Johanna: Like I said, if anything happens, we'll come in to help.
*Another spider appears*
Mabel: Oh, no.
Ford: Don't worry. We'll show you something. Johanna?
Johanna: *Extends her hand*
*The spider glares at them*
Ford: ... Easy now.
Johanna: Just... relax.
*The spider slowly calms down*
Ford: ... There.
Johanna: *Sigh*
Hilda: How did you do that?
Johanna: Gruden taught me when Ford and I first encountered him.
Dipper: I can't even do that.
Ford: He said it only works with people with abilities.
Hilda: Including fairies?
Johanna: Especially fairies. Follow us. We'll show you where the Vision Cube is.
*They all continue on their search... except for Dipper*
Dipper: ... Hey, Hilda?
Hilda: *Turns to him* Hm?
Dipper: I've been wondering. About... what happened back in Trondheim. The moment we lost... Trevor. Do you... blame me for that?
Hilda: *!* What? Of course not. I'd never blame you. Otherwise, I wouldn't have given you that hug when you woke up.
Dipper: I get that. But I... can't help but think that... I had some responsibility for Bill being there and threatening you. Bill Cipher is my enemy, but I brought him into your life.
Hilda: I know. But what happened back then caught all of us by surprise. It's like what Louise told Martha. Our contempt should be saved for Bill Cipher.
Dipper: ...
Hilda: I'm all for adventure, hence why I founded the Adventure Club and became one of its leaders. But you know me. I always act on impulse. So, I need a cautious counterpart to tag along. I may have some cautious friends, like Frida and David, but if anyone deserves to be the Adventure Club's other leader, then I can't think of anyone better than you. I need you, Dipper. We need you.
Dipper: ... Okay. *Hugs her*
Hilda: *Hugs back*
~Outside~
Gruden: ... *Smiles* It seems they have finally made up.
Soos: They did?
Gruden: *Nods*
Soos: ... *Smiles*
~Inside~
*The team spots a familiar object sitting on the back of a much larger spider*
Mabel: There it is. The Vision Cube.
Stan: But it's on one of the spiders.
Ford: Not just any spider. That's the queen.
Michael: So, how do we get the Vision Cube without disturbing the queen?
Frida: *Pulls out her wand* Good thing I'm here. I know a levitation spell. *Chants a spell and carefully levitates the Vision Cube away from the queen spider*
Johanna: Keep it steady, Frida.
Frida: I know. We don't want to fumble here.
*A spider slowly comes up from behind them*
Dipper: Guys...!
Hilda: We can hear it too, Dipper.
Frida: *Raises it above Michael* We just to-
Michael: *Grabs it* Gotcha.
Hilda: *Immediately turns around and extends her arm in front of the spider* ... Easy.
*The spider glares at them*
Hilda: I'm not gonna hurt you. I wanna be friends with you.
*The spider slowly backs away, without another sound*
All: *Sighs with relief*
~Outisde~
*The team emerges*
Soos: You made it!
Gruden: Your conflict has ended. Perhaps, balance is restored.
Dipper: Suffice to say, it has.
Gruden: Your true struggle has only begun, however. Be warned. The Marra will not be able to open your Vision Cube. That task will fall to one of you to fairies.
Johanna: So, that means we'll have the power of both cubes as well.
Gruden: Do what you must, but such power comes with a price. Once a secret is known, it cannot be unknown.
~Town~
*Dipper, Hilda, Mabel, Frida, Stan, Johanna, Ford, Michael, Soos, and Kelly enter the now-occupied town*
Dipper: Okay. They sure did a number on the town. *He and the others notice GFPD* Not to mention that particular building.
Hilda: I'd rather hear what you have to say, Dipper. What's our plan?
Dipper: ... I think we oughta play it by ear.
Mabel: How can you take this lightly?
Dipper: The greatest power Solomon has is our fear that he'll hurt our friends. We have to control that fear. Stay relaxed.
Frida: ... Okay, relaxed it is.
Kelly: You don't sound relaxed.
Frida: Yeah, well, I look relaxed.
~GFPD~
*The team enters to see the Marra nearby*
Solomon: *Mockingly* Over here, Deputy! Just follow the sound of my voice.
Michael: You only hit me in one eye, not both.
Solomon: Still, one eye getting wounded can screw up your vision.
Maria: Speaking of "visions", I trust you found your Vision Cube illuminating?
Hilda: ... For the most part.
Dipper: Where are the others? In fact, where are the officers?
Solomon: Your friends are in the Evidence Garage, and the officers are in the jail cells. They will all remain our guests until we conclude our business. I'll take the adults to the garage now. Girls, show Kelly and the kids to the Interrogation Hall. *Turns to Kelly* Better not conduct any "funny business" down there.
Kelly: We won't.
*The Marra girls lead the kids and Kelly to the Interrogation Hall*
Solomon: *Turns to the adults* ... Right this way. We'll take the elevator.
~Hallway~
Solomon: ... You know, Kingston, I wasn't intending to... screw up your vision. *Pushes the "Down" Button*
Michael: Oh, no, no. You were trying to kill me.
*Elevator opens*
Solomon: Well, you know that old saying. *Gets behind the adults* If at first you don't succeed, try, try again! *Pushes them into the elevator*
Johanna: Hey!
Solomon: Happy landings! *Closes the doors and throws the elevator down the shaft*
Adults: *Screaming*
Solomon: ... *Leaves*
~Elevator~
Soos: What do we do?! We can't survive this!
Michael: *!* Maybe, we can. *Lays down* Lay down on the floor!
Stan: Why?
Michael: Trust me!
*They all do so*
Ford: This better work!
Michael: It will! Mabel showed me something like this!
*The elevator falls down the shaft, until...*
~Parking Garage~
*CRASH!*
Adults: *Groaning*
Michael: ... *Kicks the doors off* ... I told you it'd work. *He and the others crawl out*
Ford: *Looks around* This isn't the right garage.
Stan: Actually, I don't think they were in any of the garages. They're probably somewhere else.
Soos: But where?
Johanna: Let's just look around. Michael, Ford, look for the officers. The rest of us will look for the others.
~Interrogation Room~
Kelly: I am curious. Why am I being singled out?
Lucinda: Did you modify your Vision Cube at some point?
Kelly: *Realizes* Oh. I get it. Solomon can't open it.
Miranda: None of us can open it. We thought you modified it to only work with you.
Solomon: *Enters* I've escorted the adults to the Evidence Garage. Lucinda, Miranda, would take one of these kids over to the officers?
Lucinda & Miranda: Yes, sir.
Lucinda: *Turns to Mabel* You, come with us. *She and Miranda leave*
Mabel: ... *Follows*
Dipper: Stay safe.
Mabel: I will.
Solomon: Kylie, Eunice, Naomi. Watch over their friends.
Kylie, Eunice & Naomi: Got it. *They all leave*
Solomon: *Whispers in Naomi's ear* Pick three, one for each of you. Then, terminate them. Leave the rest alone, but make sure they watch.
Naomi: ... *Smirks* Got it. *Leaves*
Solomon: As promised, your friends are safe. Do you have your Vision Cube ready?
Hilda: *Pulls it out* Ready when you are.
Maria: *Pulls out the Marra Vision Cube and passes it to Kelly* I doubt that you comprehend the power that is within your grasp.
Hilda: I know if we open these together, any question we ask will be answered.
Solomon: So, you do understand. Well, Hilda, what is your question?
Hilda: ... *Glances at Dipper, Frida, and Kelly, before turning back to Solomon* There's one question that's been on my mind for some time now. I need to see if I'm right, or if I have just been hallucinating.
Solomon: ... You are as ambitious as ever. As for me, I seek something much simpler, yet equally elusive.
Dipper: Which is what?
Solomon: ... Hope.
Frida: *?* Why?
Solomon: It sounds weird, but I still have some things that I need to put to rest. Now, let us begin.
*Hilda and Kelly open up the Vision Cubes and merge them, covering the room in a brilliant light*
Dipper: *Amazed* Whoa.
~Cell Block~
*Lucinda, Miranda, and Mabel enter*
Mabel: Sheriff Blubs? Deputy Durland?
Blubs: Mabel? Is that you?
Durland: Over here!
*The three approach their cell*
Mabel: You okay?
Blubs: We're fine, but why are you with these two?
Miranda: Solomon's orders. We're letting her keep you company.
Michael: *He and Ford burst in* Heads up, Mabel!
Lucinda & Miranda: *?!* Huh?!
Michael: *Throws some handcuffs at Lucinda and Miranda, cuffing them to the cell bars*
Lucinda: *Struggling* What the...?!
Michael: *Frees the officers* Come on! We have to get to the Interrogation Hall! Crowe's in there!
*They all rush out*
Miranda: *Struggling* I can't sliver out!
Ford: Marra-proof handcuffs. Kelly and I have been working on them. *Leaves*
Lucinda: Wait! WAIT!
Miranda: DON'T LEAVE US HERE!
~Boiler Room~
*Kylie, Eunice, and Naomi arrive to confront the others*
Kylie: We need to pick three of you.
David: Why?
Eunice: Solomon's orders. He wants three of you dead.
All: *!*
Naomi: Take your picks.
Kylie: *Grabs Twig*
Eunice: *Grabs Wendy*
Naomi: *Grabs David* I would pick the witch, but you instigated your original escape plan. *She and the other two conjure up some daggers and raise them* On 3. 1...
*David, Twig, and Wendy closes their eyes*
Naomi: 2...
*The others close their eyes*
Naomi: ...3!
*The door bursts open*
Naomi: *She and the other two turn around* What-
*Stan, Soos, and Johanna knock them out*
Johanna: *Sighs* That was close.
David: You came!
Soos: And not a moment too soon. *He and Johanna free them all*
Pacifica: Where's your team?
Stan: They're in the Interrogation Hall! Come on!
*They all head over to said area*
~Interrogation Room~
Solomon: *Stammers* I-I don't get it. I see... nothing. Only oblivion. We need to go deeper. Go deeper!
Hilda: *Spots something* Wait. I see something.
Maria: You do? What do you see? What is it?
Hilda: I see...
Solomon: Tell us. Tell us what you see!
Hilda: ... I see... *!* It's him. I think it's-
Johanna: *She and the other burst in* Hilda!
*The light gets brighter, blinding everyone*
Mabel: It's too bright! Where are they?!
Michael: *Sees the silhouettes* The kids. I see them! Crowe and Maria are close. I'm gonna get them out. Be ready.
Kaisa: Wait! You can see them?!
Michael: I'm not sure how, but I can! *Approaches them*
Kaisa: Hold on! Michael!
Michael: Kids! Kelly! Listen to me! Look away!
Dipper: *?* Michael?
Solomon: No! Wait! We need to stay focused, Michael! We need to gain the knowledge we desire.
Michael: Remember Gruden's warning, kids. Turn away before it's too late!
Dipper: ... *Looks away*
Frida: *Looks away*
Kelly: *Looks away*
Hilda: But it's so close. He's right there. Just a little farther.
Maria: Who are you seeing, Hilda?!
Hilda: ... Trevor.
All: *?*
Michael: It's not worth it, Hilda. Trust me.
Hilda: ... *Looks away*
Solomon: Wait! NO!
*BOOM!*
*Everyone is blown away by the explosion*
Dipper: ... *Slowly wakes up* Ugh... Not again. *Looks around* Wait. Where'd they go?
~Boiler Room~
Maria: *Wakes up* Ow... *Looks around* How did I get here? *Notices Kylie, Eunice, and Naomi* ... Never mind. *Morphs and grabs them, before flying away*
~Cell Block~
*Lucinda and Miranda continue struggling, until...*
Solomon: *Bursts in* Come on, you two! *Breaks them free*
Lucinda: Where are we going?
Solomon: He lives. He lives!
Miranda: Who lives?
Solomon: The Dream Guardian is alive!
Lucinda & Miranda: *!*
*The Huldrawood Marra morph and fly out of Gravity Falls, freeing it from their clutch*
~Interrogation Room~
Hilda: *Wakes up* Ugh...
Daniel: You okay, kid?
Hilda: I-I think so. *Turns to Michael* Michael, how were able to see us?
Michael: I don't know, but I'm glad I did.
Johanna: Do you know what happened?
Hilda: I saw images, pieces of something, but I-I can't make sense of them. I don't know if it's what the four of us wanted to see or what Maria and Solomon were trying to see.
Ford: What were they?
Dipper: Places, mostly. Different realms, I think. Some familiar, some not.
Martha: Is it true? Did you really see Trevor? Alive?
Hilda: We've been speculating that he could be alive. I'm not sure I saw an old image of him or a current one. I'm not sure what those images mean.
Dipper: ... But I'm sure we'll find out together. If Trevor really is still alive, then we need to be prepared.
Notes:
* - Based on https://archiveofourown.org/works/47640751/chapters/135641509.
Chapter 41: The Unusual Demons
Summary:
Daniel gets himself into trouble again, as he comes across a reckless road rascal.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Road~
Some time had passed since the Huldrawood Marra took over Gravity Falls. The team is still reeling from Hilda's discovery of Trevor being alive after the Obsidian Temple disaster.
But right now, one of their own has something else in mind.
Anders: Why am I stuck in the back with the groceries today?
Daniel: Somebody has to make sure the eggs don't break.
Anders: We didn't even buy eggs today! We have some at the Mystery Shack! I know what you're up to, Danny-boy. You always get to drive this van we're using. I wonder why.
Daniel: Well, it's hard to trust you to drive anything, considering that you let your own 13-year-old daughter drive!
Anders: *Groans* You sound like my wife right now!
Kaisa: *Annoyed* Guys! I'd just like to have one peaceful trip to the store where the two of you aren't at each other's throats. You two have been bickering ever since the Marra Occupation came to a close.
Daniel & Anders: ... Hmph.
Kaisa: Now, that's better. Peace and quiet.
*A 1970 Dodge Charger R/T suddenly appears*
Anders: So much for "peace and quiet".
*The Charger comes up next to them... and hits them, causing the three to yelp*
Daniel: *Annoyed* A little "chip 'n chase", huh?!
Kaisa: Just pull over, Daniel!
Anders: Get out of the way!
Daniel: Nobody forces Daniel Burke off the road! *Rams in return*
Driver: Big mistake, boy-o! *Rams into them harshly, causing them to crash into the tree* Bye-bye! *Drives away*
Kaisa: Ugh... Everyone okay?
Anders: "Nobody forces Daniel Burke off the road", huh? Well, guess what? You got forced off the road.
Daniel: RRRRRGGGGGHHHHH!!!!! *Smashes the wheel, inadvertently causing the horn to honk*
~Mystery Shack~
Meanwhile, the rest of the team was examining the Vision Cubes, both of which had somehow lost most of their power after the incident with Solomon and Maria.
Dipper: Well, needless to say, we sure did a number on these cubes.
Hilda: At least, they're not entirely dead. I'm just tempted to try that... thing again.
Mabel: Hilda, need we remind you of the last time you did that?
Hilda: I know, but I saw him.
Frida: We know. You saw Trevor in that light.
Hilda: I know he's still alive. I just need to figure out where he is.
Pacifica: Is there another method we could use? We don't want history to repeat itself with the Vision Cubes.
David: Maybe, Gruden can help us? He might know more.
News Announcer (On TV): A word of warning for those planning on driving tonight: We're sorry to say this, but right now, it's strictly advised that you need to stay home for the time being! Reports are coming in of a mysterious driver committing a series of vehicular manslaughters on the outskirts of Gravity Falls.
Richard: Should we be worried about that?
Kelly: Well, they're saying it's along the outskirts. It's not in Gravity Falls.
Kaisa: *Enters with Anders and Daniel* We're back. We had a run-in with some... reckless road rascal.
*The suspect car is shown on the screen*
Richard: You mean, that guy?
Anders: *!* That's him! That's the maniac who nearly trashed us!
Stan: You ran into that nut?!
Daniel: More like he ran into us! Over and over! First thing tomorrow, I'm gonna head back out there and teach that guy a lesson!
Kaisa: Daniel, it's not worth it. Just be glad we're all okay.
Anders: Mostly okay. I think I got whiplash trying to save all the food.
Stan: A noble sacrifice, Anders.
Johanna: *Enters* Oh, my goodness, Anders. What have you been up to now?
Anders: Nothing, Johanna! Daniel's the one who got us into trouble.
Daniel: ...
Johanna: What did you do this time?
Daniel: *Points to the car on the TV* Your husband, Kaisa, and I ran into this psycho.
Kaisa: And the doofus here tried to retaliate.
Anders: And I got whiplash as a result. *Heads to the kitchen* I'm gonna look for an ice pack.
Daniel: Where the heck is Ford? I need to give him the heads-up.
Dipper: I saw him go into his lab.
~Underground Laboratory~
*The same news story is also played on the lab TV*
Ford: ...
Daniel: *Enters* Ford!
Ford: *Turns to him* Oh, hey, Daniel.
Daniel: *Notices the TV* I guess I don't have to tell you the whole story.
Ford: What about it?
Daniel: I had a run-in that maniac. I have to get back out there and stop him.
Ford: Can't you just let the police handle it?
Daniel: The news is saying that the guy has slaughtered several road users. What else could they do?
Ford: Well, what are you going to use? I don't think our van is fit to handle that maniac.
Daniel: I'll look for something. But I came to you because I can't do it alone. You're a machinist, aren't you?
Ford: I'll admit that. *Points to his old portal device* But I work an entirely different altogether, not ones used for vehicles. *Pauses* Then again, it wouldn't hurt to try something different.
Daniel: Doesn't Gravity Falls have a junkyard? Maybe, we can refurbish a vehicle.
Ford: That is if they have a working vehicle.
~Junkyard~
Sure enough, Daniel, Ford, and Richard found a 1970 Ford Mustang Mach 1... which had seen better days.
Daniel: Hey, bud, hand me the 1/4-inch socket.
Richard: *Grabs said tool* Sure thing, bro! *Passes it*
Daniel: *Tightens something* This baby is almost ready to roll. All that's missing is an engine.
Ford: *Pulling a cart with an engine* I went to a nearby auto shop. The mechanic was willing to give away this decent old thing.
*The three carefully install the engine*
Richard: Heh. "Ford fixes Ford".
Ford: *Chuckle* Yeah, I got that a lot when I was a high school freshman. At the time, I was helping the local mechanic. Very nice guy.
Daniel: *Does a few more adjustments* Okay. Seems ready. *Closes the hood* Let's take her out for a test drive.
{Later}
~Road~
Daniel: *Starts the car* Are you guys ready for me to break some speed records?
Mabel: We're ready!
Ford: On my mark.
Daniel: *Grips the wheel*
Ford: Ready! *Starts his stopwatch* Go!
Daniel: *Pedals it* Whoohoo!
*Daniel's Mustang zooms by*
Ford: *Stops his stopwatch* Amazing! That car is light-speed! Great time!
Dipper: You guys actually pulled it off. I'm almost impressed.
Hughie: Um... He's not stopping, is he?
Hilda: Doesn't look that way.
David: *Annoyed groan* Of course.
Ford: ... *Face-palm* Oh, that boy.
Daniel: Don't need a stopwatch to know this baby's fast! The best way to test her out is to find that road creep!
Unfortunately, Daniel couldn't find the Charger for nearly 5 minutes.
Daniel: What a drag. The minute you're actually looking for a maniac, they're nowhere to be found. *Notices something up ahead* Oh, wait a minute. Is that him? *Pulls up next to the car* Yep. Same make, same model, same license plate... *Looks at the window* Can't see the driver though.
*Lights from the inside flicker on, revealing a disturbing sight*
Daniel: *!* Aah! He's... a mutant?!
Driver: You! You're that kid who tried to stop me last night!
Daniel: And you're the one hurting innocent road users! And for what?! For kicks?!
Driver: That's just how I do things around these parts. *Zooms away* And thus, I dub myself "Speed Demon"!
Daniel: I gotta stop him. *Drives after him*
*A familiar minivan rolls along the road*
Thompson: *Humming to the radio... before noticing something up ahead* ... What the heck is going on over there?
Speed Demon: Speed Demon's "King of the Road", baby! WHOO!
Daniel: *Notices the minivan* Oh, no. Watch out!
Thompson: AAAAAHHHHH!!!!! *Ducks his head*
*The two cars close in on the van, before miraculously evading it*
Thompson: ... *Raises his head* ... Phew. That was close.
Speed Demon: NO! You rat! I'm gonna smash you all! Even if it's the last thing I'll ever do! Every stinkin' human on this planet's goin' for a WILD *Inhale* RIDE! *Inhale* YEAH, BOY! *Laughs maniacally*
*Daniel struggles to push the Speed Demon, but he loses control and crashes*
Speed Demon: Hasta la vista, perdedor! *Laughs*
Daniel: ... RRRRRGGGGGHHHHH!!!!! *Smashes the wheel, inadvertently causing the horn to honk... again*
*The others arrive*
Louise: Are you okay, Daniel?
Daniel: ... I'll live.
Tommy: Dude! What happened to your Mustang?
Daniel: ... Uh...
Richard: After all that hard work...
David: You trashed it! You went after that road maniac alone, didn't you?
Daniel: I thought I could take him! And besides, he's no road maniac. He's a road mutant!
All: *!* What?!
Fargo: A mutant?
Alban: You mean, kind of like what happened to you that one time?
Deacon: I could've sworn we turned The Scarecrow into swamp goo.
David: You totally ditched us! We could have helped!
Daniel: That guy challenged me! It's 1 versus 1! No one else should get involved!
Ford: Never mind that. Let's just get this here... scrap heap back to the Mystery Shack.
Jemma: *Notices something* Huh? *Approaches it* Hey, guys, check this out.
*They all approach it*
Martha: What's that stuff?
Jemma: I don't know. *Reaches out* Maybe, the bad guy dropped it.
Ford: *Shoves her hand away* Don't touch that, Jemma! Looks like some kind of mutagenic fuel. *Scoops some into a vial* Fascinating! This must be how became a mutant.
Deacon: But how did that psycho come into contact with it?
Ford: I'm not sure. I'll probably figure it out once I get back to my lab.
~Mystery Shack~
*The team returns*
Wendy: Are you okay?
Michael: What happened this time?
Dipper: Speed Demon: 2. Daniel Burke: Zip.
Johanna: You went after that guy?
Daniel: ...
Kaisa: Unbelievable.
Hilda: No, here's the unbelievable part: That guy is more than just a road psycho. He's a mutant!
Adults: A mutant?!
Soos: You think it has something to do with your custom medicine, Deacon?
Deacon: I don't know. I just know that my medicine mixed with... Dipper's vomit inadvertently created The Scarecrow. And even if that gross mixture is involved, I don't know how that guy came into contact with it in the first place.
Hughie: Maybe, we should retrace our steps.
Daniel: You do that. We're gonna come up with a new plan.
Anders: Daniel, I-
Daniel: The cops can't catch him. Someone's gotta bring that mutant down!
Stan: And that's gotta be Daniel Burke, right?
Daniel: That's right, Stan. 'Cause I'm the only one that can stop him.
{Later}
Daniel: *Working on the Mustang* Hmm.
Wendy: *Approaches him* So, did you find the problem with that clutch?
Daniel: *Pulls out a tree branch* I found part of the problem.
David: *Arrives with the toolbox* Here. I'll be at the totem pole if you need me. *Leaves*
Daniel: ... *Follows him* Listen, David. I'm sorry I went after Speed Demon without you guys.
David: It's fine. I'm already used to your... troublesome antics. Besides, Ford, Richard, and I have been making a plan of our own to bring that freak down.
Daniel: Buddy, you and I know the hot rod is the best chance we got. We need to team up on this.
David: I don't know. I'm not sure if Ford would also agree. Richard, maybe, but Ford's a different challenge.
Daniel: Whatever you guys are planning, I promise I'll listen this time, bud. Please?
David: ... *Sigh* Alright.
Ford: *Arrives with Richard* I guess I don't need to pep talk you. Shall we get to work?
~Woods~
As Daniel, David, Ford, Richard, and Wendy worked on the Mustang, the quartet searched the area they hiked in on the day after Dipper woke up.
Tommy: Ugh. I never thought I'd come back to this spot. This is where Dipper vomited and got fed up with your medicine.
Deacon: I know. But this is just a large pond. It's not like it's connected to a- *Spots something* ...river.
The quartet can see that the pond is connected to a river.
~Road~
And upon following it, they found that it sat right next to a road.
Jemma: Hmm. It doesn't look like there's a path that leads into the wilderness. And the river isn't completely next to the road.
Hughie: *Spots something* Look. Skid marks. Someone must've lost control of their car and splashed into the river.
Deacon: And came into contact with the mixture.
~Living Room, Mystery Shack~
Hilda: *Fiddling with the Vision Cubes*
Dipper: *Approaches her* Still tempted?
Hilda: *Nods* ... Did I ever tell you about what Trevor and I were up to while you were back in Piedmont?
Dipper: Not really. Aside from your trip to Sodor, I just know that you somehow got Trevor and his friends to join the Adventure Club.
Hilda: Well, on the day you left, Trevor had a fallout with Martha, Fargo, and Alban. Despite what we went through in the Reynolds House, they were still uninterested in what we usually do, even after Trevor broke the news that he decided to join the club. They even left him behind after he got beaten up by some teenagers who were once pranked by those three.
Dipper: What made them change their minds?
Hilda: ... I guess I didn't tell you that yet. One time, my mother and I got stuck in a mountain full of trolls.
Dipper: *?* Trolls?
Hilda: At first, we were weary of them, but then, we bonded with this one troll named Trylla and her child, Baba. In fact, we became so close with them that... Trylla switched me and Baba. Baba was living with my mother for the time being, while I... got turned into a troll.
Dipper: *!* You were turned into a troll?!
Hilda: It was scary at first, but... it made me even closer to them. Then, I was introduced to this gigantic troll named Trundle, the one they called the "Mountain King", a fierce troll who wanted to wake up a dormant “mother troll” sleeping underneath Trolberg. Trundle offered me a way to turn me back into a human and get me back home. In exchange, I had to free him from his cage and retrieve his single eye. Though, at the time, I didn't even know it was his eye, nor did I know that he was stuck in a cage. During his invasion, Trundle was destroyed, but miraculously, I managed to end the conflict between Trolberg and the trolls.
Dipper: How do Trevor and his friends fit in?
Martha: *Enters* Frida organized a protest against the Safety Patrol. The four of us just found ourselves in that mix. It felt almost... weird to us. Then again, it was a... step closer to seeing what you guys see.
Hilda: They eventually made up after our trip to Sodor, while I was visiting my aunt in Tofoten. I didn't know about this until after my time in the Fairy Realm.
Dipper: And as they say, the rest is history.
Martha: ... History. Something that Trevor actually made. He was the reason why we're here together. *Tightens her fist* Then, that... triangle monster came in and... *Sighs*
Hilda: ...
Dipper: ... *!* Wait. I just remembered something.
Hilda: *She and Martha turn to him* What is it?
Dipper: Richard found something back in Piedmont. I thought it-
David: *Enters* Hey, guys! We've got something to show- *Notices* Oh, did I interrupt something?
Dipper, Hilda, & Martha: ... *Awkwardly* Uh... no.
Dipper: Not really.
David: ... Just come outside. *Leaves*
Martha: ... Erm... To be continued?
Dipper: S-Sure. It can wait. We already have something else to deal with.
~Outside~
Daniel: *Removes a car tarp* Behold! I call this "The Striker"! A refurbished late model with some retrofitted modern tech.
Anders: You guys really think this Mustang is gonna stop that maniac?
Ford: Without a doubt, Anders.
Richard: With this baby, Daniel Burke can't be beat!
Kaisa: If you do get beat, then... Well, that's it. You're gonna end up turning into street pizza.
David: Don't worry. With all of Ford's technology put into this, it's one of the safest cars on the road.
Michael: "Safest car on the road"? That's a bit of a stretch.
Daniel: Oh, don't worry, Michael. It's perfectly safe. *Pauses* Sorta. I probably should've installed a roll cage.
Dipper: I don't think a roll cage would make a difference.
{Nighttime}
~Road~
*Daniel, Ford, Dipper, and Hilda rode in The Striker, while the rest of the team were in separate vans (including the one that Daniel, Kaisa, and Anders used)*
Stan (Over the radio): Okay. We got the plan down, right?
Daniel: As long as you can keep up in the vans.
*Tablet beeps*
Ford: *Checks it*
Dipper: What's wrong?
Ford: “Speed Demon Approaching”. Get ready!
Hilda: *Uses her radio* Guys, get ready! He's coming right now!
Wendy (Over the radio): Roger that! And remember, stick to the plan!
Speed Demon: *Appears up ahead* Ready for Round 2, boy?!
Daniel: So ya wanna play Chicken, eh?!
Hilda: *?* There's a game called "Chicken"?
Dipper: *?* You don't know that?
Hilda: Do I even want to know how it works?
Daniel: Here's one variant. *Pedals it*
Hilda: *Realizes* Oh, no. No! Daniel!!
Speed Demon: *Laughing*
Daniel: Here I come!
*The cars get closer, and closer, and closer, until...*
Daniel: ... On second thought... *Turns away* You win!
Speed Demon: *Zooms by* Ha! What a chicken!
Daniel: *Stops his car* I'm not finished with you just yet! *Shifts the knob and drives off to chase after Speed Demon*
*The two cars zoom by the vans*
Michael: Now, where are they going?!
Anders: I don't know.
Kaisa: Is Daniel ditching us again?
Alban: *Annoyed groan* He's doing it again! He's DITCHING US!
Wendy: Nope. This time, it's all part of the plan!
*The vans turn around and follow them*
Kelly: How is ditching us part of the plan this time?!
Richard: You'll see, Kelly.
*The two cars fight each other down the road*
Hilda: *Disoriented* I'm gonna get carsick.
Speed Demon: Bah! I'm gonna splatter you across the road! Then, I'll grind ya in my grill like the bugs you are!
Daniel: This'll slow ya down, freak! *Pushes a button*
*The Striker's front grill opens and fires a small missile*
*Boom!*
Speed Demon: *Spinning around* Whoa~!
*The Striker zooms by*
Dipper: Now, we just need him to follow us.
Speed Demon: *Recovers* BURKE! *Chases after The Striker*
*One of the vans appears next to the Charger*
Wendy: Ready, David?
David: This could end badly.
*They both jump onto the roof*
Speed Demon: Hey! Get off my roof! *Tries to shake them off*
David: *Panicking*
Wendy: *Approaches the driver-side window* Mind if we talk outside?! *Grabs him*
Speed Demon: Oy! Get off me!
David: *Helps Wendy pull him out*
Wendy: *Notice something* Huh. You look familiar to me.
*All three fall to ground*
David: Oy...
*The Charger crashes into a road lamp*
Wendy: *Sees the results* Hey... *Uses her radio* We got him, guys!
*Daniel, Ford, Dipper, and Hilda cheer*
Daniel: That'll show ya not to mess with Daniel Burke! *Turns around* Let's go apprehend him!
David: Not so tough without your car, huh? *Notices something* Wait a second.
Familiar Face: *Groaning* My head.
Wendy: *!* Lee?!
Lee: Oh, hey, Wendy. I haven't seen you in a while. *Looks around* Huh? Where am I? Wendy, what happened? *Notice David* Who are you?
Wendy: Oh, this is David. He's a friend of mine.
David: *Stammering* I-I don't get it. You're... You're not a mutant?
Lee: What? No, of course not. Why would I be a mutant or something like that?
David: We've been dealing with a... Well, if you're not the mutant, then how did we...? *Ponders* I'm super confused.
Lee: *Notices something* *!* Uh... Should that answer all of your questions?
David: *?* What?
*Lights flash*
Wendy: ... It's right behind us, isn't it?
Lee: ... Yep.
*David and Wendy turn around to see the Charger... moving on its own*
Lee: ... How is it doing that?
David: ... I don't know.
Wendy: ... What are you supposed to be? An attempted bootleg of Christine?
Speed Demon: ... Christine?
All 3: *!*
Speed Demon: Don't make me laugh. I can do more than just spring to life.
David: Like what?
Speed Demon: Observe. *Opens its hood, revealing a roaring mouth*
All 3: *Screaming their heads off*
Speed Demon: *Gobbles up David*
David: *Struggling* Help me!
Wendy: David! *She and Lee grab onto him and try to pull him out*
Lee: Let him go!
Speed Demon: *Swallows David*
~Inside The Car~
David: *Floating around* AAAAAHHHHH!!!
*Something causes David to mutate*
David: *Grunting* ... What's happening to me?! *Shrieks*
~Outside~
*The Charger begins to morph, scaring Wendy and Lee*
Lee: ... Oh, boy.
Wendy: ... D-David?
*The big-headed monster resembling David pops out of the roof*
Speed Demon: *Laughing maniacally* I've got a younger host now! That's what I'm talking about! *Spins around* Ya like that? Yeah? Well, it's all me, baby! *Drives away, laughing manically*
*The Striker rolls along the road, until...*
Dipper: *Spot something* ... Hm. What's that?
*The others look ahead*
All 4: *They all gasp in shock* David?!
Speed Demon: Whoo-hoo-hoo-hoo! YEAH, BAY-BAY!
Dipper, Hilda, & Ford: ...
Daniel: You stupid, ugly, pickle-headed gizoid! *Tries to start The Striker* If I could just start this thing up, we can go after them.
Wendy: *Arrives with Lee* You saw that, right?
Hilda: We all did.
*The vans arrive*
Stan: What happened? Are you okay? *Notices Lee* And what's he doing here?
Lee: It's the car that I was stuck in.
Ford: We're not sure how, but it's got a mind of its own.
Dipper: And it's got David!
All: *!* What?!
*The Striker starts*
Daniel: We're going after it!
Michael: Daniel, wait! We need a plan!
Daniel: We'll make it up as we go! We don't know how much time David has right now!
*The Striker zooms off*
Wendy: *She and Lee hop into one of the vans* Come on. Let's follow them.
*The vans follow*
Daniel: How far is he, Ford?
Ford: *Checks his tablet* Let's see.
*Tablet beeps*
Ford: We're closing in.
Daniel: Time to see what this baby can really do. *Pedals it* Hang in there, David!
Speed Demon: *Zooming down the road, cackling*
*The Striker bumps into the Charger*
Speed Demon: Ow! *Turns around* Hey! *Notices who it is* Huh? You again?! I thought I ditched you!
*The two cars fight each other again*
Daniel: Let my friend go, freak! *Notices the woods* Or I'll take us both down!
Speed Demon: Never gonna happen, Daniel Burke! This little boy belongs to Speed Demon now!
*The two cars collide again and spin around, before stopping up against a curve railing*
Daniel: *Glaring at Speed Demon*
Speed Demon: ... You know, I'm gonna be a sporting guy for once. So, how 'bout we race for it? You win, you get your friend back. I win, I get you, your car, and all that sa-weet technology!
Daniel: Fair enough. *Turns to the others*
Dipper: ... Might as well risk it.
Hilda: If it means getting David back, I'll take it.
Ford: It's a deal! Name the finishing point.
Speed Demon: *Points to a distant spot* See that cliffside landmark off in the distance? That's Dead Man's Curve. The first one to make it there wins. Starting now! *Zooms off*
Hilda: After him!
*The Striker zooms off*
*The vans follow the two racing cars*
Michael: I think we need some faster wheels.
Johanna: What are they doing?
Kelly: Looks like a race to me.
Frida: *Spots something on the Charger* What the...? Is that hideous thing supposed to be David?!
Wendy: Well, we did say it's got David.
Frida: I thought he was just being held hostage.
Lee: It's worse. That car is using him as a host.
Speed Demon: *Cackling*
Dipper: I'm getting tired of that laugh.
*The Striker tries to pass the Charger, but Mutant David keeps preventing it*
Daniel: No good! I can't pass him!
Speed Demon: *Increases speed* WOW! Speed Demon's gonna win the race, and a car, and a brand new driver! YEAH!
Daniel: Hang on back there, Ford!
Ford: I'm trying!
Daniel: Time to win this thing! *Pushes the "Boost" Button* TURBO BOOST, BAY-BAY! WHOO~!
*The Striker speeds up*
Hilda: *Disoriented* Okay. I'm about to vomit.
Ford: Do it outside!
*The Striker closes in*
Daniel: Alright, Ford! Take the wheel! *Climbs out*
Ford: *Climbs into the driver seat* Heh. This'll be all kinds of fun.
Daniel: *Riding on the roof* Hey, road freak! You're going down! *Brawls with the Mutant David*
Speed Demon: *Tries to smash Daniel but misses* ... Huh? *Looks around* Where the heck did he go?!
Daniel: *Grabs the mutant's head* Right behind you! *Throws a strange grenade in front of the mutant's face* Have some cheese powder, sucker!
*Burst!*
*Cheese powder covers the mutant's face*
Speed Demon: Oh! *Spitting*
Daniel: *Tries to pull David off* Maybe, I can... save him!
*The mutant throws him off and back onto The Striker*
Speed Demon: See ya at the finish line, Daniel Burke!
Daniel: Oh, forget the race! I just want my friend back!
Ford: I couldn't agree more! *Gets in front of the Charger*
*Dipper and Hilda climb out*
Daniel: On 3. 1... 2... 3!
*The three jump off and onto the mutant, ripping it off the car*
*SLAM!*
*The Charger stops*
Ford: *Stops as well* Did they get them? *Drives back*
*The mutant reverts back to David's normal self*
Hilda: David! *Runs to him* You okay?
David: *Gets up* Ugh... Yeah. I-I think so.
*They then turn to the Charger*
Speed Demon: ... I'm gonna chew you up and spit you out, Burke! *Roar!*
Dipper: Oh, no.
David: *Pulls out a shovel* I got it this time, guys! *Charges at the Charger*
Hilda: David, wait!
David: *Jabs the shovel into the mouth* Leave my friends alone!
Speed Demon: *Throws him off* Not yet. *Snaps the shovel* Say "Goodbye", Daniel! *Charges at him*
Daniel: ...
Dipper: *He and Hilda jump out of the way* Oh, gosh!
Anders: Daniel!
*One of the vans rushes in and rams the Charger off the cliffside*
Speed Demon: No! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!
Kaisa: *Blasts a fireball at the Charger* Goodbye.
Speed Demon: I'LL BE BAAAAAAAAAACK!!!!!!!!!!
*BOOM!*
Lee: YES! He's gone for good!
Daniel: ... *Smirks*
Ford: *Arrives* You okay?
Daniel: I am now.
~Mystery Shack~
Daniel: *Sits down* Whoo! What a day.
Michael: *Sits next to him* I don't know how you do it, Daniel. Every time you dive into a battlefield, you somehow come back unscathed.
Daniel: What can I say? I've done it for most of my life. Even after Richard came into my life. I was still causing trouble, but I always made up for it by being his perfect big brother.
Richard: *Stis next to him* There's no way anyone would ever argue with that.
~Twins' Room~
Dipper: *Searching his bag*
Hilda: So, what is it that you wanted to show us?
Dipper: Well, I said that Richard found this thing back in Piedmont. Now that I remembered it, I thought it could help us. *Pulls it out* Here it is.
Martha: Is that an amulet?
Dipper: Yep. And look what's on it.
Hilda: *!* That looks like the eye on... Luther's coat. Bill Cipher sent this, didn't he?
Dipper: At first, I thought it made no sense for Bill to leave it for Richard. But now, I've been thinking that Bill sent this to me. He wanted me to have it, even if it didn't land directly into my possession.
Martha: But why did he send it to you in the first place?
Dipper: That, I'm not so sure about.
*The three thought about it for a moment, until...*
All 3: *!* ... He knew.
Notes:
Guest Starring:
----------
Shaun Ricker as Speed Demon
Chapter 42: It Has Begun
Summary:
After learning that Trevor is still alive and being held hostage by Bill, the Adventure Club, mainly Dipper and Hilda, embark on another training journey to prepare themselves for another battle against Bill.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Gnome Zone, Forest~
*The kids step foot into the forest*
Mabel: Let me get this straight. Bill Cipher somehow saw into the future and knew that we were going to be at the Obsidian Temple.
Dipper: Mm-hmm.
Frida: And his need for the Vision Cube is just a front to get to you?
Dipper: He may be addressing a challenge to me.
Hilda: And the rest of us didn't know what we were getting ourselves into.
Pacifica: But why you, Dipper? Your uncles were the ones who destroyed Bill.
Dipper: I guess he views me as his first adversary. Uncle Ford was the first to encounter Bill, McGucket was the first to see his true colors, and Grunkle Stan was the last to see him alive, but I was his first challenge. And his... easiest opponent. Even to this day, I still get beaten easily.
David: That's the thing about learning from your mistakes. They tend to be long-term processes.
Richard: I did think the amulet was a key of sorts. I guess Bill sent it to us to unlock something.
Kelly: But what does he want us to unlock?
Dipper: I don't know. I hope Gruden can help.
Hilda: *Looks around* Gruden? Are you still here?
Hughie: What does Gruden look like again? You just told us that lives here.
Hilda: He's supposed to be a giant. So, bear with us.
Kelly: Bearing with you because of a giant is a bit challenging.
Louise: Personally, I wouldn't consider it challenging.
*The strange spiders suddenly appear*
All: *!*
Fargo: Would you consider those things challenging?!
Hilda: *Stammering* I-It's alright! It's alright. I got this. *Extends her arm*
*The spiders stop and glare*
Hilda: Easy now. We just want to talk to Gruden. Is he available?
*The spiders refuse to budge*
Hilda: Please. We need some advice from him.
*The spiders slowly back away*
Gruden: Advice from me, you say?
*The giant makes his presence known just like before*
All: Whoa!
Gruden: I see you have brought some more of your friends. The ones who were once held hostage, I take it?
Dipper: *Nods* Yes. The same ones. But we're not here about the Vision Cubes again. We're to discuss... Bill Cipher.
Gruden: Bill Cipher? The same one from before? Hasn't he been destroyed?
Dipper: Somehow, he survived the Memory Gun that was used to stop him.
Hilda: But that doesn't matter right now. We're actually trying to find Bill in order to find someone else.
Gruden: Someone else? Who?
Hilda: A boy named Trevor. We thought he was killed when he tried to stop Bill from attacking us at the Obsidian Temple. But... upon using the Vision Cubes, I saw that he was still alive. Alone. Scared.
Gruden: I see. So, in short, you wish to set out on a journey to bring him home?
Hilda: Yes, Gruden. We'd do anything to bring him home.
Gruden: Quite an understandable motive.
Dipper: In fact, we have something that could help us. *Pulls out the amulet* I've been on the belief that this amulet was sent to me by Bill. A key of sorts to open something. We're not sure what exactly, but our theory is that Bill knew I was going to be at the Obsidian Temple, and he left this for me to use for whatever he has in mind.
Gruden: Hmm. If Bill Cipher had planned for all this in advance, then I suggest you head to the Illusion Zone of Gravity Falls.
Hilda: The Illusion Zone?
Dipper: Never heard of it.
Gruden: I understand that you wish to find your friend. However, if Bill Cipher is one step ahead of you, then you require preparation.
Jemma: ... He does have a point. Bill is one intelligent foe.
Martha: And we've all seen what he can do before.
Alban: And how it resulted.
Gruden: You cannot face him yet. There is much you must overcome. If you cannot find your inner, spiritual strength, you will not stand a chance against Bill Cipher.
Tommy: Is this where the "Illusion Zone" comes in?
Gruden: Of course, youngster. You will all learn what you must do if you want to face Bill Cipher and save your friend. Each of you must split into different groups, and journey out in the Illusion Zone to face a spiritual adversary. *Turns to Hughie, Martha, Fargo, and Alban* For one group, your temper is like a fire that you must learn to focus on for power. *Turns to Mabel, David, Tommy, Kelly, and Jemma* For the second, your minds are overrun with distractions. Learn to be calm, like the forest. *Turns to Frida, Pacifica, Richard, Deacon, and Louise* For the third, you rely too much on your minds, and not on your bodies. Be strong, like the mountain. *Turns to Dipper and Hilda* And you two. You must be the leaders in body and spirit. Be like the wind. Let nothing weigh you down. Sleep now, children. *Points in a direction* For your greatest trail awaits within the Illusion Zone, the place where the unreal becomes real, and the challenges you face in there will be just as deadly as those you face in the real world. Be warned.
All: *They all nod in understanding*
Gruden: Farewell for now. We shall meet again in due time. *Disappears*
Deacon: ... Most likely when we face Bill at some point.
Dipper: ... He made our quest clear. It's time we begin, guys. Each of us will forge new armor and weapons. Then, we'll all split up and journey on alone, where we'll be challenged in the Illusion Zone, and we meet our ultimate fate.
{Later}
~Mystery Shack~
Back at the Mystery Shack, the team created some armor and weapons to help them with their journey.
Stan: You're certain that this "training journey" will help you?
Hilda: Positive.
Dipper: We don't know what Bill might have in store for us. That's why we need to prepare ourselves for them.
Johanna: ... *Sigh* Okay. Just promise us that you'll make it out alive.
Hilda: We will, Mum. Besides, we're only dealing with illusions. They won't kill us.
Dipper: They'll just help us learn from whatever mistake we might make.
{Later}
~Illusion Zone~
*The team arrives*
Anders: So, this is the Illusion Zone.
Ford: I've visited this area once during my first time in Gravity Falls. After I created Project Mentem and amended my journals with invisible ink, I decided to visit this place. Somehow, it actually helped me think more clearly. It helped me feel the need to abandon my research and hide my journals, thus preventing details on the portal's operation from falling into the wrong hands. If it worked for me, then I'm certain that'll it work for the kids.
Wendy: *Turns to the kids and Kelly* You guys ready?
*They all nod*
Dipper: It's time.
*They each split up into different parts of the Illusion Zone*
Ford: Good luck. All of you.
Kaisa: And take care.
All: We will.
~Leader Section~
Dipper: *Looking around* ...
Hilda: What exactly should we be looking out for?
Dipper: ... Depends.
Hilda: ... *Spots something up ahead* Hold on. What's that?
Dipper: *Spots it as well* Hm. Is that a deer? Maybe, a deer fox?
Hilda: Deer foxes are usually seen in the Hulderlands. That one has to be a regular deer.
*The deer runs away*
Dipper: Wait! *He and Hilda run after it* Wait!
*Their surroundings change into a rickety bridge*
Hilda: *?!* What?! Where are we?!
Dipper: Just relax. We can't let the illusions get the better of us.
*A demonic humanoid appears*
Hilda: *Pulls out her new sword* I think they're already doing that.
Dipper: *Pulls out his new bow* Still, it's just the start.
*The humanoid attacks*
Dipper: *Shoots it out of existence*
*More and more humanoids appear*
Hilda: Okay, not cool. Definitely not cool.
~Temper Section~
*Hughie, Martha, Fargo, and Alban enter a cave of sorts*
Hughie: So much for finding a hidden pirate ship. Waste of time.
Martha: Huh. Somebody's gotta be here keeping those torches lit. But who?
*Footsteps*
*They all turn to see...*
Fargo: What... is that?
Alban: Well, it's no human that's for sure!
*More and more appear*
Hughie: *Aghast* Aah!
*The humanoids aim torches at the four, revealing them to be fire-tipped spears*
Martha: Aw, shrimp. Weapons out!
*The four pull out their new weapons*
~Mountain Section~
*Frida, Pacifica, Richard, Deacon, and Louise walk along the side of a mountain of sorts*
Frida: For all I know, this probably isn't even the right direction.
Pacifica: Boy, we could really use a map right now.
Richard: No, Gruden said to be strong like the mountain. That's exactly what we're-
*Rumble!*
All: Whoa!
Deacon: What the...?! What was that?
*They look up to humanoids of sorts using hammers to smash the crumblings of the mountain at them*
Louise: Hey! You're gonna bring the whole mountain down! *Pauses* Unless... illusions don't care what happens.
Richard: They don't.
*A large rock is knocked off*
All: *Screaming* *They all dodge the rock* ... Phew.
Deacon: That almost got us.
*The humanoids attack*
Louise: *Titters* I hate being right.
Frida: *Pulls out her wand* Get ready.
*The others pull out their new weapons*
~Forest Section~
*Mabel, David, Tommy, Kelly, and Jemma already have their new weapons out just to be safe*
Mabel: Be calm like the wind. That's all we have to do right now.
David: Easier said than done if Gruden wants us to encounter illusions. *Looks around* Not to mention, we're in a foggy forest of dead trees.
Tommy: *Gets hit by something* Oh! *Looks around* Who's there?!
Kelly: *Gets hit as well* Gah! *Looks around* Come out!
*Silence*
All 5: ...
*Snap!*
Jemma: Gotcha. *Throw a shuriken into the fog*
*Something catches it with one finger*
Mabel: Ha! Your camo is so weak, ya bully!
*Ten sets of eyes appear, leaving the team in disbelief*
Kelly: Uh...
Tommy: Whoa.
Mabel: Okay. Either I'm wrong about the camo, or we're about to fight a ten-eyed monster.
David: I hope it's the former.
*Ten demonic humanoids emerge from the fog (proving it to be that) and attack them*
Jemma: It's the former! It's the former! *Screaming*
~Leader Section~
Dipper: *Shoots another* Keep 'em coming! We can do this all day! *Fires multiple arrows at them* That's it?! I've still got more arrows, guys!
*Creaking*
Hilda: *?* Huh? *Notices the bridge about to give way* Uh, Dipper?
*The ropes begin to snap*
Dipper: Whoa! Run for it! *He and Hilda do so*
Hilda: Might I ask where we're running to?!
Dipper: Honestly, I'm just making this up as we go!
*SNAP!*
Hilda: Oh, no.
Dipper: No, no, no, no, no! *He and Hilda fall off*
Both: *Screaming*
Hilda: *Notices a rope that's long enough for the two of them* Grab that rope! *Grabs it*
Dipper: *Grabs it* Got it!
*The two swing across the fog, before a cliffside came into their view*
Both: *!* Aah! *They collide with the cliffside* Ooh!
Hilda: ... Now, climb up! *She and Dipper do so, until they make it to the end of the now-destroyed bridge*
Dipper: ... Not as tough... as I thought.
~Forest Section~
*Mabel, David, Tommy, Kelly, and Jemma manage to fight off the humanoids despite the number disadvantage*
Mabel: So far, so good.
*Something attacks Tommy*
Tommy: *Kicks it away* *?* Huh?
*The attack is revealed to be a demonic werewolf of sorts*
Jemma: *Horrified* Oh, gosh. Is that a werewolf?
*The werewolf glares at them*
Kelly: Good dog. Easy. Maybe, I have a bone for you.
David: Oh, he's gonna have many bones to feast on.
*The werewolf attacks*
~Temper Section~
Meanwhile, Hughie, Martha, Fargo, and Alban continue to attack the humanoids in their section.
Alban: I would have been way more into this training journey if I knew I'd get to slap some evil monsters around.
*Bubbling*
*They all turn to it*
Fargo: Uh... This one might not be a pushover.
*A demonic crocodile jumps out of the water*
Martha: What the...?! A croc?!
Hughie: *Shrug* Why the heck not?
*The four charge at it*
~Mountain Section~
*Frida, Pacifica, Richard, Deacon, and Louise continue fighting the humanoids in their section*
*Another large rock nearly hits them*
Pacifica: *Looks up at the three humanoids responsible* You really want to bring half the mountain down on us, huh? *Jumps up and knocks them off* Fine with me. *Raises her axe* Get up here, guys!
*The other four do so, as Pacifica slams her axe, knocking the remaining humanoids down*
Louise: Well, this is way easier than I thought. *Chuckles* All it takes is a little quick thinking and- *Notices something above them* Oh, no!
*The thing lands near them*
Deacon: We can't jinx it, Louise. We're just getting started. I think we're supposed to face this... thing.
*The thing turns to them, revealing itself to be a demonic werebear*
Frida: Is that a werebear?
Richard: Don't worry. It's just an illusion. It can't be real!
*The werebear rams Richard*
Frida: Does that feel real to you?
Richard: *Weakly* Absolutely.
~Leader Section~
*Dipper and Hilda walk across the mountains*
Dipper: ... *!* *Stops*
Hilda: *?* What is it? Do you hear something?
Dipper: ... I think we're being watched.
Hilda: By what?
*Screech*
*They turn to something near them*
Hilda: Isn't that the deer we saw earlier?
*The thing morphs into a humanoid of sorts... before removing its deer head... revealing a demonic bird-like head*
Dipper: That's no deer. That's a vulture.
Vulture: ... You...
Hilda: *!* It can talk?
Vulture: You are too weak to stand up to those like me.
Hilda: *Swings her sword*
Vulture: *Dodges and appears behind Dipper* You can hardly stand at all. *Kicks his leg*
Dipper: Urgh!
Hilda: Dipper!
~Forest Section~
Mabel: *!* ... Dipper?
*David, Tommy, Kelly, and Jemma struggle to fight the werewolf*
David: Mabel! A little help here!
~Mountain Section~
*Frida, Pacifica, Richard, Deacon, and Louise struggle to fight the werebear*
Louise: *Panting* I'm gonna pass out soon.
Frida: Not on our watch!
~Temper Section~
*Hughie, Martha, Fargo, and Alban struggle to fight the crocodile*
*The crocodile knocks Alban into the water*
Fargo: Alban!
Alban: *Immediately emerges* Don't worry! I'm okay!
Martha: *She and Hughie get rammed* Well, we're still struggling!
~Leader Section~
*Dipper and Hilda struggle to fight the humanoid vulture*
Vulture: *Grabs them by their necks* ... You will never win. *Slams them*
Dipper: *Breathing* ... Deja vu.
~Forest Section~
*Mabel, *David, Tommy, Kelly, and Jemma are now worn out*
Mabel: *Panting* ... We have to... do what Gruden told us to do.
David: ... *Takes a deep breath* Okay. Be calm like the forest.
*The others take deep breaths as well*
Mabel: Need to focus. If we concentrate, we can beat him.
Tommy: Focus.
Kelly: Focus.
Jemma: ... Focus.
*The werewolf reappears, but the team dodges its attacks, until...*
Mabel: *She and the others raise their weapons* Take this!
*They all jab the werewolf to a stop... before slashing it out of existence*
David: Yes!
~Mountain Section~
*Frida, Pacifica, Richard, Deacon, and Louise fall down the mountain, before landing right next to a ledge*
*The werebear appears in front of them*
Frida: Okay. We gotta stand our ground.
Louise: Immovable, right?
*The werebear tries to ram them off the ledge*
Pacifica: Why did it have to be a mountain?
Richard: I don't know.
Deacon: *Turns to the ledge* Guys, we better come up with something, or we'll fall!
Frida: Remember what Gruden told us? *Closes her eyes* Be strong, like the mountain.
*The others close their eyes for a moment*
*The werebear goes for another ram*
Frida: *She and the others open their eyes* Hmph.
*They all jab the werebear with their weapons and throw it off the ledge*
Frida: ... *Conceals her wand* It's done.
~Temper Section~
*Hughie, Martha, Fargo, and Alban are now worn out*
Hughie: *Inhale* Guys, listen. Remember what Gruden said. We need to concentrate and focus our anger. Sharpen it. Give it form.
Martha: ... Right. *She and the boys stance themselves*
Fargo: Come on. We dare you.
Alban: Try giving us another swim.
*The crocodile charges at them*
Hughie: Now! *He and the others jab the crocodile with their weapons... before slashing it out of existence*
Martha: ... *Giggle* We win.
~Leader Section~
*The vulture drags Dipper and Hilda across the top of the mountain*
Vulture: Your internal wounds are like a ball and chain, dragging you toward defeat. *Strikes Dipper relentlessly*
Hilda: *Tries to get up*
Dipper: ... *Shoves the Vulture away* He's right. My injuries from Trondheim are always gonna hold me back. I can't win. Unless...
Hilda: ... The pain is just in your mind. It's just an excuse.
Both: It's not real.
*The vulture becomes gigantic*
Vulture: *Laughing evilly* It is time we end this, children.
Dipper: I agree.
*The two attack the vulture*
The vulture screeches as loud as he can, and attempts to crush Dipper and Hilda, but they dodge each attempt and run toward the vulture. However, the vulture somehow grabs them.
Vulture: Say "Goodbye".
*The two finally focus*
Hilda: *Jabs the vulture's hand, breaking herself and Dipper free from its grasp*
Vulture: *Screeches in pain*
Dipper: *Aims at the vulture's head* Goodbye. *Shoots it*
*The vulture's screeches echo, as it dissipates from existence*
Dipper: *He and Hilda land safely* We defeated you in the Illusion Zone, Bill.
Hilda: One day, we'll beat you in the real world.
Both: We're ready for you.
Gruden (Voice): You've done well, children.
Both: *!*
Hilda: *She and Dipper look around* Is that...?
Dipper: It's Gruden.
*Everyone in the area can hear him*
Gruden (Voice): You have heeded my words and have overcome your challenges. You have passed. You are now ready to face Bill Cipher and save your friend.
{Later}
~Zone Entrance~
*The adults wait as patiently as possible for the kids and Kelly to return*
Daniel: Where are they?
Michael: Be patient, Daniel. I'm sure they're coming back.
Johanna: Did they really overcome their challenges? Or...?
Stan: If Gruden said they overcame their challenges, then I don't see why we need to assume the worse.
Michael: *Spots something* You're definitely right about that.
*The adults turned to see the kids and Kelly returning from the Illusion Zone*
Daniel: I guess they succeeded after all.
Ford: Are you kids ready?
*They all nod*
Hilda: Ready as we'll ever be.
Ford: Then, it's settled. Let's go find Bill. We find him, we'll find Trevor as well.
Dipper: And bring him home.
*They all collide their fists*
Notes:
The title came from this video.
Chapter 43: Bring Him Home Part 1
Summary:
The Adventure Club embarks on their “final step” in bringing Trevor home, but they learn that Bill has thrown some obstacles to keep them busy.
Notes:
Inspired by Hypixel's 'Herobrine's Return' Minecraft Adventure Map.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
{Last Year}
~Obsidian Temple~
Bill: I'm not leaving empty-handed. And I won't leave you alone unless you give me that Vision Cube!
Hilda: *Whimper*
Trevor: Over my dead body! *Tackles Bill*
Hilda: Trevor!
Trevor: I'll hold him off! Get out of here!
Hilda: We can't leave without you!
*CRUMBLE!*
Michael: ... This place is falling apart. Through the portal! *He and Johanna go through*
Mabel: *Gives Dipper to David* Hold onto him! I'll get Hilda and Trevor! *Runs to Hilda*
Hilda: Trevor, we have to go!
Trevor: Just go without me!
Hilda: I won't!
Trevor: Hilda, I have to hold him off!
*The entrance starts to close*
Bill: NO! *Shoves him away*
Trevor: *Tackles him again* I'll catch up!
Hilda: How?!
Bill: GET OFF!
Trevor: I'll figure out something!
Hilda: Trevor!
*The entrance closes*
Hilda: No! NO!
*Slam!*
Bill: *Throws him off* Well, what's there to figure out now, kid?! The door's permanently sealed!
Luther: How are we supposed to get that boy now?
Trevor: *?* Huh? I thought-
Bill: We'll have to figure it out once we get back. *Opens a portal* Let's go.
Trevor: I won't let you! *Tackles Bill into the portal, which suddenly dissipates*
Luther: Bill! BILL! *Falls down a sinkhole*
*The Obsidian Temple crumbles to pieces*
~Nightmare Realm~
*Trevor and Bill enter*
Trevor: *Gets up* Ugh... *Looks around* What's this place?
Bill: *Magically binds Trevor* Welcome to my humble abode, kid. Thanks to you, we left my top cultist behind, and I have to come up with a new plan to kill that boy!
Trevor: *Struggling* I thought you planned to use the Vision Cube.
Bill: My plan involved the Vision Cube! But now, your friends have it! *Realizes* Then again... I did leave that amulet behind as a contingency plan.
Trevor: What amulet?
Bill: Oh, why should I tell you, ya meddler?
Trevor: If you hurt one hair on Hilda, I swear-
Bill: I don't want that girl. I want Dipper Pines! *Gets in Trevor's face* And I have the perfect bait. *Points to it* You.
{Later}
~Dungeon~
Bill: *Throws Trevor into a cell* Enjoy the time you have in this realm of mine, boy, for this will be your final resting place. *Leaves*
Trevor: ... *Gets up* ... I have to get out of here somehow. If I don't, the others will be in deep trouble. *Spots a radio* Huh. *Grabs it* Maybe, I can reach them. *Turns it on* Hello? Anyone there?
----------
Intro: Play until 1:11 before continuing
----------
{Present Day}
~Mystery Shack~
Returning from the Illusion Zone, the team packed up their stuff to go on their "final step" in finding Trevor.
Mabel: I guess this is goodbye yet again, Soos.
Soos: Maybe, but you have your reasons. And I have nothing else to say other than that I wish you the best of luck.
Dipper: Thanks, Soos. *He and Mabel quickly hug him*
Frida: The first I want to do once we get Trevor back is help him get readjusted to living in Trolberg. He's been stuck in... wherever he is since last year.
David: It makes that one time pale in comparison.
Richard: Wait. What time?
Hilda: Doesn't matter. What matters is that Trevor hasn't seen Trolberg in a long while, and we need to help him get back into it.
Martha: I'm more concerned about his mother hearing about this.
Johanna: We'll cross that bridge when we get there. Right now, our first objective is finding where Bill Cipher is holding him.
Dipper: Might be easier said than done. *Pulls out the amulet* All we have is this amulet to go on.
Richard: I've been on the belief that it's a key to something, but what-
*Distant explosion*
*They all turn to it*
Pacifica: What was that?
*They all run outside, only to see smoke coming from...*
Kelly: Is that from downtown?
Stan: Let's go check. Grab your stuff!
*They all do so and head over to the town*
~Downtown~
Upon arriving, they were surprised to see a familiar sight causing havoc in the town.
It was Bill Cipher.
Dipper: You! Why are you here?!
Bill: *Notices the team* Oh, it's you guys again. Look what we have here. My old friends, the Pines Family, the same family that tried to murder me but failed epicly.
Ford: Why are you here, Bill?! What's your purpose?
Bill: Nothing, really. I just wanted to show you how strong I've become. *Blasts a nearby building*
Dipper: It's me that you want!
Bill: *Blasts another* I know. I'm just seeing if any of you have been... busy, so to speak.
Hilda: We've gone through a training journey to prepare for whatever you've got in store for us!
Bill: A "training journey" to prepare yourselves for my tricks? *Blasts another* No amount of "training" will be enough to stop me!
Mabel: That's what you think!
Bill: It's not what I think! It's the truth! *Teleports away*
Townsman: Is he gone?
Soos: He's gone!
Townswoman: How is that monster still alive?!
Toby: Exactly! He's supposed to be dead!
Bud: You have some explaining to do, Stan!
Stan: Trust me. Bill's survival is a surprise to me as well!
McGucket: *Arrives* Ford! Was that who I thought it was?!
Ford: It was. Somehow, Bill survived.
Dipper: We'll stop him just like before.
McGucket: But how? We thought the Memory Gun would work, but it didn't.
Blubs: *He and Durland arrive* Maybe, you can find something at the cemetery. There's someone in there trying to conduct a ritual or something.
Pacifica: No doubt it's one of Bill's cronies.
Hilda: Let's go check it out!
~Cemetary~
*The team can see what appears to be a necromancer conducting a ritual*
Hughie: Not to sound boastful or whatever, but I think this is a good time to try out our new armor from our training journey.
Dipper: We better apply just to be safe.
*They all do so with ease*
Durland: Ooh! Where'd you get that?
Louise: We made them ourselves.
Dipper: *Opens the gate* Come on. Let's check this out. *He and the others head inside and approach the necromancer*
Jemma: Uh... Hello?
???: *Turns around* Huh. You must be the meddling kids that Cipher warned me about. I'm Nulltak The Necromancer. *Floats in the air* The ritual is about to begin. Attack, my minions!
*A horde of demonic zombies attack*
Martha: N-No worries. We've faced monsters like these before.
Tommy: Only this time, these are real!
*The kids and Kelly fight back, while the rest distance themselves*
*A heart from one of the zombies flies out*
Kelly: Oh, gross!
Deacon: *Notices the altar, before turning back to the zombie heart* ... Hmm. *Grabs the heart and runs to the altar* What if I...? *Drops it into the altar*
Nulltak: Hey! Don't do that! You're screwing up my ritual!
Deacon: Guys! We need more zombie hearts!
Alban: *Slashes a zombie* Do we have to?!
Dipper: If it stops the ritual... *Slashes another and grabs the heart* ...then why not?! *Runs to the altar and drops the heart into it*
Nulltak: I wouldn't play with that if I were you runts!
Hilda: We're not runts! *Grabs a hearts* We're adventurers! *Drops it into the altar*
Nulltak: *Growls* Must I do everything myself?! *Drops down and fights them*
Mabel: He's too tough for us!
Anders: *Notices something in the sky* Hold on. What's that light?
*The light drops down and morphs into a human in a glowing sorcerer outfit*
???: Humans! I am here to help you!
Frida: Who are you?
???: I am Archsorcerer Nathaniel. I'll explain everything, but first things first. *Opens a breach in the ground* Push that necromancer in! It's the only way!
*The kids and Kelly lure the attacking Nulltak to the breach*
Dipper: Now! *He and Hilda push Nulltak in*
Nulltak: NO! CIPHER!
*The breach closes*
Anders: Well, that's one crony down.
Nathaniel: That breach led to the Nether Realm. As I said earlier, it was the only way to finish him off*
David: How did you know we'd be here?
Nathaniel: Does the name Archsorceress Matilda Pilqvist ring any bells?
Hilda: *!* You know Tildy?
Nathaniel: One of my closest friends. It seems that she had sensed you on this... journey of yours. She also knows that I live in this area. So, she contacted me to help. What exactly is the purpose of this journey?
Mabel: We're trying to save a friend of ours named Trevor. An evil being named Bill Cipher has him.
Nathaniel: Bill Cipher? I haven't heard that name in a long while.
Dipper: You know him too?
Nathaniel: Of course, but last I heard, he was dead.
Pacifica: Not quite. Somehow, he came back to life, and he's currently after Dipper here. As far as we're concerned, he's probably using Trevor as bait.
Nathaniel: I see.
Dipper: Bill may be one step ahead of us, but we're prepared for whatever surprises he has.
Hilda: *Notices a corridor of sorts* Well, here's one such surprise. I wonder what's down here.
*They all head down the corridor*
Wendy: Sheesh. This already screams "red flag".
Kaisa: Ya think, Wendy? The ritual in the cemetery is bad enough, but now, we're finding that Nulltak has something down here.
*They all exit at the end of the corridor, where they find a cavern of sorts*
Tommy: *Spots something* *!* Uh... What the heck is that?
*They all turn to see what Tommy is seeing, only to gasp in shock at the sight*
Daniel: ... Is that a... giant skull?
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GvYSBAtdDwE.
Guest Starring:
----------
Todd Haberkorn as Nulltak The Necromancer
Johnny Yong Bosch as Archsorcerer Nathaniel
Chapter 44: Bring Him Home Part 2
Summary:
After Nulltak’s defeat, the Adventure Club comes across one of his creations.
Elsewhere, Louise and Martha help a local farmer with an infestation problem.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Michael: Yeah, that's one gigantic skull, Daniel.
David: I don't like how it's supposedly staring at us.
Jemma: ... Why would Nulltak even make this thing? Is this related to the ritual?
Martha: Hard to ask him if he's dead.
Bill (Voice): Skulltor!
All: *!*
Bill (Voice): Awaken! Destroy Gravity Falls, along with those who dare try to stop you!
Skulltor: *Its eyes glow brightly* Yes, Master! *Unleashes fireballs at them*
Dipper: Watch out! *He and the others dodge*
Skulltor: Burn! *Unleashes more*
Hilda: Any ideas?!
Frida: Uh... Shoot the eyes?
Mabel: Sounds fine with me! Maybe, we can blind him!
Dipper: I'll give it a try! *Tries to aim, but gets knocked down by something* What the...?! *Looks up to smaller skulls flying all over the place and cackling maniacally*
Pacifica: Well, isn't this quaint?! Flying mini skulls!
Michael: *Pulls out his gun and starts shooting at them* I'll handle these little rascals! You get the eyes!
Dipper: Got it! *Aims again at one of the eyes* Let's try this again. *Shoots out one eye*
Skulltor: *Roaring*
*More fireballs rain down upon the team*
Blubs: I should've stayed at the office!
Stan: Too late now!
Dipper: Come on! Come on! *Shoots the other eye*
Skulltor: *Roaring louder*
David: Okay. Now, what do we do?
Nathaniel: *Spots something in Skulltor's mouth* That stone must be Skulltor's soul. You have to get in there and break it!
Dipper: Mabel, Frida, it's all yours!
Mabel & Frida: On it! *They head towards Skulltor's mouth*
Hilda: *Slashes a flying mini skull* We'll cover you!
Mabel: *She and Frida jump into Skulltor's mouth* Gotta hurry!
Frida: I know! *She and Mabel use their weapons to break the soul stone*
Skulltor: *Dying roar*
*Skulltor's glow dissipates*
Mabel: *She and Frida jump out of Skulltor's mouth* We did it! We stopped Skulltor!
David: Good! Let's get out of here now!
~Surface~
By now, the Adventure Club has become worn out from their fighting in the cemetery.
Johanna: We should rest up for now. Those first two fights have already knocked the wind out of us.
Hilda: *Sighs* I never thought I'd be this exhausted. And the weather's not even hot today.
Nathaniel: I'll have a search around the area. Maybe, we'll find something that could lead us to Bill Cipher. *Leaves*
Dipper: We should probably help clean up this mess in the town while we're at it.
{Later}
As the team helped the townsfolk in cleaning up the mess that Bill made, Louise spotted something in the distance.
Louise: Uh-oh.
Martha: What's wrong? *Turns to see some demonic "blobs" near a local farm* Oh.
Louise: I think that farmer over there needs help. *Heads over there*
Hughie: Hey, Martha. Can you-
Martha: *Follows Louise* Be right back!
Hughie: ... Okay. *Turns to Jemma* Jemma, can you help with this?
~Farm~
Meanwhile, the farmer in question is struggling to repulse the blobs with only his farming tools.
Farmer: Get back! Back, I say!
Louise: We'll help you! *Slashes some of the blobs with her sword*
Martha: Take this, you beasts! *Smashes some with his mace*
Farmer: *Smashes the remaining blobs with his shovel* There. That's all of them. Thanks for the help.
Louise: No problem.
Martha: No doubt this was Bill Cipher's handiwork.
Farmer: Seems like it. *Turns to a cave nearby* If you'd like, you could probably check that cave. I could've sworn I saw that... triangle freak leaving something in there. That has to be where these blobs spawned out. If anything, the queen of those beasts could be in there.
Louise: We'll see if that's the case. Come on, Martha. *She and Martha head to the cave*
~Cave~
Martha: We've already entered one to take down a giant skull. Now, we have to deal with the queen of those blobs.
Louise: No worries. It's only a mere side quest.
Martha: A "side quest", which means we're getting distracted from what we're supposed to be doing.
Louise: No, side quests are just around to help us build up some more strength if we need it. *She and Martha spot an army of blobs up ahead, along with a much bigger one*
Martha: Well, I'm definitely going to need some strength to take on Bill Cipher. *Charges at them* YAAAAAHHHHH!!!!!
Louise: Martha! *Face-palms* Oh, my goodness. *Follows*
Martha: *Smashes some blobs* How do you like them apples?!
*The queen knocks her into a pillar*
Louise: Martha! *Slashes the remaining blobs* Take this! *Slashes the queen, but no effect* Oh, no. *Continuously slashes the queen*
*The queen knocks her onto the wall*
Louise: *Groan* Ow...
Martha: *Gets up* Louise! *Whacks the queen with her mace, but no effect* That didn't work! *Continuously whacks the queen*
Louise: Martha! We have to attack together!
Martha: ... *Stops* Okay. You give the signal!
Louise: *Stances herself* Ready? Now!
*They both jump at the queen and attack her together*
Louise: Last one! *She and Martha deliver the final blow, destroying the queen*
Martha: Woohoo! We did it!
Louise: *Panting* I told you side quests help us build up some more- *Notices something* ...strength.
Martha: *?* What's wrong?
Louise: *Shows her sword... which is now broken* That's not good.
Martha: *Upset* Oh, no! Did I cause that?
Louise: No, it's fine. The queen was stronger than we thought after all. *Notices the slime left behind from the blobs* Hmm. *Pulls out a vial and scoops some*
Martha: What are we supposed to do with that?
Louise: Maybe, the farmer can come up with something with this stuff. Let's head back to his farm.
*The two girls leave*
Notes:
I added that side quest to showcase Louise and Martha's dynamic.
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kavg-M-tMc8
Chapter 45: Bring Him Home Part 3
Summary:
After finally parting ways with Gravity Falls, the Adventure Club sets off to enter Bill’s dimension, the Nightmare Realm.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
{During the events of Danger Always Follows}
~Twins' Room, Mystery Shack~
Kelly: *Glances out the window* Huh. You have quite the view.
Dipper: The best view in the whole house.
Kelly: *Notices some cardboard signs* "Guide To The Unexplained"?
Dipper: Oh, that's an old documentary series that I did. At the time, Gravity Falls was just full of all kinds of mysteries.
Kelly: *Giggle*
*Radio static*
*The three turn to Dipper's old radio*
Hilda: ... I think... we're about to have a new mystery in our hands.
??? (Through the radio): Hello? Can anyone hear me? I've been trying to contact your world for a while. I need help!
Hilda: ... *Grabs it* Who is this?
~Nightmare Realm~
Trevor: *!* Hilda? Is that you?
Hilda (Through the radio): How do you know me?
Trevor: Don't you recognize me? *Fiddles with the radio*
Hilda (Through the radio): ... I... don't.
Trevor: It's me.
All 3 (Through the radio): *!*
Trevor: It's me, Hilda! It's-
*Something blasts the radio*
Bill: How did you get that radio?!
Trevor: Well, I wouldn't have it in my possession if you had a proper cleanup crew inspecting this prison of yours.
Bill: *Growls* Now, they know you're alive. And it's only a matter of time before they find you!
Trevor: And stop you.
Bill: *Zaps him* ... Meddling brat. *Leaves*
Trevor: ... *Turns to the now-destroyed radio* ... That was my only chance of going home. *Grabs the antenna* I just hope they got it.
{Present Day}
~Farm~
Farmer: *Inspecting the slime* So, you brought this back to see if I could do something with it?
Louise: Perhaps, a cure of sorts?
Farmer: Well, I know a resident who could help with that.
Dipper: *Arrives with Hilda* There you are. We were wondering where you went.
Martha: Just finished a side quest. *Pauses* And we might've... *Points to Louise's shattered sword* ...lost a weapon.
Hilda: How did that happen?
Louise: We had to slay a demonic beast. It was much tougher than we thought. I'll have to hold off on combating Bill's monsters for now.
Dipper: Alright. Just stay behind us until we can find a new weapon for you.
Nathaniel: *Arrives* Youngsters!
Hilda: Nathaniel! Did you find something?
Nathaniel: I have. It seems that Bill's corruption is leaking... *Points to...* ...from there.
*They all turn to see a bridge, one that Dipper is familiar with*
Dipper: I know that spot. Mabel and I traveled on it before, but it was a dead end.
Nathaniel: Well, there's more to that "dead end" than you think.
{Later}
~Bridge~
*The team, being led by Nathaniel, crosses the bridge to the dead end*
Mabel: ... *Looks down*
Dipper: Hey, stay focused.
Mabel: ... *Turns back ahead* S-Sorry. It just...
Dipper: I know it brings back dark memories.
Richard: ... *Grabs her hand*
Mabel: ... *Blushes a little*
Nathaniel: *Looks inside* There. That's the glow I saw earlier.
Stan: I guess we're moving these then. *He and Ford remove the dead-end boards*
Ford: Haha. Still got it. *Looks at the tunnel* Whoa. Bill's been busy.
Johanna: We better tread carefully. His corruption's affecting this mine.
*They enter and go through carefully*
~Mineshaft~
Nathaniel: If we could stop him, then the corruption might disappear.
*A demonic spider appears, scaring them*
Kelly: Heads up! *Slashes it*
Hilda: Okay. That is a stark difference from Gruden's spiders.
*More appear and attack them*
Dipper: We clear this mineshaft! Take them down!
*They all fight against the spiders, with Louise and Jemma sneaking by*
Louise: *Opens a nearby door* In here, Jemma! *She and Jemma go in* Okay. We'll just wait until they're done.
Jemma: ... *Spots something* Hm? *Approaches it* Ooh!
Louise: *?* What is it?
Jemma: I think I found something for you.
Louise: *Approaches Jemma and sees that she found...* A sword.
Jemma: And it looks clean. *Grabs it* I guess someone was in here keeping it clean.
Louise: ... Until the corruption came in and... I guess whoever was in here fled.
Dipper: *Slays the last spider* There. That's all of them. *Looks around* Now, where did...?
Louise: *She and Jemma emerge* Over here!
Dipper: Will you quit disappearing like that?
Louise: Sorry. I was just looking for a safe spot.
Jemma: *Shows the sword* And look what I found for Louise.
Pacifica: Another sword?
Jemma: And it's still clean. Someone must've been in here and kept it safe until the corruption forced them out.
Richard: Wouldn't this mean you're taking somebody's property?
Louise: I don't think they're returning anytime soon. It's just us now.
{Later}
*The team continues down the mineshaft, slaying any of the demonic spiders that get in their way*
Martha: Not to sound impatient, but how much farther?
Nathaniel: I'm sensing that we're getting close, but I don't... *Spots something* Wait. Could that be it?
*They approach the glow, only to see where it's originating from*
Hughie: It looks like a portal.
Tommy: You think it leads to the Nightmare Realm?
Dipper: Only one way to find out. *Turns to the Gravity Falls residents* Take care, everyone.
*The Adventure Club and Nathaniel enter the portal, leaving only the Gravity Falls residents behind*
Soos: Good luck. And stay safe.
McGucket: Come on! Let's head back before something else happens!
*They all do so*
~Nightmare Realm~
Sure enough, the Adventure Club and Nathaniel found themselves in the Nightmare Realm.
Ford: Never thought I'd see this place again.
Stan: Neither have I.
Bill (Voice): Dipper Pines!
All: *!*
Anders: Oh, boy.
Bill (Voice): Welcome to the Nightmare Realm! Or rather, welcome back, Stanley and Stanford.
Ford: Ugh.
Bill (Voice): Want your friend back? Keeping coming!
Hilda: Let's go!
*They all travel across the realm*
{Later}
They searched all over for where Bill and Trevor could possibly be, but so far, no results. However, there was one thing that stood out to two of them.
David: *Spots a door... with nothing around it* Huh. That's weird.
Pacifica: *Approaches him* What?
David: This door. It's just... sitting here.
Pacifica: ... I don't know. *Grabs the knob and turns it* Knowing Bill... *Slowly opens it, revealing a darkened room* Yep. Called it.
*They enter the room*
David: Hello? Bill? Anyone?
*The door slams shut... and disappears*
Dipper: *Looks around* ... Oh, great. Now, David and Pacifica have disappeared.
~Strange Room~
David: *Ramming the door* Come on! Open up!
Pacifica: ... Curse you, curiosity.
*The room lights up, revealing itself to be a small battle arena*
David: We're in a trap, aren't we?
*A skeletal figure in mage clothing appears*
???: Greetings, intruders!
Pacifica: Who are you?
???: I am Boneserk The Warlock! Welcome to my test arena, where I pit my own experimentations against one another. But since you two have arrived under Cipher's influence, I can now try something new. My experiments, versus regular humans!
David: Oh, cruddlesticks.
Boneserk: *Pushes a button* Attack, Leaping Skeleton!
*A demonic skeleton appears*
Pacifica: I got this one! *Swings her weapon*
*The skeleton leaps away*
David: I'll get him! *Swings his weapon*
*The skeleton leaps away*
*This process continues over and over*
Boneserk: *Chuckles evilly* Such amusement.
Pacifica: *Stops swinging* We have to time it at just the correct moment, David!
David: *Stops* You're right. Tell me when!
Pacifica: *Observing the skeleton* Wait for it. Now!
*They attack it at just the right moment and shatter it into pieces*
David: Haha!
Boneserk: Hmph. I think I'll have to use last week's failure now. *Pushes the button*
*A demonic zombie with a weird head attacks, scaring the daylights out of the two*
Pacifica: What kind of head is that?!
Boneserk: I just tore the upper half of a small fry and placed it on top of this bigger zombie. Unfortunately, it just makes them panic relentlessly. Hard to control it.
David: *Jabbing at the monster's armor* Nothing's working!
Pacifica: Try getting the head first!
David: Okay, I'll try! *Swings at the head, knocking it off*
*The running body starts to slow down, before stopping completely*
Boneserk: *Groaning* This isn't working! You're ruining everything! *Pushes the button* Send in the centipede!
*A demonic centipede comes in attacks*
David: A bug. Why did it have to be a bug?
Pacifica: This is no bug, David! It's like the length of a snake!
Boneserk: And it can constrict you like one! Observe!
*The centipede does so with David*
Pacifica: David!
David: *Struggling*
*The centipede opens its mouth to gobble him up*
David: ... *Steps on its tail*
*The centipede shrieks*
David: Now!
Pacifica: *Decapitates the centipede* Got it!
*The rest of the centipede releases David*
Boneserk: ... My... creations...
Pacifica: Why don't you come down and face us?!
Boneserk: ... Meet me in my lab. We'll face again there. *Disappears*
David: ... Scaredy-cat.
*The door opens, revealing a different area in the realm*
Pacifica: *She and David exit* About time.
*The others find them*
Dipper: What happened to you guys?
David: Just a run-in with one of Bill's cronies. No big deal.
Pacifica: Have you guys spotted anything?
Nathaniel: I have. I'll show you where it is.
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b420PzUahqc
Guest Starring:
----------
Clifford Chapin as Boneserk The Warlock
Chapter 46: Bring Him Home Part 4
Summary:
The Adventure Club suffers not only another terrible loss upon encountering another one of Bill’s cronies but also a familiar monster that brings back dark memories for the twins.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
*Nathaniel shows the Adventure Club what appears to be an airship of sorts*
Mabel: Wow. I wonder how this got here.
Stan: Another scientist discovering this place?
Nathaniel: Whatever the case may be, we could use this to find where Bill is holding Trevor.
*They all hop aboard*
Ford: *Spots something* This looks like the generator, but it looks dead.
Frida: How are we supposed to fly this then?
Nathaniel: Allow me. *Chants a spell and blasts an electricity ball at the generator*
*Everything powers up*
Johanna: Now, we just need a pilot.
Ford: Way ahead of you, Johanna. *Spots the helm and takes control* Hold tight!
*The airship takes off*
Nathaniel: Let's hope we're not too late by the time we find Bill or Trevor.
Fargo: *Spots something on the side* Uh... I don't think this is the only airship in this realm.
*They all turn to see another ship of a different design*
Tommy: Is it me, or does that look awfully like a pharaoh's boat?
Deacon: It kind of does.
Alban: Well, Bill Cipher is shaped like a pyramid.
*Blast!*
Anders: Incoming!
*Everyone ducks for cover*
*Crash!*
Alban: ... I don't think Bill liked my remark.
*The enemy ship continues to fire*
Nathaniel: We better fight back. Get to the cannons!
*They all do so*
*A horde of demonic soldiers fly onto the team's airship*
Dipper: Take them down!
*A brawl ensues between both sides*
Hughie: *He and Jemma get to one cannon* Help me with this!
Jemma: Okay! *She and Hughie position it* Now, how do we fire it?
Hughie: *Notices a ripcord of sorts* Huh. *Grabs it* How convenient. Fire! *Tugs it*
*Blast!*
*The projectile severely damages the front of the enemy ship*
Hughie: Enemy bow destroyed!
Fargo: *He and Alban head to another cannon and position it* Remind you of anything?
Alban: Yeah, it's like a snowball fight back in Trolberg. *Grabs the cord* Only... more deadlier. *Tugs it*
*Blast!*
*The projectile severely damages half of the enemy ship*
Alban: There goes another portion!
Tommy: *He and Deacon head to another cannon and position it* In position!
Deacon: *Grabs the cord* Fire! *Tugs it*
*Blast!*
*The projectile severely damages part of the enemy ship*
Tommy: Keep going! It's almost destroyed!
Louise: Okay! *She and Martha head to the fourth cannon and position it*
Martha: *Grabs the cord* We just need to hit the tail. And then-
*One of the demonic soldiers tackles her*
Louise: Martha!
Martha: *Struggling*
*The soldier tries to smash her head in*
Martha: *Whimper*
Louise: *Decaptiates the soldier* Are you okay?
Martha: *Breathing* ... Yeah. Thank you.
Louise: Anytime. *Grabs the cord* Last one! *Tugs it*
*Blast!*
*The projectile severely damages the tail of the enemy ship, causing it to finally...*
*CRASH!*
*The Adventure Club tosses the remaining soldiers off*
Ford: We have to land this somewhere safe.
Nathaniel: *Spots a tower* There. That must be where the enemy ship came from*
*The airship lands on top of the tower*
Nathaniel: I'll stay out here just in case. Shout out if you need help.
Hilda: Okay.
*The Adventure Club heads down the tower*
Wendy: I wonder who runs this place.
Kaisa: Whoever it may be, we better tread carefully, or they might-
??? (Voice): They might what?
All: *!*
??? (Voice): Did you really think that entering my domain was going to be that easy?
*Something flies by and captures the team, before stuffing them in a cage*
All: *Groaning*
*A demonic warlock appears before them*
???: How does it feel to be trapped and powerless?
Daniel: Who are you supposed to be?
???: I am Talvir The Warlock, leader of this tower. We've got plenty of time for fighting, but right now... *Leaps to a balcony* ...I've got other things in mind.
*A familiar light appears on an opposite balcony*
Michael: Nathaniel? Is that you?
Nathaniel: *Morphs and lands* Leave them alone, warlock!
Talvir: And who might you be?
Nathaniel: I am Archsorcerer Nathaniel. I'm currently assisting them in finding a friend of theirs.
Talvir: An archsorcerer? Ha! Now, I've seen it all.
Nathaniel: Have you seen this?! *Blasts a beam at Talvir*
Talvir: *Destroys the beam*
Nathaniel: What...?!
Talvir: This is my tower, archsorcerer. You are powerless here. *Charges up* And also vulnerable. *Blasts a beam*
Nathaniel: Oh, no. *Shielding spell*
Kaisa: Nathaniel!
*The beam somehow breaks the shielding and consumes Nathaniel, before dissipating*
Dipper: No! Nathaniel!
Hilda: Let us out, you stupid warlock!
Talvir: ... As you wish. *Blasts the cage, knocking everyone to the floor*
Hilda: *Gets up and pulls out her sword* This is for Nathaniel! *Chagres at Talvir and strikes at him*
Talvir: *Blocking every attack*
Dipper: *He and the others get up* Hilda...
Talvir: *Shoves her away* Enough of this! I will show you my true powers! *His body starts to glow... and morph*
Mabel: What the...?
*Talvir morphs himself into a giant hulking beast*
Dipper: Okay. This is all too familiar.
Frida: What do you mean?
Dipper: I'll tell you later.
*Talvir attacks the team, who can only dodge them*
Michael: Our weapons won't work on this guy!
Kaisa: Maybe not standard weapons. *Pulls out her wand* But how about a little magic? *Chants a spell and shoots a beam*
Frida: Huh. *Pulls out her wand* It seems to be working. *Chants a spell and shoots a beam*
*This only makes Talvir angrier*
David: I don't know. I think you two are making it worse!
*Talvir grabs Mabel*
Dipper: Mabel!
Mabel: *Struggling* Let... go! *Looks down* *!*
*Flashbacks of an old event appear in her head*
Mabel: *Completely freaked out* NOOOOOOOOOO! LET ME GO! HELP!
Dipper: *Realizes* Oh, gosh. It's happening again.
Richard: ... *Turns to the balcony* ... Hm. *Climbs up to it* Keep Talvir busy!
*Frisa and Kaisa do so*
Mabel: *Crying* Careful! He's tightening... his grip!
Richard: *Gets to the balcony*
*Talvir notices this*
Pacifica: Richard, whatever you are planning, I think he figured it out!
Richard: So be it! *Runs to him* I'm coming, Mabel! *Jumps off and stabs Talvir in the head, causing him to roar in pain until...*
*BURST!*
Richard: *Falls to the ground*
Mabel: AAAAAHHHHH!!!!! *Lands on Dipper*
Richard: ... *Gets up, groaning* ... You're... welcome.
Dipper: ... *Thumbs-up sign*
Mabel: ...
Stan: *Approaches her* Mabel? Are you okay?
Mabel: ...
Stan: *Picks her up* ... Gideon...
Dipper: *Gets up* ... We stopped Talvir, but at what cost? Nathaniel's the only person guiding us.
Daniel: ... *Sigh* Look. He would want us to continue on and find Trevor. We might as well finish this journey for him.
Hilda: He's right. We need to remember that we're here to save Trevor.
~Outside~
*The team continues traveling across the realm*
Mabel: ... It comes back to me... in small snippets.
Dipper: Shh. It's okay, sis. That was then.
Mabel: So, why is it still with me now?
Dipper: I don't know. I guess there are... some things that we can never forget.
Hilda: *Spots something up ahead* Uh... Not to break up the quiet talk, but... what is that?
*They all turn to see...*
Kelly: ... I hope that's just a giant statue.
Wendy: Then, why does it look... human?
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H9JCBEXHfVY
Guest Starring:
----------
JB Blanc as Talvir The Warlock
Chapter 47: Bring Him Home Part 5 (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Danger Always Follows Arc Finale
The Adventure Club finally finds Trevor, but something’s wrong with him, and on top of that, Bill still has plans for Dipper.
Can the Adventure Club find a way out of this dreadful nightmare? Let’s hope so.
Notes:
And just in time for WrestleMania Weekend.
Watch out for some references!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
{Sometime after Visions Of The Marra}
~Dungeon~
Bill: *Opens Trevor’s cell*
Trevor: What do you want?
Bill: One of my own has something for you. *Magically binds Trevor* So, you better cooperate. *Grabs him and drags him away*
~Lab~
Bill: *Drops Trevor in front of Boneserk*
Boneserk: I don’t know, Cipher. I mean, don’t you think it’s a bit too easy? You’re leaving this boy with me.
Bill: Don’t worry. I’m only giving the impression that they’ve succeeded in finding their lost friend. But right as they feel successful, I’ll turn the tables on them. Now, if you’ll excuse me. *Leaves*
Boneserk: … *Turns to Trevor*
Trevor: … What does he mean by that?
Boneserk: *Shrug* I guess we’ll just have to wait and find out. *Grabs him* Hold still.
Trevor: What are you doing?
Boneserk: *Chants a spell and creates a ball of light*
Trevor: What’s that?! What do you have in mind for me?! Hey!
~Outside~
Trevor: *Screaming*
{Present Day}
*The team gets a closer look at the strange thing*
Michael: Why is he just sitting here?
Daniel: Well, he got some shackles on his wrist. I guess he’s permanently stuck here.
Hughie: For what reason?
Richard: … *Approaches it* Uh… Hello?
*Silence*
Kelly: *Approaches it* Silence. That’s never a good sign.
*The thing’s eyes suddenly glow, surprising everyone*
Dipper: I… guess he woke up!
*A gate appears separating Richard and Kelly from the rest*
Kelly: Oh, no!
???: How dare you enter my master’s lair without my permission?! Now, you shall suffer my wrath! The wrath of Gorogan The Gatekeeper! *Continuously launches fireballs from his eyes*
*Richard and Kelly dodge them*
Kelly: I guess he’s another one of Bill’s creations!
Richard: Yeah! He’s no different from Skulltor!
Dipper: *Observes Gorogan* Hmm. *Pulls out his bow and removes his arrow quiver* Richard!
Richard: *Turns to him* What is it?!
Dipper: Use these! *Tosses his bow and quiver to Richard* Shoot his arms with as many arrows as you could fire!
Richard: Got it! *Equips himself*
Kelly: Hurry up, Richard! I can’t keep up with all this dodging!
Richard: *Aims at Gorogan’s right arm* I can’t agree more, Kelly! *Shoots at it, damaging it* Here! *Tosses the bow and an arrow to Kelly* Get the left arm!
Kelly: Okay! *Shoots at the left arm, damaging it*
*The two continue alternating, until finally…*
Richard: *Shoots the final blow*
*Both arms explode*
Gorogan: NOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!
*BOOM!*
Hilda: And… there goes his head.
Gorogan: Filthy humans… You have defeated me. *His body sinks back into the lava*
Anders: We don’t even know who he is.
Johanna: Were you not listening? He said he was the gatekeeper to Bill Cipher’s lair.
Anders: We don’t know if we’re near his lair or not!
Ford: Maybe, we are.
*Johanna and Anders turn to him*
Ford: We could be close.
Bill (Voice): You are.
Johanna: *Turns to him with a disappointed look*
Anders: … Okay. I guess he was guarding the-
Bill (Voice): I’m waiting for you, Dipper. And I’m sure your friend’s waiting for you too. *Chuckles evilly*
Hilda: … *Tightens her fist* We better move.
*They all do so*
{Later}
*The team finds a corridor of sorts*
Frida: This can’t be Bill Cipher’s lair. It looks too small.
Mabel: It could be another crony.
*They all head down the corridor, only to encounter…*
Pacifica: Looks like a library of sorts.
David: Maybe, it’s Boneserk’s lab. Didn’t he tell us to meet him here?
Hilda: *Spots some stairs* It must be on an upper floor.
*They head up the stairs*
Louise: It could be a trap as far as I’m concerned.
Martha: As far as we’re concerned.
Jemma: And if it is?
Dipper: … Let’s cross that bridge when we get there.
*They all find a door with a sign next to it*
Hilda: “Boneserk’s Laboratory”. *Grabs the knob* Let’s see what he has to offer. *Turns the knob and opens the door, revealing a slightly bigger arena than before*
Dipper: Hello? *He and the kids enter* Boneserk?
*The door suddenly slams shut, separating them from the adults*
Wendy: Guys!
Michael: Kids!
David: Oh, not again.
Boneserk: *Appears* So, you’ve accepted my invitation, huh? How nice of you.
Fargo: What’s this about?! Why are we here?!
Tommy: And where’s Bill Cipher?!
Boneserk: Funny. I thought you were here for… Well, you know. *Points to something*
The kids turned to see something they couldn’t believe. Inside what appeared to be a giant water tank, there stood a petrified…
Kids: TREVOR!
At long last, they had found their lost friend.
Deacon: … *Turns back to Boneserk* What did you to- *Notices something* Wait. Where is he?
*The others notice this as well and look around*
Boneserk: Haha! My invisibility potion works! You can’t see me now!
*A horde of monsters attacks the kids, prompting them to fight back*
Alban: What do we do now?!
Dipper: I-I’m thinking! I’m thinking!
Martha: Think faster!
Dipper: *Notices four glowing objects in four smaller water tanks* Hmm. Maybe, we should break those. *Turns to the others* Guys! Follow my lead! *Goes after one water tank and attacks it*
*The others notice the tanks as well and realize what Dipper is planning*
Hilda: Now, I get it! *She, Mabel, and Frida to Dipper and help him out*
*The others split into four groups and attack the tanks*
Boneserk: Hey! Stop that! Those are my energy cores!
*Burst!*
*Burst!*
*Burst!*
*Burst!*
Dipper: Now, break the cores!
*They all do so*
Boneserk: No, no, NO!!! *His invisibility dissipates*
Kelly: Get him!
*The kids charge at him, but Boneserk shoves them away*
Boneserk: You won’t beat me! *Continuously attacks them* And even if you did, it won’t turn your friend back to normal! Only Cipher can do that! But mind you, why would he ever bother reversing it for you brats?!
Hilda: Will you shut up?!
Dipper: … *Notices something* “Gas Chamber”? *!* Guys! Push him over here!
*The others fight back, pushing him towards the gas chamber*
Boneserk: Stop that!
Dipper: *Pushes a button on the chamber, sealing Boneserk inside*
Boneserk: No! NO!
*The gas chamber fills up with a gaseous fog, which turns him into dust*
Boneserk: NOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!
Hilda: … That’s for Trevor.
Louise: *Turns to the giant water tank* Let’s get him out. *She and Martha head over to the tank*
Hughie: *Spots a key and grabs it* This better be for the door. *Heads to the door… and successfully unlocks it, allowing the adults to enter*
Johanna: What happened? Are you kids-
Hughie: We’re fine. *Points to something* And look!
*The adults turn to see Louise and Martha pulling the petrified Trevor*
Wendy: You found him!
Louise: We did, but he’s petrified! *She and Martha set him upright* We don’t know what to do.
Stan: If only we had Gruden to give us… something. Anything!
Hilda: … *Faces Trevor* … Trevor?
*Silence*
Hilda: … Trevor? *Caresses his face* Can you hear me? Are you… still in there? *Starts to cry* Trevor?
*Silence*
Hilda: … Don’t leave us. Please.
Johanna: … Hilda…
Hilda: … *Crying*
Martha: … *Starts to cry*
Louise: *Hugs her*
Fargo: …
Alban: …
Mabel: …
Frida: …
Pacifica: …
David: …
Richard: …
Kelly: …
Hughie: …
Jemma: …
Tommy: …
Deacon: …
Stan: …
Ford: …
Anders: …
Wendy: …
Daniel: …
Kaisa: …
Michael: …
Johanna: … *Hugs her daughter* I’m so sorry, Hilda.
Dipper: … Bill… *Tighten his fist*
Silence can only fill the room, as the team mourns for their lost friend.
Hilda: … *A tear drops from her eye and onto Trevor* … *Sniff* … I’m sorry, Trevor. *Wipes her eyes*
*Trevor starts to glow, surprising everyone*
Dipper: *Nudges her* Hilda, look!
Hilda: *Opens her eyes* … *!*
Martha: *Looks up* Huh? *!*
Hilda: … Did I…?
Johanna: … You’re asking the wrong person, dear. But I guess our heritage is the gift that keeps on giving.
*Trevor’s petrified state begins to slowly reverse, until…*
*Burst!*
Trevor: … *Blinks*
Hilda: … *Smiles brightly*
Trevor: … *Looks around* … What happened?
Hilda: … YOU’RE ALIVE! *She and the other Trolberg kids hug him*
Trevor: … *Turns to Johanna* … Seriously, what happened?
Johanna: … *Pats his head* I’m sure it won’t matter.
*The Trolberg kids soon break the hug, allowing Dipper to approach Trevor*
Dipper: It’s good to see you again, Trevor.
Trevor: … *Smiles a little* It’s good to see you again as well.
Frida: There’s only one thing left to do. *Pulls out her wand* Time to head back to Trolberg. *Chants her portal spell, creating a portal*
Mabel: *Runs to it* Let’s go, everyone! *Tries to go through* *?* Huh?
Daniel: What’s wrong?
Mabel: I-I don’t know. I’m trying to get through, but-
*Something shoves Mabel into David and destroys the portal*
Pacifica: Something’s not right.
Frida: Let me try again. *Chants her portal spell… but nothing happens* Huh? *Tries again, but nothing happens* I-I don’t understand. Why can’t I-
Bill (Voice): Isn’t it obvious?
All: *!*
Trevor: *Remembers* Oh, no. Now, I remember.
Bill (Voice): You may have saved your friend, but I still want Dipper Pines! And no one is leaving until I get what I want!
Dipper: … Okay. *Leaves*
Stan: Where are you going?
Dipper: Bill’s right. He wants me. This whole adventure isn’t just about saving Trevor. You guys stay put for now. I’m gonna finish this.
Hilda: *Grabs his hand* I don’t care what you say, Dipper. We’re in this together.
*The others stand by in agreement*
Trevor: … Count me in too.
Dipper: *?* Trevor, we just rescued you. I don’t-
Trevor: Forget it, Dipper. After what Bill put me through, there’s nothing I want right now than to stop him.
Dipper: … *Sighs* Okay. But only three of you get to fight with me. The rest of you need to stay back. I really don’t want any of you getting hurt.
Mabel: Alright. We will.
Johanna: But we’ll be ready just in case you need help.
Dipper: Let’s see. I think I’ll take… Hilda, Pacifica… *Turns to…* …and Trevor.
Hilda: I’d love to get my hands on Bill as well.
Pacifica: *Turns to Mabel* I’ll do this for you, Mabel.
Mabel: Thanks.
Kelly: *Passes her sword to Trevor* Here. You’ll need this to fight Bill Cipher.
Richard: *Passes the amulet* You’ll need this as well. I have a feeling about what it might open.
Trevor: Thank you.
Dipper: Alright. Let’s end this once and for all.
~Outside~
With Trevor back on their side, the Adventure Club continued to travel across the Nightmare Realm, until they finally came across what appeared to be…
Dipper: There it is. Bill’s lair.
Hilda: A castle that looks awfully like Bill himself.
*They all approach it*
Pacifica: *Spot keyhole of sorts* Well, at least, we know what’s needed.
Dipper: Trevor?
Trevor: I know. *Pulls out the amulet* It has all come down to this. *Inserts it into the keyhole*
*The door opens*
*They all walk in and come across the throne room entrance*
Stan: You kids know what to do, right?
*All 4 nod*
Dipper: It’s now or never. *He, Hilda, Pacifica, and Trevor enter*
Johanna: Good luck. *Closes the door*
Twig: *Tries to follow*
Johanna: *Carries him* It’ll be okay, Twig. They’ve got this.
~Throne Room~
Right across from the four stood a familiar sight.
Bill: Huh. Your friends are quite persistent, Dipper. I expected you to come alone.
Dipper: I can’t say I blame them for following me. After what you put them through, they have every right to confront you.
Bill: I had to get your attention somehow. What were you expecting?
Dipper: I expected whatever you threw at us to be only for me. No one else.
Bill: I did make them only for you. I went after your friends and family to mess with your mind. It’s called psychological warfare. Or did no one bother teaching you that?
Hilda: Doesn’t matter, Bill! It’s time we end this!
Bill: For once, I couldn’t agree with you more. *Powers up* My mightiest acolytes may have fallen before you… but do you really think you have a chance to stop me?!
*The four proceed to fight against Bill*
~Outside~
Mabel: Come on, Dipper.
Frida: You can do it, Hilda.
~Throne Room~
*The fight continues until…*
Bill: You sure are getting on my nerves now! *Breaks the floor beneath them, causing all of them to fall*
~Outside~
*The others hear this and rush inside*
David: Uh… Where’d they go?
~Caged Arena~
*Dipper, Hilda, Pacifica, and Trevor fall into a caged arena of sorts*
Pacifica: What’s this place?
Bill: *Lands on a small balcony* Just burn already! *Shoots meteors at them*
*The four dodge each attack, albeit not unscathed*
Trevor: *Clutches the side of his head* … I can’t let history repeat itself.
*A smaller cage suddenly appears and traps the four*
Pacifica: Hey! Let us out!
Bill: Oh, I’ll let you out! Just in a different spot! *Breaks the floor beneath them, causing all of them to fall*
*The others carefully follow*
Ford: I should’ve convinced Bill that we are his true rivals.
Stan: It wouldn’t have made a difference. Bill’s so focused on Dipper, that he- *Notice something… or someone… familiar* No way.
*The others notice as well*
Anders: … Is that…?
Kaisa: I think it is!
~Lava Area~
*The four land on a platform*
Bill: *Lands on a farther platform* This is your final stand, Dipper! I will end you once and for all!
Dipper: Unless I end you first!
Bill: HA! That’s never gonna happen! *Blasts a meteor at them*
Hilda: Uh-oh.
*Something blasts the meteor into pieces*
Bill: Hey! Who did that?!
Familiar Voice: I did.
All: *!* *They all turn to see…*
Nathaniel: Did you miss me?
Dipper: Nathaniel! You’re alive!
Pacifica: How are you alive?! We saw you get vaporized by Talvir!
Nathaniel: I had to make it look convincing. *Turns to Bill* You think you’re the only one in this conflict who can dish out surprises? Guess what, Bill: You thought wrong!
Bill: *Growl* How’s this for a surprise?! *Unleashes a horde of demonic droids at them* They’re called Soul Harvesters! I’m sure you can put the pieces together!
*The five heroes fight them off*
Nathaniel: We’ll need some demon souls from these Harvesters.
Trevor: How’s that supposed to help us?!
Nathaniel: We could use them as a source of power and break the three chains on Bill’s platform!
Dipper: Okay! *Stabs a Harvester with an arrow*
Hilda: *Slashes a Harvester and grabs a demon soul* I got one!
Pacifica: *Slashes a Harvester and grabs a demon soul* Two!
Trevor: *Slashes a Harvester and grabs a demon soul* And three!
*Boom!*
*The meteor explosion sends the four flying into each other*
Nathaniel: *Grabs the souls and uses them to power up* Take this, Cipher! *Blasts three separate beams at the chains*
*Bill’s platform falls from above and into the lava*
Bill: Impossible! *Digs down*
Nathaniel: I’ll finish off the remaining Harvesters! Vanquish him!
Dipper: Okay! *He and the others go after Bill* It’s now or never, guys!
*They all jump down the hole*
*The rest of the team arrives*
Johanna: Need a little help?
Nathaniel: If you insist!
~Cavern~
*The four land to see…*
Bill: Enough of this! I will have what I want, Dipper!
Dipper: I don’t think so!
*A fight ensues, but Bill proves to still be powerful*
Bill: *Grows some more arms* I will make you acknowledge the fact that I’m faster than you! *Chokes Hilda* Stronger than you! *Chokes Pacifica* Smarter than you! *Chokes Trevor* BETTER than you! *Chokes Dipper* YOU WILL ACKNOWLEDGE ME, OR DIE! *Strangles them*
Dipper: *Choking* … Not… in your… life!
Louise: *Appears* Guys! Catch! *Drops her sword down to them*
Dipper: *Grabs it and stabs Bill’s eye*
Bill: AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!! *Releases them* I CAN’T SEE!
Dipper: Now, guys!
Hilda: *Slashes Bill* That’s for what you did in Trondheim!
Pacifica: *Slashes Bill* That one’s for breaking Hilda’s heart!
Trevor: *Slashes Bill* That’s for what you put me through!
Dipper: *Raises Louise’s sword* And this one… is for the Adventure Club!
Bill: You can’t kill me! I’m a god! I can grant you kingdom and take it away if I so choose!
Dipper: I don’t need a kingdom from you, Bill! I am my kingdom! *Charges at him*
Bill: *Reaches out* Dipper!
Dipper: NOW, GO AWAY! *Stabs Bill*
Bill: AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! *Dissipates*
All 4: *Panting*
*The others arrive*
Wendy: Did you get him?
Dipper: … We… won. He’s gone.
Bill (Voice): Not for good!
All: *!*
Stan: Oh, come on.
Bill (Voice): You’ve defeated me now, Dipper, but my will shall never die! I’ll never leave your life! NEVER!
*Bill disappears completely, as does his corruption leaking into Gravity Falls*
Dipper: … He’ll come back. I just know it.
Hilda: … *Pats his shoulder* If he does, we’ll be ready for him. No more hiding from him.
Dipper: … *Smiles*
Frida: *Pulls out her wand* Okay. Now, let’s try this again. *Chants her portal spell, creating a portal*
Mabel: Just to be sure. *Checks the portal* That’s better.
Hilda: *Turns to Trevor* Ready to go home?
Trevor: *Nods*
*They all enter the portal, leaving the Nightmare Realm behind*
~Pines House, Trolberg~
*They emerge from the portal*
Dipper: … Home sweet home. We made it.
Trevor: … Needless to say, it’s… been a while for me.
Hilda: Which is why we’re going to help you get reacquainted with Trolberg. *Pulls him along* Come on.
*The other Trolberg kids follow them*
Mabel: *Giggle* I sure love a happy ending.
Dipper: … *Nods*
~Outside~
And just like that, the nightmare was over.
As time went by Hilda, along with Dipper, helped Trevor get reacquainted with Trolberg after being held hostage by Bill for so long.
Trevor’s mother was initially disappointed by Trevor’s absence, but relented due to having not seen him in a while.
The Gravity Falls crew also had to get reacquainted with Trolberg, but it was much easier for them.
Meanwhile, Dipper decided that the Club needed a break from big adventures for a while, something that Hilda had to agree to, much to everyone’s surprise.
In short, life for the Adventure Club slowly went back to normal, with all of them having one question in their minds:
What’s the next adventure?
----------
Ending: Play this before continuing
----------
~Pines House~
*Dipper and Hilda are playing Chess*
Hilda: *Moves a piece* Checkmate.
Dipper: *?* Really? *Examines* Oh. *Chuckles* I guess you’re getting better at this.
Hilda: *Giggles*
Michael: *Enters* There you are.
Dipper & Hilda: Hey, Michael.
Michael: *Approaches them* I was wondering where you were, Hilda. I couldn’t find you at your apartment.
Hilda: I decided to drop by here.
Dipper: Didn’t we tell you that we’re taking a break?
Michael: I know. I just thought that since the break is… indefinite, I should show a little something I have for the next time we go out. *Shows some rolled-up papers*
Hilda: … Maps?
Michael: Yep. *Pulls out one and drops the rest to the side* And you’re gonna love this one. *Unravels it*
Dipper: Where’s this located?
Michael: This country in particular borders Sweden on the northern-east, Norway on the northern-west, and Denmark on the south. It’s not inhabited by strange creatures like Gravity Falls or Trolberg, but it could help us get used to a new type of adventure.
Hilda: And what type of adventure is that?
Michael: It’s a kind of hobby called “urban exploration”, the exploration of manmade structures, usually abandoned ruins or hidden components of the manmade environment. And trust me. You’ll love it.
*Dipper and Hilda turn back to the map and gaze at the country in question*
Dipper & Hilda: … Hmm.
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8TaRqvG9HLI.
Guest Starring:
----------
Travis Willingham as Gorogan The Gatekeeper
Chapter 48: Retry
Summary:
Although Trevor is back home, the team can see that he’s struggling with nightmares, possibly caused by his time as Bill Cipher’s prisoner. So, they decided to help him with a trip to Tofoten; a “retry” as Hilda would say.
Elsewhere, Louise, Martha, and Michael take a trip to the railyard as a “practice run” for a possible urban exploration trip.
Meanwhile, another surprise awaits for Dipper, and Martha befriends a creature for the first time in her life.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Trolberg~
The Hulderlands is a Scandinavian continent situated between Iceland and the coast of Norway.
Although this continent lacks official countries, it makes up for it in the form of four city-states.
Elveborough in the East,
Silbergrad in the West,
Ogrebrücke in the South,
And in the north...
~A Certain City-State~
...there stood Trolberg.
Of the four city-states, Trolberg was the most fascinating.
It was the home of the most interesting creatures that the world had ever seen.
And the home of a team of friends. A team of friends who can do things that others can only dream of doing.
Their adventures across Trolberg, and even the world, always stand out from the rest.
And when the going gets tough, they always push forward.
These are their...
Mystery Adventures.
----------
Intro: Play this before continuing
----------
~Forest~
*Dipper, Hilda, Pacifica, and Trevor walk through a forest*
Trevor: Are you sure this is the right way?
Hilda: I'm sure.
Trevor: You're really sure?
Hilda: Yes, Trevor.
Trevor: ... Oh, my goodness, Hilda. I'm trying to avoid doubting you, but please-
Pacifica: Trevor, relax. If Hilda says we're going in the right direction, then I don't see why we need to go down a different path.
Trevor: ... *Sighs* Well, considering what I went through in the Nightmare Realm, my sense of direction has more or less gone bonkers.
Dipper: We're fine. Let's just keep walking.
*A pair of shadowy eyes glare at them from afar*
Dipper: We should be on the other side of the forest soon.
*Creak!*
Dipper: *?* *Looks up to see a branch... about to break* Uh-oh. *Blocks everyone* Get back! Get back!
*Snap!*
*Crash!*
Pacifica: Oh, boy.
Trevor: ... *Sits down* Why did we have to travel at night?
Hilda: Okay. I'll admit. I picked a lousy time.
Dipper: *Turns to Pacifica* Can you check the map? Maybe, we can find a detour.
Pacifica: *Pulls it out and checks* Let's see. We came here... we went this way...
Hilda: ... *Notices something up ahead* ... Who are they?
*Dipper and Trevor turn to see some eerie figures slowly approaching them*
Dipper: ... Good question. Who are those guys? *Tries to get a closer look*
Trevor: *Gets up* Hey, have you found a detour yet, Pacifica? We've got company.
*Silence*
Trevor: *Turns to her* Pacifica? *!*
Hilda: *Turn to see...* *!* Uh... Where'd she go?
*Hilda and Trevor look around*
Trevor: Pacifica?
Dipper: *Screaming*
*They turn to see Dipper getting attacked by the figures*
Hilda: Dipper!
Trevor: *Runs away*
Hilda: Wait for me! *Runs away*
*They both run back to where they came, but they couldn't find the entrance*
Trevor: *Frantically* Where is it? Where is it?! WHERE'S THE ENTRANCE?!
*They both trip and fall*
Hilda: *Gets up* ... We have to warn the others.
Trevor: *Gets up* ... R-Right. *Pulls out his radio* Come on. Come on! Don't do this to us!
*Something grabs his radio*
*They both look up to see...*
*SCREEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEECH!!!!!!!!!!*
Hilda & Trevor: *Screaming*
*More and more appear and swarm the two*
Trevor: We're gonna die, aren't we?!
Hilda: ... I think so!
*Crumble!*
*They all look down to see the ground below them crumbling*
Trevor: What the...?
*The ground gives way, sending them all plummeting*
Hilda & Trevor: *Screaming*
~Stenburg Residence~
Trevor: *Falls off his bed* ... Ow. *Slowly gets up* ... I hope Mum didn't hear that. *Grabs some clothes* Bloody nightmares.
{Later}
~Outside~
Trevor: *Exits*
A month had passed since his friends rescued him and brought him back from the Nightmare Realm. Although life was returning to normal, Trevor was struggling with reoccurring nightmares of all kinds.
~Pines House~
So far, he has only told one person.
Trevor: *Laying on the couch* And that's how it ended.
Ford: *Taking notes* I see.
Trevor: This nonsense had been happening all week already. I don't even know why, but I doubt a Marra has something to do with it.
Ford: From your description, these nightmares seem a bit too... natural to be the work of those troublesome Marra.
Trevor: *To himself* Not to mention, we haven't heard from them in a while.
Ford: Have you told the others about this?
Trevor: ... *Shakes his head* I haven't even told Hilda yet.
Ford: Well, someone has to. I'd love to help, but you could use the practice.
Trevor: ... *Gets up* I'll tell Dipper then. *Leaves*
Ford: Fair enough.
Trevor: *Opens the door* *!*
Dipper: Oh, hey, Trevor.
Trevor: ... Hey.
Ford: Dipper. Trevor was just about to look for you.
Dipper: Why's that?
Trevor: ...
{Later}
~Löfgren Apartment~
Hilda: *On the phone* Trevor's been having nightmares all week?
Dipper (Over the phone): Yep. This was the first time he told me. He only told Uncle Ford previously.
Hilda: *Sigh* This is almost like when I had my first run-in with Maria.
Dipper (Over the phone): I remember you telling me that. This is awfully like when David had nightmares all week, but right now, Trevor's saying that these nightmares are more natural.
Hilda: Huh. Well, what do you think is the problem?
Dipper (Over the phone): ... It's only a hunch, but... I think these nightmares are the result of his time in the Nightmare Realm... as Bill's prisoner.
Hilda: *!* ... So... it's a severe case of trauma?
Dipper (Over the phone): Possibly.
Hilda: ... Are you sure?
Dipper (Over the phone): Like I said, it's a hunch. But I do think it's likely.
Hilda: ... *Sighs* Well, what do you think we should do?
Dipper (Over the phone): I'm not so sure myself. But I do hope we find something that could help him.
Hilda: Okay. I'll let you know when I come up with something.
Dipper (Over the phone): Alright. Bye.
Hilda: Bye. *Hangs up*
Johanna: Trevor's struggling with nightmares?
Hilda: I guess you heard?
Johanna: I heard enough. Perhaps, we need to get him out of Trolberg. Kind of like what we did last year.
Hilda: *!* Oh, right. *Groans* We've been so focused on helping him readjust to living in Trolberg. *Ponders* But where can we take him?
Johanna: Well, I know just the place to take him this time.
Hilda: *?* Really?
~Michael's Room, Hulderlands Sheriff's Department~
Michael: *Starts recording* Begin log: I'm currently looking at some paperwork sent by the local laboratory. One of the scientists is leading a rather questionable experiment regarding human emotions being much more powerful than what most believe. At first glance, I'm quite interested in this project of theirs, but I'm starting to have second thoughts as of late. The reason is that I can't help but compare this experiment with the more infamous Project-
*Door opens*
Michael: *!*
Tate: Sorry, Mike. Am I interrupting something?
Michael: ... I-I can save it for another day. End log. *Ends recording* What's up?
Tate: I was gonna say you have a visitor.
Louise: *Enters* Hi, Michael.
Michael: Oh, hey, Louise.
Tate: I'll leave you two be now. *Leaves*
Louise: How's your day?
Michael: Fine. I'm doing some research here. You?
Louise: I just dropped by to check something. I heard you came to Hilda and Dipper about going out on an urban exploration trip, right?
Michael: Mm-hmm. I already picked out the location. *Passes the map to her* It's on here. The country itself isn't far from the Hulderlands.
Louise: *Checks the map* Hmm. This country seems familiar to me. I can't seem to put my finger on it though.
Michael: It might come eventually. *!* Tell you what: How about a "practice"?
Louise: *?* On what?
Michael: Well, this trip is supposed to revolve around urban exploration, something that you kids have never done before. So, I think we should have a stroll around somewhere... abandoned.
Louise: Abandoned?
Michael: It's common in urban exploration. But anywhere will do for now.
Louise: *Ponders* Uh... How about the railyard? Some people like to stroll around rail yards.
Michael: Seems doable. We'll do it first thing tomorrow.
{The Next Morning}
~Park~
Trevor: *Sitting on the swings* ...
*Car horn*
Trevor: *Turns to see Johanna's car* ... Hm. *Gets up and approaches them*
Johanna: Hello, Trevor.
Trevor: H-Hello, Johanna. *Notices Hilda* Hey, Hilda.
Hilda: Hey, Trevor.
Johanna: We were planning on picking you up.
Trevor: *?* Really?
Hilda: We've already picked up Frida and David. Wanna get in?
Trevor: Uh... Sure. *Opens the backdoor*
Frida: Hi, Trevor.
David: Hi, Trevor.
Twig: *Bark*
Trevor: Hi. *Gets in*
Twig: *Nuzzles against Trevor*
Trevor: *Pets Twig's head* So... what's this about?
Johanna: We've decided that we're going to bring you to Tofoten.
Trevor: Tofoten? Why?
Hilda: We've been so focused on helping you readjust to living in Trolberg, that we almost forgot to help you get readjusted to traveling outside the wall.
Trevor: Makes sense. Though, I am curious. We went camping last time. So, why did you choose to visit your aunt?
Hilda: We've decided that it's about time for us to show you a glimpse into our heritage.
Trevor: *Remembers* Oh, right. *Glances at David and Frida*
David: They already gave us a little 101 in case you're wondering.
Trevor: ... *Turns back to Johanna* Is no one else coming?
Johanna: Just five others. It'll be Dipper, Mabel, Stanford, Pacifica, Richard, and the five of us.
Twig: *Disappointed grunt*
Johanna: *Winks* Make that "six". *Chuckles* Now, let's head back to the apartment and pack what we need.
As they headed back, someone else came into the park.
Martha: *Arrives* Trevor?
*Silence*
Martha: *Looks around* I thought he was here today. Trevor!
Michael: *He and Louise arrive* You're not the only one looking for him.
Martha: You're looking for him too?
Louise: Actually, the whole team. We're just going to stroll around the railyard today, but most of them are unavailable.
Martha: Why the railyard?
Michael: You know that urban exploration idea I told you about last month?
Martha: Yeah, I remember. *Realizes* Oh. We're doing a practice run, aren't we?
Michael: Of course. Wanna tag along?
Martha: Better than nothing, I guess.
{Later}
~Train To Tofoten~
After meeting up, the team headed over to Tofoten as planned.
Trevor: *Glancing outside the window* ...
Hilda: *Sits next to him* How are you holding up?
Trevor: ... Well, I thankfully didn't have another nightmare when I went to sleep. But I feel like there'll still be more.
Hilda: I'm sure this visit to Tofoten will finally eradicate those nightmares.
Trevor: I wonder how your aunt will view me.
Hilda: I've told her much about you in the past.
Trevor: *?*
Hilda: I had to give out the full history. So, you might expect her to be a slight bit weary of you.
Trevor: ... Fair enough.
Hilda: Don't worry. We're doing more than just hanging out with my aunt. It'll be worth it.
Trevor: I hope so.
Dipper: *Approaches them* Get ready. The platform's coming up soon.
~Railyard~
Meanwhile, Michael, Louise, and Martha have arrived at the busy railyard.
Martha: So, we're just strolling around? Is that all?
Louise: Well, I brought my camera in case we find anything interesting.
Michael: All part of urban exploration. Come on. *He and Louise have a look around*
Martha: ... This is going to be rather uneventful. *Follows them*
~Tofoten~
Dipper: *Holding his woff egg*
Frida: Was bringing that little thing necessary?
Dipper: I might as well ask Astrid for advice on taking care of a woff.
*The team arrives at Astrid’s house*
Hilda: Here we are. *Knocks on the door*
*Silence*
Richard: Silence. That's never a good sign.
Mabel: Maybe, she's asleep?
Familiar Voice: Nope. I'm very much awake.
*The team turns to see...*
Johanna: Oh, there you are.
Astrid: I was just helping a neighbor. *Notices the newcomers* So, you must be the kids that Stanford told me about.
Dipper: Nice to meet you, Astrid. I'm Dipper. This is my twin, Mabel, and our friends, Pacifica and Richard.
Astrid: *Turns to Trevor* And you must be Trevor.
Trevor: Hello.
Astrid: *Unlocks the door* Nice to have you here today. Please. Come inside.
Dipper: *Passes the woff egg to David* Can you watch over the egg for now? I have to be present for this.
David: Okay. *Heads upstairs*
{Later}
~Inside~
Trevor: *Looking around with Dipper, Mabel, Pacifica, and Richard*
Astrid: So, what brings you all here?
Hilda: We're just helping Trevor get out of Trolberg. He's been... suffering from nightmares lately.
Astrid: Oh, my.
Trevor: *Sits down* It's much... worse when you realize how it started.
Astrid: What happened?
Trevor: Last year, we all went to Trondheim to solve the mystery behind a fragment that a friend of ours had in his possession. We solved it by discovering this hidden temple, but... *Shudders*
Dipper: *Sits down* There's this... being from another realm that my family and I once defeated, by the name of Bill Cipher. He came to Trondheim to... finish me off.
Astrid: *!*
Hilda: He almost succeeded, but we got out. Unfortunately, Trevor... stayed behind to hold him off. I thought they both perished when the temple collapsed, but in reality, they jumped to Bill's turf, the Nightmare Realm.
Trevor: And I was held hostage until the team rescued me. I was even petrified by Bill and his acolytes.
Astrid: *Sighs* You kids sure went through a lot during that time.
*They all nod*
Trevor: ... *Gets up and leaves* I'll... be outside.
Astrid: ... That poor thing. I can't imagine what he had to go through.
Richard: None of us can.
David: *Approaches them* N-Not to disturb you or anything, but Dipper, I think you should see this.
Dipper: What is it?
~Railyard~
Louise: *Gazing around the yard*
Martha: Find anything worth taking a picture of?
Louise: Not really. I'm just admiring the view.
Martha: ... *Annoyed sigh* What does Michael expect us to find when we go to... whatever he wants to take us to?
Louise: Nothing too important. Urban exploration is just about the exploration of the past.
Martha: Why doesn't that surprise me?
*Clatter*
*The girls turn to see something scurrying in the yard*
Martha: Looks like we're about to have some excitement.
Louise: Hey, Michael?
Michael: What is it?
Louise: *Points to it* We just spotted movement.
Michael: What kind of movement?
Martha: It doesn't look like one of the workers. I think it's an animal.
Michael: Let's go check.
*They all head over*
Upon getting a closer look, they saw that the movement was actually a wolf. It looked no different from Twig's age and size, it was covered in red fur, and it looked hurt.
Louise: Poor thing. I wonder where its parents are.
Michael: It could be an orphan.
Martha: ... *Slowly approaches it*
Louise: What are you doing?
Martha: Someone has to do something about this wolf. *Reaches out* ... Hi. Are you okay?
*The wolf just shivered*
Martha: I'm not gonna hurt you. I just wanna help you.
*The wolf didn't budge*
Martha: Please? I know someone who can help. She's very good with animals.
*The wolf slowly approached Martha... before nuzzling against her hand*
Martha: *Giggle* I've tamed it, guys!
Michael: Okay! Let's bring it to the vet!
~Tofoten~
Trevor: *Skipping stones into the river*
Pacifica: *Arrives with Hilda* There you are. Astrid wanted to give something to you.
Hilda: *Passes it* It's one of the charms that she has in her house.
Trevor: ... Aren't these supposed to protect you from fairies?
Hilda: No, it's more of a shield against nightmares. It should help with your nightmare problem until you feel like they're finally gone.
Trevor: I hope so. *Pauses* Hilda, I know you've probably told me this before, but... The fairies in that realm. What are they like?
Hilda: ... Well, they're no different from the... *Pulls out a postcard* ...friendlier depictions here in Tofoten. It's like with the trolls. Once you get to know them more, you won't feel so scared of them.
Trevor: Hm.
Hilda: You should really see the Fairy Festival. It's a tradition as old as Tofoten itself; a night of music, dancing, and celebration of the village's history and culture, and its roots in the folklore of the Fairy Realm. I'm sure you'll love it.
Trevor: ... I could give it a shot.
Hilda: *Smiles brightly*
Pacifica: *Pulls them along* Come on. There's still so much to see.
Dipper: *He and David arrive* Hey, guys!
*They turn to them*
Hilda: What is it?
David: Look what we have.
*A tiny familiar creature appears from behind the boys*
Trevor: Whoa.
Pacifica: Is that a... woff hatchling?
Hilda: *!* Not just any hatchling! *Turns to Dipper* That little guy came from your egg!
Dipper: Yep. He just hatched today. Now, we have a woff in the family.
~Trolberg~
By now, the wolf's wound had been wrapped up.
Louise: So, what do we do with this wolf now?
Michael: I'm not sure. I could bring him into the Sheriff's Department, but he's not exactly... fit to be a law enforcement dog.
Louise: I can't take him home. My family isn't exactly the best at taking care of animals.
Martha: ... My dad went on a safari once before I was born.
Michael & Louise: *?*
Martha: When I was little, he... taught me a thing or two about taking care of wildlife. I should be able to keep this little guy in my home.
Louise: Huh. You have a soft spot for animals.
Martha: ... *Her face goes red* ... J-Just not birds.
Louise: *Giggling*
Michael: Okay, "Safari Kid". The wolf's all yours. Though, we should probably name him.
Louise: *Ponders* What's a good name?
Martha: *Ponders* Uh... *Turns to the wolf* What would the trio name you? Crimson? Fireball? Apple? Re- *!* Oh.
Michael: You're gonna name him "Red"?
Martha: No, not Red, Remus.* That's definitely a name that the trio would give.
Wolf: *Happy*
Michael: "Remus", it is.
{Later}
As the day was coming to an end, the team returned to Trolberg, having finished their visit to Tofoten.
Mabel: *Sighs* That was a rather refreshing visit.
Richard: What did you think of it, Trevor?
Trevor: I actually like it. It's probably what I needed after all. *Turns to Dipper and Hilda* Thanks.
Dipper: No problem. I'm glad it helped you. *Pets his woff* And I’m glad you came to be... *Ponders* ...Nelson.
Hilda: *Notices Michael and Louise approaching them* Oh, hey, guys.
Michael: Hey. How was your trip to Tofoten?
Frida: It went fine. What have you been up to?
Louise: Michael took me and Martha to the railyard. We were doing a "practice run" for that urban exploration idea of his.
Hilda: Oh, right. I almost forgot about that.
Johanna: How exactly did that go?
Michael: It was actually more eventful than we thought. Martha made a new friend.
Dipper: Really?
Louise: We'll tell you on the way.
Notes:
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/44211019
Chapter 49: Friendship Issues
Summary:
As Hilda and Trevor's relationship blossoms, Martha begins to feel left out… and is haunted by dark thoughts.
Notes:
Inspired by https://archiveofourown.org/works/44211019
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Park~
The Adventure Club was content to have just the afternoon, having retired to a spot beneath a giant, secluded oak tree in one of Trolberg’s parks. This tree sat high atop a hill, affording them the best view, as they could see all of the park, from the wall to Camp Sparrow to the gates of the Huldrawood.
Due to the surprisingly sheer size of the tree, all of the Adventure Club members got to sit underneath it.
Trevor sat on one side of the tree with Hilda clinging to his arm, fast asleep with her boots kicked off, while Trevor doodled in his sketchbook. Twig and Nelson were also with the club; Nelson had his eyes on one of the tree's low-hanging branches, where he'd spotted a bird's nest. Twig was on edge, staying close to his master and not taking his eyes off of Martha’s new companion sitting near them.
Martha had brought Remus, her pet wolf cub that she'd encountered at the railyard. The Club was shocked when they learned their friend had a red-furred wolf. Her story of how she’d brought him in was decent enough, but it didn’t help that Remus didn’t get along with Twig; surprisingly, Nelson wasn't terrified of Remus, but Twig had already gotten into a fight with the wolf cub, much to the chagrin of Hilda and Martha (and Frida, who was most interested in Remus).
Hilda wasn't terrified of Remus despite her own encounter in the wilderness with a fully-grown red wolf when Twig had gone missing. Martha hoped Twig and Remus would warm up to one another eventually… though she had to admit that Remus would have to be trained up a bit first.
At least for now, Remus was behaving himself, curled up next to Martha with his front paws in her lap as he stared down the deer fox. Frida absentmindedly stroked his blood-red fur, only looking away from her spellbook once to give him a stern look when she felt as though he might pick another fight with Twig. Remus did respond to her authority if nothing else, and was easily calmed when his owner and Frida expressed displeasure towards him.
Still, the introduction of Remus was putting a strain on Martha’s relationship with her friends, and had brought to light a new issue: Trevor’s increasing closeness with Hilda, and how Martha herself fit in with all of it.
To be honest, Martha was beginning to find Hilda and Trevor insufferable. She had a crush on Trevor since childhood, but then, Hilda came into their lives. Although they were all on good terms, Martha still couldn't help but irk at the sight of Hilda and Trevor being so close. Worse still, Hilda was getting a little ahead of herself talking about marriage and kids, with Frida having to remind her that she was still 13 years old “for goodness sake”, and the others were put off by it. Dipper took it worse since he was starting to get close to Pacifica, though he did his best to hide it.
At one point, Ms. Hallgrim began to teach the ever-awkward Reproductive Sciences, and most of the class had left mortified, but very few, including the “power couple” of the school, Anya Salim and Rupert Granger,* walked out of the classroom each day blushing like mad and talking in hushed but excited tones.
It made one half of the Club sick, while the other half did their best to ignore it.
The more they dwelled on these thoughts, the harder it was for Frida and Martha to bite their tongues when it came to their friends flaunting their relationship in such an obnoxious fashion.
Martha: … You know, Trevor, if you two get… married one day, Hilda will probably want to move back out into the wilderness.
Trevor: … I know.
Frida: You’d be the only two humans for miles around. Well outside the wall. Surrounded by elves, wolves, trolls, giants, and Lord knows what else.
Trevor: We’ll deal with it.
Martha: And it really doesn’t bother you that Hilda would drag you outside the wall to live in the middle of nowhere?
Trevor: Not really. It'll be a… “landmark moment” for myself; living outside the walls of the very city that I grew up in, married to… someone I used to hate. It's like I said to myself once. “Growing up really changes you”. *Glances at Twig* And it’s not like we have a choice anyway; Twig’s gonna need the extra space when he grows up.
*Nelson flies down and back into Dipper’s arms*
Dipper: *Pets him* You better not have eaten those birds.
Martha: … *To herself* If I were to “accidentally” let Remus off his figurative leash, he’d make short work of the little- *Realizes what she's saying* No, no, no. Dipper would never forgive me if I allowed that to happen. What will I do then?
Martha started to hate herself for thinking such dark thoughts, especially towards her closest friend no less. She’d known Trevor all her life; they always protected each other, and she knew she could never live with herself if she hurt him. And the same applied to the others.
That said, Martha still didn’t want him to go with Hilda out into the wilderness when he grew up and leave her all alone.
Martha: What about me, Trevor?
Trevor: *?* What about you? Relax. We’ll always be friends, won’t we? And you’d always be welcome to visit us anytime.
Martha: … I guess.
Martha didn’t know how to respond. Now, she really hated herself for acting so jealous.
Frida: Martha?
Martha: … *Trying to smile* Of course, we’ll always be friends.
Trevor: Best friends.
That was more than Martha could take.
Martha: You know what? I need to go home. *Grabs her bag and Remus* I'll see you soon. *Takes off down the hill*
Trevor and Frida can only stare in confusion after that.
Trevor: I wonder what her problem is.
Louise: *Clears her throat*
Trevor: *He and Frida turn to her* What?
Louise: Did you know that Martha has a crush on you?
Trevor: *?!* … *His faces goes red* Is that…?
Louise: *Nods*
Frida: So, that's why she's acting up.
Trevor: … This is too much to take in.
Louise: I even talked to Fargo and Alban about it. Back when you started to distance yourself from them, she worried about you more than the boys.
Trevor: … *To himself* And now, she's seeing red.**
Louise: I suggest that you make up for it.
Trevor: How?
Louise: Try telling her how you really feel. Tell her why you're more close to Hilda.
Trevor hated to admit it, but Louise did have a point. This whole situation between himself and Martha wasn't going away unless he did something about it.
Notes:
* - https://archiveofourown.org/works/37485154
** - I might've become an enemy of Aurik_Kal_Durin (on Reddit). You'll know why at some point.
Chapter 50: Let Us Help You
Summary:
Two people from Dipper’s life come back upon hearing about the rift between Martha and Trevor.
Chapter Text
Word of Trevor and Martha's situation had spread. Martha had kept to herself since that day in the park, only mingling with Remus. Trevor, while still outgoing, was struggling with the simple task of telling her how he felt, as he worried more about how Martha would react.
The Adventure Club tried to help the two but to no avail. The two just wouldn't budge.
The year is coming to a close, and they needed some extra help.
~Seaport~
Which they got in the most unlikely way possible.
*A particular trio steps off a passenger boat*
Tasha: So, this is Trolberg, huh? Pretty much how I expected it to be.
Petunia: You mean, "boring"?
Tasha: ... Decent. For once. But it won't change how I view the "Mystery Twins". They're always the same. *Leads her team* Come on. We have an exchange program to participate in. *To herself* I just wish that it was somewhere closer to home.
Ivy: ...
~Pines House~
Dipper: *Looking over Michael's map* Louise said this place looked familiar to her, but she didn't tell us why.
Mabel: *Approaches him* You okay?
Dipper: I'm fine, Mabel. I'm just looking over Michael's map for the time being.
Mabel: So, you're just going to forget the problem between Trevor and Martha?
Dipper: I think Hilda and her friends are more capable.
Mabel: I don't know. Hilda's the reason why they're like this right now.
Dipper: She has known those two longer than any of us. The rest of us are still-
*Knocking at the door*
Dipper: I'll get it. *Heads to the door and opens it revealing...* *!* Lily?
Mabel: *?* Lily Cantrell?
Lily: Hi.
Dipper: Why are you here?
Lily: I heard about the situation between Trevor and Martha. I thought I could help in some way.
Dipper: You sure you want to do that right now? You don't know much about them.
Lily: Doesn't make a difference to me. They probably need the help of a completely new face.
Mabel: ... I think we should let her help, Dipper.
Dipper: ... *Sigh* Okay.
~Outside~
Meanwhile, Martha went outside for some fresh air. Naturally, Remus was worried for his owner and followed her to keep her company.
Martha: ...
Remus: *Whimper*
Martha: ... I'm fine, Remus.
They then noticed the Bragga Village. They were just about to talk to them, when...
*Thud!*
Martha: *She and Remus turn to the noise* What was that? *Presses her ear against the wall*
???: *Muffled* Okay. Now, what?
??? 2: *Muffled* Just plant them all over the wall.
???: The whole wall? Or just a portion?
??? 2: Whatever you prefer.
Martha: ... Plant what? Come on, Remus. *She and Remus run to the gate*
~Stenburg Residence~
Trevor: *Exits* ... *Notices something* ... Who are those three? *Approaches them*
Tasha: *Looking around*
Petunia: Are we going the right way, Tasha?
Tasha: I'm trying to find the right way, but Scandinavian languages aren't my specialty. I only know Spanish.
Ivy: *Notices Trevor nearby* ...
Man: Do you girls need help?
Tasha: *Shows the paper sheet* We're just trying to find this school.
Man: I know where that is. Follow me.
Petunia: *Follows*
Tasha: Come on, Ivy.
Ivy: ...
Tasha: *Turns to her* Ivy?
Ivy: ... I'll... catch up. Don't wait for me.
Tasha: ... Don't take forever. *Leaves*
Ivy: ... *Approaches Trevor* Hi.
Trevor: Hello. What brings you here?
Ivy: ... My friends and I are here as liaisons for a multinational exchange program. But I'm actually looking for someone else.
Trevor: Really? Who?
Ivy: ... *Looks around* Does the name... "Dipper Pines" ring any bells?
Trevor: *!* Dipper? Why him?
Ivy: I, uh... just wanted to see him, and give him the heads-up. Nothing too serious.
Trevor: ... Follow me. I know where he lives.
Ivy: Okay. *Follows* My name's Ivy by the way. Ivy Pershing.
Trevor: I'm Trevor Stenburg.
~Outside The Wall~
After circling around, Martha and Remus saw some guys and a van. It looked like they were placing something on the wall.
Martha: What's that stuff?
Man 2: I hope these are just breach charges and nothing too big. Otherwise, we would have to-
Man 3: I know. But I can assure you that these little suckers are only strong enough to make the walls weak enough for our biggest weapons to crash through with ease.
Martha: "Biggest weapons"?
Just then, Martha noticed a familiar logo on the jackets.
Martha: *!* ... Ogrebrücke. *Backs away*
Remus: *Growling*
Martha: We have to warn someone. *Steps on a branch*
*Snap!*
Martha & Remus: *!*
Man 2: *?* What was that?
Man 4: *Turns to see Martha and Remus* Boss! We've got snoops!
Team Leader: *Peeps out of the van* Well, get them!
Martha: *She and Remus run away* Get away from me!
*Some of the men run after them*
Martha: Oh, god. Oh, god. Oh, god!
*The men start shooting at her*
Martha: Eep! *Covers her head*
Remus: *Barking angrily*
Martha: Not now, Remus! We need to warn the team before these guys- *Gets hit in the shoulder* AAAHHH! *Falls*
Remus: *Barking*
Martha: Leave me! Go get help!
Remus: *Barking*
Martha: NOW, REMUS!
Remus: ... *Runs away*
*The men arrive*
Man 5: Where's the dog?
Martha: He's not a dog! He's a wolf!
Man 3: *Grabs her* Whatever. Let's bring her back. Maybe, we can get her to talk.
~Park~
*Dipper, Mabel, and Lily arrive*
Dipper: Huh. I was sure that he would be here. He always visits this park.
Lily: ... Makes me wish I could get out of my family property more often.
Mabel: You never went outside your property?
Lily: Only occasionally. Other than that, I've never done anything related to the outdoors. I just go outside to the garden.
Mabel: ... Well, we might have something that could help.
Lily: What is it?
Dipper: Michael showed us this country that he wants to take us to. It's called-
Familiar Voice: Hey, guys!
*Dipper, Mabel, and Lily turn to see...*
Lily: There you are. I was looking for you. *Notices Ivy* Who are you?
Ivy: Oh, right. I might as well introduce myself. I'm-
Dipper: Ivy? Ivy Pershing?
Mabel: From our school?
Trevor: Yeah, she said she was looking for you.
Dipper: Why?
Ivy: I just wanted to give you a heads-up. Tasha, Petunia, and I are participating in this exchange program. One that you're familiar with, no doubt.
Mabel: Huh. We never would've thought of you three participating.
Ivy: I know, but Tasha insisted.
Trevor: *Turns to Lily* You said you wanted to talk to me. Why?
Lily: I thought I'd help with your... problem with Martha.
Trevor: ... Oh.
Lily: And don't bother with trying to shove me away. My advice for you is fairly simple.
Trevor: ... Which is...?
Lily: If you don't believe what you want to tell Martha, then how can she? When you confront her, show no fear. Face what she might reply.
Trevor: ... *Sighs* So be it.
*Barking*
*They all turn to see...*
Dipper: Remus?
Lily: And Michael?
Michael: *He and Remus approach them* Hey. I've been looking for you. Apparently, Remus, and Martha, found something that we all need to see.
Mabel: Where is Martha?
Michael: I don't know, but judging by Remus' behavior, I've been assuming the worst.
Dipper: Well, let's go look for her! Lead the way, Remus!
Remus: *Bark* *Runs off*
*They all follow Remus*
~Outside The Wall~
Man 6: What are we supposed to do with her?
Team Leader: Simple. Safety Patrol's holding one of our own. We can exchange this little brat for him. Then, when everything is calm, we'll come back and blow up the wall as planned.
Martha: ...
Team Leader: Then again, I should probably keep you long enough to make you watch your precious home tumble into pieces.
Martha: I shouldn't be surprised... considering I'm hearing this from an Ogrebrücke native.
Team Leader: Huh. Someone's been doing their geography.
Martha: When my friends find me, I'll show you a lot more than just geography.
Team Leader: Kid, as far as I'm concerned, you're the only Trolberg resident to know about this. A surprise attack against this infamous city-state.
Unbeknownst to them, the team had found them after all and heard everything.
Michael: So, that's where those little devices come in. *Presses his radio's "Panic" Button*
Mabel: What should we do? We're the only people who know about this right now.
Remus: *Growling*
Trevor: I know you want to save Martha, Remus, but we can't risk you getting killed.
Lily: We should've alerted Hilda about this.
Ivy: Any ideas?
Dipper: *Ponders* ... *!* I've got one.
{Half a minute later}
As the team hid, the men finished up with the bombs.
Man 2: *Places a bomb on the wall* There. The last one. What now?
Team Leader: Now, we just need to make our presence known on the radio. *Turns to Martha* Now, you just sit back and watch the show. We're about to make history in the Hulderlands.
Dipper: I don't think so. *Holds out a device of his own and pushes a button on it*
*Siren wailing*
*The men and Martha are caught by surprise*
Martha: About time!
Man 3: The cops are here!
Team Leader: Get your weapons! *Pulls out a gun* I'll hold on to this rascal.
*The men scramble for their weapons*
Michael: *Sticks his shotgun out* Come on. I dare you. *Uses a megaphone* Sheriff's Department! Surrender immediately!
Man 4: Fat chance!
Michael: ... *Tosses the megaphone* Okay. You asked for it. Ivy?
Ivy: I know. *Uses a stick to rustle a nearby bush*
Man 5: Contact!
Team Leader: Shoot them!
*The men open fire on the (wrong) bush*
Michael: *Aiming (from a different spot)* Made you look. *Shoots... and only startles the enemies*
Lily: Your plan seems to be working.
Dipper: We just need to play into their fears until backup arrives.
*HSD cars arrive*
Mabel: Right on cue!
Team Leader: *Growls* Change of plans! Let's get out of this cesspool! *Kicks Martha into the van*
Trevor: They're taking her! *Runs to the van*
Michael: Trevor, wait!
Team Leader: *Turns to see Trevor* Huh?
Trevor: *Tackles the team leader in the van, inadvertently closing the doors* You have something that doesn't belong to you!
Man 2: Drive! Drive!
Man 3: Okay! *Steps on it*
*The van zooms off*
Michael: *Turns to the HSD cars* They're getting away! They've got Trevor and Martha!
Tate: We'll follow it! *Zooms off with two other cars*
Eddie: *Spots the bombs and stops his car* Are those what I think they are?
Michael: They are! Get your defusing kit!
~Road~
Meanwhile, the HSD cars chased the van across the road, while Trevor tussled with the team leader in the back of the van.
Martha: ... Trevor...
Trevor: I know! We have to get out!
Team Leader: *Kicks Trevor off* Oh, you'll get out! *Aims at him* Just not alive!
Trevor: *!*
Martha: *Kicks the gun away*
*Bang!*
*The bullet punctures a hole in the van*
Trevor: *Tackles the team leader again*
Tate: Shots fired! Shots fired! Coming from inside the van!
Trevor: *Gets up* Come on! *Grabs Martha* We'll have to risk it!
Team Leader: Don't you dare!
Both: *They both kick the backdoor open and jump out...* AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH! *...before landing on Tate's car, causing him to stop*
*The other two cars pass by, still chasing the van*
Deputy: After that van!
Trevor & Martha: *Breathing*
Tate: Are you two okay?
Trevor: ... Ha. Never been better!
Martha: ... *Thumbs up*
{Later}
~Trolberg Entrance~
Soon, the bombs were defused and the team gave their statements.
Tate: I just got word from the deputies. The good news is that they found the van and all of its contents were still inside.
Ivy: And the bad news?
Tate: Aside from the contents, no one else was present.
Michael: Ogrebrücke's gonna have a lot of explaining to do.
Trevor: ... *Turns to Martha* Speaking of explaining...
Martha: *?*
Trevor: *Pulls Martha away* Follow me.
{Later}
~Park~
Martha: ...
Trevor: ... *Sighs* Martha, look. I know you have a crush on me, but... I can't return those feelings to you. I... view you more as a sister figure. One that I have to protect. That's why whenever we weren't pranking anyone, I never tussled with you.
Martha: ...
Trevor: As for Hilda... The reason I've been preferring her is because... I have her to thank for... helping me see things differently. And she's been preferring me because she saw something in me that made me stand out. I guess it's because of how I had a soft side when I introduced her to stone-skipping. A soft side that I had trouble showing. She helped me show it more often, showing others that I'm not always a cruel person. And because of her help, we've grown so close to one another. I just... couldn't tell you until now, because I was scared. Scared of how you would react due to-
Martha: *Covers his mouth* ... I get it. I understand. It's your choice after all. *Hugs him*
Trevor: ... *Hugs back*
Unbeknownst to them, a certain someone was watching from afar.
Hilda: ... *Smiles*
Notes:
I think I need a break after seeing Aurik's recent fanfic. It's starting to take a toll on me. Maybe, I need to see PaperBagedHead and Pyroraptor42 more often.
And QuieterDays.
In the meantime, you can have a look at https://archiveofourown.org/works/53300350.
Chapter 51: An Explorer’s Dream
Summary:
The Adventure Club embarks on what could be their most tranquil adventure yet: An urban exploration trip in Stalburg, Stolland. However, they would end up learning that urban exploration isn’t as relaxing as they thought it would be.
Notes:
I've been wanting to do this portion of the series since watching a series of YT videos featuring what might be one of my favorite playthroughs of all time.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Trolberg~
*The Adventure Club sets up for a new adventure*
As the new year was underway, so was the start of a new adventure for the Adventure Club.
Urban exploration - The exploration of manmade structures, usually abandoned ruins or hidden components of the manmade environment.
Until now, the Club has never done such a thing. But then, Michael showed them a good location to go to for the next time they travel outside Trolberg.
~Sheriff’s Department~
Michael: *Packing up*
Tate: *Enters with Eddie* Heading out now?
Michael: Yep. Got everything I need.
Eddie: Have you mentioned where you're going yet?
Michael: It's a Scandinavian location. Stalburg, Stolland.
Tate: *?* Stalburg, Stolland?
Michael: *?* You know that place?
Tate: Know it? I haven't been there in years. Last I heard, Stalburg was struggling due to a… tragedy of sorts. Are you sure you want to go there?
Michael: It should be safe to explore. You can come if you want.
Tate: No, it's fine. You just need to lead the Adventure Club around. And besides, I… have a friend who still lives there. When you get there, look for Markku Siltanen.
Michael: Alright. *Grabs his bag* If anything bad happens, I'll let you know. *Leaves*
Eddie: Take care, Mike.
Michael: You too.
~Seaport~
Meanwhile, the Adventure Club, Johanna, and Anders were waiting for Michael.
Dipper: *Checking his watch* Where is he? Shouldn't he be here by now?
Hilda: Michael will come. It's his idea after all.
Mabel: I kind of wish Ivy was coming with us. I was beginning to like her.
Dipper: I know, but Tasha and Petunia won't like it if one of their own is hanging out with us. Pacifica’s busy looking for a house here in Trolberg. And Hughie, Jemma, and Deacon are busy helping her.
Tommy: Which leaves me, and…
Lily: *Arrives* Sorry I'm late. My dad’s car wasn't working.
Frida: It's fine. No pressure.
Lily: *Notices Hilda’s portion of the club* Uh…
David: What's wrong?
Lily: N-Nothing. It's just… there are only five of you today.
Trevor: *Checking his bag* Fargo and Alban are busy with other things.
Louise: And Martha’s busy training Remus.
Johanna: And the other adults have other things to do at the moment. So, it's just going to be a 13-person trip.
Michael: *Arrives* 14, actually. Tate wants us to meet an old friend of his in Stalburg. Though, either way, this trip should be a cakewalk. *Turns to Anders* Did you get the tickets?
Anders: One of each.
*They board the boat*
{Later}
~Boat~
Johanna: …
Michael: Is something on your mind, Johanna?
Johanna: … I looked up the location we’re going to. I am a bit… skeptical of Stalburg.
Michael: You're not the first to tell me that. Tate said that Stalburg is struggling from a tragedy.
Anders: It shouldn't be that bad. I looked it up as well. It happened around 1986.
Johanna: It doesn't mean it's not lingering in their minds anymore.
Michael: Well, of course, but there hasn't been one since. And besides, urban explorations involve places left behind. Not a single sign of danger.
Johanna: … *To herself* I hope there isn't.
Anders: *Turns to Michael* You seem to know much about urban exploration.
Michael: Well, before becoming a law enforcer, I explored some abandoned locations as a kid. It seemed easy from the look of things.
Johanna: Do the kids know?
Michael: I told them the other day. Needless to say, they were beyond interested.
*All 3 chuckle*
{Later}
~Stalburg, Stolland~
It was late when the team arrived, but they needed the rest anyway.
*The team disembarks*
Dipper: Well, here we are.
Hilda: Wow. It's much bigger than I thought.
Mabel: Well, there are also perks of living in the city.
Hilda: *Giggle* I get it.
Frida: So, where's the guy we're supposed to meet?
Michael: We could ask around. If Tate wants us to find him, then we’ll do just that.
???: Or he can find you.
*They all turn to see someone approaching them*
Man: Old Tate told me about your visit. So, he told me to look for you when you arrive.
Richard: Are you… Markku Siltanen?
Man: Please. Call me “Mark”.
Michael: *Shakes Mark’s hand* Nice to meet you, Mark.
Mark: Follow me. I’ll show you the hotel you’ll be staying at.
*They all head to the hotel in question*
~Hotel~
*The team unpacks*
Mark: So, what brings you here to Stalburg?
Michael: I had planned to bring these guys along for an urban exploration trip. Tate recommended that you should be our guide.
Mark: Well, it’s a good thing that he chose me. I work as an engineer for the National Consulting Group. It’s a national engineering consultation company founded after a fusion of many smaller engineering companies. We primarily focus on the analysis and repair of civil infrastructure and buildings. As a matter of fact, I was just planning to do one such trip tomorrow.
Hilda: Really?
Johanna: I don’t know. We don’t want to disturb your work.
Mark: No, it’s okay. I could use some extra help with what I’m planning to do.
Michael: Well, I’m glad we could be here. Thanks again.
~Inside~
Tommy: *Hops onto a bed* Haha! Our first international adventure since Trondheim! And the others are missing out!
Frida: I just hope it doesn't end like Trondheim.
Mabel: Well, if we come across a temple, then we should be fine since it won't be as chaotic as the last one.
Richard: I hope so. I don't want to give Hilda or Trevor a… detrimental case of PTSD.
David: Or Dipper. We all know what happened to him in Trondheim.
Mabel: Eh, he probably moved on by now. Dipper’s one tough guy. Even before what happened to him in Trondheim. When we came back from our first visit to Gravity Falls, he got into photography.
Frida: This is more than just photography though, Mabel. We're exploring abandoned places. Not to mention, we're exploring locations in a country that only Michael and Sheriff Whittaker know about.
Mabel: On a bright note, we have one of those two with us. No pressure.
Trevor: *Eavesdropping* … Speak for yourself, Mabel.
{The Next Morning}
~National Consulting Group Headquarters~
*The team arrives*
Michael: This looks like the place.
Receptionist: Can I help you guys?
Michael: We're just looking for Mark.
Receptionist: Markku Siltanen?
Michael: Yeah, he's supposed to guide us around… *Spots him* Oh, there you are.
Mark: I'm glad you arrived. Welcome to the headquarters of the National Consulting Group.
~Conference Room~
*They arrive outside the door to the conference room*
Female: *Arrives as well* Hello, Mark.
Mark: Hello, Carla.
Carla: *Notices the others* Excuse me, you can't be up here.
Mark: Oh, don't worry, Carla. They're all with me. Michael here is actually a friend of Tate.
Carla: Oh, I see. Carla Diehart, engineer.
Michael: *Shakes her hand* Michael Kingston, Hulderlands Sheriff’s Department. These guys are Dipper and Mabel Pines; Hilda, Johanna, and Anders Löfgren; Richard Burke; Frida Auclair; Tommy Kendrick; David Olden; Trevor Stenburg; Lily Cantrell; and Louise Delgado.
Dipper: Is there a meeting that you two are going to attend?
Carla: Of course. *Opens the door*
Mark: It's regarding the upcoming trip. You can come inside if you'd like.
Michael: *Turns to the others* I’ll take Dipper and Hilda for now. The rest of you will have to wait.
*They all nod in agreement*
~Inside~
Dipper: “National Consulting Group Pre-Inspection Briefing. Assessing the current state of key water-related infrastructure in the Stalburg Region”.
Mark: Water-related infrastructure will be the theme for this trip.
Man: *He and two others enter* Oh, hey, Mark.
Mark: Hello.
Man: *Notices the trio* Who might you guys be?
Mark: Oh, they're with me. They're friends of Tate.
Michael: Michael Kingston, Hulderlands Sheriff’s Department. These two kids are Dipper Pines and Hilda Löfgren.
Man: *Shakes Michael’s hand* Nice to meet you. Paul Lauwens, Office Director.
Man 2: *Shakes Michael’s hand* Amit Rahal.
Man 3: *Shakes Michael’s hand* Steve Johnson.
Paul: So, what brings you here to Stalburg?
Michael: I had planned to bring my friends on an urban exploration trip. I thought Stalburg would be the best place to visit.
Mark: Tate called me in advance to give them a 101.
Paul: Well, you picked quite a debatable time to visit.
Dipper: … So we’re told. We heard that Stalburg was struggling from a tragedy in 1986.
Amit: It was an unforgettable event. However, that old tragedy is the least of anyone's concerns right now. There are more pressing matters at hand.
Hilda: Such as what exactly?
Paul: Well, I have a feeling that the NCG is going to have one long day ahead. So, that's why I've called for this early meeting. Some of the places that you guys will be surveying are in exceptionally bad shape. So, we might as well be prepared for the worst. Also, the maintenance reports that the NCG received from the Municipality Council yesterday seemed incomplete. So, either those reports have gone missing, or…
Michael: There was never any maintenance done to begin with?
Paul: Unfortunately. So, I recommend that all of you should be extra careful out there. And wear your helmets.
Dipper: *Turns to Mark* We’ll need some extra helmets.
Mark: There should be some extras around this office.
Paul: Mark, would you mind starting the presentation?
Mark: Of course. *Grabs a nearby controller* I'm better with computers anyway. *Presses a button to change the slide* Just not in the early morning hours.
Paul: I know you hate early mornings, but regardless, we still have work to do. *Holds up his clipboard* Alright. A quick recap of the situation. *Turns to Dipper, Hilda, and Michael* For our new guests here, a corruption scandal took place here in Stalburg, before finally coming to an end last year.
Michael: A corruption scandal?
Steve: There was embezzlement from the public infrastructure funding. In other words, Stalburg is just one unlucky country.
Paul: Which is where we come in. Following the scandal, and with the upcoming council elections, there have also been some other changes in the maintenance services of the region as a whole. The NCG has since been put in charge of maintaining the infrastructure of key locations, including power plants and water systems. As mentioned earlier, there are some missing details about the state of some of these buildings. That's why you'll all be having a literal field day surveying these places. I'm sure we'll run into something in need of urgent maintenance.
Steve: If those bridges crossing the Ploughwedge River are any indication, I expect to see some pretty nasty stuff.
Paul: I hope not. The city council doesn't have much money to spare.
Carla: Typical.
Paul: Anyway, next slide, please.
Mark: *Changes slide*
Paul: So, as discussed earlier, you've all been assigned specific locations today. Steve, you'll be taking the Ploughwedge River facilities.
Steve: Right.
Paul: Carla and Amit, you'll get to visit the Two Gorges Barrier. The view from the top is supposed to be pretty spectacular. So, the gig isn't without its benefits.
Carla: Naturally.
Mark: Looks like we get to visit a barrier too.
Paul: That's right, Mark. You guys will take care of the Hammer Valley Barrier and its surroundings. Also, there are a lot of tunnels there. So, you better bring some flashlights.
Dipper: We went ahead with that.
Mark: I still need to grab mine though.
Paul: Alright. Final slide, please.
Mark: *Changes slide*
Hilda: *?* Why is the slide blank?
Mark: *!* Oh. Heh. *Changes it again* Must've added an extra on accident.
Amit: That's what happens when you're working late.
Mark: Wouldn't be myself if I wasn't.
Paul: Alright. That would be the gist of it. Mark, Michael, Dipper, and Hilda, you guys can go grab your gear and leave when you're ready. The four of us still have a few things to go over.
Mark: *Gets up* Okay. Follow me, guys.
*The four leave*
{Later}
~Office~
*The team has a look around the office*
Johanna: Does Tate know that you work here?
Mark: I told him once. Even though we're miles away from each other, we're still in contact with each other. Of course, it has been getting… slower as time goes by.
Man 4: They should really fix the road surface on the northbound highway. It's in awful condition.
Frida: *Turns to see some workers chatting*
Man 5: You mean, the M3?
Man 4: Yeah, that one. I guess I won't be coming to work soon. It feels like my car can take much more.
Female 2: Why not use the public transport services?
Man 5: Yeah, you live right next to a train station anyway. And there's a Metro station south of the office.
Man 4: I know, but have you seen the tunnels? They're just as awful as the highway. I wouldn't take it even if one paid me to.
Female 2: Actually, you might be in luck. The company will pay half of the regional ticket for you.
Man 4: Really?
Man 5: Yep. Last I heard.
Female 2: It should save you a fair bit of money in the long run.
Man 5: I'm thinking of selling my car for good.
Man 4: Still, I don't trust the condition of the tunnels.
Frida: … Hmm. I guess Hammer Valley will be the least of our concerns in the long run.
{Later}
~Elevator~
*The team enters*
Mark: *Presses “Garage”* Okay. We’ve got everything we need. Now, to drive over Hammer Valley.
*Elevator goes down*
Anders: I hope these elevators are in better condition.
Mark: They should be. Point Elias isn't suffering as much as where we're go-
*Blackout*
All: *Scream*
Johanna: You were saying, Mark?
Mabel: Why did everything stop?
*Emergency lights go on*
Mark: I guess someone forgot to pay the electricity bill.
*The fuse box panel falls off*
Richard: … I got it. *Spots a note* “NOTICE: The doors of all ROMU Lifts commercial elevators can be opened manually by overriding the fuses B2 and B3. This is useful in case of power blackout during maintenance”. That should be easy. *Spots the fuses in question and flips their switches*
*The doors open*
David: Thanks, Richard.
Richard: Ah, don't mention it.
*They all step out*
Tommy: We’ll just have to take the stairs.
{Later}
~Ground Floor~
Mark: *Checking his flashlight*
Female 3: Hey, Mark.
Mark: *Turns to her* Yes?
Female 3: I have something for you. *Shows a letter* This came from the city authority. It looks like it's just some keys. *Passes it*
Mark: Huh. Thanks.
Female 3: Have a nice day. *Leaves*
Mark: You too.
Man 6: Seriously, what's up with these elevators?
Trevor: *Turns to see some workers chatting*
Man 6: Every time there's a power cut, they go into a lockdown of some kind.
Man 7: Yeah, it's really annoying.
Female 4: I heard it was some kind of precautionary mechanism.
Man 6: Really? What's the point of locking someone in the elevator?
Female 4: No idea. If anything, we should be wondering about the power grid.
Man 7: Exactly. There have been countless power outages lately. It's like we're living in a third-world country.
Female 4: Indeed. I blame the local officials for misdirecting funds to some irrelevant projects instead of the important ones.
Man 6: They might as well add our elevators to the “important list”.
Trevor: … *Gulp*
Lily: *Notices a newspaper* What's this?
Mark: Oh, that's just old news. Earlier this month, we accidentally ordered the wrong building destroyed. The director’s head got put on a pike for it.
{Later}
~Parking Garage~
*The team approaches some vans*
Michael: We’ll have to split into two groups for this. Twins, Richard, Tommy, Lily, we’ll ride with Mark. The rest of you will take the other van.
Mark: *Gives keys to Johanna* Just follow us.
Johanna: Okay.
*They all get into their respective vans and drive out*
Notes:
Inspired by the following links:
https://archiveofourown.org/works/36122206
https://archiveofourown.org/works/37995961
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL3ZJ0QWE7os1Id3CKCtLaR2OXyfBdArDT
Chapter 52: Just Another Day At Work
Summary:
Or is it?
Chapter Text
*Play this while you're reading*
~Hammer Valley~
*The team arrives*
Mark: Here we are. Hammer Valley.
Dipper: *Amazed* Wow. It's... actually quieter than I thought.
Hilda: It's so beautiful.
Mark: The real start to your urban exploration experience. To me, just another day at work.
Johanna: *Notices a fence with a gap* ... Huh.
Mark: *Dials Paul's number and puts it on "Speaker"*
Paul (Over the phone): Hello?
Mark: We're finally here. The traffic was horrible. Any last-minute tips before we start surveying the place?
Paul (Over the phone): Well, you know the drill. Just take pictures of everything that's broken. As a bonus, you should also take pictures of anything interesting that you might come across.
Michael: Such as...?
Paul (Over the phone): Just documents of interest. Like technical documents, or notes from people. It could help our cause.
Mark: Okay. See ya.
Paul (Over the phone): Bye.
*Hang-up noise*
Mark: To be honest with you guys, this is only my first time visiting Hammer Valley. I've been everywhere in this region except for this place.
Johanna: *Examining the fence* Should we be worried about this?
Mark: Oh, that? It's actually been like that for a while. There was once a poorly-installed gate, but it fell off some years back. No one has fixed it since.
Frida: *Notices a bridge* Could the bridge be of any importance?
Mark: It's a highway bridge. So, it has to be.
Michael: We should probably split up. We'll stay in our usual teams.
Mark: We'll continue down the path.
Anders: Alright. We'll check out the bridge.
*The two teams split up and go in their selected paths*
~Bridge~
David: *Notices some writing* "Stalburg is like this bridge; old, crumbling, and full of..." I'm not reading that last word.
Trevor: There's a maintenance catwalk here. I hope it's safe to walk on.
Louise: *Steps on it* Seems sturdy enough. *Walks along it* Now, where should we...? *Notices something on a pillar* Hmm. *Takes a picture* I guess that's one thing to look for. It'll take more than just a new coat of paint to-
*A car passes over the bridge, causing it to rumble a little*
Louise: Oh, boy.
Johanna: Hey, be careful, Louise.
Louise: I know. *Notices something* There's a platform on the other side.
Anders: Let's go check it out.
*They all cross the catwalk and head towards the platform*
Hilda: Not much to go on here. Just a platform with a power box.
*Faint beeping*
Frida: *?* *Opens the box* Why is this off?
Hilda: I don't know.
Anders: *Flips some fuse switches and turns a dial to "On"*
*Beeping stops*
Anders: I don't think it's supposed to be off.
Trevor: Was someone here before us?
Anders: Maybe.
Louise: *Takes a picture of another pillar* Let's hope this holds until the repairs.
David: Yeah, the last thing we want is for this bridge to collapse at a bad time.
Johanna: Let's head back and meet up with the others. We should relay our findings.
*They all head back to the fence*
~Abandoned Facility~
Meanwhile, the other team is having a look at the powerlines.
Mabel: Nothing bad so far.
Mark: This place in particular is supposed to be abandoned. So, we have to give this a little more leeway.
Dipper: *Notices a clogged grate* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture* Someone should get that cleaned up.
Richard: *Notices a door* I think we're supposed to enter here. *Tries to open it* Locked.
Mark: *Pulls out the keys* Perhaps, these might come in handy. *Uses one to unlock the door*
*Hilda's team shows up*
Tommy: Did you find anything?
Hilda: The bridge had some cracks. And there was a power box that was off.
Anders: Or rather it shouldn't be off.
Mark: Hm. *Opens the door* I wonder why that is.
Lily: All we found so far is a clogged grate. The water isn't flowing properly.
*They all enter the building*
~Inside~
Dipper: Alright. First inspection target. An old power plant in Hammer Valley.
Mark: Let's see how this place is doing.
*They look around the place*
Hilda: *Spots some battery packs* These might come in handy. *Grabs them* One for our flashlights, one for Mark's digital camera.
Mabel: *Spots some bolt cutters* We might need this. *Grabs them*
Frida: *Notices a book on a table* This must be the maintenance log. All written by... "JK". *Takes a picture*
Richard: Corrosive material, battery stash, a padlock... *Notices...* ...a steam leak. *Takes a picture*
David: *Spots some levers* Huh. *Pulls one of them down* I hope that does something.
Tommy: *Tries to slide a door open* ... *Notices a chain* Mabel, we're gonna need those bolt cutters.
Mabel: Okay. *Cuts the chain*
~Outside~
Trevor: Everything seems to be in good shape.
Johanna: *Spots a path* Tread carefully. This looks a bit treacherous.
*They all head up the path*
Lily: Everything seems so... What's the word?
Michael: I'd describe this as "slap-dash". I can't tell if someone is either negligent, or they took the indolent solution. Either way, it probably became a part of the workplace culture over time.
Louise: *Spots a glow on the powerline* ... *Takes a picture* That can't be good.
~Sawmill~
Anders: I wonder if any of this is legal.
Michael: I suppose it's just chopping firewood.
Johanna: *Spots a pile of barrels* There are barrels over here though.
Louise: *Takes a picture* "Liquid gypsum". That shouldn't be here.
Lily: *Enters a nearby shack and looks around* Hm. *Spots some notes* A list and two letters. *Reads the list*
"To-do list:
1: Demand payment for the sawmill's massive log order (Long overdue)
2: Figure out how to pay our loan to the bank before we go bankrupt!
3: Get money to pay the striking workers' unpaid salaries
4: Get new client"
Lily: ... *Reads one of the letters*
"Matt,
Do you know why the barrier stopped passing our logs through the chute?
It's been weeks since the last log passed through it. I tried contacting the people at the barrier to get this sorted out, but there's no one there.
Yesterday, we tried pushing the logs through the log tunnel, but the chute seems to be blocked from the inside! Any idea what's going on over there?
Also, I still have yet to receive payment for the logs we sent you months ago!!
Tom"
Lily: Okay. *Reads the other letter* This must be Matt's reply.
"Dear Tom,
I know about the hydropower company's sudden bankruptcy, but I've seen Alex Hartman occasionally entering the power plant and light coming out of the windows of the barrier at night.
As for the log payments, I'm still waiting for the funding from our client. I'm expecting to receive the funding this week. You'll receive your share in cash then.
Sincerely, Matt
Reply to this soon
Demand payment
Get envelopes and stamps"
Lily: Interesting. *Takes a picture* So, this place is a legitimate business. *Leaves the shack* But what is with that liquid gypsum? Was it there on accident? *Spots a battery pack and grabs it* Can't be too careful.
Trevor: *Finds something* Hey, guys. Look what I found.
*The others arrive*
Tommy: Looks like a... makeshift ferry system.
Trevor: *Turns a nearby crank to bring the platform over*
Michael: We'll have to go a little at a time. I don't think this platform can hold us all at once.
{Not long later}
*The team goes down a dirt path*
Mark: *Replaces his camera's batteries* We'll need something to throw away the dead batteries. We can't just go littering.
*A neighborhood of sorts comes into view*
David: Maybe, we can ask whoever lives here.
Richard: *Notices some ruined power poles* Those poles have probably seen better days. *Takes a picture*
Frida: *Approaches the front door and knocks on it* Hello?
*Silence*
Mabel: Maybe, they went for a walk.
Anders: Must be an awfully long one. Their car's still here.
Hilda: *Approaches another house and knocks on the front door*
*Silence*
Hilda: Still nothing.
Dipper: *Finds something* There's a railroad track over here. *Notices a fallen tree* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture*
Mark: There must've been a storm last night.
Johanna: Is this railroad still active?
Mark: If I remember correctly, it should be.
Johanna: Then, there should be a signal box around.
*They head down the line and across a bridge*
Hilda: *Takes a picture of the bridge's cracked state* If this railroad's still active, then this bridge is mandatory.
Dipper: *Spots something* Hey, here's one.
*Train horn*
Everyone: *!*
Dipper: I got it. *Sets it to "Red"*
*The signal light goes red*
Everyone: *Relieved sighs*
Dipper: There. Crisis averted. *Spots some stairs* Let's go this way.
*They all do so, save for Michael*
*The train stops*
Driver: Can we help you?
Michael: There's a fallen tree up ahead. You'll have to call for a crane or something.
Driver: Alright. Thank you.
Michael: Anytime. *Leaves*
~Hammer Valley Water Barrier~
Mark: Well, here we are. The barrier's entrance. *Unlocks the front door*
Johanna: Let's hope this place is in better condition.
*They look around*
Anders: Don't get your hopes up. This place looks like it's been abandoned for years.
Hilda: *Spots a power panel for an elevator* Two fuse blocks missing; one for the engine, one for the brakes.
Mabel: *Enters a balcony* Hm. *Looks down* Ahh! *Stumbles*
Frida: *She and Mark approach her* What's wrong?
Mabel: ... S-Sorry. Vertigo attack. *Notices something* And it gets worse.
Frida: *Notices it as well* There's a huge crack in the barrier.
Mark: It's in even worse condition than we thought.
Hilda: *Spot something* Here we are. Two fuse blocks. *Approaches the power panel and installs the fuse blocks* If this area is good at demonstrating something, it's the fact that it's all machinery. And a machine...
Dipper: ...only works as well as its weakest link. *Pulls a lever*
Hilda: I did learn from the best.
*They both chuckle*
Richard: *Opens a door* I found the elevator.
*The others approach*
Richard: Let's see if it works.
*They all step on*
David: *Pushes the "Down" Button* Going down.
*The elevator descends*
*Everything goes dark*
David: Should we turn our flashlights on?
Johanna: I don't know.
Mark: *Pulls out his phone and dials Paul's number* I better give an update before we lose reception.
Paul (Over the phone): Hello?
Mark: *Puts it on "Speaker"* It's us. We just came from the old power plant. I don't think anyone's been there for years.
Hilda: One of the generators looked like it was broken. We turned it off just to be safe.
Paul (Over the phone): Did you find anything else?
Dipper: The barrier's in really bad shape. There appears to be a huge crack in it. Someone should really get on that right away.
Michael: Once we're done here, we're going to inspect those surrounding tunnels that you mentioned earlier. You might want to send a couple of guys to pick up the vans.
Paul (Over the phone): Okay. I'll take care of that. Keep me posted.
Mark: Understood. *Hangs up*
*The elevator suddenly stops, surprising the team*
Tommy: ... Why did we stop?
*Creaking*
*They all look up*
Trevor: That doesn't sound good.
*Snap!*
Everyone: *Screaming*
*THUD!*
Notes:
By the way, this portion of the series takes place in January, whereas the INFRA takes place in August of 2016. However, both stories only last two (long) days.
Chapter 53: Going Deep
Summary:
After an elevator mishap, the team makes a discovery at the barrier.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Lower Level~
Everyone: *Groaning*
Michael: Everyone okay?
Everyone: *They all nod slowly and disembark*
Anders: These helmets are pretty useful. I just wish they had chin straps.
Lily: … *Takes a picture of the now-ruined elevator* Yet another piece of infrastructure to fix. No going back now.
Louise: It's a good thing we called to get the vans picked up.
Dipper: *Notices control panel of sorts* Well, the elevator seemed to have failed in the best possible way. I think we found the controls for the doors in this facility.
Hilda: “Doors can only be opened when the power is on. Check the main switches downstairs. In case of a security threat, any door can be overridden in the control room. This is indicated by the yellow lights. Overridden doors cannot be unlocked”. Okay.
Mabel: *Tries to open a nearby door* Can't go through here.
Frida: *Opens another* Let's try this way.
~Different Room~
Richard: This job feels more like we're picking up the slack of everyone in the city.
Mark: Maybe.
David: *Takes a picture of a puddle* There seems to be a leak of sorts.
Johanna: *Opens a nearby door* This must be an observation deck.
~Outside~
Tommy: The water seems to be flowing just fine.
Michael: Well, you never know where a blockage might occur.
Anders: Especially if everything hasn't been moving as it should be.
Trevor: *Opens a nearby door* Hmm. *Enters*
~Power Room~
Trevor: *Spots a power panel behind a locked fence* That must be where the fuses go, but one’s missing. *Notices a busted vent* Maybe, if I… *Looks around* Where could I…? *Spots a door* “Maintenance Shaft”? *Enters*
*The room immediately gives Trevor flashbacks*
Trevor: Oh. It’s right underneath the elevator. *Finds the earlier vent* Here we are. *Knocks the vent off* There goes that. *Look around*
*The fenced area gives Trevor a funny feeling*
Trevor: I wonder how Hilda would react to this if she was in here. *Crawls out of the vent and spots a key* And this must unlock the fence. *Grabs it and uses it to unlock the fence*
Lily: *She and Louise enter* There you are. What have you been up to?
Trevor: *Opens the fence* Just looking for something to get the doors open. *Pushes a power lever up*
*Electricity sparking*
Louise: Well, so far, we got the power in general up and running. Let’s go see if the panel works.
{Later}
~Earlier Room~
Dipper: *Using the panel to control the doors* Still can’t bother with the overrides. But at least, we got everything else unlocked.
Mabel: *Opens the first door from earlier* There we go.
~Generator Room~
Hilda: Oh, that’s bad. This room is flooded.
Frida: And there are electricity sparks everywhere.
Richard: Water, plus electricity, equals… *Imitates bone crack noise*
David: So, how do we get past this?
Michael: *Looks around* … *Notices some crates* Maybe, we can use these crates to build a bridge.
Mark: *Grabs one* Might as well try.
{Later}
The team managed to do so, and are just about halfway across.
Dipper: *Makes it to the other side* Last hurdle. Watch your step. *Notices a door* I’ll scout ahead. *Heads to it and enters*
Hilda: *Spots a crack in the wall* Oh. *Takes a picture* Someone should get that fixed.
Mabel: *Takes a picture of a broken catwalk* And that too.
~Small Office~
Dipper: *Looks around* Hmm. *Notices a notebook with a letter on it* What’s this?
“Greetings, Emil,
While you were enjoying the warmth of the south, things have taken strange turns around here.
The boss has been really paranoid lately. First, he ordered the Control Room doors to be always locked and then used a locksmith to renew most of the locks. It’s like he's expecting some kind of attack or something.
Also, just yesterday, he ordered the security to perform checks on our lunchboxes, something I supposed you already noticed on the way here. Don’t ask me why. I have no clue.
Simon”
*The others arrive*
Dipper: *Takes a picture of the notebook* The boss of this place was supposedly expecting some kind of attack.
Frida: An attack?
Dipper: I’m not sure what though. *Spots a door* There’s the Control Room. *Approaches the door* Maybe, we’ll find something. *Opens it*
~Control Room~
*Alarm going off*
*They look around*
Johanna: How do we turn that off?
Michael: I’m not sure.
Tommy: *Spots a portrait of…* “Alex Hartman, CEO, Hammer Valley Hydro”. So, you’re the boss of this place.
Trevor: *Spots something on the main terminal* Is this a tape recorder? *Presses “Play”*
Man (Over the recording): My name is Alex Hartman.
Everyone: *?*
Hartman (Over the recording): I was just betrayed by the man who practically built this city. It started with Bergmann. Then, Stalburg Steel. And now, my company. All were bankrupted by Jeff Walter. He bought the companies for next to nothing and then ran them straight into the ground. But that’s the least of my problems. With the company out of business, there’s no way we can keep everything in good repair. Things are breaking down all over the city, but no one’s doing anything about it. The police, the mayor, and now, it seems like even the governor’s in his pocket. They care more about his money than what he’s doing to this place. Whatever he’s planning, it’s going to happen. And I don’t wanna be here when it does. Because there’s one thing I’m sure of: Everything’s about to fall apart.
*Tape stops*
Everyone: … *Gulp*
Anders: … Well, at least, we got some answers as to… what’s happening here.
Mark: Much more than we thought.
Lily: I don’t get it. Why would the guy who practically built Stalburg purchase its infrastructure companies just for the sole purpose of destroying them?
Mark: Beats me.
Louise: … *Spots another door control panel* Hmm. *Disengages the overrides* Maybe, if we can find Mister Hartman’s office, we could get more information.
Dipper: Let’s go look for it.
{Later}
~Hartman's Office~
After unlocking the doors from the first panel, the team managed to locate Alex Hartman’s office.
*They all enter*
Hilda: I wonder how old that recording was. Clearly, he left it for someone to find. So, all of this could’ve happened… recently?
Michael: Maybe.
Johanna: *Spots a corkboard covered in paperwork* Huh. It seems that Mister Hartman had an obsession with Jeff Walter. *Takes a picture* It looks like some of this dates back to 1977, long before what’s happening right now.
Mark: It says that one of the Bergmann Company’s co-founders, Xeander Berg, disappeared around this time. And Hartman was looking for evidence about him for the other co-founder, Eric Kleinmann. “Was last seen in his office”. “Had invented something new”. “Missing for years - probably dead by now”.
Anders: Some of this stuff is scratched out.
Mabel: *Finds a note* What’s this?
“This is my final day working here. After the financial problems started stacking for the company, Hartman started becoming more and more stressed and unstable. The more unstable he grew, the more he failed to come up with solutions to save the company from its debts. Instead, he kept blaming Walter for everything, especially after he was forced to sell his company. After the loss of his wife, Hartman started recording hateful messages to Walter, craving for vengeance.
This is my testimony for any future investigations of these events.
Katelyn, soon ex-secretary of Hartman”
Mabel: … Is what Hartman said in that recording even true? ‘Cause from the look of things, his workers thought he was insanely obsessed with Jeff Walter.
Hilda: There has to be some truth to them. *Spots a pack of flashlight batteries and grabs them*
Michael: … Let’s head back to the Control Room for now. We need to focus on the barrier first.
{Later}
~Control Room~
Frida: *Fiddling with the sluice gate controls* Am I doing this correctly?
Mark: I hope so. There’s not much in here to see our progress.
Johanna: Maybe, there’s something outside.
{Later}
~Outside~
After finding an exit, they found themselves on the opposite side.
Richard: *Spots a building of sorts* “Switchyard Breaker”. *Enters and looks around* Hmm. *Presses two “Disconnect” switches* I hope I’m doing this right. “Presses the “Main Power” Button*
*Everything powers up*
Mark: There we go. *Dials Paul’s number*
Paul (Over the phone): Hello?
Mark: *Puts it on “Speaker”* We finished surveying the barrier. It was in pretty bad shape. The Generator Room is badly flooded.
Paul (Over the phone): Huh. Good thing that the place was on our list.
Mark: Yeah. Also, the barrier wasn’t even connected to the grid anymore. We managed to reconnect it though.
Paul (Over the phone): Wait. So, you connected the flooded barrier to the grid? Is that such a good idea?
David: Well, when you put it like that-
Michael: We don’t see why not. Anyway, we’re heading on to survey the Bergmann tunnels next.
Paul (Over the phone): Alright, let me know once you’re done there.
*Hang-up noise*
Michael: Come on. We’re leaving.
{Later}
~Sawmill~
After leaving the facility, the team found a new path back to the sawmill from earlier, which bridges across to a smaller, private island.
Mark: If I recall, the Hammer Valley Water Barrier closed in 1982, which is 5 years after Xeander Berg went missing.
Dipper: Okay. So, either that tape of Hartman’s has been in the Control Room for a long time, or he’s been at this for a long while.
Hilda: *Finds something* Hey, I found a funicular.
*The others approach*
Mabel: Where does it lead?
Frida: Might as well find out.
*They all hop on the platform*
Richard: *Press a button* Going up.
*The platform goes up*
David: What’s up here? Is it the main off-
*The platform suddenly stops*
David: Uh-oh.
Anders: Oh, not again!
*The platform slides back down*
Everyone: *Panicking*
*Thud!*
Everyone: *Groaning*
Michael: … Everyone okay again?
Everyone: *They all slowly nod and disembark*
Johanna: That’s the second time already.
Tommy: At least, this one is a slight bit… safer than the elevator.
Trevor: *Spots something in the sawmill* Huh? *Approaches it* Memos. *Takes a picture* Looks like they never received payment for their lumber.
Lily: *Spots another thing* There’s a flooded room down here. *Takes a picture* This needs to be fixed like the Generator Room at the barrier facility.
Louise: *Enters the room* Hmm. *Spots some crates and moves them in front of a lever of sorts* There. *Climbs onto the crate* Let’s see if I can… *Pulls the lever down and quickly climbs back out*
*Beep!*
*Everything activates*
Louise: Another building down.
Michael: … Let’s go.
{Later}
~Cave Entrance~
After leaving the sawmill, they managed to find a cave.
Mark: *Unlocks the gate* You guys couldn’t have picked a better time to come here. *Leads everyone through the cave* Otherwise, I wouldn’t be able to show you these caves.
Anders: Yeah, Stalburg does have some cool caves.
Johanna: *Spots a note* Hmm.
“Hans,
I’m looking for ways to enter the tunnel. The flood door seemed to be locked tight, but I did find an elevator in that old building with the pumping station. What do you say? Should we check it out? I know what you’re thinking, but I’m sure those stories about the old tunnel are just urban legends. Anyway, there might actually be something useful there. I’ll see you at the elevator.
Lukas”
Michael: *Takes a picture* A legendary tunnel, huh?
{Later}
~Exit~
*They emerge from an exit*
Hilda: I wonder how long it’s been already. It feels like the morning has gone… slow.
Dipper: Well, the director did say that we have a long day ahead of us. We just need to make the best of it.
*The others nod in agreement*
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/H_F-pGwGiBE
Chapter 54: Here It Waits
Summary:
The Adventure Club’s discovery in Hammer Valley has now led them to a “forgotten world” of sorts.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Garage~
*The team arrives*
David: ... Should we be concerned about this place? I mean, it's not really... important.
Dipper: It doesn't mean it's not worth checking. *Looks inside*
David: ... *Gulp* I'm already getting flashbacks of that one nightmare.
Trevor: What nightmare?
David: Doesn't matter.
~Inside~
Dipper: *Sniffs* *!* Ugh. What is that smell?
Hilda: *Enters* What smell? *Spots some boots* Those boots?
Dipper: No, it's not those boots. *Opens a door* I think it smells like something- *Spots something... gruesome* Oh, my gosh!
Hilda: *Approaches him* What?
Dipper: *Points to it*
Hilda: *!*
~Outside~
Hilda: *Screaming*
*The team turns to it*
Johanna: Hilda?
*They all go inside*
~Inside~
Hilda: *Shivering*
Dipper: ...
*The others approach them*
Johanna: What happened? Why did you- *She and the others notice it* What the...?!
Frida: ... Is that...?
Dipper & Hilda: ... Yep.
Mabel: ... A-At least, half of it is covered. So...
Mark: ... *Pulls out his phone and dials Paul's number*
Paul (Over the phone): Hello?
Mark: *Puts it on "Speaker"* Hey. Uh... We found a dead body.
Paul (Over the phone): That's not funny, Mark.
Michael: No, we're serious.
Paul (Over the phone): Oh. Please tell me it's a dead animal.
Mark: No, we're pretty sure this is a dead human.
Paul (Over the phone): Sheesh. That's unsettling. Uh... I'll call the cops to come over and check it out. What's the precise location?
Michael: There's... no address number. We're in some sort of makeshift house after a cave when coming from the barrier. It's just before the Bergmann tunnels.
Paul (Over the phone): Okay. I know that place. That's the old Bergmann Garage. Just continue on to the tunnels and let the cops handle the corpse.
Mark: Okay. *Hangs up*
Michael: ... *Takes a picture*
Anders: What are you doing?
Michael: Sorry. Instincts of a law enforcer.
Richard: You're not a law enforcer right now, Michael. At least... not here in Stolland.
Dipper: ... I wonder who covered it. There's no doubt that someone else was here.
Hilda: ... *Spots a note* Hmm.
"Nothing seems to be working in the tunnel anymore. Almost all the flood doors are stuck and have missing valves. Surely, Robin must've hidden them somewhere around here. Fortunately, I'll be retiring soon. Then, Robin can deal with this mess on his own. I can't wait to see his stupid face when he hears about this.
Erik"
Tommy: Who's Robin?
Richard: Must be one of the workers at the barrier.
Lily: *Hears something* What's that?
Louise: What's what?
Lily: I hear something. *Spots some stairs* I think it's coming from upstairs.
*They head upstairs*
Michael: There's a control panel here for the flood doors. *Notices a whiteboard with written info* Okay. We need to set it to "Automatic". *Uses the panel* A1 right, B1 down, B2 down, B3 right, C3 right, D3 down, D4 down... *Pushes a lever up*
*Beep!*
Michael: I hope that did something. Let's go.
*They all leave*
Louise: *Spots a pack of camera batteries and grabs it*
{Later}
~Outside~
Dipper: *Spots something* What's that gate up ahead?
Mark: It should lead to the old Bergmann Water Tunnel.
*They approach and unlock it*
Mark: I can already picture that it's just as broken as the barrier facility.
~Bergmann Tunnel~
Hilda: Huh. I expected the tunnel to be a bit... smaller. Not the size for cargo ships.
Mark: It's probably in case of a potentially gigantic flood occurring. *Looks around* Which seems impossible in a place like this. It's inside that the tunnel is much smaller.
Mabel: *Finds something across the river* Ooh! A campsite!
Frida: Someone must've been planning on staying here for a while.
Richard: *Takes a picture of some damaged spots* What a mess.
David: *Opens a door* I wonder where this leads to.
Dipper: Let's find out.
*They all enter*
~Inside~
Dipper: ... It feels like Uncle Ford's fallout shelter in Gravity Falls.
Tommy: There's a fallout shelter in Gravity Falls?
Dipper: I probably should've shown you that.
Johanna: *Opens a door* Stuff shouldn't be lying around like this. *Takes a picture of the mess*
Anders: Try telling that to whoever was here. *Takes a picture of a crack in the wall*
Trevor: *Opens a door* Here's the Break Room. *Spots something* And another tape recorder. *Presses "Play"*
Hartman (Over the recording): The Bergmann Group was a great company founded by Xeander Berg and Eric Kleinmann. I’d say that the company played a big part in rebuilding the city, but somehow, Walter managed to take all the credit for that. Anyway, Xeander Berg was a vital part of that company. When he disappeared, The Bergmann Group started having trouble staying afloat. Ultimately, the other shareholders forced Kleinmann to sell his share of the company. He became a broken man. Now, Kleinmann clearly needs someone to guide him. He’s a great man capable of great things. I need him, and he needs me.
*Tape stops*
Trevor: ... They were in business together, but I'm not sure if Kleinmann shared Hartman's ideas on what caused... all of this. Even if he held some resentment for Jeff Walter.
~Main Tunnel~
Lily: *Finds a power box* ... Should this be off?
Michael: *Approaches it* It... shouldn't. *Fixes it*
*Something nearby powers up*
Mark: That must be the water flow monitors.
Louise: It's starting to look like someone is sabotaging them. But to what end?
Mark: I don't know.
Dipper: *Finds a pack of flashlight batteries and grabs them* Can't be too confident. *Finds a note* What's this?
"Robin,
Stop leaving important technical documents wherever you decide to have a break. I'm tired of going through the premises looking for them. Those are important documents. We're not going to be able to use these old systems if we lose the documents. Don't lose them!
But anyway, I started going through those Bergmann documents I found. There was some news article about Xeander Berg's disappearance and something about Eric Kleinmann's father, Edward.
I think the most interesting thing was this note about Alex Hartman. It seems they wanted to find Jeff Walter and they even had Mikhail Rosenthal, the owner of Stalburg Steel, with them. I know Jeff Walter was well-known and even considered a good man, but I think Hartman knew something about Walter that no one was supposed to know. I don't know if they ever found him or what happened to them, unfortunately.
Erik"
Dipper: *Takes a picture* Word's spreading like wildfire.
Hilda: *Opens a flood door* Okay. That is a dead end. *Takes a picture* Definitely not going that way.
Mabel: *Finds a pack of flashlight batteries and grabs them* Another for the flashlight. *Finds a note*
"Eric Kleinmann,
I got some evidence of Xeander Berg's disappearance from a reliable source. It appears to be true that Jeff Walter really did kidnap Berg. He needed him for some secret project. Mayor Altmaier either didn't know anything about it, or he was lying. But the governor might know something because he supported Walter's secret project before Walter disappeared. We need to get some information out of him. There's also that cop, Max Koller, who's leading the investigation of Walter's disappearance. He might actually be one of Walter's henchmen. If that's true, he probably knows where he's hiding.
Hartman"
Mabel: Hilda was right. *Takes a picture* There is some truth to Hartman's belief. *Notices a newspaper* "Bergmann Group's Shady Downfall Raises New Questions". Questions that might be answered as long as we keep digging. Maybe, we'll find this "secret project" along the way. *Spots a fuse and grabs it* This might come in handy.
{Later}
Mabel then relayed her findings to the others.
Frida: Jeff Walter kidnapped Xeander Berg for a secret project of his?
Mabel: That's what the note said. But so far, that note is the only thing to go on.
Michael: O-Okay. So, let's try to piece together a timeline of these findings. In 1977, Xeander Berg announced this new technology that could revolutionize the industry, but immediately afterward, he disappeared. 3 years later, the Bergmann Group filed for bankruptcy and was in some sort of hostile takeover by Jeff Walter, who started this "secret project" of his.
Johanna: Which somehow involves Xeander Berg.
Richard: And during the project, Walter essentially ran the Bergmann Group into the group.
David: Probably to cover up the kidnapping.
Mark: We better keep digging if we're going to solve this.
Anders: Let's get out of this tunnel first. I think we've seen enough.
Tommy: But where do we go? I don't know if the first door we entered through can be opened from in here.
Trevor: *Notices something* Maybe, there's an elevator or something up on the floodgate bridge?
Dipper: Let's check.
*They all head up to the floodgate bridge*
~Floodgate Bridge~
Lily: *Spots something* There's a door here. But it looks locked.
Louise: How do we open it?
Lily: I'm not sure.
Trevor: Maybe, we should head back to the first door and check.
Tommy: ... *Leans on a floodgate button... and accidentally presses it*
*The floodgate opens*
Tommy: *Realizes* Oh! *Gets off* Oops.
*Alarm goes off*
Anders: Oh, boy.
Mark: What did you do?
Tommy: I-It was an accident! *Presses it again and again* Come on!
*RUMBLE!*
Everyone: *!*
David: *Stumbles* Oh, cruddlesticks! *Accidentally takes a picture of the madness* ... *Examines it* Oh. *Titters*
Richard: The ceiling's coming down! We better get these doors open!
Johanna: How?!
Richard: I don't know!
Michael: *Spots a valve wheel* "Override"? *!* *Turns it*
*One of the floodgates manually opens*
Michael: *Spots another* Someone has to get that one!
Mark: I'm on it. *Turns it*
*The other gate opens*
Frida: Now, what?!
*A keypad is revealed next to the door*
Mabel: Oh, great. *Spots a sticky note on the ground* Well, that's convenient. *Inputs the code* 0-4-5-1.
*The door opens*
Hilda: Come on!
*They all rush through the door as it closes*
*Silence*
Everyone: ... *They all sigh with relief*
Dipper: That was way too close.
Johanna: "Way too close"? That was worse than the elevator at the barrier and the funicular at the sawmill!
*Rumble!*
Anders: Uh... Are you sure about that, Johanna?
Michael: *Finds an elevator shaft* ... No choice. Everyone, down the shaft!
*They all do so... hastily*
Hilda: *Stumbles and knocks into everyone, causing them to fall*
Everyone: *Screaming*
*Crash!*
???: Pinefell...
Notes:
The last bit is just filler with a reference.
Chapter 55: Illustrious Decay
Summary:
After a mishap in the Bergmann Tunnel, the team has found themselves in a more relaxing section of the forgotten world.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Storage Room~
Everyone: *Groaning*
Johanna: … Michael, this is the kind of thing I was worried about on our way to Stalburg.
Michael: … I know. Urban exploration is much more dangerous than I thought. But at least, it’s not related to… You know.
Johanna: I hope it isn’t. I was concerned about how Stalburg is still struggling from a tragedy that took place in 1986. But now, this happens!
Anders: Johanna, please. It’s just nature acting against us. That’s all.
Dipper: … *Finds some flashlight battery packs and grabs them* Heh. I guess we lucked out.
Hilda: *Notices the shaft they came from* … No going back. *Takes a picture*
Tommy: …
Trevor: Tommy?
Tommy: … It’s my fault that I almost got us killed.
Trevor: What? Don’t say that.
Mark: I don’t think it was your fault, kid. The only one to blame is decades of potentially deliberate neglect. All of this is because of Jeff Walter. And that “secret project”.
Michael: Let’s look for an exit first. Then, we can go searching for the project.
*They look around the area*
Mabel: Needless to say, this place is in rough shape.
Frida: *Finds an opening and looks around* Wow. *Takes a picture* It’s decaying, but… there’s something so… beautiful about it.
Richard: *Finds a note on a chair* Hm.
“Raft is ready for another delivery for the distributors at the Open Sewer.
Leaving for the long and dangerous journey when the raft can be fully loaded.”
Richard: *Takes a picture* Smugglers.
David: Smugglers?
Richard: Just a theory, but it seems like it.
David: If it is, then what are they smuggling?
Richard: I don’t know. It’s actually kind of impressive that they’re using a raft. *Finds a pack of camera batteries and grabs it*
Johanna: *Looks down a passage* Let’s hope this leads somewhere.
*They all go down it*
~Tunnel~
Lily: *Looking around* … This poor tunnel. Why even abandon it?
Louise: Beats me.
Michael: … *Finds a note*
“Robin,
I know you must think I hate you. You make a lot of mistakes and have a short temper, and I tend to give you a hard time about it. But I just wanted you to know that I think you’re alright. No hard feelings, right? I mean, we’ve probably spent more time arguing than actually working. But we’ve had fun too, haven’t we?
Anyway, the reason I’m telling you this now is because I’ll be retiring soon. I know it may not be the best timing and you’re probably pretty irritated about hearing this. It sucks leaving you to work in this cold tunnel alone. But I’m getting old. I’m sure you’ll understand.
Promise me you’ll keep this tunnel working. You know how important the tunnel is to Stalburg, even though no one seems to really care about its condition anymore. They get their water from the tunnel, but they don’t give a fig* about the shape it’s in. But you and I know this tunnel better than anyone. That’s why we have to tell someone who actually cares about this place. I know you have your gripes with that power plant guy, and he’s always giving you a hard time about your past mistakes. But you need to work things out with him because he’s the one taking care of the power plant. That’s important too, you know?
I hope you’ll understand. And don’t worry. I’ll come to visit you sometime.
Erik”
Michael: … *Takes a picture* They sure are dedicated to keeping this place alive.
Dipper: *Finds a map* Huh. This looks like a map of this tunnel. *Grabs it* Maybe, we should follow it.
David: On foot?
Hilda: *Spots something* Or by raft.
*They all turn to see a couple of rafts*
Mark: Those will do.
*They all hop onto them and paddle down the tunnel*
Anders: These rafts look fragile. So, we should probably avoid-
*A piece of debris splashes nearby*
Anders: …hitting anything.
Louise: … *Takes a picture of the mess* This is part of the city. So, we might as well report it.
*Zap!*
Tommy: Ow! What hit me? *Looks up to see a loose cable* Huh. Even the wires are broken.
{Later}
The team continued down the tunnel, only seeing stuff related to the Bergmann Group.
But then, they found a strange part of the cavern.
A room full of… glowing green mushrooms.
Hilda: … Huh. I wonder how this is possible. *Takes a picture*
Johanna: Let’s avoid getting close to them. Glowing green objects usually indicate poison.
Mabel: But what kind of poison?
Johanna: I don’t know.
Dipper: *Spots something up ahead* … *!* Whoa.
*The others look ahead*
Everyone: *Amazed* Whoa.
Up ahead, there stood what appeared to be a ruined entrance, with a small sign saying “Bergmann Hydroelectric Power Plant”.
*The rafts stop*
Michael: Now, this is what I’d call “picturesque ruination”. *Takes a picture* Let’s look around.
*They all disembark to do so*
~Different Room~
*Water flows from two holes and down onto a river with a tunnel on the other end*
Trevor: … Heh. I really need to get out more. It’s a rotting facility, but in a way, it’s kind of beautiful.
Richard: I’d imagine someone coming to work every day, walking through a sterile work environment, yet having no idea of what it could become later on.
Michael: That’s what I adore about urban exploration. *Notices a disturbing graffiti* … Ignore that. *Takes pictures of cracks in certain spots*
~Generator Room~
Mark: *Finds something* There’s a maintenance log here. And a note saying to override Generator G2.
Tommy: Why just that one?
Mark: It says that someone got injured from parts of the ceiling. It doesn’t say how that was possible though.
Frida: We might as well take their word for it. *Finds some control panels and uses them* Override this… And activate the other three…
David: *Grabs a nearby switch* And throw this up? *Pulls it up*
*The generators power up*
Mark: There we go.
Dipper: I’m sure all of Stalburg is noticing better things by now. *Finds a pack of camera batteries and grabs it*
Hilda: *Spots something* Another tape recorder. *Presses “Play”*
Hartman (Over the recording): When I founded my company, I was sure that it would be successful. But when we started building the Two Gorges Barrier, problems started to appear. We didn’t have much money, and the project was very expensive. I did my best to reduce the cost, but the damage had already been done. Then, Stalburg Steel went bankrupt. It was one of my company’s major clients. After that, our revenue shrunk to almost nothing. Eventually, I had no choice but to sell the company. I was about to close the deal with a man who could have been able to save the company. But he backed out at the last minute. My only option was to sell the company to Jeff Walter. The man whose last two business acquisitions had resulted in bankruptcy. Of course, I had my doubts about the acquisition, but I figured it would be better than nothing. Little did I know that it would lead to such an unsafe living environment, and ultimately, the deaths of many innocents. Including my wife and only child. Now, that coward is out there hiding somewhere. I'm going to find him and make him taste his own medicine.
*Tape stops*
Hilda: … Could his family have died in that… project?
Mark: Maybe. *Looks down the river tunnel* We’ll need our rafts for this.
{Later}
~Entrance~
*The team returns to the entrance and gathers their rafts*
Michael: So, now, we know why Alex Hartman has a grudge against Jeff Walter. Whatever Walter was working on, it ended up leading to the result of Hartman’s wife and child getting killed.
David: *Spots something* “Tunnel B2”? *Approaches it*
Dipper: All that’s missing is what the project is supposed to be. And even where it’s located.
Johanna: If this project resulted in a disaster, then it could’ve either just gone wrong, or…
Anders: It was meant to be deadly?
Johanna: … *Nods*
Mabel: But why bother running Hartman’s company into the ground? Another coverup?
Hilda: It’s like Walter went to great lengths to keep it a secret.
Frida: … *Looks around* Uh… Where’s David?
David: *Rushes out of Tunnel B2 and back to the others* I’m back! *Panting*
Mark: What are you doing?
David: I went into that tunnel out of curiosity. It’s a good thing I did.
Trevor: How?
David: *Holds up something* I found this letter in there… along with those mushrooms.
Johanna: Oh, no.
Louise: Did you breathe-
David: No, no, I didn’t! They were much further down the tunnel anyway. I just took a picture, grabbed this, and darted out.
Mark: Let me see that.
David: *Passes it* It wasn’t touching the mushrooms in case you’re wondering.
Mark: *Reads it*
“Robin,
I just found our green mushrooms in a book! They’re actually pretty well-documented, and weirdly enough, Stalburg is pretty much the only place where they can grow. They were actually first discovered while building this tunnel! Now, the sewers and other underground places are full of these very poisonous mushrooms. They’re known to cause hallucinations, strange behavior, and even death! That’s right! Hallucinations!
I’m grabbing as many of these as I can possibly carry!
Erik”
Mark: Huh. *Takes a picture* Erik seems eerily happy to have found these mushrooms. *Tosses the letter away*
{Later}
~River Room~
*They drop their rafts into the river*
Richard: *Takes a picture of a broken elevator* Well, so long, power plant. You shall honestly be missed.
*They hop onto their rafts and paddle along*
Tommy: *Spots some scaffolding along the river* … Could’ve walked along that.
Lily: And risk falling in?
Tommy: You know what I mean.
*The rafts stop at a dead end*
Mabel: Okay. Now, what?
Dipper: *Spots an opening* This way.
*They all head into the room*
~Inside~
Hilda: Looks like some demolition or something happened. *Finds some battery packs and grabs them*
Frida: *Finds a note*
“Hey, I need you to bring me some dynamite from the tunnel excavation site.
Don’t ask why. Hartman didn’t tell me either. He seems to be on the right track about Xeander Berg’s whereabouts though. So, let’s just do what he says.
After you bring me the dynamite, Hartman wants you to get back to spying on Max Koller. He might know where Jeff Walter is. Sooner or later, he will meet up with Walter. Don’t worry, we’ll be able to pay you more when everything is done.
Eric Kleinmann”
Frida: *Takes a picture* At least, we know who was responsible.
Johanna: *Find something behind some rocks* There seems to be a passage behind these rocks. If we could move them somehow, we could get through.
Anders: … *Spots some dynamite sticks and detonator* … Oh, my. *Grabs one* Johanna, stand back.
Johanna: *Turns to him* Why? *!* Oh, no.
Anders: We just need to stand back. *Places the stick into rocks* Clear away! *He and the others do so, while he grabs the detonator* And… *Presses the trigger*
*Boom!*
Anders: *Laughs triumphantly*
*They all go in*
~Tunnel~
Tommy: Looks like they’ve been doing some construction or something. *Takes pictures of some catwalk gaps*
Lily: *Takes a picture of some barrels* Those shouldn’t be there.
Mark: *Spot something* There’s another room up there. We should check it out.
*They all head up… while carefully walking on the unsteady catwalk*
Mark: Careful now.
*They make it across*
~Control Room~
David: What are these for?
Dipper: *Shrug* Beats me. *Spots a newspaper* 1979. “Bergmann Groups Begins Work on the New Fresh Water Tunnel. Completion is expected in 1983”. But it never got to that point. *Spots something on the paper* “Greenwar: The New Tunnel Is a Mistake”. I guess Hartman had his hands tied.
Trevor: *Finds something* There’s another tunnel down this way.
*They all head down it*
~Tunnel~
Louise: *Spots a note* “The tunnel is closed! A new water tunnel is under construction. KEEP OUT!”.
Michael: *Flicks the sign away* Not gonna stop us. *Spots something* Now, here’s something.
~Power Room~
Richard: Fuse slots. But one’s missing.
Hilda: *Pulls out her fuse from earlier* I got it. *Inserts it* There.
*Doors unlocking are heard around them*
Dipper: I hope we find an exit among these doors.
{Later}
After looking around, they found another tunnel, which unfortunately happened to be…
Trevor: Great. Just what we need. Another flooded room. *Notices something* … With crates of dynamite. *Finds a battery pack* … And a battery pack. *Grabs it*
Hilda: *Tries to open a door at the end* No good. It’s got an automatic lock.
Michael: *Spots a lever* Hmm. *Climbs onto a crate* Stand out of the water*
*The others do so*
Michael: *Pulls the lever down*
*Everything powers up, electrifying the water*
Michael: Open it now.
Hilda: *Opens the door* There we go!
Michael: *Pulls the lever up*
*Everything powers down, making the water safe again*
Michael: Clear.
*Everyone jumps down*
Hilda: Let’s see what’s down here.
*They all head through the door*
Notes:
Sorry if the writing is boring and/or jumbled. I'm just using someone's gameplay as my source material.
Inspired byhttps://youtu.be/7D8PifXm_AA
Chapter 56: City Of Rust
Summary:
The Adventure Club finally leaves the forgotten world and finds themselves in an old steel mill.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Tunnel~
Dipper: These tunnels look like they’re a part of a facility. So, there must be some sort of door at the end.
Hilda: *Notices some graffiti* Well, someone has definitely used them after the place was abandoned.
Mabel: And they seem to have no respect for Stalburg. *Notices a room with a wall of tools and a desk* Hmm.
Frida: *Spots a door* Is that it, Dipper?
Dipper: *He and the others spot it* Yep. That has to be where we need to go.
*They all head to it*
Michael: *Tries to open it* Locked.
Mark: *Pulls out a key* I got it. *Unlocks it*
~Outside~
*They all exit*
Johanna: What’s this place?
Anders: It looks like another mill.
David: What kind of mill is it?
Richard: *Spots something* … Undoubtedly steel.
*The others turn to see a familiar logo on a building*
Tommy: Stalburg Steel?
Trevor: Are we supposed to investigate this place?
Lily: We’re here now. So, we might as well.
Louise: Still, we better alert the others.
Mark: *Pulls out his phone and dials Paul’s number* Already on it.
*”No Signal” noise*
Mark: … Or not.
Hilda: How are we going to alert the director?
Dipper: There has to be a good spot.
Mark: *Turns to something* I think there should be a cell transceiver in the old steel factory tower.
Frida: How are we supposed to get up there?
David: *Spots a chained door* Maybe, through here? We just need some bolt cutters.
Mabel: I saw a room with some tools. There should be some in there. *Heads back to the room*
Richard: … *Follows her*
~Tool Room~
Mabel: *She and Richard enter and look around* There should be some… *Spots some bolt cutters* Here we go. *Grabs them*
Richard: *Spots a newspaper* Huh.
Mabel: Hammer Valley Hydro, the Bergmann Group, and Stalburg Steel. All of them were completely destroyed within the same space of time.
Richard: *Takes a picture* This one filed for bankruptcy due to a strike.
*The two leave*
~Outside~
*They return with the bolt cutters*
Mabel: If this door doesn’t help us up to the tower in question… *Cuts the chain* …then I don’t know what will help us at all.
David: *Opens the door* It’s only a theory.
*They all enter*
~Inside~
Mark: If I recall, the structure is relatively fine. So, we don’t need to take any pictures unless we find something concerning.
*They look around*
Michael: *Spots something* This looks like a mini rail system. Makes sense for them to have something like this.
Trevor: *Spots a fenced-off area with a warning sign* … Deadly gas down that way. Definitely not going there.
Lily: *Opens a door* Uh… I think I found the Generator Room.
*The others approach*
Lily: It makes sense for this to be much bigger than the previous ones.
~Generator Room~
*They all enter*
Tommy: *Spots a room up above* That must be the controls. *Spots a switch* And this must be… *Pulls it down*
*Everything powers up*
Frida: Uh… Was that wise?
Tommy: What were you expecting?
Dipper: I’m gonna check out that room. *Heads up to it*
~Control Room~
Dipper: *Enters* Not much to go on in here. *Pulls a nearby switch*
*Speaker noise*
Woman (Over the speakers): The following is a recorded announcement.
Dipper: Oh, boy.
Woman (Over the speakers): Attention, all personnel! Due to the company’s poor economic situation, we’re starting codetermination talks about layoffs and employment terminations. All employees are hereby asked to report to their supervisors for the codetermination procedure.
*Silence*
Dipper: … *Walks back to the others*
~Generator Room~
Dipper: Please tell me you got all of that.
Michael: Word for word.
*Crows cawing*
Johanna: *Groans* Those crows might as well nest in here.
Anders: *Opens a door* I think I found another part of the rail system in this place.
Michael: *He and the others approach* What do you mean?
Anders: *Shows them*
*The others look inside*
Everyone: *Amazed* Whoa.
~Big Room~
*They all enter and look around*
Hilda: *Fiddles with a rail locomotive’s controls* It seems workable. But how do we turn it on?
Richard: *Notices a lit-up room* Hmm. *Heads up to it* Is someone living here? *Opens it* *!* Wow.
~Apartment~
Richard: A makeshift apartment. *Notices something odd* Ugh. Is that a… carved head with a hat? *Takes a picture* It reminds me of that “rock that looks like a face” at the Mystery Shack. *Notices a note* What’s this?
Richard: … *Takes a picture* For someone with a sophisticated dream home, that’s not very nice. *Notices something* … That must be the mushroom farm. *Takes a picture* Might as well report this person to the authorities. *Spots a tablet* Huh.
Richard: *Takes a picture* Just when I was starting to like this place. *Leaves*
~Big Room~
Trevor: *Enters a control booth* Maybe, there’s something in here? *Spots a switch and pulls it down*
*Speaker noise*
Woman (Over the speakers): The following is a recorded announcement.
Dipper: Another one.
Man (Over the speakers): My comrades! First, they make our work much more hazardous. Then, they make us work for longer hours. And then, they even crop our salary. And now, they even deny our right to work. This is the last, last drop! We’ve had enough! No more worsening work conditions! No more exploiting poor workers! We’re on strike! Strike! Strike! Strike!
Everyone: …
Trevor: … Oops.
Anders: Ah, not your fault.
Hilda: *Fiddles with a rail locomotive’s controls* Now, they’re working. *Notices a large cart* Hmm. *Sends one of the locomotives towards it* I’ll just send you on your merry way. *Does the same with another* Along with your brother.
*The locomotives slowly move the cart out of the way before stopping at some buffers*
*The team enters the next room*
~Big Room 2~
Mabel: Okay. Now, what?
Michael: *Spots something* I’m gonna check out that room. *Heads to it*
~Power Room~
Michael: *Enters* Hmm. *Sniff* *!* Is there a gas leak? Huh. *Spots a switch* Oh, do I dare? *Looks around* … No choice. We gotta get up to that tower somehow. *Pulls it up*
*Alarm goes off*
Michael: *Runs out*
~Big Room 2~
*Fire spews out of some pipes*
Johanna: Oh, what is Michael up to now?
Michael: *Turning valves* I’m fixing it, Johanna! I was just figuring out a way to get up to that stinkin’ tower!
Mark: *Spots another room* Hmm. *Heads to it*
~Control Room~
Mark: *Enters* I wonder if… *Spots an “Emergency Stop” Button and presses it*
*Everything stops*
Mark: Heh.
~Big Room 2~
Michael: *Falls to the ground out of exhaustion*
Mark: *Exit* Sometimes, I wonder if I’m getting paid enough for this.
David: You weren’t even asked to do this!
Woman (Over the speakers): The following is a recorded announcement.
David: Oh, great! Another one!
Frida: David, please.
Woman (Over the speakers): Attention, all personnel! I regret to announce that the furnaces of Stalburg Steel will be let to cool permanently. The factory will be closed immediately. Thank you for all these years. *Sighs* That’s what you get for striking.
Michael: Well, that explains things.
Tommy: I think the closure decision is what the higher-ups get for not appeasing the workers, considering they went out of business.
Johanna: *Spots something* There’s an elevator right here. Perhaps, this will still take us to the tower.
*They all head to it*
Anders: *Grabs Michael* Come on, daredevil.
*They enter*
Michael: … I guess I’m just that kind of guy that doesn’t let anyone tell me how to live my life. *Gets up* Not even Sheriff Tate. *Presses the “Up” Button* Heck, he doesn’t even tell me how to do my job.
*The elevator goes up*
Richard: … Yeah. Sure.
~Tower~
*The elevator arrives*
*They disembark and look around*
Dipper: Well, at least, it didn’t fall and kill us. *Chuckles*
Hilda: And we’re rewarded with a rather lovely view from above. I wish we brought Twig, Alfur, and Nelson with us. They would love this.
Mabel: Well, they’re with Uncle Ford and Daniel right now. *Spots a binder* Hmm.
Mabel: *Takes a picture* Poor guy.
Frida: *Spots something up above* Is that the transceiver?
Mark: *He and the others look up* Yep. That’s where we need to go.
*They all head up to it*
Anders: Hmm. *Opens a power box* It doesn’t appear to be active. *Fiddles with it*
Mark: *Pulls out his phone* I’ll keep an eye out for the signal.
Richard: *Spots something a level below them* Oh. *Heads to it*
David: What are you doing?
Richard: I just spotted something.
*The team looks down to where Richard is*
Richard: *Approaches it* It’s another funicular. *Stomps on it* And it looks more sturdy than the one at the sawmill in Hammer Valley.
Michael: Let’s hope so!
Johanna: It better not collapse like the sawmill funicular!
Anders: *Finishes* There. *Closes the power box* Signal good?
Mark: It’s good. Let’s head down now.
*They all head to where Richard is*
Richard: *Presses “Down”* Here goes nothing*
*The platform moves*
Mark: *Dials Paul’s number and puts it on “Speaker”*
Paul (Over the phone): Mark? Where have you been? I’ve been trying to reach you for hours.
Mark: My friends and I have been wading through the tunnels. They need some urgent repair.
Paul (Over the phone): Yeah, that’s what I wanted to talk to you about. It looks like that collapse back in the Bergmann tunnels has set off some kind of a chain reaction.
Michael: Chain reaction? What do you mean?
Paul (Over the phone): Old tunnels are collapsing all over the city.
Everyone: *!*
Tommy: … Oops.
Paul (Over the phone): I’m a bit worried about the Two Gorges Barrier. The rising water levels could be bad news. Listen, where are you guys now?
Dipper: We’re at the old Stalburg Steel Factory.
Paul (Over the phone): Okay, good. The Pitheath Water Treatment Plant is nearby. I want you guys to go there and find out what’s going on. I’ve been trying to call them about the water levels, but they’re not answering any of my phone calls.
Hilda: Alright. We’ll let you know what we can find out.
Paul (Over the phone): Right. See you then.
*Hang-up noise*
Tommy: Now, I feel even more bad.
Trevor: Hey, don’t beat yourself up. Mark said that it was deliberate neglect that caused the collapse.
*The platform stops*
*The team disembarks*
Lily: This feels like wide and concerted sabotage efforts. We just don’t know why.
Louise: It sounds like eco-terrorism when you frame it this way, but Jeff Walter doesn’t sound like the type of guy to make it his priority.
Dipper: So, what’s the benefit?
Hilda: *Spot something* There’s a bridge leading to some offices. Maybe, there’s more info over there.
*They all head to it*
~Stalburg Steel Offices~
Johanna: *Looking around* Broken phones, disturbing graffiti… It’s no different.
Anders: *Spots a tape recorder* Neither is this. *Presses play*
Hartman (Over the recording): Stalburg Steel was one of the largest clients of my company. Mikhail Rosenthal was the original owner, but he later sold the majority of the company to Walter. Stalburg Steel was doing so well, but then… I'm not even really sure what happened. Undeclared work, low wages, hazardous working conditions. The Metalworkers' Union strike was the last straw. Somehow, Walter managed to bring down the entire company. Rosenthal knows this and he wants to help me. It's time to do what I have planned.
*Tape stops*
Anders: I’m betting that Hartman already set this plan of his into action.
Michael: But what is it? *Notices a corkboard of info and takes a picture*
Richard: *Notices a telephone* Hmm. *Presses a button*
Voice (Over the phone): You have one new message.
*Beep!*
Man (Over the phone): Kleinmann? Kleinmann, can you hear me?
David: Who is that?
Richard: *Shrug*
Man (Over the phone): I’m not sure if you’ve gotten any of my letters. I’m trying to escape today. They don’t let anyone use these phones, but I managed to distract them. Kleinmann?! Are you there?!
*Beep!*
Richard: I’m not sure who that was, but it’s clear that they were trying to alert Kleinmann about something.
Mabel: *Spots something* … Hmm. Where does that door lead?
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/qwUIGLDSxBY
Chapter 57: There’s Something In The Water
Summary:
The team makes their way to Pitheath to find out why they have been silent for some time.
Chapter Text
~Tunnel~
*The team heads down a tunnel behind the door that Mabel saw moments ago*
Frida: *Dodges a steam leak* I’m pretty sure these pipes aren’t meant to be hissing like this. *Takes pictures of each steam leak she comes across*
Dipper: *Spots a valve* … *Turns it*
*Some of the steam leaks stop*
Hilda: *Spots something* That must be the exit.
~Outside~
*They exit to find themselves in…*
Michael: There it is. The Pitheath Water Treatment Plant.
Johanna: This place may be different since it's still active.
Mabel: If it’s still active, then why is no one answering any calls?
Frida: Well, we’re here. So, we might as well find out.
*They approach the building*
Richard: *Tries to open a door* Locked. No surprises there.
David: *Looks through a window* Well, here’s a surprise: There’s no movement inside.
*The others look through*
Mark: It’s quiet. Too quiet.
Anders: Where is everybody?
Tommy: And how are we gonna get inside?
Trevor: … *Spots a brick* … Oh, boy. *Grabs it* Hilda, don’t yell at me.
Hilda: *Turns to him* Why? *Notices what he’s up to* Oh, no.
*The others stand back*
Trevor: Fire in the hole! *Throws it*
*Shatter!*
*Alarm goes off*
Hilda: … *Turns to him with an annoyed look*
Trevor: What? How else are we gonna get inside?
Hilda: We could’ve just called out.
Lily: Actually, Trevor was justified in this. There’s no one in this place.
Louise: Look, all that matters right now is that we can enter and find out what’s going on.
Dipper: Let’s do just that, shall we?
*They all enter*
~Inside The Facility Grounds~
David: *He and the others look around* I wish there was someone in here because this alarm is already annoying. Expected, but annoying.
Louise: *Opens a door, revealing a leaked boiler* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture* That shouldn’t be like that. *Closes it*
Mabel: *Spots something* Hey, Dipper, I found the purification area!
Dipper: *Arrives* Why is it drained? *Takes a picture*
Mabel: I don’t know. This place is supposed to be active.
~Laboratory~
Michael: This seems promising. *Spots a keycard and grabs it* Someone must’ve dropped this, but we don’t know why. *Unlocks the door and enters* Huh. No scientists. *Enters a storage room* Fuel containers, spare microscopes… *Spots a pack of camera batteries and grabs it* Nothing else to go on. *Opens a door… and find something interesting* … *Takes a picture* These green mushrooms again. *Closes it* And what are these people doing with them? *Heads back to the lab* I guess they had enough time to clear everything properly. *Spots a keypad* “System is ARMED”. Now, we have something to turn the alarm off. But what’s the code? *Ponders*
Johanna: *Enters* Did you find anything in this room?
Michael: There’s a keypad for the security system, but we don’t know the code for it.
Johanna: … Hmm. *Types in a code*
*Alarm stops*
Michael & Johanna: *!*
Michael: … How did…?
Johanna: I… don’t know. I just guessed.
Michael: What did you put in?
Johanna: 1-9-8-6.
Michael: … 1986. The year of the tragedy.
~Board Room~
Frida: *She and Lily enter* Huh. Someone emptied a file cabinet.
Lily: It’s starting to look like a decades-long plan to target the Stalburg infrastructure.
Frida: But to what end?
Lily: *Shrug* … *Spots another room* Hmm. Be right back. *Heads to it*
Frida: *?* Huh?
~Pipe Room~
Lily: *Enters* Sewer pipes. 01 is on. 02… *Turns a valve, activating it* There we go. That has to do something. *Leaves*
~Outside~
Hilda: *She and Trevor find a shack and enter to find some controls inside* I wonder what this is for.
Trevor: *Approaches a valve* Maybe, if I… *Turns it* I hope it did something.
~Elsewhere In The Facility~
Mark: *He and Anders enter* Lots of improper storage going on here. *Turns some nearby valves*
Anders: *Checks a nearby monitor* Huh. I guess the others have been busy. All that’s missing is “Grit Classifier 01”. *Spots something… bad* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture* Somebody has had a workplace accident.
Mark: … *Spots a door* Let’s see what’s in there.
*They head for it to find a small office*
Anders: Still no one. *Spots a binder*
Mark: *Takes a picture* They’re just screaming into the void. *Heads to a computer* “System may not recognize the change. You might need an installation CD to fix the problem”.
Anders: *Spots something and grabs it* Here’s one.
Mark: Bring it over here.
Ander: *Installs it into the disc drive* I hope it’s the right one.
Mark: *Clicks on “Repair”*
*Beep!*
Anders: There we go.
Mark: *Gets up* Let’s meet up with the others. This treatment plant is up and running.
*The two leave*
~Clarifier Controls~
Richard: *He and Tommy enter* I wish Hughie was with us. He might know a thing or two- *Spots something* "Water Sampler"? *Reads the instructions*
“Put a beaker under the blue tap.
Press the red button.
Wait until the hatch is opened.
If the beaker is not filled, check that you have the right kind of beaker.”
Tommy: *Spots a beaker and grabs it* Let’s see if this is the right beaker. *Puts it under the blue tap and presses the red button*
*The hatch closes*
Richard: And now, we wait.
*The hatch opens after a few moments*
Tommy: It’s filled. *Grabs it* Now, what?
Richard: Maybe, the laboratory has something?
Tommy: Let’s check.
*The two head for the laboratory*
~Laboratory~
*Michael and Johanna are waiting outside*
Richard: *He and Tommy rush by* Hey.
Michael: Boys, there’s nothing in there.
Tommy: We just need one of the devices.
*The two boys approach one such device and insert the beaker into it*
Richard: Close… *Closes the hatch* …and run. *Presses “Run”*
*The machine whirs*
*The printer produces something*
Tommy: “Contaminated Water”. *Takes a picture* That’s not good.
Richard: At least, we know now.
~Pools~
Dipper: *He, Mabel, David, and Louise glance at some distant buildings* We have to get these clarifiers moving somehow. If we can, we could get over to those buildings and probably get the place up and running.
Mabel: Well, we can’t move the empty one. The other one’s fine, but not moving.
David: *Opens a door and finds a panel* Here’s something. *Presses a button*
*The clarifier moves*
Louise: There we go. *She and twins hop onto a platform on the clarifier* Thanks, David!
David: *Exits* Hey! Wait up! *Runs to them and hops on*
*The clarifier arrives, allowing the four to disembark*
Mabel: What do we do from here?
Dipper: Just look around for something. Anything to get the plant back in order.
*They look around for anything*
David: *Spots a door* Should we check down here?
*The others arrive*
Dipper: Hmm. *He and the others approach it* Let’s see what it is. *Opens it*
~Blower Room~
*The four kids look around*
Louise: What are we supposed to do in this room?
Mabel: *Spots a valve* Let’s try this. *Turns it*
Dipper: *Spots a button* … And then, this? *Presses it and checks the monitor* There we go. Now, Stalburg has drinking water. Let’s get out of here.
*They leave the room*
~Outside~
*The team regroups*
Dipper: We got the place back up and running, but it still doesn’t explain why everything was deactivated.
Hilda: Or where everyone went.
Michael: We haven’t checked the office building yet, but I doubt anyone’s in there.
Johanna: We should check it out just to be sure.
*They all head over to the office building*
~Office Building~
The team searched around the building for answers, but there was still nothing.
That is, until…
~Control Room~
*Beeping*
*The team enters and finds a panel with light*
Mabel: I don’t think that’s supposed to be doing that.
Mark: *Pulls out his phone and dials Paul’s number*
Paul (Over the phone): Go ahead.
Mark: *Puts it on speaker* Hey, we’re in the Pitheath Control Room.
Paul (Over the phone): Oh, you’re at Pitheath? What did they say?
Dipper: About that: There’s no one here! Everything was deactivated! And we had to reactivate everything on our own!
Hilda: We did find this large panel with a bunch of lights on it though.
Paul (Over the phone): That must be the water flow monitor.
Michael: If we’re reading this right, the water flow has stopped in all tunnels.
Paul (Over the phone): That’s not good.
David: Just when I thought we did some good.
Paul (Over the phone): Carla and Amit just got back from the Two Gorges Barrier. It’s in really bad shape. Now that the water isn’t flowing through the tunnels, even more pressure is applied on the barrier than usual. Listen, you guys should come back to the office. We need to get to the bottom of this.
Hilda: We’ll need to take a quick and safe route. Do you know any?
Paul (Over the phone): If you go through the underpass behind the office, you’ll be in the metro station in no time.
Dipper: We’ll be there soon.
Mark: *Hangs up* Looks like we’re being called back.
Johanna: About time. We’ve gone through so much in just one long day.
Chapter 58: From Bad To Worse
Summary:
Things go from bad to worse for the team as they make their way back to the office.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Canal~
*The team crosses a canal*
Hilda: *Notices a pool full of dead fish* … *Takes a picture* Poor things.
~Tunnel~
Dipper: Back into the tunnels we go.
*They walk down the tunnel and go through a door at the end, where…*
Mabel: *Spots a pipe of sorts* … Hmm.
*Beeping*
Mabel: *!* Look out! *Pulls Dipper back*
*Steam shoots out of the pipe, causing everyone to stop in surprise*
Dipper: … Thanks.
*Steam stops*
Frida: What… caused that?
David: I don’t know. *Tries to step closer*
*Beeping*
*Steam shoots out*
David: *Steps back*
*Steam stops*
Richard: I think it’s proximity-triggered.
Tommy: But what’s…? *Notices something* Oh. There’s a sensor above the doorway.
Trevor: *Turns to a set of stairs* Let’s check up there.
*They do so*
~Den~
Louise: What’s this place supposed to be?
Lily: It looks like an apartment.
Richard: Kind of like the one I saw at the Stalburg Steel facility.
Michael: *Examines the room* This den has three computers. *Approaches one of them* This one’s still on. *Checks it* There are maps of all doors and the sensors like the one from ear-
*Rumble!*
Everyone: *!*
Johanna: Was that a quake?
Mark: It must be from the collapsing tunnels.
Anders: *Notices something on a tablet* Hm?
Anders: “The Hero of Stalburg”. *Takes a picture* And he disappeared too.
Michael: *Fiddles with the door and sensor controls* That should make things easy for us in this joint. *Gets up* Let’s continue looking around.
*They do so*
~Living Room~
Mark: We better be quick. The inhabitants will undoubtedly return.
Mabel: *Spots a tablet*
Mabel: Hmph.
Dipper: *Opens a door to the outside* Huh.
~Outside~
*The team exits*
Johanna: Quite an odd place to live in.
Frida: *Spots a newspaper on a crate*
Frida: … *Takes a picture* Stalburg has some myths of its own.
Hilda: Not as much as the Hulderslands.
Dipper: Or Gravity Falls. *Spots something up ahead* A booth? *Heads to it*
~Booth~
Dipper: *Enters* Sewer maintenance, no doubt. *Spots something*
Dipper: Huh. *Takes a picture* Someone used the keys previously. *Grabs the keys in question*
~Gate~
*They approach it*
Dipper: *Unlocks it* It’s starting to feel hot.
*They look around, only to see…*
Anders: Uh-oh. That’s a lot of fire.
Mark: And electrical sparks. *Turns a valve, stopping the fire* That should do it. Now, we just need to check out that corridor.
Richard: I’ll go check out that building across from the gate. *Leaves* Be right back!
~Outside~
Richard: *Runs across to the adjacent building and enters it* Okay. Now, to… *Notices a newspaper*
Richard: Obenseur? *Takes a picture* I wonder how Mark or even Sheriff Tate would react to this. *Spots a power lever and pulls it up*
*Nearby transformers stop*
Richard: There we go. *Heads back to others*
~Gate~
Richard: *Arrives* I fixed it!
Mark: Nice going. Let’s continue.
*They head down the corridor*
~Other Side~
*The team emerges*
Michael: Nothing so far. *Spots a broken ladder and takes a picture* Unless you want to count that.
Lily: *Finds a storage unit with a forklift wedged underneath a garage door* Hmm. *Spots a battery and a jug of diesel fuel* Those will do. *Grabs them* Install this… *Inserts the battery into the forklift* …and fill it. *Pours the fuel into the fuel tank* There. *Spots something* What’s this?
Lily: Another takeover?
Anders: *He and the others arrive and spot the forklift* Oh. *Uses the forklift controls to lift the door* This way, everyone!
~Outside~
*They exit and look around*
Trevor: Okay. Now, what do we look for?
Michael: *Spots a pumping room* Let’s look in there.
*They all do so*
~Pumping Room~
Tommy: *Spots something* Here’s something. *He and the others approach it* “Metro Maintenance Access”. That’s convenient.
Louise: *Tries to open the door* … Not quite. It’s locked.
*The floor below them suddenly drops, causing them to fall*
*Thud!*
~Tunnel~
Everyone: …
Hilda: … *Falls to her knees* … Ugh… *Sniff* *!* *Covers her nose*
*The others do the same… and notice the glowing green mushrooms*
Johanna: Okay. No choice but to go down that corridor. Just avoid the mushrooms.
*They do so*
~Sewer Tunnel~
Lily: So, this is what being in a sewer feels like. I can’t say I’m entirely delighted.
Mabel: Are you kidding? This is the fun part. My family and I often did stuff like this in Gravity Falls. You find all kinds of cool stuff in these kinds of places, like, uh…
Lily: … Hepatitis?
Tommy: *Slightly annoyed* Lily.
Lily: What? I’m being factual.
Mabel: Okay, yeah. Well, Uncle Ford says we're not supposed to dwell on communicable diseases.
Lily: Whatever.
Louise: How far down this tunnel do we have to go?
Michael: It's hard to say.
Dipper: *Spots something* Maybe not. There’s a flood door over there.
Richard: Okay. Let’s see where it leads.
~Ruined Sewer~
Dipper: *Looks down from a catwalk* Well, it looks like we’ve found what’s causing all of those fish to die. It’s those glowing mushrooms again.
*They carefully make their way down*
Johanna: They’re growing where the water flows through. How much of this are people ingesting?
Michael: I don’t think we want to know. We just know that it’s unacceptable.
Hilda: I’m more concerned about how anyone is going to clean this up.
Mark: Well, once we get back, we could ask about it.
Anders: *Approaches a fence gate* Padlocked. We’ll need some bolt cutters.
Mabel: I should’ve kept the ones back at the Stalburg Steel.
Frida: *Finds a flood door* Maybe, there’s some in here.
Richard: *Tries to open it* No good. This one’s locked too.
David: *Finds a control panel with a big red button* “Flood Doors Override”. Huh. *Presses it*
*Rumbling*
Everyone: *!*
David: Oops!
Richard: … *Realizes* Wait a sec. *Opens the flood door* I’m in! *Looks around* Now, we just need… *Spots some bolt cutters* There you are. *Grabs them* Found some!
Anders: Bring it here!
Richard: *Runs to the gate and unlocks it* Come on!
*They all head through the gate*
Johanna: This just leads back up to where we came from!
Tommy: I saw another flood door up there. There could be something behind it.
*They head back up and find the flood door in question*
Trevor: *Opens it* There we go. *He and the others look around* Now, what?
Lily: *Spots a control panel* Here’s something. *Approaches it and notices three big red buttons* “Flood Gates”. *Presses one of them*
*The floodgate closest to the room opens*
Louise: We have an exit!
Michael: Come on!
*They head to the floodgate and find a doorway*
Dipper: This way!
*They rush through it*
*Crumble!*
*The doorway is now blocked*
Mabel: *Tittering* We’re practically invincible at this point. *Pauses* I mean, granted, some of the infrastructure going bonkers is because of us, but…
Mark: … The real blame should go to Jeff Walter and this secret project of his.
Anders: Tell me about it. *Notices Johanna shuddering* Are you okay?
Johanna: …
Michael: … *To himself* Maybe, it was a mistake coming to Stalburg after all.
Dipper: … *Spots an open room* What’s this?
~Control Room~
*They look around*
Hilda: Okay. The sign said “Control Room”, but what’s with all this… research?
Frida: *Finds a note*
Frida: … *Takes a picture* Can’t leave any stone unturned.
Mabel: "Son"? Could this be Alex Hartman's work?
Michael: "Metro accident". Is that the tragedy from 1986?
Johanna: Or Jeff Walter's secret project.
David: Or it could be... both.
Richard: Whoever wrote this went as far as to... stalk the Walter Family.
Tommy: And his employees.
Trevor: "Hideout". And it looks like we're pretty close to it.
Anders: It looks like the train accident happened near the Two Gorges Barrier.
Mark: Where Carla and Amit are. *Remembers* Or... were, since the boss called us back.
Lily: Who's the guy crossed off?
Louise: Not sure. A neighbor of Jeff Walter's?
Dipper: Last seen with his sister. Huh.
Hilda: And they were also looking for Xeander Berg at the same time.
*Rumbling*
Everyone: *!*
Mabel: Okay. We got what we needed. Time to go! *Tries to open the door* Oh, don’t do this to us! Don’t-
*CRUMBLE!*
Frida: TOO LATE!
Everyone: *Screaming*
*CRASH!*
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/gY5oYD1yrhE
Chapter 59: Riding The Rails
Summary:
The Adventure Club finds themselves at the wrong office and a protest at a train station.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
*Silence*
Dipper: … *Wakes up, coughing* … Ugh… *Looks around* … Guys?
Everyone: … *They all wake up slowly*
Dipper: … *Relieved sigh* Everybody okay?
*They all nod slowly*
Michael: … *Notices something* *!*
Hilda: *She and the others turn to see…* … Oh. We just fell through the floor.
Johanna: …
Michael: Johanna, I-
Johanna: *Leaves*
Michael: … I’m getting us killed.
Mark: You’re not.
Michael: *?*
Mark: Our contempt should be saved for the one who deliberately neglected the infrastructure of this very city.
Dipper: And we’re not going to stop until we solve this mystery.
Michael: … *Smiles* You’re right. Let’s go save this city.
Johanna: … *Sighs*
*They all head down the only path available, before coming across a…*
~Makeshift Room~
Mabel: *Looking around* Mattress, desk… *Takes a picture of…* …a crate of dynamite, whatever it was for. Someone was sleeping here.
Frida: *Spots a tape recorder* I think I found out who. *Presses “Play”*
Hartman (Over the recording): I've done something horrible. *Pause* I had to kill Mikhail Rosenthal.
Everyone: *!*
Richard: Uh-oh.
Hartman (Over the recording): He w-was the reason why I couldn’t find Walter, Rosenthal was informing him about all my plans. It matters little. I've found Walter's hiding place. It's a building owned by Rosenthal, but I need a plan before I go there. I will take Eric Kleinmann with me, and we will face Walter together.
*Tape stops*
Everyone: …
David: The owner of Stalburg Steel… was in on Jeff Walter’s plan? And Alex Hartman had to commit murder?
Mabel: … Maybe, Rosenthal was… under duress?
Michael: I don’t know.
Johanna: … *Opens a door* This way.
*They head down the path*
~Sewer~
*They come across a manhole cover*
Tommy: There’s our way out.
Michael: I got it. *Lifts it open* Haha! *Climbs out* Go, Ninja; Go, Ninja; GO! This way, guys!
~Small Room~
*They all climb out*
Richard: Finally, some fresh air!
David: In a cramped room.
Michael: *Tries to open the door*
Mark: Of all the doors that you could lock, it just had to be this one.
Michael: Well, I’m not turning back. *Bicycle Kicks the door open* There we go.
Anders: *He and the others exit* … Heh. Remind me to avoid your bad side.
Michael: *Spots some stairs* What’s up here? *Heads up and finds a door* Please be somewhere safe. *Opens it and looks around* … *Relieved sigh* This way!
*The others catch up to Michael*
~Office Building~
Tommy: This doesn’t look like NCG Headquarters.
Dipper: It’s not. It’s just a regular old building.
Trevor: So, shouldn’t there be an exit then? *Spots a note*
Trevor: Or just anyone in general?
Lily: *Spots something* There’s an exit!
*The others turn to see a door leading to…*
Louise: That looks like the metro station.
Johanna: *Tries to open it* No luck. *Looks outside* And there’s no one around to help.
Mark: Let’s look around this place first. Maybe, we’ll find an alternative exit.
*They all do so*
Johanna: *Finds a note* What’s this about?
Johanna: … Hmph.
Dipper: *Finds a projector* … What’s on this? *Activates it*
Dipper: *Takes a picture* Some good worker action, I’ll admit. *Spots a garden of sorts… with more dead fish* … Oh, my. *Takes a picture*
Hilda: *Finds a whiteboard*
Hilda: *!* “Walter”. They’re investigating him too. But from the look of things, they’re too busy with damage control. *Glances at…* “Shelf: S-3”. *Remembers something* The Archive Room was where we entered. *Heads back to said room*
~Archive Room~
Hilda: *Enters* Okay. *Looks around* I just need to find… *Finds the right section* Here we are. *Approaches the shelf in question*
Hilda: *Takes a picture* Impressive strategy. *Remembers what happened back then* Of course, we all saw what occurred due to their striking. *Steps on something* *?* *Looks down to see…*
Hilda: … I’ll just ignore that. *Spots something* A keycard! *Grabs it and leaves*
*The team (minus Hilda) regroups*
Michael: Anything?
Dipper: No luck.
Johanna: Where’s Hilda?
Hilda: *Arrives* I’m here. *Shows the keycard* And look what I found. *Points to the door* If this doesn’t open that door, then I don’t know what will.
Dipper: Well, let’s try it then.
*They approach the door and use the keycard*
*Unlock*
Hilda: Yes! *Opens the door*
*They exit the office*
~Metro Station~
Johanna: *Sigh* We’re finally back in civilization. *Sits on a bench* Give me a moment.
Dipper: I’ll go outside and find where we are. *Tries to open the door* … Or not.
Hilda: *Looks around* Is there even anyone here today?
Anders: I guess there really is no one around.
Mark: *Pulls out his phone* I’m gonna call in. *Dials Paul’s number*
Tommy: *Hears something* What…? *Looks around*
Lily: What’s wrong?
Tommy: I think I hear something.
Louise: Like what?
Tommy: I don’t know. I think it’s… shouting.
Paul (Over the phone): Hello?
Mark: *Puts it on “Speaker”* Hey, uh, we’re at the metro station.
Michael: That shortcut you sent us on was a friggin’ death trap, but we made it here in one piece. Just one problem.
Paul (Over the phone): What’s wrong?
Dipper: The station appears to be closed. And we seem to be locked inside.
Hilda: And we’re hearing what sounds like shouting.
Paul (Over the phone): What kind of shouting?
Tommy: I think there’s… an angry mob nearby.
Mark: There could be a protest going on.
Paul (Over the phone): Oh, shoot. I forgot about the protest. Uh, could you guys hang on for a second? I might have some strings that I can pull.
Mark: Okay.
*Hang-up noise*
Trevor: *Notices something down the hall* Yep. That looks like a protest.
Frida: *Approaches the scene* I’ll be right back.
Arriving at the scene, Frida saw that the protest was about Stalburg Mass Transit.
Frida: … I would agree with this protest, but not in the same way.
*Phone rings*
Mark: That was quick. *Answers*
Paul (Over the phone): Alright. Mark, are you and the others still there?
Mark: Yeah.
Paul (Over the phone): I called someone who works at the metro, and there should be a maintenance tram or two somewhere around there. He unlocked the door for you. Take it and get back to the office. We need your help here.
Mark: We’ll be there soon.
Michael: Will you alert the others?
Paul (Over the phone): Yeah. They’re coming back too. See you then.
*Hang-up noise*
*They all head for the platform*
Hilda: Come on, Frida!
Frida: Coming! *Heads back to the others… only to see a bunch of news articles on the way*
Frida: “Metro Workers to Protest Today”. Because of the tunnels. *Leaves*
~Platform Level~
*The team looks around for where the tram might be*
Mabel: *Spots some green mushrooms* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture* It’s leaking into the metro lines.
David: *Spots something* Hm? *Approaches* Trams.
Richard: Find anything?
David: I think these are what we’re looking for.
*The others approach*
Mark: Heh. Nice rides.
*They board them (Dipper’s group on one, Hilda’s group on another)*
Mark: I’ll drive this one.
Anders: I got the other.
*The two trams move out*
Hilda: *Smiling*
Trevor: You’re thinking of Sodor, aren’t you?
Hilda: *Nods* Mm-hmm.
Trevor: … I guess I miss Sodor as well.
Hilda: … *Grabs his hand*
Trevor: … *Blushes a little*
~Metro Line~
Throughout the trip, the Adventure Club could see how Stalburg’s crumbling infrastructure greatly affects the city.
Cracks in the foundations and steam leaks are causing traffic jams and the protests above.
All they could do was take pictures of each problem they came across.
That is until…
Dipper: …
Mabel: … *Nudges him*
Lily: You okay?
Dipper: … There are people who are supposed to prevent this city from literally falling apart. How can they be so ignorant? How can-
*Rumbling*
Anders: Uh-oh.
Michael: Aw, not another quake!
*The trams fall down a sinkhole and into another sewer tunnel*
Everyone: *Screaming*
*Splash!*
Everyone: …
Johanna: … We should’ve seen that coming.
Hilda: … Mum, are you starting to hate Stalburg?
Johanna: … *Glances at Michael*
Michael: *Looking around* We must be careful to not go too deep.
Johanna: … *Sighs* … *Turns back to Hilda* No, Hilda. My contempt is for Jeff Walter. Just like Mark said.
Louise: Well, those protesters and that one NCG guy do have a point about the rail tunnels. They really are falling at the seams. *Spots something* There’s a lost section of the railway.
David: And some barrels that aren’t supposed to be here.
Dipper: Come on. Let’s get out of this place.
*They all do so*
*They traverse across the sewer tunnel*
Michael: … *Finds a note*
Michael: … I guess there was a smuggling chain here. Though, giving the state all of that stuff was in, I don’t think this guy has any room to talk about Robin.
Richard: *Finds a door* Got something! *Opens it* Let’s see where it leads.
*They all head inside*
~Corridor~
*They head down the corridor*
Tommy: And we’re back into functioning infrastructure.
Johanna: Something’s bound to happen. I just know it.
Anders: Don’t worry. It’s modern. So, everything’s intact.
Johanna: That may be, but I don’t trust it one-
*Rumbling*
Everyone: *!*
Mark: Oh, boy.
Dipper: Run!
*They run down the corridor as it crumbles to pieces*
*Alarms go off*
Tommy: Trolberg is never like this!
Mabel: We’re in a modern section of Stalburg! How is this even happening?!
Frida: I don’t know! Just keep running!
*A fiery explosion occurs and chases them down the corridor*
Everyone: *Screaming*
~Room~
*They rush into the room*
Dipper: *Runs into a wall* Oh! *Falls to the ground*
Hilda: Oh, no! It’s a dead end!
David: Don’t say “dead”!
*The raging inferno gets closer, and closer, and closer… only for an emergency door to drop down and save the team*
Everyone: … *They all sigh with relief*
Anders: … I take it back. You had every right to remain skeptical.
Johanna: … Especially because of what the Bergmann tunnels have caused lately.
Mark: … *Looks up* Well, at least, the fire alarms are still working.
Michael: Mark, shut up.*
Trevor: *Looks around* What is this place?
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/JY_ea7PF79U
* - As heard from the video in question
Chapter 60: Past & Present
Summary:
Another water plant situation appears before the Adventure Club.
Notes:
FYI, Obenseur (the game) doesn't exist in this universe.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
~Plant~
*Alarm still going off*
*The team looks around*
Dipper: *Finds a sign* “Stalburg Central Water Plant”.
Mabel: Another water plant?
Richard: If only it was as peaceful as Pitheath’s. *Remembers* Even though everyone left that place.
Hilda: *Reading a monitor* I wonder how we’re going to fix this place.
Frida: The old turning-off trick? *Turns the pumps off*
David: *Opens the fire exit doors and looks around* Hello? Anyone here?
*Silence*
~Hallway~
David: Yep. Just like Pitheath. There is no one around. *Spots a locker room and enters* Hello?
*Silence*
David: Why is everyone leaving these places alone?
*Click!*
David: *?* *Looks down to see…* Keycards. *Grabs them* One green, one yellow. *Leaves* What can we use them on?
Tommy: *Appears* Find anything?
David: Just some keycards. *Notices something* And an out-of-order elevator. *Takes a picture* Doesn’t look like we’re going that way.
Tommy: *Spots a keypad* Here’s the fire alarm keypad. *Presses “Reset”*
*Alarm stops*
Tommy: There. *Spots something* There’s the Control Room.
David: Let’s check it out.
*The two boys do so*
~Pumping Room~
Mark: *Dials Paul’s number*
Paul (Over the phone): Yes, Mark?
Mark: *Puts it on “Speaker”* Listen, we-
Johanna: *Snatches the phone* Give me that. Director Lauwens, I’ve been silent throughout the whole exploration, but now, I need to have a word with you.
Paul (Over the phone): About what exactly, Misses Löfgren?
Johanna: Considering the amount of death traps that we’ve been going through, I’m starting to get the idea that you’re trying to kill us on purpose.
Paul (Over the phone): What? How?
Michael: *Takes the phone away* The metro tunnel collapsed. And it took the maintenance trams with it.
Anders: And if that wasn’t enough, we nearly got killed by an exploding corridor.
Paul (Over the phone): Oh, lord. Where are you now?
Dipper: We’re at some kind of an underground water plant now. There was a sign that said “Stalburg Central Water Plant”. Do you know the location?
Paul (Over the phone): S-Sort of. I think Steve knows the place more than the rest of us.
Mark: It was difficult to get here in one piece. Like Anders said, we almost got burned to a crisp in that one hallway.
Paul (Over the phone): Yikes, that sounds bad. I’m glad you guys are okay though. Do you think you can find your way out of there?
Hilda: Well, it’s not like we have a choice.
Mark: We’ll call you when we’re out. *Hangs up*
~Control Room~
*The two boys look around*
David: It makes sense as to why no one showed up at work today. It’s because of the strikes.
Tommy: And Director Lauwens even said he forgot. Then again, given the incident with that wrong building getting demolished, I have to wonder how much he actually knows.
David: *Spots a note* Hmm. “Bergmann tunnel water problem” seems to be the anthem of our current adventure.
Tommy: *Spots an orange keycard* This looks useful. *Grabs it*
~Hallway~
Trevor: *Walking up the stairs* … I wonder how far we can go without the elevator. *Spots a flood door at the top* 4 floors. *Tries to open it* No joy. *Takes a picture* Can’t go that way either. *Goes back down*
David: *Unlocks an office and enters* File cabinet, desk, shelf, a couple of tables… *Checks a computer* …and someone forgot to log out.
David: So, there were people here. And they saw us at Pitheath. *Leaves the room*
Lily: *Spots an office with a strange name tag* … I’m not even going to ask about that name. *Walks away from it*
Louise: *Enters another office* Nice and spacious. *Spots some notes*
Louise: … *Takes a picture* Everything’s wrong with it.
Richard: Hey, guys! I found something in the Pumping Room!
*They all head back*
~Pumping Room~
*They arrive to see…*
Richard: *Climbing down a ladder* I found some sort of… section here.
Richard: I see like a catwalk underwater though. You wanna come down here?
Michael: Might as well. *Climbs down* If it means getting out of this joint.
*The others climb down one by one*
Mabel: *Spots a camera* … Are you watching this? We’re doing your dirty work while you decide to leave for some random reason.
Dipper: Mabel, quit talking to the camera.
~Hidden Room~
*They find a hidden room with a large pipe and some valves*
Mark: “Sewer Pipe 03”, “Flocculation Pool”… One’s on, the other’s off.
Anders: *Turns the “off” valve, activating it* There. Now, the flow’s off to the Flocculation Pool.
Richard: There’s not much else to do in this room. Let’s head back.
*They do so*
~Pumping Room~
Trevor: Okay. Now, what?
Lily: *Spots a room* “Raw Water Pool”? *She and Tommy enter*
Tommy: *Spots an “off” valve* That shouldn’t be off. *Turns it* There we go.
*Hilda and Frida examine the pumps*
Frida: For an unpopulated facility, the machinery seems to be undamaged, especially from the chain reaction.
Hilda: Find a control panel* “D2 Flocculation”. *Presses the big red button* That should start the process.
~Different Room~
*Dipper and Tommy enter*
Tommy: I hope we’re doing this right.
Dipper: We should be. *Spots some valves and approaches it*
Tommy: I can’t even fathom how much of the… “mushroom water” is being ingested.
Dipper: *Turns a valve* Neither can I. But all we can do right now is hope and pray for the best.
David: … *Spots something on the ground* Oh, goodness me!
Trevor: *Approaches him* What?
David: *Points to it* Is that… blood?
Trevor: … I think that’s just paint. Blood’s darker than that.
David: I hope so.
Trevor: … *He and David climb down the hatch* Let’s see what’s down here. *Looks around*
David: *Spots some valves* One for “sedimentation”, one for “filtration”.
Trevor: *Turns one* There’s one.
David: *Turns another* And that’s two.
~Sedimentation Room~
*Michael and Mabel enter*
Michael: The others seem to be doing well in fixing up the place.
Mabel: *Turns an “off” valve* I just hope it fixes the city as a result.
Michael: It should.
Mabel: *Spots a detached valve* Oh. *Grabs it* Where does this go? *Sees something on the valve* “Sewer Shed”. Wasn’t there something saying “Sewer Shed”?
Michael: I think so.
*They leave the room and look around*
~Sewer Shed~
Michael: *He and Mabel arrive* Here we go. *Opens it*
Mabel: *Spots something* That must be where it goes. *Inserts the valve and turns it*
Michael: *Spots a red button* And this is for the pumps. *Presses it*
*Power-up noise*
Michael: *Checks a nearby monitor* And that is a success.
*The two leave the shed*
~Rail Tunnel~
*The team regroups*
Johanna: Has everyone done what they needed to do?
Dipper: Everything’s completely fixed.
Michael: Now, we can leave this place. *Heads down the tunnel* This way!
*They all head down the tunnel*
{Later}
~Minitrain Tunnel~
Johanna: I’m quite glad we didn’t take those mini-trains at the plant.
Mark: Because we couldn’t fit on them?
*Plop!*
*They look down to see that some of the tunnel has flooded*
Johanna: Because of that.
Mark: Oh, right.
Anders: Well, a flood hasn’t stopped us before.
*They continued down the tunnel*
All the team could do at this point is look around the tunnels for an exit.
Richard: *Sees something weird* Hehe. Cute.
{Later}
~Metro Tunnel~
*The team emerges*
Dipper: I think we found civilization again. This looks like part of the official metro tunnels.
*A train passes by*
Hilda: Yep. It is.
Mabel: It feels like we’re back at where we started. Just… not at the station.
Frida: *Remembers something* Wait. Weren’t the protests from earlier about the tunnels being-
*Crumbling*
Everyone: *!*
*Falling debris covers the track that the train came from*
Frida: …unsafe?
Johanna: I am so glad that train made it by.
Michael: We all are.
Richard: *Spots something down the line* Look. A station. We can rest up there.
*They head over to the station*
~Station~
David: Wow. It’s beautiful.
Anders: I’d hate to see it get destroyed by the crumbling tunnels.
Mark: Strange to see this place deserted like this. *Pulls out his phone and dials Paul’s number*
*”No Signal” noise*
Mark: No signal. We’ll have to get back to the surface.
Tommy: *Looking around* I know that, but… *Chuckle* I don’t think I want to leave. *Notices an unused train* That looks fancy.
Trevor: *Finds a memorial for…* … Jeff Walter. *Notices a “PTWU” graffiti* What did you do?
Lily: *Looking at protest signs* … Needless to say, people were unhap- *Notices something* … Uh-oh.
*The others approach to see…*
Everyone: …
Mark: … Well, here it is. The Metro 86 Accident, the tragedy from-
Johanna: 1986.
Mark: *Nods* Another year since the accident, and this makeshift memorial for the 86 passengers who lost their lives still stands to this day. People come here to protest every year. But nothing ever changes.
Everyone: … *They respectfully walk away*
Louise: … *Spots something* … *Walks to it*
Johanna: I wonder how Jeff Walter fits in.
Michael: That is if he was involved in the first place.
Anders: He has to be. We all saw what he had been up to.
Mark: We still need to find out what his project was.
Louise: Hey!
*They turn to her*
Louise: I found something!
*They approach her*
Dipper: What is this?
~Office~
*They look around*
Hilda: How long has this place been here? Why is it next to the station? *Spots a familiar logo* Oh. It’s a Stalburg Mass Transit office. But why…?
Mark: *Finds a projector with three tapes next to it* These might prove useful. *Inserts one and activates the projector*
*The team gathers around*
*The footage reveals the location of the metro accident, which happens to be…*
Mabel: Walter Square?
Michael: *Takes a picture* It’s right before this station.
Frida: But why is it being kept secret?
Johanna: Mark.
Mark: I know. *Ejects the first tape and inserts the second*
*Static*
Anders: That’s odd. Why is it just static?
Mark: I don’t know. *Ejects it* Probably to throw us off track. *Inserts the last tape*
*Strange footage of a shadow of an industrial fan is shown*
*Beeping*
*Footage stops*
David: What’s with the beeping?
Michael: It’s Morse Code.
Richard: Can you translate it?
Michael: *Grabs a nearby pen and notebook* I can try. *Replays the footage and writes down what he hears*
*Footage stops*
Michael: Okay. I think I got it down. *Shows what he wrote*
“YOU CAN NOT FIND RIGHT ANSWER
OR THE QUESTION
BUT IF YOU CAN FIND HIM
YOU CAN ASK
MAYBE HE GIVES YOU
THIS PLACE IS
YOU CAN SEE AH”
Tommy: What does that mean?
Michael: I don’t know. It’s so cryptic.
Trevor: *Spots something nearby* Speaking of cryptic…
*The others turn to see…*
Lily: Why is there a tunnel in the…?
Louise: … Follow it?
Dipper: … Come on.
*They all head down the tunnel*
~Tunnel~
As they traversed, the team could tell that the tunnel was a mixture of both a sewer tunnel and a maintenance tunnel. But where it led is still a mystery to them.
Until finally…
~Alleyway~
*The team emerges*
Dipper: … Fresh air once again.
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=esD6jOJPO2k
Chapter 61: Opposites Attract
Summary:
In this rather filler chapter, Hilda and Trevor might be miles away from Trolberg, but it doesn't prevent them from doing something they thought they'd never do.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The team decided to take a break for the time being. As the adults assessed the current situation, the kids looked around the area they were in.
David: …
Frida: Is something on your mind, David?
David: … Not to drift off-topic from our current situation, but… I’ll be honest with you. Ever since we saw what Tofoten is like, I figured that Hilda could be related to a… non-human.
Frida: Really?
Louise: Have fairies crossed your mind when you thought of that?
David: … Probably. I mean, her blue hair was a bit of a giveaway. She did say that it came from her granddad and Astrid.
Frida: What?! I never thought of that!
David: *?* You didn't? Where else did you think she got blue hair from?
Frida: I thought it was dyed!
David: Dyed?
Frida: Literally the first thing that popped into my head when you and I first saw her. Her parents don’t even have blue hair. So, I just assumed that she was born with one of their colors.
Familiar Voice: *Chuckling*
All 3: *!* *They all turn to see…*
Anders: No, not really. When my little girl came into this world, she had natural blue hair. We weren’t sure how it jumped straight from Phinium to her, but I guess that’s just one of life’s biggest surprises. Even Astrid herself was surprised by this.
Louise: Was she?
Anders: Of course, at the time, Johanna’s memories were scrambled. And Astrid still kept her heritage a secret from us. She didn’t even tell Hilda when the little one was able to speak.
As Anders kept telling the tale to the three, Hilda had other things to think about. And it’s not just about the situation in Stalburg.
Hilda: …
Lily: What's on your mind?
Hilda: Huh? Oh, nothing.
Lily: … Hilda, I can tell you're fibbing.
Hilda: … *Sigh* Okay. I was thinking… of Trevor.
Lily: Trevor? *Realizes* … Oh, right. He has a crush on you. *Realizes again* Actually, I am curious.
Hilda: *?* Hm?
Lily: Hilda, do you… fancy him?
Hilda: *!* … Uh…
Lily: It's no surprise that he fancies you, but do you fancy him in return?
Hilda: … I… don't know.
Deep down, Hilda wasn't sure how to answer that. She did care for Trevor, even during his time as a bully, but to her, there wasn't any romance or anything like that. They were just awfully close to one another. But she had to admit about one thing:
Relationships evolve.
And her relationship with Trevor is no exception.
Aside from half of the Adventure Club, Hilda didn't have any other male friends, and even if she did, she wasn't sure she'd ever have another friend like Trevor.
She knew for a fact that there was no other boy like him. Not in all of Trolberg, or Tofoten, or the Hulderlands, or anywhere else in the world. In short, he was special.
She would think of David, but she preferred to think of him and Frida as the siblings she never had.
Granted, she had Twig, Alfur, and even the Great Raven as sibling figures before moving to Trolberg, but David and Frida were the first human sibling figures in her life.
Aside from that, David already had his eyes on Frida ever since they met.
That said, Hilda's mind wasn't fully made up yet on how she felt about Trevor. But one thing was certain: Trevor fancied her. She understood that now. That's why he'd been going out of his way to be extra nice to her and others.
Perhaps, it was learning Hilda's true identity as a fairy. Maybe, rather than frightening him, it made him interested in her heritage. The thought made Hilda's face heat up even more.
Lily: … *Glances at Trevor looking around* … Well… *Turns back to Hilda* I, for one, speak for the whole Adventure Club when I say that there’s only one way to find out. *Shoves Hilda towards Trevor*
Hilda: *Awkwardly stumbles toward Trevor* …
Trevor: *Turns to her*
Hilda: … *Laughs nervously* … Hey.
Trevor: … Hey. What are you up to?
Hilda: … *Glances at Lily*
Lily: … *Shrug*
Hilda: … You're no help. *Turns back to Trevor* Listen. Do you think maybe you and I could talk? In private?
Trevor: … Um… Sure, okay.
The pair found a decent spot away from the others, where no one was watching, though Hilda could hear the sound of another couple on the other side of a brick wall, and it sounded like they were kissing, making Hilda blush yet again.
Trevor. So, what did you want to talk about?
Hilda: … I actually wanted to ask you about… us.
Trevor: What about us? Is something wrong?
Hilda: No. N-Nothing's wrong.
Trevor: Then, what's the problem?
Hilda: Well, I know this might seem completely out of nowhere, but I have to ask. Do you… fancy me?
Trevor froze. For nearly a minute, he didn't answer.
Trevor: I… don't think I have a comment for that.
Hilda: Well, you're not on trial, Trevor. It's just us. We're friends. Best friends even. And if you like me as more than just a friend, then I would like you to tell me.
Once again, Trevor froze and didn't say anything for nearly a minute.
Trevor: *Takes a deep breath* … Okay. How do I say this?
Hilda waited patiently, her legs pressed together, hands clasped in her lap while she gave Trevor the time he needed to compose himself. She could tell he was nervous… but so was she. She didn't want to ruin their friendship, but she also felt that she would've liked it if they were more than just friends. She would've liked it a lot.
Trevor: Look, Hilda, it's like this: You're not like other girls. I mean, literally, not like other girls. For one thing, you're a fairy, which I have to admit is rather…
Hilda: … Exciting?
Trevor: … *Blushes a little* … Y-Yeah. Exciting. That's definitely the right word. I would say “Interesting”, but that one would be an understatement.
Hilda's face was now even redder than his upon hearing that.
Trevor: But there's more to it than that. You, Hilda, you're… You're amazing. Don't get me wrong, you're absolutely “mad” at times. But you're also sweet, kind, and brave, and you're beautiful.
Hilda was beyond flattered. There was a certain thrill in hearing Trevor of all people say these things about her. Boys tended to call her freaky, weird, mad, and other less flattering things. To have a boy tell her she was beautiful and amazing was nice, and very welcome. And that it was Trevor saying these things, having once called her "weird" himself during his time as a bully, even going as far as to call her a “witch”; that gave her butterflies.
But now, here he is, saying such nice things to a girl that he used to torment.
Trevor: Nothing has been the same since you and I met. Before, it was just me and my friends, and those three are okay, but you? Before I met you, it was like there was a piece of me that was missing. I often thought it was caused by my dad walking out on me and my mum. And ever since you came into my life, I've felt… whole again. Before, I was always cruel to people as a way of lashing out on the world. But ever since I've been hanging out with you, I don't behave like that anymore. You make me feel like I can be much more than a total delinquent. And I like it better this way.
Hilda: Even with all of our weird adventures?
Trevor: … *Takes her hands in his* Actually… I think that's what I like most about you.
Hilda: *Blushes deeper still*
Trevor: So… I've answered your question. Do you think you would fancy me in return after hearing all of that?
Once again, Hilda didn't know how to answer that question. Everything Trevor had just said to her affirmed what Hilda had felt. She did fancy him. She liked everything about him, even during his time as her tormentor.
Her breath was caught in her throat again, her heart was pumping loudly, and Hilda was so overcome with joy that she felt, that she might cry.
Trevor, upon seeing this, leaned in a little and wiped away her tears.
Actions spoke louder than words upon his decision to do that. Upon seeing how he leaned in a little, Hilda slowly leaned in herself towards Trevor, closing her eyes and parting her lips.
But then…
Trevor: … *Sigh* … What the heck? *Leans in… and kisses her*
Hilda: *!*
Trevor got there first, closing the gap and kissing Hilda full on the lips.
Hilda's mind had gone blank. Everything seemed to just fall away. The alleyway, the brick wall nearby, the earth beneath their feet… And it was as though she and Trevor were suspended in midair, their hands clasped together as they shared their first kiss. Hilda had beheld true love before when her granddad showed her how he and her grandmother met all those years ago, how it led to her mum being born… and how Hilda herself was brought into the world.
But to experience that feeling for herself was indescribable. Hilda now knew what Phinium and Lydia had known for themselves when they were 11 years old; that she and Trevor were meant for each other. That this was only the beginning of a long, happy life together.
Or at least, that's what Hilda hoped. She wanted it to be true. She wanted to feel what her grandmother felt, to grow as she had grown, to start a family as she had done… and she wanted it with Trevor, and the rest of the Adventure Club if she had to.
Finally, after what seemed like an eternity, Hilda and Trevor pulled away.
Little did they know, Frida, David, Lily, Louise, and even Anders were spying on them from around the corner. Louise’s reaction stood out from the rest, as her eyes were tearing up and she held her hands over her heart as she watched her two closest friends share their first kiss. Hilda and Trevor eventually stood up and left their private spot hand-in-hand, prompting the onlookers to dart away.
None of them noticed the shadows of two hooded figures vanishing behind the two.
The “supposedly” happiest moment in their lives went on for as long as they wanted, when…
Dipper: *Spots something* What's this?
Notes:
Inspired by https://archiveofourown.org/works/52201915
Chapter 62: The Common Good
Summary:
Jeff Walter’s true intentions are revealed.
Chapter Text
Dipper: Why is this in a garbage bin today? *Takes a picture*
Mabel: Not sure.
Richard: *Opens a door* Here's something. *Looks around... and spots something* What do we have here?
Richard: *Takes a picture* Well, that explains the document in the garbage bin. This room's a gold mine. *Leaves and closes the door*
Tommy: *Finds another room* Huh. This looks like I need to do something. *Notices a catwalk... with a button* Let's see what that does. *Heads to it*
*Spark!*
Tommy: *?* *Looks down to see...* Uh-oh. Electrified puddle. *Notices a door* I wonder where that leads. *Readies himself... before leaping over the puddle and running straight to the ladder*
Lily: *Arrives* Oh, there you are. I was wondering where you went.
Tommy: *Climbs up* Oh, don't mind me. Just clearing a path to a potentially safe pathway.
Lily: *Glances at the door in question* You mean, through that door?
Tommy: Yup. *Approaches the button* "Fan Override". *Spots a fan... and the wire nearby* *!* How simple. *Presses the button* I didn't have to do much.
*The fan blows the wire off the puddle, making it safe*
Tommy: I was worrying over nothing. *Climbs down*
Lily: ... *Awkwardly steps over the puddle* Should we alert the others?
Tommy: I'll go get them. *Leaves* You keep the door safe.
{Later}
~Service Tunnel~
Hilda: I'm starting to lose count of the amount of tunnels we've gone through.
Frida: And the amount of pipes we've seen in them.
*Eerie noises*
David: ... Just ignore that.
Trevor: Too bad that the metro station was closed because of the protests.
Louise: Yeah. We'd be halfway back to the office already.
Michael: Well, to be honest, I don't think we should take the metro after we saw.
Mark: And experienced.
Johanna: ... *Spots something* What's this?
*They approach it*
Anders: This is quite an... interesting door. *Opens it... revealing something bigger*
*They look around*
Dipper: Is this a... bunker?
Michael: Maybe.
Hilda: *Spots a tape recorder* ... Another one. *Approaches it* With a... cord attached to it. *Tries to unplug it*
*The others approach as well*
Mabel: ... Um... I've got a bad feeling about this.
Hilda: *Looks around* M-Maybe, this bunker's got "bad news" written all over it. But I'd like to know what Alex Hartman has to say this- *Accidentally presses "Play"*
Everyone: *!*
Hilda: ...time.
*The doors behind them slam shut*
Frida: It's a trap, isn't it?
*The tape starts*
Hartman (Over the recording): Jeff Walter! I've been waiting for this moment for a long time. I only regret that I'm not around to see it. It just wasn't enough that you had to destroy my life, was it? The whole city is on the brink of collapse, all because of you.
Richard: I think this is a case of mistaken identity.
Hartman (Over the recording): Take a close look at these walls. This place is right under your own headquarters and yet is in so bad shape that it could fall apart at any moment. There is only one thing left for me to do. I'm going to destroy you, and your whole company.
*Beeping*
Everyone: *?* ... *They all look around to see...* *!* Bombs!
David: And they're all on the pillars!
Hartman (Over the recording): I'm not doing it for me. I'm doing it for this city and its people.
*Beeping speeds up until...*
*Boom!*
*Rumble!*
Everyone: *Screaming*
Hartman (Over the recording): Goodbye, Walter. Nobody is going to miss you.
*The tape stops*
*A piece of debris (inadvertently) crushes the recorder*
Anders: Hartman's employees were right. Their boss really did go off the deep end!
Tommy: I know he had noble goals and all, but this is clearly hypocrisy at its finest!
Trevor: Ya think, Tommy?!
*A catwalk drops down*
Lily: That way!
*They all head up to the catwalk and run along it*
Mark: *Takes pictures of the madness around them*
Louise: Why do we always end up running from collapsing infrastructure?!
Johanna: And why is it always us that ends up running from everybody else's nonsense?!
Anders: More importantly, how much of this infrastructure is going to collapse?!
Dipper: Pretty much a lot of it.
Michael: *Spot something* Through that tunnel! Now!
*They head into it, just as the whole bunker collapses*
~Tunnel~
Everyone: *Panting*
David: What a mess.
Mark: ... *Checks his camera*
Richard: Did you... seriously...?
Mark: I might as well document Alex Hartman's attempted murder on... Jeff Walter... or us. Otherwise, who would believe us?
Trevor: I think they would believe us anyway.
Anders: *Looks around* How do we get out of here?
Michael: ... *Looks around... and spots something* An elevator. How convenient. *Approaches it*
Mabel: Does it still work?
Michael: It should. It's far from that... death site. *Opens it* Let's hope and pray.
*They hop in*
Michael: *Presses "Up"*
*The elevator slowly ascends... before suddenly speeding up*
Dipper: Oh, boy.
~Room~
*The elevator car arrives*
Michael: *Opens it* We're here. *He and the others disembark* So, this is Walter Tower, huh?
Richard: *Spots something on a nearby desk* Hmm.
Richard: "SNW"? *Takes a picture* Who are they?
Anders: Hang on. It says that they acquired... the three companies that shut down. Hammer Valley Hydro, the Bergmann Group, and Stalburg Steel.
David: I thought Jeff Walter acquired them.
Frida: Maybe, he did... under this group's orders.
Tommy: But why?
Frida: I don't know. But I guess... Alex Hartman was right about this... conspiracy.
Mark: The only thing he got wrong was how high up it goes.
Richard: *Notices something* Hold on. "Xeander Berg works at the SNW bunker. He doesn't know that Kleinmann isn't getting any of he has started to question the duration of the SNW project". *Remembers* Oh.
*Flashback*
Man (Over the phone): Kleinmann? Kleinmann, can you hear me?
David: Who is that?
Richard: *Shrug*
Man (Over the phone): I’m not sure if you’ve gotten any of my letters. I’m trying to escape today. They don’t let anyone use these phones, but I managed to distract them. Kleinmann?! Are you there?!
*Beep!*
*Flashback ends*
Richard: The guy trying to call Eric Kleinmann... was Xeander Berg.
Dipper: *Spots some stairs* Let's check upstairs. Maybe, we'll find more answers.
*They all head up*
~Office~
*The team enters and finds themselves in a rather fancy office*
Everyone: *Amazed* Whoa.
Johanna: There's no doubt about this. We're in Jeff Walter's office.
Hilda: *She and Dipper look outside the windows* He must've had a great view of the city.
Dipper: ... Reminds of what my granddad told me when I was little.
Hilda: Hm?
Dipper: He took me to a skyscraper once. Naturally, I was scared of how high up we would be going. Then, all of those fears... dissipated when we got a view of the city. He told me "When you get to look out over all of this, you get such an impression of what this is all for". I guess that's the one thing I like about this whole thing we've been going through lately. It's all about the city and the people who make it up; the people who run and the people who just live within it; and the way those interests work together and clash at different points; and the way it's almost impossible for anybody to have a clear picture.
Trevor: ... *He and Michael glance at a portrait of a certain someone* Well... I guess it's possible for one particular person.
Michael: ... Jeff Walter.
Mabel: *Finds something* This must be his desk.
Johanna: *Notices something* What's with the floodlights?
Louise: *Examines the desk* It looks like someone rummaged the place. But for what?
Lily: *Spots an open vent grate* ... *Approaches it* ... Hmm. *Scoots it, revealing...* *!* A videotape. *Grabs it* Maybe, they were looking for this.
Tommy: *Spots a TV and VHS player* Put it in here.
Lily: *Does so and presses "Play"*
*Static*
David: Please don't be blank.
*Screen reveals a familiar face sitting at a familiar desk*
Everyone: *!*
Richard: Jeff Walter.
Walter (On the TV): Citizens of Stalburg. Let me ask you. Who was it that rebuilt this city? Who was the one that protected this city, and dedicated his whole life to its well-being? And yet, this is how you thank me? You believed those who betrayed us and labeled me a traitor. I know they've been up to something big, something that could be catastrophic for our future. But I won't let them destroy Stalburg, my life's work. The corrupt officials want to silence me, but I won't let them. They will never find me, and I won't rest until everyone knows the truth! They have exploited my financial imperium for their own benefit, under the veil of protecting the city and its people! They must be stopped before it's too late, for the sake of our future and livelihood. They're building a-
*Buzzer on the TV*
Secretary (On the TV): *Offscreen* Uh, Mr. Walter. Some men from the military just barged in looking for you.
*The video ends*
Everyone: ...
Mabel: Jeff Walter's project was never his project.
Dipper: It was an SNW project.
Hilda: I thought they were two different projects.
Michael: They're not. They're the same thing. Jeff Walter's company was being exploited. He was trying to tell everyone, but he never got the chance. Alex Hartman never knew that he had the wrong guy.
Mark: It still doesn't explain what the project was. He was interrupted before he could even give the details.
Frida: ... *Turns back to where they came from* ... Only one lead left.
*The others turn as well*
Everyone: ... The bunker.
Chapter 63: The Darkest Secret
Summary:
The hidden project is revealed, but what the team will see should horrify them.
Chapter Text
~Bunker~
David: I never thought we'd come back here after all of that.
Richard: Well, there has to be more to this bunker than what we just experienced.
Mabel: *Spots a journal* Like this? *Takes a picture*
Frida: *Reads it* It mentions the metro accident.
*The others approach*
Michael: One of the entries takes place on that day. *Notices something* Hang on. It says that the passengers survived the accident.
Johanna: All of them?
Michael: From the look of things, they might have.
Hilda: So, where are they now?
Michael: *Reads the last entry* It... doesn't say what happened to them, but it seems that the writer mentioned the bunker closing down. So, something must've happened on that day.
Dipper: We'll have to keep searching this bunker just to be sure.
*They continue looking around*
Hilda: They said everyone's okay, but clearly, that's not the narrative in the present. *Spots a room* "Control Room"? *Enters*
~Control Room~
Hilda: *Looks around* What is SNW's involvement in the metro accident? *Spots a red button* ... Hmm. *Presses it* Let's see what this does for us then.
*Blinders slowly move, revealing something outside the window*
Hilda: *Looks outside* What...? *!* I found something!
*The others rush in*
Johanna: What did you find?
Hilda: *Points to it*
*They all turn to see...*
Everyone: *!*
Trevor: Is that...?
Tommy: It's a... metro train.
Lily: Not just any train.
Louise: That's the train from the 1986 tragedy, isn't it?
Mark: No doubt about it.
Anders: Quite an odd place for a train wreck. *!* Unless...
Dipper: There was a coverup.
Hilda: *Notices two chairs in front of the terminal* ...
Dipper: Let's get a closer look.
*They head down*
~Rail Room~
Tommy: I... I don't know what to say about this. We're looking at a piece of history.
Mark: *Spots a logo* "Stalburg Nuclear Weapons". So, that's "SNW".
Trevor: *Spots a note* ... Huh.
Trevor: ... Oh, god. *Takes a picture*
Frida: What?
Trevor: ... The passengers did die. *Shows the note* Just not from the crash.
Everyone: *!*
Louise: They... executed every single passenger?
Johanna: ... I was concerned about this tragedy taking a toll on Stalburg. Now, we're discovering that it's way worse than I thought. Those poor passengers survived, only to get gunned down by this corrupt organization.
Trevor: ... *Throws the note* And they did it just to cover up some project of theirs. A project in which they made Jeff Walter a figurehead to throw us off track! How do they sleep at night?!
Richard: ... Quite well, I imagine. *Spots something* ... Or not.
Richard: *Takes a picture* Xeander Berg couldn't wait for Eric Kleinmann to rescue him. So, he escaped on his own.
Mabel: *Notices something* Odd.
Lily: What?
Mabel: All of the doors are just... left open. *Approaches a door in particular* ... Except for this one. *Presses the button next to it*
*The door opens*
Mabel: I guess they were in a rush to evacuate the bunk- *Sees what's inside* ...
Dipper: What's wrong?
Mabel: ...
Hilda: Mabel?
Mabel: ... *Slowly points to what's inside*
*The others have a look*
Everyone: *!* ...
Frida: ... Oh...
David: ...my...
Mabel: ...god.
Inside the room, the team could see what appeared to be...
Anders: ... It's... a grave room.
Michael: ... We have to show this to Stalburg. *Takes pictures of the room*
Trevor: ... They never moved the bodies? They just... left them here to rot under tarps?
Michael: *Spots something* ... I think I found Alex Hartman's child. *Takes a picture* I hope there are still some people to hang for this.
Tommy: It doesn't look like all 86 victims are in here. Just a handful of the overall count.
Michael: 22. I'm counting a total of 22 in this place.
Richard: So, where are the other 64?
Mark: My best guess is that SNW probably cremated them or something. They just couldn't finish by the time they evacuated. In short...
Louise: The people in here just got lucky.
Mark: ... *Nods*
Michael: *Finishes* Okay. I'm done in here. Let's find an exit. Mabel...
Mabel: I know. *Presses the button*
*The door closes*
Mabel: Now, I know why this was the only closed door.
Trevor: ... *Grabs a sharp object*
Dipper: What are you doing?
Trevor: Cover your ears. *Scrapes the door*
*SCREECH!*
Everyone: *They all cover their ears*
Trevor: ... *Scrapes it again*
*SCREECH!*
Trevor: ... Done. *Throws the object away* Now, they'll know where to find the evidence.
David: That is if they know where to look. We're the only people who about all of this.
Trevor: Then, we'll tell them. We have the pictures. So, they'll prob-
Johanna: Trevor.
Trevor: ...
Johanna: ... We can't solve all of the world's problems. Solving some is better than nothing.
Trevor: ... Okay.
Hilda: ... Let's just get out of here.
Dipper: *Spots a tunnel* This will have to do.
*They all head down the tunnel in question*
Notes:
Inspired by https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CRZCFSl9UqI
Chapter 64: Hot Coffee
Summary:
After discovering a disturbing secret in the bunker, the team has to continue on their trek back to the office, having found a good reason to do so. A reason that's as good as hot coffee.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Tunnel~
Trevor: …
Tommy: … If you have something to say, Trevor, then speak up.
Trevor: … I'm actually wishing for a flood to happen in this tunnel.
Hilda: *?!* Why?
Trevor: I'd rather see the… misery in that bunker get washed away. *Remembers* … Then again, the ones responsible for said misery will probably never get brought to justice if the proof disappears.
David: Speaking of responsibility, oddly enough, what we discovered pretty much exonerates Jeff Walter from any responsibility. He was just a figurehead for SNW.
Richard: Alex Hartman dedicated his life to bringing him down. But he probably passed on without… knowing the full picture.
Dipper: *Spots a book* What's this? *Grabs it* A journal?
Mabel: What could be in there?
Frida: It could be Xeander Berg’s. He did escape the bunker.
Dipper: Might as well check. *Opens it*
Dipper: He left us a mission. *Takes a picture* That's why this journal is here.
David: “I asked them to bring me some medicine, giving me the chance to use the phone. No one answered!”. *!* That must've been the call we heard at Stalburg Steel.
Dipper: … *Puts the journal into his satchel* I'm gonna hold onto it. If Xeander Berg wants us to find him, then we might as well do that.
Mabel: It’ll probably be a pointless search though.
Frida: Yeah, he’s undoubtedly dead by now.
Dipper: … Either way… *Glances at the journal* … Let’s just go.
*They continue on*
~Pipeline Area~
*Something passes by above the team*
Lily: … We must be underneath the… metro rails.
Louise: Where does this pipe lead to?
Michael: I don’t know. *Notices a valve with “Flushing Pipe”* … Should this be open? *Turns it to close the pipe*
Johanna: *Spots something nearby*
Johanna: … I’m not even gonna ask what that is.
Mark: *Spots a doorway and looks in it* Let’s try this way.
*They all enter*
~Storm Drain Tunnel~
*They head down the tunnel*
Anders: … Well, this kind of looks like a dump. *Takes pictures of the damaged spots*
Johanna: Well, what did you expect? It’s a storm drain tunnel.
Mark: Well, it looks safe.
*Distant alarm*
Everyone: *?*
Mark: That doesn’t sound good.
Dipper: Time to bail!
*They run down the tunnel, looking for any exits*
Mabel: You said this path was safe, Mark!
Mark: I guess the collapses and floods are causing this!
Hilda: *Spots a flood door* Up there!
*They all head up to it*
Michael: *Turns the valve to open the door… slowly* … Rust.
*Rushing water*
*They all turn to see…*
Johanna: Michael…!
Michael: I know! I hear it too!
*The door is completely opened*
*They all rush in*
Michael: *Closes the door… which suddenly drops down*
*The rushing water encases the tunnel*
~Rail Room~
Michael: … *He and the others sigh with relief* Talk about “luck”.
*The team looks around*
Richard: *Notices a mini-train* I doubt this still works.
Louise: *Spots a notebook*
Louise: *Giggles* Cute.
Lily: *Notices a tunnel* I hope this tunnel is safer than the storm drain tunnel.
Dipper: Might as well check it out.
*They head down the tunnel*
~Rail Tunnel~
*Whirring*
Frida: *Spots something up ahead* … What’s that?
*The others notice it too*
David: Is that a… mini-train?
*They move to the sides to allow the mini-train to pass by*
Tommy: And there’s no one on it.
*They continue on*
Trevor: … We better keep in mind that our current goal is to head back to the office.
Hilda: Well, now, we have something to motivate us to trek back.
Trevor: … Don’t remind me.
Mabel: Don’t remind us .
Dipper: … *Spots a door at the end* Hmm. *Approaches and opens it* This way.
*They all enter*
~West Stalburg Cistern~
Mark: This place is undoubtedly ready to collapse.
Anders: *Finds something* What’s this?
Anders: … Huh.
Hilda: *Gazing at the booth above their heads* How do we get up there?
Dipper: *Looks around* I’m seeing ladders leading up, but… I don’t see anything leading into that box.
Mabel: Hard to tell from down here. Might as well climb up.
*They all do so all the way to the booth*
Frida: *Spots something* I think I found a potential entrance. *Points to it* Right there.
Dipper: *Spots it* … I hope it works. *Climbs into the box* … So far, so good.
Johanna: We’ll go in one at a time. *Climbs in*
*The rest climb in one by one, except for Michael*
Michael: Okay. Here goes nothing. *Slowly climbs in*
Mark: Easy.
Michael: I know. I kn-
*Creak!*
Everyone: *!*
Michael: *Stops* … Don’t… move… a muscle.
*Creaking*
David: … Who moved?
*The booth slides along*
Everyone: *Panicking*
*Slam!*
*Everything stops*
Everyone: … *They all sigh with relief*
Mark: *Looks out a window* Heh. What luck. We’re right next to a catwalk with a door.
Richard: What door?
Mark: It’s right here. *Gently climbs out*
*The others slowly follow*
*They walk along the catwalk and enter the door*
Anders: *Spots some stairs* There. Those stairs might lead to something important.
*They all head up*
~Upper Level~
Tommy: *Looks over a railing and down at the cistern* … How big is this thing?
Trevor: *Spots a note*
Trevor: … Poor guy. *Looks over* Did you jump off? Or…? *Notices something dangling above him* … Oh. I get it.
Lily: … *Spots another door* What’s this? *Approaches and opens it* *!* I found something!
*The others approach*
~Room~
Johanna: What room is this?
Louise: *Notices the machinery* And what are these supposed to be? They look like… pumps.
Dipper: Or turbines. *Spots a sparking wire* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture* Like sticking a fork in an outlet. No thanks.
Hilda: *Opens a door* Hmm.
~Conveyor Belt Room~
*The team enters*
Hilda: … Coal. *Spots a pack of camera batteries* And batteries. *Grabs them*
Mabel: What’s with all this coal?
Frida: *Spots something* What’s with this scrap metal? *Tries to touch it*
Anders: *!* *Pulls her away* Don’t touch that!
Michael: What?
Anders: *Grabs a nearby shovel and pokes the object*
*BURST!*
Everyone: Ahh!
*Fire crackling*
Anders: … Called it.
David: Why did that happen?
Johanna: How did it happen?
Anders: That wasn’t scrap metal. That was a live ordinate. *Takes a picture*
Frida: … Th-Thanks, Anders.
Ander: Ah, no problem. I’m just glad I caught it when we saw it.
Richard: *Spots a door at the other end of the room* What’s over there?
Dipper: Let’s check.
*They all head to the door in question*
~Generator Room~
*The team enters*
Tommy: Well, now, we know what this place is.
Trevor: It’s a power station.
Lily: *Spots a control booth* … Hmm.
~Control Booth~
*Alarm going off*
Lily: *She and Louise enter* Why is the alarm blaring? *Notices a book*
Lily: … Weird. *Takes a picture*
Louise: *Spots a radio* … Hey, guys?
Lily: *Turns to her* Hm?
*The others enter*
Mark: What is it?
Louise: *Points to the radio* That radio still works. Should we…?
Johanna: …
Michael: … I’ll risk it. *Grabs it and uses it* Hello? Is anyone on this channel?
*Silence*
Michael: … Huh.
??? (Over the radio): Finally, dude.
Everyone: *!*
??? (Over the radio): I’ve been waiting for you like-
Michael: Who is this?
??? (Over the radio): Wait, you’re not Ervin. Who is this?
Michael: … My name is Michael Kingston, Hulderlands Sheriff’s Department. To whom am I speaking?
??? (Over the radio): Oh, hello, Michael. My name is Robin.
Michael: *!* Robin? The Robin?
Robin (Over the radio): Yeah. “Reckless Robin” as some would call me. Listen, I’m gonna make this quick: We have a very bad situation here. There have been some power cuts in the city.
Michael: Including this power plant?
Robin (Over the radio): Well, uh, not… really. I-I was just doing some maintenance work here, and, uh…
Michael: And you need our help?
Robin (Over the radio): Exactly! *Pause* Wait. “Our”?
Michael: I’m with 13 others right now.
Robin (Over the radio): Oh, okay. Well, since you’re at the power plant, you need to start up the second generator.
Michael: How are we supposed to do that?
Robin (Over the radio): Easy! You just need to close… *Pause* Oh, wait, no. Open the valves, and pull the lever.
Trevor: I’m on it! *Runs out*
Tommy: So am I! *Runs out*
Johanna: Hey! Wait! *Runs after them*
Michael: Kids! *Runs after them*
~Generator Room~
The two boys got to work turning the valves, but something caught their attention.
Trevor: Uh-oh.
*The other three approach him*
Tommy: What?
Trevor: We’re missing a valve on this one.
Michael: *Uses the radio* Hey, Robin, we have a slight problem.
Robin (Over the radio): What is it?
Michael: One of the generator valves is missing.
Robin (Over the radio): Really?
Michael: Yep.
Robin (Over the radio): Oh, wait, wait. It should be inside the control room. There are some boxes there. It might be in there.
Johanna: Let me check. *Heads back*
~Control Booth~
Johanna: *Enters*
Mabel: What’s wrong?
Johanna: There’s a valve missing. *Checks some boxes* Robin said that it should be in… here. There’s nothing but glass bottles. Hold on. *Leaves*
Frida: … *Grabs a nearby bottle* Osmo Olut. We keep seeing this everywhere.
Anders: Wasn’t there a building of the same name right next to Pitheath?
~Generator Room~
Johanna: *Returns* I can’t find it. It’s not in the control room. Nothing but glass bottles.
Michael: *Uses the radio* Robin, are you sure it’s in the control booth?
Robin (Over the radio): It’s not there?
Michael: No. Just glass bottles.
Robin (Over the radio): Oh, wait-wait-wait. It was underneath the control room! The valve should be there somewhere.
Trevor: *Leaves* Let me check.
Michael: You said it was in the control room!
Robin (Over the radio): M-Mandela Effect. What can I say?
Michael: I say that’s rubbish. I bet the contents in those bottles are scrambling your mind.
Robin (Over the radio): M-Maybe, they are.
~Under The Control Booth~
Trevor: *Looking around* Glass bottles. I hope it’s here because I’m starting to- *Spots something* Oh, here it is. *Grabs it and leaves*
~Generator Room~
Trevor: *Returns* I found it. *Inserts it* And more glass bottles. *Turns it*
Michael: *Uses the radio* Valve obtained, Robin.
Robin (Over the radio): Great job! Now, put the… valve on the generator. I almost said “bottle”.
Trevor: *Finishes* Okay. All valves are open.
Michael: We’ve opened all the valves. What’s next?
Robin (Over the radio): We just need to activate the second burners.
Michael: What about synchronizing?
Robin (Over the radio): Ah! Uh, yeah. Uh… Just, uh, speed up the generator to 4000 RPM, and then, pull the switch. *Pause* Or was that 3000 RPM?
Michael: … We’ll just do 3500 just in case.
*They get to work*
{Later}
Tommy: *Finishes* There.
*Steam leak*
Tommy: *Turns to see one of the generators leaking steam* … Ugh. *Takes a picture*
Michael: I think that’s all of them. I’ll go pull the switch. *Leaves*
~Control Booth~
Michael: *Arrives* Okay. Let’s just get this going. *Pulls the “Generator 2 Synch” Switch* There. *Uses the radio* The generators are on the grid. What’s next?
Robin (Over the radio): Now, fully open all of the valves, and activate the boiler lever.
Michael: Right. *Leaves*
~Generator Room~
Michael: We’ll have to fully open them now.
Johanna: This better be the last step. *Turns a valve* We’re already out of breath just by doing all of this.
Michael: I hope it is. *Turns another*
{Later}
~Control Booth~
*The four return*
Mark: Is that all of them?
Michael: Yep. *Pulls the “Boiler” Lever* Done.
*Loud whirring*
Robin (Over the radio): Uh… Mike?
Michael: Yes, Rob?
Robin (Over the radio): You and your buddies are all wearing hard hats, right?
Michael: … Yeah. Why?
Robin (Over the radio): … I might’ve made a… tiny mistake. *Chuckle*
*Lights go out*
Everyone: *!*
*Alarm goes off*
*The generators spark out of control*
Michael: Uh, how “tiny” is this mistake?!
Robin (Over the radio): You sped the generators up to 3500 RPM, right?
Michael: Just in case!
Robin (Over the radio): I should’ve selected 3000.
Michael: *In disbelief* Oh, why?!
*Burst!*
Everyone: *Screaming*
*Everything goes black*
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/3hTeMIxv3Bc
Chapter 65: King Of The Castle
Summary:
The fates of a certain two are revealed.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Everyone: ... *They slowly wake up*
Robin (Over the radio): Hello?! Michael?! Are you okay?!
Michael: ... *Gets up* ... *Looks around* ... Oh... Lord.
The power station has now been destroyed.
Robin (Over the radio): Michael, can you hear me?! Are you still there?!
Michael: ... *Uses the radio* ... W-We're still here.
Trevor: *Gets up* URGH! We almost died in here! What the devil was Robin thinking?!
Michael: Robin, what did you do?
Robin (Over the radio): Sheesh. I'm sorry, Michael. I messed up. You have to get out of there!
Michael: ... *Looks around* We're trying.
Dipper: *Opens a door* We're in quite a pickle now. *Leaves*
Hilda: *Leaves* Along with the city.
*The others follow, except for Michael*
Michael: At least, there's water preventing the fire from spreading. *Leaves*
{Later}
~Hallway~
Mabel: Okay. Where is the nearest exit?
*Banging is heard in the background of the radio*
Robin (Over the radio): Mike? *Cough* I'm stuck in this room. *Cough* The door's stuck. *Cough* I think the smoke is getting thicker! *Coughing*
Michael: ... Where are you? We can help you.
Robin (Over the radio): I-I'm-I'm upstairs. *Cough* Just... Just leave me. Okay? It's not the first time I've screwed up. I-I can handle this myself. You don't have to... *Coughing* ...risk your lives for me.
Michael: Are you sure?
Robin (Over the radio): Yes, of course! *Coughing* I can get this fixed.
Michael: ...
Trevor: ... *Sighs* As much as I dislike how he made a crazy mistake that nearly got us killed, we have to save him.
Tommy: But how do we save him?
Michael: You guys look for an exit. *Leaves* Leave Robin to me!
~Upstairs~
Michael: *Uses the radio* Robin, I'm here. I'm gonna help you.
Robin (Over the radio): What? *Coughing*
Michael: You're coughing will just get worse.
Robin (Over the radio): Okay, okay, fine. Fine, man. Just press that... vent button. It should be there on the wall.
Michael: *Spots the button in question* Here it is. *Presses it*
*Nothing happens*
Michael: Nothing's working, Rob.
Robin (Over the radio): *Coughing* Ah. Dang it. You'll need to use the control panel to change some settings.
Michael: *Approaches it* What do I do?
Robin (Over the radio): *Coughing* Just turn on all those... *Coughing* ...things and Auto-Ventilation must... must be off. *Coughing* Then, press that smoke vent button. *Cough* Oh, man. I am not feeling... well. *Coughing gets more violent*
Michael: ... Are you okay?
*Silence*
Michael: Robin?
*Silence*
Michael: ... *Fiddles with the settings* There. *Presses the button again* Please, work.
*The ventilation system slowly starts*
Michael: Oh, thank you. *Uses the radio* Robin, are you there?
*Silence*
Michael: Rob?
Robin (Over the radio): Agh!
Michael: *!*
Robin (Over the radio): Yeah! *Inhales* Y-Yeah, I'm okay. I'm-I'm just trying to fix this door handle.
Michael: I thought you died from smoke inhalation.
Robin (Over the radio): No, I'm fine. Look, Mike, thank you for what you did. Y-Y-You saved my life.
Michael: I just did what I had to do. I should get going now.
Robin (Over the radio): Okay. I'll... see you around.
Michael: ... *Leaves*
~Downstairs~
Michael: *Returns* Any luck?
Hilda: Well, we found this elevator. We were just waiting for you.
Michael: Oh, boy.
*They all board the elevator*
Johanna: I'm starting to lose my trust in elevators, considering what we've been through late-
*Snap!*
Everyone: *!*
Richard: Uh-oh.
*The elevator falls*
Everyone: *Screaming*
David: *Spots the emergency brakes and pulls it*
*SCREECHING*
Everyone: *They all cover their ears... except for David*
*THUD!*
Everyone: ... *They all sigh with relief*
Johanna: ... Well. That's it then. I'm done trusting elevators.
David: Huh?!
Johanna: *!* Oh, no.
Lily: Are... you okay, David?
David: Hm?
Mabel: Looks like he's gone deaf.
Frida: *Looks around* What's this place?
Louise: Well, considering the coal, I think this is the mine that goes along with the power plant.
Mark: Looks like most of the tunnels have collapsed.
Anders: But there has to be some sort of exit.
Richard: *Spots a note*
Richard: Not according to this poor soul. *Takes a picture*
Tommy: *Spots something* There's an unused fuse. *Grabs it* They might come in handy.
Trevor: *Spots another note*
Trevor: ... *Takes a picture* It must be a dwindling crew.
Tommy: *Spots a power box* Hmm. *Inserts the fuse and pulls a lever*
*Something powers up*
*The team looks up to see...*
Johanna: Oh, great. Another elevator.
Dipper: At least, it's sturdier than this one.
*The elevator reaches the ground*
*They board the elevator*
Michael: *Presses "Up"* Going up.
*The elevator ascends*
~Outside~
*The elevator arrives*
Johanna: We're out! *She and the others disembark*
Anders: Finally, we're outside.
Mark: I think the office is on the other side of this bay.
Michael: *Spots a bridge nearby* Let's not stand around then.
*They move out*
~Castle Rock Bridge~
Mark: Castle Rock Bridge. The railway bridge connects West Stalburg to Point Elias across Castle Rock Island.
Dipper: It looks like it's only suffering just a little.
Hilda: Well, we can't be too- *Spots a book* ...confident.
Dipper: *Reads it* Good call. This bridge is having concrete troubles. *Throws it away*
~Other Side~
*Power goes out*
Mabel: Uh-oh.
Frida: Now, what?
Michael: Don't worry. It's just a setback. *Spots a note*
Michael: ... Okay.
{Later}
~Neighborhood~
David: *Checking his hearing*
Johanna: How's your ear, David?
David: ... It's fine now, I guess.
Richard: Does anyone live here, Mark?
Mark: Hard to say. I hardly ever visit this part of Stalburg. *Spots something* But I have heard about that place.
*The others look ahead to see a castle*
Mark: Castle Stalburg. One of the earliest pieces of Stalburg's history. If we can just pass by, we'll be on the final stretch to the office.
{Later}
~Castle Stalburg~
Everyone: *Amazed* Whoa.
Tommy: I hate to offend you, Hilda, but the Hulderlands has nothing on this castle.
Hilda: Because the ones we have are completely destroyed?
Tommy: Because none of them have been converted into a makeshift home.
Trevor: Well, you never know.
Tommy: Heh.
Lily: *Looks outside* I see some modern houses out here.
Mark: Well, I know a lot of people want to live near a historical site. I shouldn't be surprised.
Louise: *Spots something* Uh...
Anders: *Approaches her* What is it?
Louise: *Points to it* Why is that house... glowing?
*The others approach to see one of the modern houses giving off an eerie glow*
Dipper: Do we dare check it out?
Hilda: ... I would.
*The others turn to her in concern*
Hilda: Just to be sure that it's not what I think it is.
{Later}
~Glowing House~
*The team approaches the house in question*
Hilda: ...
Johanna: ...
Frida: Somehow, this is reminding me of...
David: The fairy mound?
Frida: *Nods*
*They carefully enter and look around*
Hilda: Hello?
*Silence*
Johanna: Anyone in here?
*Silence*
Michael: Hello? We're just here to- *Spots something* Oh, my god.
*The other approach to see...*
Mabel: Not those mushrooms again.
Dipper: *Notices something* ... Uh... It gets worse.
*The others notice it as well*
Richard: ... Are those... corpses?
Trevor: ... I see the outlines, but where are the bodies?
Tommy: Maybe, they sunk into the ground.
Lily: *Notices a wheelchair near one of them* It looks like one of them tried to crawl or something.
Louise: Who are these guys anyway? All we know is that one of them is possibly disabled.
Mark: *Spots a book*
Mark: ... I know who they are.
*The others turn to him*
Anders: Who are they?
Mark: *Points to the journal*
*The other approaches and look at the journal*
Dipper: Could they be...?
Mark: *Nods* ... I think we found the missing co-founders... of the Bergmann Group.
*They turn back to the outlines*
Hilda: So, we found them. We found Xeander Berg and Eric Kleinmann.
Mabel: So, Berg is the guy in front of the wheelchair. And we know what happened to him.
Frida: But what about Klein- *Spots something* ... Oh. I get it.
Richard: ... *Takes a picture* Now, we know their fates.
*The team respectfully leaves in silence... except for Dipper*
David: Are you coming?
Dipper: Give me a moment. *Pulls out the first journal* ... Here. *Leaves next to the second* You can have it back. *Leaves*
Hilda: Come on, Dipper! We're near the final stretch to the office!
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/s4kVTSJuhic
Chapter 66: Collapse
Summary:
Stalburg is in trouble, and the Adventure Club is running out of time.
Chapter Text
~Drawbridge~
Mark: All we have to do is lower this drawbridge, and we’ll be on our way back to the office.
Dipper: *Looking around* That blackout from earlier seems to have only affected that one neighborhood. So, we should be able to use the controls.
Hilda: How do we use the controls though? This doesn’t look like the work of a simple push of a button, or a pull of a lever.
Michael: No, drawbridges like this one require more than just that. *Approaches a tower and opens the door* There should be something in here. *Enters* Let me check.
~Control Tower~
Michael: *Approaches a control panel with a book*
Michael: *Looks at a monitor* They seem to be set to “No Access”. *Fiddles with the settings* Okay. *Presses a nearby yellow button*
*The drawbridge lowers*
Michael: Heh. Too easy. *Leaves*
~Outside~
Michael: *Returns* It wasn’t that difficult. I just needed to fix some settings.
*The drawbridge finishes lowering*
Mark: Come on. *Leads the team across the bridge*
~Other Side~
*Steam leaking*
Mabel: Uh…
Mark: I know. We shouldn’t risk it.
Frida: *Spots something below the bridge* … Maybe, we should ask whoever owns this boat for directions.
Johanna: We might as well.
*They head down to the boat*
~Steam Boat~
*They search around the boat for anything or anyone*
Richard: At least, we’re close to the city.
David: The city’s in trouble, and we can’t get to it because of that stupid steam leak. *Spots something* … On the other hand… *Takes a picture*
Anders: Oh, boy. More dead fish.
Tommy: It’s not just the water treatment areas. The city’s main waterways are affected by those mushrooms as well.
Trevor: *Spots a bedroom… with someone sleeping inside* … I guess we’re not asking him. *Spots something on a table* What’s this?
Trevor: They occupied the ship for meetings. *Takes a picture* Otherwise, they would take it away. *Spots something inside* Uh… I’ll be right back. *Enters the boat*
Lily: *?* Hm? *Follows him*
Louise: L-Lily…! *Follows her*
~Inside~
Trevor: *Approaches a big door* Huh. *Notices a lock* I’ll have to find the key. *Looks around*
Lily: *Arrives with Louise* What are you looking for?
Trevor: A key for that big door. If we could get inside, we might find more documents related to the SNW project.
Louise: But this could just be any room. How can we be so sure if-
Trevor: *Finds something* Aha! *Grabs it* I found the key! *Approaches the door and unlocks it* There. *Opens it*
~Meeting Room~
Trevor: *He and the girls enter* SNW used this boat for meetings. So, there should be… *Spots something* Ah. Here we are.
Trevor: *Takes a picture* So, they gave the boat back.
Lily: I wonder why the captain kept the documents.
Louise: Probably to remind himself of what happened here?
Trevor: I don’t know. But we have another breakthrough in this. Let’s meet up with the others.
*They head back outside*
~Outside~
*The three arrive*
Mark: What kept you?
Trevor: Found another important document related to SNW’s project. What about you guys?
Dipper: We found a way to the other side. We were just waiting for you.
Hilda: Come on! The office isn’t far away!
*They head down the route*
~Point Elias~
Dipper: Here we are. Point Elias. Right back where we started.
Hilda: *Spots a familiar building* There’s the hotel.
Michael: To think, I was expecting a simple urban exploration trip when we first came here. And now, look where we are.
Johanna: *Spots something* Oh, no.
*The others notice a flooded street*
Johanna: I remember when we passed this area. It was not like this when we were previously here.
Mabel: Needless to say, everything has gone awry while we were gone in Hammer Valley.
Frida: So, how do we get back to the office?
Richard: *Spots something* … Only one option.
*The others turn to see…*
David: *Groans* The metro tunnels again?
Richard: I don’t think we have a choice in the matter. *Heads down the stairs* Or do you want to risk wading across a flooded road?
Everyone: … *They all sigh* Fine. *They reluctantly follow Richard*
~Station~
Tommy: *Looking around* Hmph. No surprises here. None of the trains are in service.
Trevor: If the people are planning on evacuating the city, then it’s easier said than done. There are hardly any routes to escape at all.
*POP!*
Lily: *Squeals*
Everyone: AHH!
*Steam leaking*
Everyone: … *They all sigh with relief… except for…*
Lily: *Shivering* …
Louise: *Pats Lily’s head*
Mark: Holy moly. The whole city really is falling to pieces.
Anders: And we’re the only active people at the moment.
Dipper: *Opens a nearby door* This way!
*They enter*
~Tunnel~
*They head down an old rail tunnel*
David: Okay. I thought we were going through the metro tunnels, but it looks like we’re going through a… mini-train tunnel.
Mark: …
Michael: Something on your mind, Mark?
Mark: … I… might’ve been down this tunnel before.
Everyone: *?*
Mark: It should lead to the office.
Johanna: … You… know about these tunnels?
Mark: It’s a long story. I’ll tell you more at the office. The last time I was down here, I was with the boss and Steve. I believe it was around a month ago.
*They come across a fork in the road*
Mabel: *Spots a steam leak on a nearby pipe* Uh-oh. *Takes a picture*
Lily: Which way do we go from here?
Mark: *Looks down one path* Well, not that way. It’s blocked.
Tommy: *Turns to the other path* This way, it is.
*They head down the path*
They continued down the path, while Mark was telling the others about the tunnel.
Finally, they arrived at a door.
Mark: Here we are.
Dipper: *Opens the door and looks around* Yep. This is NCG HQ.
*The others enter to see…*
Hilda: It’s the parking garage! We made it!
Mark: Did I miss a memo, or did they turn the parking garage into a swimming pool?
Richard: *Notices some wires on the ceiling* … Or a death trap waiting to happen.
Frida: Great. Now, this building’s in trouble.
Dipper: Not on our watch. Let’s head up.
Chapter 67: Late For A Meeting
Summary:
The Adventure Club finally returns to the office to prepare for a last-ditch effort to save Stalburg.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~National Consulting Group Headquarters~
*The Adventure Club enters*
Dipper: Hello, everyone.
*The workers turn to them*
Steve: Oh, good. You're here.
Hilda: You would not believe what we had to go through today.
Steve: Well, at least, you're okay.
Amit: I knew they were going to make it.
Paul: I thought something had happened to you guys. I even sent a rescue team to look for you. Where have you been?
Michael: It's a long story.
Johanna: *Sits down* And we've been through one too many death traps.
Paul: When we have time, you can tell me, but right now, we have some big problems. I know it's been a rough day, but we really need help from you guys.
Johanna: Well, I'm officially tired from all the collapses and near-death experiences. I'm staying right here.
Anders: ... *Sits down*
Johanna: *?*
Anders: Then, so am I. Someone has to keep you company, Johanna.
Johanna: *Sighs*
Michael: ... Which leaves the 12 of us to help.
Mabel: So, what's the problem, Director?
Paul: We just got word that the Two Gorges Barrier has collapsed.
Everyone: *!*
Paul: They're evacuating the city as we speak.
Richard: So, they were evacuating.
Paul: It gets worse.
Frida: How worse?
Paul: We're worried about the Stalburg Nuclear Powerplant. It was never built to handle a flood of this magnitude. We were waiting for a helicopter to take us there, but now that you're here...
David: You want us to do it. *Sighs* Okay. What do you want us to do?
Paul: We got your vans back. So, I think you should take them to the plant. It's not a long drive and you'll be there before us.
Tommy: Can't we just wait for the helicopter?
Paul: We don't have the time. It's going to be a while until it gets here, and we need someone there as soon as possible.
Trevor: ... Very well. But we'll need some new equipment.
Paul: You're in luck. We had a bunch of new flashlights come in this morning, but I never got the chance to tell you.
Steve: There should be some on the table around here somewhere.
Lily: *Looks around* Let me check.
Louise: *Notices something with Steve* Uh... What happened to you?
Steve: Huh?
Louise: Your leg has a bandage.
Steve: Oh, this? I injured my leg in a flood door accident at Ploughwedge. But don't worry. It's nothing too serious.
Dipper: ... *Glances at the news report on TV* ... This poor city.
Lily: *Returns with some flashlights* Found them.
Paul: *Passes some radios* You should also take these with you. We can't use phones while the power is out.
Hilda: Makes sense.
Paul: The battery on those flashlights should last for a few days. You can also hold down the buttons to boost them.
Mark: Sweet.
Michael: I don't suppose you have a new camera for Mark?
Paul: Is there something wrong with the old one?
Mark: Well, yeah. The batteries barely last for more than a few minutes.
Paul: I'm afraid you'll have to continue using that one. We don't have any new ones. We ordered some new cameras along with the flashlights, but only the flashlights came. I guess the crumbling infrastructure has delayed the new cameras coming in.
Michael: Bummer.
Paul: Anyway, good luck at the power plant. You can leave whenever you're ready. We'll be joining you soon.
Dipper: Okay.
*The team test out the new flashlights*
Hilda: *Turns to her parents* Are you sure you want to stay?
Johanna: Hilda, I'm not as adventurous as the rest of you are. I don't have the same amount of energy. I'm already worn out from what we had to go through in those many locations.
Anders: ... I'd want to continue going with you, but... someone has to watch over your mother. *Glances at...* And Steve for that matter.
Hilda: ... Aren't you worried that I'm going back out in... dangerous territory?
Johanna: Normally, I would be. But... *Points to Michael*
Hilda: ... *Turns to him*
Michael: *Looking at the ground level* It's awfully eerie with the power out and no one else around.
Dipper: At least, it's not flooded like the garage.
Anders: And besides, you're a big girl now. And you know the risks.
Hilda: ... I guess. *Takes a deep breath* Okay. I hope I'll make you proud. *Hugs them*
Johanna: Good luck, dear.
Anders: Do what you must.
Hilda: *Breaks the hug* I will. *Leaves*
Michael: Come on, we have a city to save.
*The team leaves*
{Later}
~Outside~
Mabel: Here are the vans.
Frida: I'm kind of glad they're not in the parking garage.
Michael: Dipper, Mabel, Richard, Tommy, Lily, go with Mark. The rest of you, with me.
*They get into the vans and drive off*
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/h03ZTkr9Pas
Chapter 68: Bring Out Your Dead
Summary:
The team sets off to the Stalburg Nuclear Power Plant to save the city.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Road~
*The two vans stop*
Dipper: Why are we stopping?
Mark: Roadblock. Dead ahead. *Unbuckles* We'll have to walk the rest of the way. It's faster than turning back.
*They all disembark and walk down the road, around the block*
Hilda: How far is this power plant?
Michael: Not sure. I'm not seeing anything that looks like something a power plant would have.
Mabel: *Spots something* Is that a hangar?
*The others turn to it*
Frida: You think there's something in there?
Mabel: I hope there's another car or something in there. It'll be better than going on foot.
Mark: Well, we've already passed the roadblock.
*They head to the hangar*
~Hangar~
*They look around for anything useful*
Richard: *Spots something* Aha! I found some cars.
David: But how do we start them up?
Tommy: *Approaches a garage door and presses a button*
*Nothing happens*
Tommy: And how do we get this open?
Trevor: *Approaches a power box* ... I'll need a fuse to power this. *Checks the shelves*
~Outside~
Lily: *Spots an open container* ... What's in here? *Enters* Huh. Another computer station. *Checks the computer*
Lily: *!* NCG is involved?!
Louise: *Enters* What did you say?
Lily: Look at this!
Louise: *Checks the computer* *!* They're involved. But how?
Lily: I don't know, but we need to nab this. *Spots a flash drive* Perfect. *Grabs it*
Louise: Let's tell the others.
*They head back to the hangar*
Trevor: *Spots a fuse* There we go. *Grabs it and installs it into the power box* Try it now, Tommy!
Tommy: *Presses the button again*
*The garage door opens*
Trevor: *Spots some keys* Perfect. The keys to the cars.
*They enter the cars*
Lily: *She and Louise return* Hey, guys! We found something you want to see!
Michael: Tell us on the way.
*The two girls get into the cars*
*The cars drive out*
{Later}
~Turnip Hill~
*The two cars stop in front of an apartment complex*
Michael: *He and the team disembark* This is as far as the cars will take us. Maybe, we can ask for help here.
Mark: *Looking over the drive* So, NCG is involved. But why?
Louise: We haven't figured that out yet.
Michael: Lots of call buttons. Let's try... *Presses "Rob"*
Man (Over the speaker): Hello?
Michael: Hi. My name is Michael. I was wondering if-
Man (Over the speaker): Michael? As in, Michael Kingston?
Michael: ... Y-Yeah. Is this Rob?
Man (Over the speaker): That's me. Robin told me about you. I'll tell the guard to let you in.
Michael: Th-Thanks. Is Robin okay?
Rob (Over the speaker): Yeah. Come up to my apartment. I've got something for you.
Michael: Okay.
Dipper: I guess we're going in.
*They all head in*
~Inside~
*They look around*
Hilda: *Spots a sign* "Border Inspection"?
Michael: Not sure why this is here. *Presses a "Call Inspector" button*
*Hatch opens*
Inspector: Are you Michael Kingston?
Michael: Yep.
Inspector: *Notices the others* And they are...?
Michael: They're with me.
Inspector: ... Okay. Rob told me to let you in. Welcome to Turnip Hill.
{Later}
~Courtyard~
*The team looks around*
Dipper: Rob? Are you here?
*Silence*
Hilda: Where is he?
???: Over here!
*They turn to see a man nearby*
Mark: *He and the others approach him* Hi.
Rob: Hi. I know I said to come up to my apartment, but I ended up changing my mind since this is your first time here.
Michael: Smart move.
Rob: Come with me. I know a good place to talk.
{Later}
~Bookstal Berg Bookstore~
Rob: So, what brings you here?
Mabel: We're trying to get to Stalburg Nuclear Power Plant. The NCG Director has been worried about it since the city collapses occurred.
Rob: Ah, you must mean Blackrock.
Mabel: Blackrock?
Rob: It was renamed some years ago, but some still call it by its original name. I suggest taking the river. It's right behind the cemetery at Kriev's Funeral Home. You'll need to go by boat.
Frida: *Spots a book*
Frida: Ooh.
Mark: Where can we find a boat?
Rob: I've heard that there should be a villa and a barn down the river. If you can get to them, you should be able to be able to find a boat.
Richard: We'll need a boat or two considering the floods.
David: Can you take us to the river?
Rob: Anything for you guys. Follow me.
*They head to the funeral home*
~Outside~
Along the way, they look around the many places of Turnip Hill.
Tommy: *Notices an open door... showing a disturbing sight* Uh...
Everyone: *They turn to see...* Ahh!
Rob: Oh. That's Kevin Herts. He's a... scientist of sorts.
Trevor: What happened to him? What's with the green mushrooms?
Rob: Apparently, he was trying to find a cure for... that. He succeeded, but we ran out and he's been stuck like that since.
Lily: How is he still breathing?
Rob: I don't know. But I remember him saying that as long as his daughter is okay, his current condition means nothing to him.
*The team gazes at Kevin's state*
Rob: Just leave him. There's not much we can do.
*They respectfully do so*
Kevin: ... *His eyes slowly turn to Lily* ... Elo...
Louise: ... Whatever happened to his daughter?
Rob: Last I heard, she entered an underground city of sorts called "Open Sewer". I assume she's still alive down there.
Michael: *Notices a metro station* Did she take the train?
Rob: Oh, that? No. She took a completely different entrance. I wouldn't recommend going down there.
Dipper: Why?
Rob: There's a spot in the metro tunnel that could lead to... an unfortunate end. The last two people who went to that area? Only one barely escaped and made it out alive. The other didn't. Worse still, the survivor still has nightmares of what happened to the other.
Hilda: What happened?
Rob: From what I heard, they found a door that led to an elevator, which then led them to a large cavern with a set of heavy blast doors and a code panel. They just made a guess at the panel, and as a result, they were incapacitated and captured. What followed was what the survivor could describe as "a surreal sequence". The two were interrogated by a "person in a diving suit" and "sentenced" to death for whatever they were being accused of. The survivor still remembers the words.
*Flashback*
???: This is an interrogation. Number: 1396. Charges?
??? 2: Forgery, trespassing, bribery, burglary, and negligence.
???: Interrogation.
??? 2: You've ignored an important task that could have saved this city and have performed several other deeds that are against the law. Why?
*Silence*
??? 2: Their conditions are too bad. He can't answer the interrogation questions. Let's move to the final step.
???: Sentence?
??? 2: Because of their conditions, they are unfit for any manual labor. The sentence is going to be... death.
*Flashback ends*
Rob: After that, they were taken to something simply called "The Machine". I assume that's the execution device used by their interrogators. The friend was killed first. They were about to kill the survivor, but miraculously, the survivor broke out, fought off the kidnappers, and ran all the way back to here. Since then, we had to close down the metro station, and no one has dared to travel down the tunnel.
Everyone: ... *Gulp*
~Kriev's Funeral Home~
Rob: We're here. *Opens the cemetery gate* The mortician's busy. So, we shouldn't bother him right now.
*They enter and walk through the cemetery*
Mark: *Spots a gravestone* Huh.
Rob: Oh, that's Kevin's father, Andrew. Apparently, he was the reason why the green mushrooms are on Kevin right now. We don't know how he got infected in the first place though.
~River~
Rob: Alright. This is it. This is the river. Just follow it and you'll find yourselves a boat or two to use in your journey to Blackrock.
Mark: I'll take point.
*The team, save for Dipper, head down the river*
Dipper: Rob, I don't know how else to thank you.
Rob: No need. You're always welcome. Anyone who's a friend of Robin is a friend of mine. You just do what you have to do.
Dipper: Okay. Take care. *Leaves*
Rob: You too.
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/ZVP51Tdd5OY.
Key difference: In the game, Andrew Herts' grave is along the outskirts of Turnip Hill, whereas in this story, he's buried in Kriev's Cemetery.
Chapter 69: Drowning In Lies
Summary:
The final stretch in this tumultuous journey across Stalburg.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Villa~
*The team arrives*
Dipper: So, this is the villa in question. *Looks behind it* And that must be the barn.
Hilda: It's much fancier than I thought. It must be owned by someone so rich.
Mabel: But it looks abandoned. I don't even hear any snoring.
Frida: *Notices something* At least, there's still power.
*The others look up to see a light on in a second-floor room*
Richard: … That's… a bit eerie.
David: *Notices an open door* Same with that. Why is that door just open?
Mark: … Maybe, whoever left this place wants us to check it out?
*They reluctantly head inside*
~Inside~
*They look around for anything*
Michael: Not much to go on. It's like this place is a target for looters.
Tommy: *Notices a portrait of a familiar person* … Jeff Walter. *Notices another portrait saying “Property Owner”* Oh. So, this is your villa.
Tommy: Mikhail Rosenthal.
Trevor: *Finds a tape recorder* Oh, gosh. *Reluctantly presses “Play”* I can't believe I'm actually getting scared of these things.
Man (Over the recording): This is Max Koller interviewing Jeff Walter. It's December 19th, 1986.
Everyone: …
Koller (Over the recording): Let's begin.
Walter (Over the recording): Last time, I was talking about Xeander Berg. He was-
*Something is heard in the recording’s background*
Walter (Over the recording): What's that noise?
*Someone in the recording gets up*
Koller (Over the recording): Someone's coming!
*Footsteps and a door opening in the recording are heard*
Familiar Voice (Over the recording): Jeff Walter.
Everyone: *!*
Familiar Voice (Over the recording): We meet at last.
Koller (Over the recording): Who are you?! You're not-
Walter (Over the recording): Let me handle this.
Familiar Voice (Over the recording): You know who I am! I'm the one who is going to give you what you deserve.
Lily: It's Alex Hartman.
Walter (Over the recording): Oh. You must be Alex Hartman. And you, Eric Kleinmann. It's nice to finally meet you. Berg told me a lot about y-
Kleinmann (Over the recording): What did you do to him? I know that you kidnapped him!
Walter (Over the recording): I didn't do anything to him. *Pauses* Here, take this. You can find him there. He's not feeling well, and-
Hartman (Over the recording): Eric, you can go. And you, Walter… We have a lot to discuss.
*Footsteps are heard in the recording*
Louise: So, that's how Kleinmann found Berg. Walter actually allowed him.
Walter (Over the recording): So, what do you want of me? I know that your company went bankrupt, but that wasn't my fault. Is that why you're here?
Hartman (Over the recording): You did more than that! You destroyed my life! You killed my wife, my child, and this whole bloody city!
Koller (Over the recording): Put the gun down!
*Gunshots are heard in the recording*
Everyone: *!!*
*Silence*
Walter (Over the recording): What did you do?
Hartman (Over the recording): It was his fault! Rosenthal made the same mistake. He didn't do what I said! You don't understand. *Mumbling*
Walter (Over the recording): Look, we have to talk about this.
Hartman (Over the recording): Yes… we have to.
Walter (Over the recording): *Inhale* I want to show you something, okay?
Hartman (Over the recording): Don't move!
*Silence*
Everyone: …
*Bang!*
Everyone: *!!!*
Walter (Over the recording): *Straining* I… I just… I…
*Thud!*
Hartman (Over the recording): What did you do? Why did you do that?! This wasn't supposed to happen! Why? Why?!
Everyone: …
Hartman (Over the recording): It’s over. Everything. *Pauses* Wait. Why is this thing on? I need… to think.
*The tape stops*
Everyone: … *Gulp*
Hilda: … Did Hartman… shoot Walter? Or did Walter… do that to himself?
Everyone: … *They could only shrug*
Dipper: Hartman was acting with incomplete information.
Frida: *Spots a hole in the floor* … Huh. *Takes a picture* It looks like someone was trying to find something.
Mabel: … *!* Maybe, it's still here. If it is, then there might be something else.
Dipper: Let's look for it.
*They all do so*
~Upstairs~
David: *Enters the lit room* Hm. No one’s in here after all. *Spots a key, a letter, and…* Another recorder. *Grabs the items and leaves*
~Downstairs~
David: *Returns* Look what I found.
Richard: What is it?
David: *Places them on the table* Not sure what the key is for, but this letter looks important, and there might be something on this recorder. *Presses “Play”*
Koller (Over the recording): This is Max Koller interviewing Jeff Walter. The date is… December 18th, 1986. Let’s continue.
Walter (Over the recording): Now, where was I? I started to have my suspicions about this whole project. I knew that they weren’t telling me everything. So, I sent some people to find out what they can. They came back to me with some disturbing information. It was more than just building some… weapon. I was going to tell everyone about this, but then… *Inhale* When they found out what I was doing, I had to run. Now, I’ve been hiding here for god knows how many years, trying to find a way to reveal this whole conspiracy. I knew what they were doing, but nobody would believe me without evidence. Then, I met Xeander Berg. He was the key to this whole thing. He was the leader of the scientists at the bunker, and somehow, he managed to escape. But he’s very ill, and now, he’s- *Cough* He’s trying to- *Coughing* … *Exhale* Can we continue tomorrow? I’m not feeling very well.
Koller (Over the recording): … Sure thing.
*The tape ends*
Everyone: …
Trevor: He was ill as well. It could’ve been with the same illness as Berg’s.
Tommy: *Turns to the letter* What’s this letter for?
Tommy: … Oh. *Takes a picture* Eric Kleinmann was also duped.
Louise: We should leave now. I think we’ve seen enough.
Everyone: *They all nod* Right.
Lily: *Spots a note* Hm?
Lily: At least, we know there’s a boat in the barn.
Michael: Let’s go check it out.
*They all head the barn*
{Later}
~Barn~
*The team enters*
Mark: We’ve got a couple of boats. But one of the engines is… *Spots an engine* Here’s one. Michael?
Michael: I know. *He and Mark grab the engine and carefully install it*
Dipper: *Hops onto one of the boats* Not to rush you or anything, but we better hurry.
Michael: Yeah, we know. *He and Mark finish* We have no time to lose. Everybody, hop in! D
*They all do so*
Michael: Dipper, take point.
Dipper: Okay. *Starts his boat*
Michael:*Starts his boat* Let’s ride.
*The boats ride out of the barn*
~Outside~
Michael: So far, so good.
Mark: If only I had my fishing gear with me.
Hilda: *Takes a picture* I suppose these fields shouldn’t be underwater.
*A helicopter flies over them*
Paul (Over the radio): Guys? I can see you from the helicopter. What happened to your vans? Do you need any help?
Mark: *Uses his radio* No, it’s going great. We’re having a nice boat ride here.
Paul (Over the radio): Alright. Well, we’re almost at the power plant anyway. I’ll see you in there.
Dipper: *Uses his radio* Okay. Let’s go, guys!
*The boats head for the power plant, passing by a bunch of flooded buildings without trouble*
~Blackrock Nuclear Power Plant~
Dipper: Well, here we are. Blackrock Nuclear Power Plant.
Hilda: *Spots a car* … Someone must’ve forgotten about that.
Mabel: *Takes a picture of some debris in front of the entrance… before shoving it to the side* There should be some people here.
Frida: It’s reminding me of Pitheath.
Paul (Over the radio): Guys? I think it’s worse than we expected.
Richard: *Uses his radio* How so?
Paul (Over the radio): I think the water’s gotten inside the containment building, and everything’s running on emergency power.
David: That’s not good.
Paul (Over the radio): And worse still, I can’t find a single person in here. It’s like everyone just packed up and went home.
Tommy: *Uses his radio* But why?
Paul (Over the radio): I wish I knew.
Trevor: … *Uses his radio* We’ll try to find someone. We spotted a lone car in the parking lot. Either they left on foot, or they’re still here.
Paul (Over the radio): You’ll have to hurry in your search. I’ll try to look for the manager in case he is still here.
Dipper: Come on.
*They all head inside*
~Inside~
*They look around for anything or anyone*
Lily: *Spots a keycard* Oh! *Grabs it* We might need this.
Louise: *Takes picture of cracks in the foundation* The last thing we want is this plant to collapse.
Paul (Over the radio): Guys? Bad news: I’ve lost sight of Carla and Amit. Have you seen them?
Mark: *Uses his radio* No, but we’ll look for them.
Paul (Over the radio): Good. We’ll have to be quick if we want to continue checking the place.
Michael: Where could they be?
*They look around for them*
~3rd Floor~
Hilda: Carla?
David: Amit?
*Muffled voices*
Everyone: *!*
Frida: I think we found them.
Trevor: *Approaches a door* They have to be right behind this door. *Listens*
Carla: *Muffled* This is just great. Why did I have to get stuck here with you? *Sigh* Well, it’s better to be with you than Mark.
Amit: *Muffled* What’s wrong with Mark?
Carla: Mark is arrogant, stubborn, and grumpy. Why does everyone like him anyway?
Louise: … That’s not nice.
Amit: I disagree with you. I think he is a great guy who gets things done, unlike so many other people here. You’re right about him being grumpy and stubborn, but he is not arrogant.
Carla: Ugh. Maybe. But why does the boss like him so much? They are like best friends. If I was the boss, I would’ve fired him right away.
Frida: Ugh.
Amit: So, you just hate everyone?
Carla: I don’t hate everyone, it’s just… Ugh. Never mind.
Amit: Fine. Let’s just be silent then.
Mark: … Okay. I see how it is.
Amit: How long do we have to wait in here?
Carla: I hope not too long.
Hilda: *Pries the door open*
Carla & Amit: *They turn to the door* Huh?
*Hilda’s team and Mark enter*
Amit: Oh! Hey, guys. We were just… uh…
Carla: Surveying this room.
Amit: … Exactly.
David: The boss is looking for you.
Amit: Oh. Okay. We’ll just finish things up in here, and we’ll be right there. *Turns to Carla* Also, it was her fault that we got stuck in here.
Carla: Bah.
Mark: Whatever.
Amit: … *Whispers in Trevor’s ear* How much did you hear?
Trevor: … *Whispering* Quite enough.
Amit: … I see.
~2nd Floor~
Michael: Did you find Carla and Amit?
Hilda (Over the radio): Yeah. They’re okay. I think they got themselves trapped in a room with a faulty door.
Paul (Over the radio): I’ve got some news too: I found him. The manager of this powerplant, and-
??? (Over the radio): You shouldn’t be here. It’s too late to do anything.
Dipper: … I take it that’s him?
Paul (Over the radio): Yep. Is there nothing we can do?
Manager (Over the radio): Listen, it’s already too late.
Mabel: Not on our watch! We’re gonna save this city! Even if it means… risking our lives.
Manager (Over the radio): … *Sighs* Very well. If you guys want to risk your lives, there might be one more thing left to try.
Richard: What is it?
Manager (Over the radio): I’ll tell you what you need to do, but first, we’ll need to turn on the auxiliary generators.
Paul (Over the radio): Did you get that?
Everyone: We’re on it.
{Later}
~Generator Room~
*The Adventure Club, having regrouped, arrives at the Generator Room*
Dipper: We’ve found the generators, but it doesn’t look promising.
Paul (Over the radio): Try turning them on regardless.
Dipper: … Okay. Erm… Hilda?
Hilda: I’m on it. *Approaches the generators* … Hmm. How do I…? *Spots some big buttons next to the generators* Oh, here we go. *Presses each of them* There. *Enters a nearby control booth* Now, what? *Spots synchroscope* Huh. *Fiddles with them until…* All “In Sync”. *Pushes a button saying “Breaker”* That should do it.
*The generators power up*
Hilda: Generators online! *Leaves* What do we do now?
Manager (Over the radio): You’ll need to make your way to the reactor hall next. You’ll need to go through two sets of blast doors, and you should find an elevator.
Hilda: Got it.
*They team head to the reactor hall, going through the blast doors in question, before…*
~Elevator~
*The team enters*
Mark: Okay. We’re in the elevator.
Manager (Over the radio): Good. Now, listen closely: In the hall that you’re about to enter, you will be exposed to radiation.
Everyone: *!*
Manager (Over the radio): So, we’ll need to act fast.
Michael: Should’ve brought some hazmat suits or something.
Manager (Over the radio): I would agree, but considering the circumstances, there’s not really much time to grab anything to protect you from the radiation.
Everyone: … *They all sigh*
*Ding!
~Reactor Room~
*The elevator opens*
Everyone: Whoa.
*They all disembark*
Manager (Over the radio): You’ve arrived.
Mabel: Yep.
Frida: What do we do now?
Manager (Over the radio): In the hall that you’re entering, there will be two pumps. You’ll have to find them and get them both running. They were being serviced just before the flood. So, it might be that you’ll have to do some engineering.
Richard: Got it.
*They look around for the pumps*
David: I hope we get some sort of… treatment after this.
Tommy: I’m sure we’ll find someone who could help with that.
Trevor: *Spots a book* Huh?
Trevor: There’s a door blocked by crates? *Takes a picture* That might be important.
*Alarm goes off*
Paul (Over the radio): Guys, not to alarm you, but the radiation levels are rising. You’ll need to hurry.
Everyone: We know.
Lily: *Finds a room with a button* Here’s Pump 1. *Presses the button*
*Something powers up*
Louise: That’s one activated.
*Alarm gets worse*
Paul (Over the radio): Guys, the radiation’s getting intense. How are the pumps coming along?
Mark: We’ve got one so far. *Spots a similar button* I found Pump 2, but the button’s missing.
Michael: *Finds something* Not quite. *Grabs it and brings it over*
*Alarm gets even worse*
Everyone: *!*
Manager (Over the radio): You’ll need to hurry. You don’t have much time!
Everyone: WE KNOW!
Michael: *Arrives* I got it. *Installs the button and presses it*
*Something powers up*
Michael: There. Another pump has been activated.
Dipper: Both pumps are up and running. What’s the next step?
Manager (Over the radio): Make your way to the Control Room, and activate the Reactor Pool Emergency Fill.
Trevor: On it! *Heads to the Control Room*
Hilda: Wait for me! *Follows him*
~Control Room~
*The two enter*
Trevor: *Spots the button* There!
Hilda: *Runs over to the button and presses it*
*Something activates*
*Alarm slowly eases up*
Manager (Over the radio): Good. That bought us a little bit of time.
Trevor: Only a little?
Manager (Over the radio): Take the elevator downstairs, and I’ll tell you what we need to do next.
*The team heads back to the elevator*
Hilda: Let’s go.
*The two leave*
~Elevator~
*They enter and go down*
Manager (Over the radio): Alright. That was the easy part.
Tommy: Now, comes the hard part.
Manager (Over the radio): What you’ll need to do next is go under the reactor, and manually insert the control rods in the reactor core to shut it down. You can see why I asked if you people were willing to risk your lives for this.
Richard: To be brutally honest with you, we’ve handled other crazy situations before.
Dipper: And we wouldn’t be ourselves if we haven’t.
Manager (Over the radio): … Huh.
Frida: … Though, we could find some sort of… alternative if that helps.
Manager (Over the radio): That is if there is any.
David: We’ll check just to be sure.
*Ding!*
~Reactor Core Chamber~
*They disembark*
Manager (Over the radio): Once the reactor core is shut off, we should be fine, but only if you act quickly. Let me know once you’re ready, and I’ll open the blast doors.
Everyone: Okay.
*They look around the area*
Mabel: I wonder if there is an alternative.
Frida: There should be. Unless… manually inserting the rods really is the only way.
Lily: *Spots something* … Uh… Guys?
*The others approach her*
Louise: What is it, Lily?
Lily: *Points to what she’s seeing*
*The others turn to see a door of sorts blocked by crates*
Richard: Why is… this here?
Trevor: *Realizes* Hold on. *Climbs onto the crates* I was reading something in the Pumping Room about a door blocked by crates.
Hilda: *Climbs onto the crates* And this is the room in question?
Trevor: I’m sure it was talking about this room.
Dipper: … *Uses his radio* Hey, uh… What’s your name again?
Manager (Over the radio): It’s… Edvin.
Dipper: R-Right. Edvin, we found something next to the reactor. It appears to be a door with a keypad, and it’s blocked by crates. What is it exactly?
Edvin (Over the radio): You found a…?
Frida: … Edvin?
Edvin (Over the radio): … Please stay away from there.
Mabel: Why? It could be important.
David: You wouldn’t happen to know the code?
Edvin (Over the radio): Look, do us all a favor and stay away from that one door.
Richard: Can you at least tell us why?
Mark: … What are you hiding?
Everyone: *?*
Paul (Over the radio): What are you talking about, Mark?
Everyone: …
Michael: … Director… We know.
Paul (Over the radio): Know what?
Trevor: … We know what happened to those missing metro passengers all those years ago.
Hilda: … We’ve also seen a videotape that proves Jeff Walter was being blackmailed by Stalburg Nuclear Weapons.
Tommy: It wouldn’t surprise any of us if Blackrock was also in on this.
Edvin (Over the radio): What? Those are some pretty bold claims. How would you know all this?
Lily: … We’ve been in the bunker where they’re keeping the trainwreck.
Louise: And we have the photographs and documents to prove everything.
Edvin (Over the radio): How did you get in there? And how are you guys still alive?
Dipper: Nobody’s been down there for a long time. *Climbs onto the crates* They abandoned the project.
*Silence*
Dipper: … Edvin?
Edvin (Over the radio): … You seem to know a lot of things, I’ll give you that. So, why don’t you ask your boss for the door code instead of me?
Everyone: *?*
Michael: … Paul, what is he talking about?
*Silence*
Mark: … Boss?
Paul (Over the radio): … I should confess something. I made a great deal a long time ago. I promised to bring any information related to the SNW project to a… certain someone.
Everyone: …
Mark: … I can’t believe it. So, that’s why you wanted us to photograph all those documents?
Paul (Over the radio): That deal helped me to get to this job, and I kept all that information to myself, until…
Mabel: … *Climbs onto the crates* Until what?
Paul (Over the radio): … Someone hacked our server, and we lost all the data.
Everyone: …
Trevor: … Director, we need that door code. There could be something in this room that could help us.
Paul (Over the radio): … Okay. The door code is 0489. I don’t know what you’ll find inside. So, be careful.
Hilda: … We will. And... thank you.
Mark: We’ll have to talk about this once this is all over, Boss.
Paul (Over the radio): We do. I’m sorry for not telling you guys earlier.
Michael: … It’s fine. We have something in common now. Let’s get into that room.
*Alarm goes off again*
*The rest climb over the crates, while the twins, Hilda, and Trevor drop down and take point*
Trevor: *Inputs the code to unlock the door*
Hilda: *Opens it* That was quite the find, Trevor.
Trevor: … *Smiles and blushes a little*
~SNW Control Room~
*The team looks around*
Dipper: I wish your parents were here to see this.
Mabel: *Spots something* What’s this?
*They gather around*
Mabel: Holy smokes. *Takes a picture* This is the project. They were synthesizing the glowing green mushrooms into a bioweapon.
Michael: That explains how Xeander Berg became infected.
Mark: And how he has so much knowledge on the project.
Lily: *Spots a room* What’s that? *Approaches it*
*The others follow her*
*Alarm worsens*
Lily: *Examining the room* Hmm. Could this be…?
Richard: *Notices a control panel of sorts* Oh. *Uses his radio* Hey, Edvin, we know why your controls were locked.
Edvin (Over the radio): What is it?
Tommy: The water’s gotten in here and activated some kind of… override.
Edvin (Over the radio): Huh. Can you disable it?
Dipper: We’ll try. *Uses the panel* We just need to disable the override. That way, Edvin can regain control.
*Alarm gets even worse*
Hilda: Better hurry, Dipper!
Dipper: I know. This panel moves like a turtle. Almost there… Nearly there…
Michael: Dipper…
Dipper: … And… *Finishes* Done!
Hilda: Good! *Presses the “Disable Override” Button*
*Beep!*
Trevor: Any luck on your side, Edvin?
Edvin (Over the radio): Uh… Yes! The controls are back! You did it! We can now operate the control rods from in here!
~Rod Room~
*The rods are automatically inserted*
From afar, Edvin remotely inserts all of the control rods in the reactor core, shutting it down.
~SNW Control Room~
Dipper: Come on.
Hilda: …
Mabel: …
Frida: …
Richard: …
David: …
Tommy: …
Trevor: …
Lily: …
Louise: …
Mark: …
Michael: …
Edvin (Over the radio): Yes! The reactor is cooling down! We did it!
Everyone: *Cheering*
Mark: Yes!
Paul (Over the radio): I can’t believe it. I think… I think it’s finally over. You guys saved the city. You all did an excellent job today. Mark, I have no words to describe how glad I am to have you as my employee.
Mark: Thanks, Boss.
Paul (Over the radio): And the rest of you. You, along with Mark, are undoubtedly the heroes of Stalburg.
*They all smile upon hearing that*
Paul (Over the radio): I think it’s high time we all went home for the day. Just head for the elevator, and the helicopter’s waiting for you on the roof.
Dipper: Okay.
Hilda: Finally! What a day. Full of endless tunnels, close calls, poisonous mushrooms… and one big mystery that has finally been solved after so many years.
Dipper: *Raises his hand* High-five!
*They all high-five each other*
Mark: Perkele!
Edvin (Over the radio): Excellent work, all of you. Mark, if you ever want a job at this plant, it’s yours. There might be a manager position opening up.
Mark: I’ll consider it.
*The alarm stops*
Louise: *Spots something* Huh.
*They all turn to see…*
Trevor: Another recorder?
Dipper: … Let’s see what it has to offer. *Presses “Play”*
Man (Over the recording): My name is Sven Olsson. I was… one of the leaders of the SNW project.
Everyone: *!*
Olsson (Over the recording): This project was doomed from the start. It was so badly planned that… I should've realized how badly it was going to end. Instead of trying to get everyone working together voluntarily, we- they just… forced everyone into this mess. I… thought I was doing something good, but then, that metro accident changed everything. I found out there were so many things that no one told me. Everything I knew about the project was wrong. They designed a biological weapon and sold it to the highest bidder. They don't care about this country. Look at this place. We moved uranium from here to the bunker using Bergmann tunnels. You can control this whole facility from in here, and why? To secretly filch nuclear material.
*The tape stops*
Mark: Now, that is intriguing.
Hilda: Well, this project is about to be exposed to the world. That’s for sure. And we have the proof.
*They finally leave*
{Later}
~Roof~
*The team exits*
Michael: There’s the helicopter!
Paul: Guys, get in!
*They do so*
Paul: That was something incredible you pulled off down there. I’m glad to have you with us.
Amit: Good job, you guys. I knew you could do it.
Carla: I have to admit. That was a pretty good job you did back there.
Mark: I can see why you guys are called the Adventure Club now. I don’t know how you guys do it, but whenever you barge into a battlefield, you somehow emerge unscathed.
Dipper: That’s just how we work.
Hilda: Such is the life of an adventurer.
*The helicopter flies away*
Notes:
The Librarian was giddy when he reached this point in the game.
Chapter 70: Best Ending Possible
Summary:
The aftermath of the Adventure Club’s trip to Stalburg.
Chapter Text
After saving Stalburg, the Adventure Club immediately visited someone to help rid themselves of the radiation they obtained from the Blackrock Nuclear Power Plant. Soon after, they were congratulated by many across Stalburg and even all of Stolland.
They were certain that the Hulderlands were in for a big surprise.
{A Week Later}
~Hotel~
A week had passed since then, and they had planned to end their second and final week in Stolland by going on a more peaceful, albeit brief, urban exploration trip, before heading to the seaport to catch a ride back to Trolberg.
Right now, Dipper, Hilda, Johanna, and Michael are about to have a look at what has happened ever since.
*Phone vibrating*
Michael: … *Slowly wakes up* … *Checks his phone* … I wonder why he’s calling. *Answers* Hello?
Mark (Over the phone): Hey, Michael. I hope I didn’t wake you. How’s it going?
Michael: Fine. No need to worry. I was about to get up. I have some plans for the end of the week, before we head back to Trolberg. How about you?
Mark (Over the phone): I’m doing good. I’m at my vacation house right now. I just got a call from Paul about a job to investigate an old prison called Whiprock Island.
Michael: *Gets up* Are you gonna take it?
Mark (Over the phone): I’m considering it. But for now, I just want to rest. He added that we would all be worse off if we hadn’t done what we did at Blackrock. I’m gonna have a stroll around the area. Tell Tate I said “Hi” when you get back to your home.
Michael: I will. You take care.
Mark (Over the phone): You too.
*Hang-up noise*
Johanna: *Reading a newspaper* I hope the location you picked isn’t as dangerous as… You know.
Michael: Yeah, yeah, I know, Johanna. This time, we’re all gonna have a nice peaceful exploration of an abandoned area of my choosing, before heading home. *Checks his computer* Let’s see what these emails have to say. *Clicks on “Rob Madsen” and reads* Heh. Rob and Robin sent Mark a homemade coffee maker. And they’re setting up a repair company. *Clicks on “Carla Diehart”* Oh. She apologized. That’s surprisingly nice of her. *Clicks on “Raven Messenger”* … I… don’t know who this guy is, but I guess they’re grateful for us providing the info on SNW. *Clicks on “Paul Lauwens”* And Paul… still has his job. Even after we got those documents published. *Puts the computer away*
Dipper: *Enters* Hey, turn on the TV.
Hilda: Why?
Dipper: Look what’s on the news.
Michael: *Turns the TV on*
*All four watch what the news has to offer*
Reporter (On the TV): Two Gorges Barrier collapsed last week following years of neglected maintenance. Construction work on rebuilding the barrier was supposed to finish later this month, but following several delays, Stalburg Construction Group’s new estimates now put the completion over 3 months away. Meanwhile, repair work on the Bergmann tunnels continues. These tunnels caused a shock last week when a collapse in one part of the tunnels set off a chain reaction that wreaked havoc all over Stalburg.
Johanna: At least, Tommy’s already off the hook.
Hilda: I just hope everyone else sees it that way.
Dipper: They probably do.
Reporter (On the TV): According to the local company, National Consulting Group, who performed a survey of these tunnels, as well as many other locations, the tunnels were in extremely poor condition and hadn't been maintained for years, despite their vital importance to the city. The tunnels are now being repaired and all maintenance in the future will be conducted by NCG. Back in the city, drink manufacturer Osmo Olut has bought the Walter Tower skyscraper from the center of the city and plans to turn it into their new headquarters. The drink trade has been expanding in the last few years, and the company is doing better than ever. The aptly named Walter Tower used to be the headquarters of the Walter Corporation but fell into disuse after their CEO, Jeff Walter, went missing several years ago. As for the previous Osmo Olut headquarters, which is situated right next to the Pitheath Water Treatment Plant, the company has decided to shut it down and demolish it, citing complaints from workers of said plant, who have claimed the building to be a bad influence.
Michael: Hopefully, that’ll prevent the workers from abandoning the place.
Reporter (On the TV): Going back to last week’s events, shocking photographs have surfaced of a Cold War bunker beneath the city. These photographs seemed to suggest that the people who went missing during the infamous metro accident in 1986 were being held in this bunker against their will. A subsequent investigation of the bunker was immediately launched by the police department upon the publishing of these photographs. Alongside the photographs, the police have also discovered a list of people associated with the events in the bunker, which has since been published as well. Following a subsequent declassification of the SNW documents, another independent investigation was launched on the matter, with the lead investigator stating that despite the immense amount of evidence, and some of the evidence being in a decayed state, the investigation should be completed by the end of the month. However, as of this week, the investigation has made some significant breakthroughs, as several people have already been relieved from their duties, and are now facing trial for treason. Here in Stolland as a whole, the punishment for treason is a life sentence.
Dipper: I bet Edvin’s cooperation will ease his current problem.
Hilda: Yeah, I was starting to like that guy.
Reporter (On the TV): Aside from the photographs and the list of people involved in the metro scandal, a number of condemning documents regarding Stalburg city officials has also been published alongside the aforementioned photographs. The scope of these documents is extensive, and they have already brought corruption charges upon many officials, including Mayor Altmeyer. Among these documents were also audio recordings and other photographs that seem to suggest that the aforementioned Jeff Walter, who was widely disliked in Stalburg for his later actions, was being manipulated by the government at the time. Further investigation is still ongoing, and Mayor Altmeyer has already resigned in the face of these accusations.
Johanna: There’s more to a city’s infrastructure than just the physical foundation.
*The others nod in agreement*
Reporter (On the TV): That’s all for now. We at the station hope you all have a good day, and we’ll see you with more news on the Stalburg News Network.
Michael: *Turns the TV off* Looks like a lot of people will rest well with this knowledge. *Grabs his jacket* Get yourselves ready. We’ve got a “proper” urban exploration trip to go on.
Dipper & Hilda: Okay.
Notes:
Inspired by https://youtu.be/xZCrdtSfFs0
April's over, but not this arc.
Chapter 71: The Fairy Festival (Arc Finale)
Summary:
Retry Arc Finale.
Every year, Tofoten hosts its annual Festival of the Fae; a night of music, dancing, and celebration of Tofoten's history and culture, and its roots in the folklore of the Fairy Isle. While Hilda and Trevor seize the opportunity to go on their first date, Hilda also sees a chance to get her parents back together.
Notes:
Inspired by the following:
https://archiveofourown.org/works/52410064
https://www.reddit.com/r/HildaTheSeries/comments/197mw4w/hilda_x_david_dancing_artwork_by_lyallart_on/
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The Festival of the Fae was a Spring tradition as old as Tofoten itself. From what Hilda's Auntie Astrid had told her, it was not unlike the Great Bird Parade in Trolberg; with lights, music, dancing, and people in weird costumes. Only its original purpose was that of an insidious trap; for in olden times, the festival was meant to lure fairies out of their fairy mounds, and once they joined in the festivities, the town guards would surround the fairy mounds.
There they would lie in wait until the fairies attempted to draw away a few festival-goers, only to be cut down in cold blood by the guards when they returned to the mounds.
But that was ancient history. After a few decades, the fairies became wise to Tofoten’s ruse and stopped coming to the festival, but the festival itself carried on. Originally, it was to commemorate the victories by the old town guard and celebrate all the lives they’d saved. But as time went by, humans became more lenient towards the mysterious race, and the festival was later turned into a celebration of Tofoten’s history and culture, and its affiliation with the fairies. Naturally, it was very popular with the tourists as well, who flocked to Tofoten every year just to watch the festivities.
This year would be Hilda’s first time attending the Festival of the Fae, along with the rest of the Adventure Club. Johanna would be there as well; it was her first time attending the festival since she was a girl.
In fact, Hilda’s grandparents were partially responsible for the modern incarnation of the festival. Before Astrid, Phinium, and Lydia moved to Tofoten, the villagers would dress themselves like the fairies in the storybooks, what with the frilly dresses, wings, and whatnot. The costumes they wore now were much more grounded, based on the traditional fairy tunics, dresses, and cloaks that were worn in Fairy Country, which Hilda’s mother, grandparents, and Astrid used to wear when they started coming to the festival. No one ever suspected that Hilda’s family were the first real fairies to attend the festival in centuries. The irony was not lost on her. But it did bring a smile to her face.
~Astrid’s House~
The club arrived in Tofoten a day early, so that Astrid could help them make their costumes for the festival. Astrid always managed to impress the villagers every year with her traditional fairy tunic and cloak, which she’d kept since moving to the village. Now, she would show Hilda, Johanna, and the Adventure Club how to make their own.
24 hours after stepping off the train, Hilda was rather pleased with her handiwork. Her auntie had helped her to make a simple red dress with tattered black trousers, fastened with a yellow sash, and with a burgundy cloak draped overall. She’d woven her hair into a pair of braided pigtails like she often did before bed, which she felt made her look a little more… fairy-like.
She was only one of the bunch to be dressed up like this.
The boys were dressed similarly in tunics with white sashes tied around their waists, cloaks that were darker shades of their tunic colors, and black trousers.
Dipper, David, and Trevor stood out from the rest.
Dipper wore a reddish-orange tunic and a navy blue cloak; he had planned to make it look similar to his usual attire.
David wore a blue tunic and another navy blue cloak; it was considered the best iteration of the others.
Trevor wore a grey tunic, and an orange cloak; like Dipper, he had planned to make it look similar to his usual attire, though he originally wanted his cloak to be burgundy like Hilda’s before Hilda recommended orange.
Meanwhile, the rest of the boys either wore yellow, green, purple, or brown tunics, with darker-shaded cloaks to go along with them.
Frida’s dress was purple with a yellow sash and an olive-green cloak.
Mabel’s dress was magenta with a white sash and a primrose yellow cloak.
The rest of the girls wore red, yellow, blue, or white dresses, and the cloaks were colors of their choosing.
Originally, all of them would’ve gone barefoot, as was the tradition among both fairies and the people of Tofoten at the Festival of the Fae. Nowadays, it has since become optional, and some of the team made medieval-styled footwear to go along with their outfits. It made Trevor comfortable, as he’s not used to going barefoot.
But Johanna looked the most impressive by far. Draped over her simple tan dress was a beautiful green cloak with a red-and-yellow triangle pattern around the edges, just like the cloak her parents had given her on her birthday all those years ago. She and Astrid had spent all day trying to make a replica that would fit Johanna as an adult, and the result was stunning. With the hood up, Hilda felt like she was looking at a taller version of the lost little girl she’d met in the Fairy Isle; probably because she was, in the most literal sense.
Hilda’s dad was supposed to come to the festival as well, much to the chagrin of Astrid. She still didn’t like him, even though he was making a sincere effort to turn his life around.
In truth, it was Hilda who invited him. She was hoping that the festival would be an opportunity to get her parents back together. It wasn’t as though she had a plan; she was just hoping that her father might ask her mum to dance, and let them work it out from there. Just a gentle nudge in the right direction in the hope that they could reconnect; could anyone blame her for trying?
With an hour to go until the festival began, Hilda was eager to show her finished costume to her friends before they set out. She found the others waiting in the kitchen with Astrid, who’d prepared some food to bring to the festival.
Frida: Wow! Miss Johanna, you look amazing!
Johanna: *Giggle* Thank you, Frida!
Anders: I mean, she’s not wrong.
Astrid: *Eyeing her niece suspiciously* Is this a good idea?
Hilda: *Rubs the back of her neck nervously* I-In theory. Hehe.
The tension between Hilda’s parents could be felt as obviously as heat off a radiator. Hopefully, that would cool off once the festival got underway. At this point, Hilda was just hoping her underhanded tactics didn’t spoil the whole night.
Hilda: So, boys! How do I look?
Dipper: Quite amazing.
David: You seem to like wearing red.
Hilda: Well, it reminds me of the evening sky. *Turns to Trevor* What about you, Trevor? What do you think?
Trevor: *?* … Y-You look beautiful.
Hilda: *Blushes* Thanks.
Trevor: *Fixes Hilda’s braids a little bit* You should tie your hair like this more often, Hilda. I think it suits you.
Hilda: *Giggle* Perhaps, I should. *Pecks him on the cheek*
Trevor: *Blushes a little*
Hilda: Relax. It’ll be fine. Just… stick by us the whole time, and your anxiety might drop before any of us know it. *Extends her hand* Okay?
Trevor: … *Sighs* Okay. *Takes her by the hand*
David: *Whispers to Dipper* You really think those two are meant for each other?
Dipper: I don’t see any reason to doubt it. *Smirks* Besides, the same can be said for you and Frida.
David: *!* *Blushes* … S-Speak for yourself. I should be saying that about you and Pacifica.
Dipper: Unlike you, I don’t need to worry about what others say. *Remembers something* Unless it’s coming from my sister.
David: … *Smirks*
At some point, Hilda and Trevor told the others about when they kissed back in Stalburg (which caused Frida, David, Lily, Louise, and Anders to admit that they saw the whole thing). The others were happy for the two finally going out, though Martha was still hoping to find her own romantic half; something that Hilda and Trevor promised to help her with.
As Hilda and Trevor had only been going out since January, they were still very much in the “Honeymoon Phase” of their relationship, and so, things were still just a little bit awkward between them. That would likely change tonight, what with this being their first official date. Hilda wanted their first date to be special, something more than just a trip to the movies or the pizza parlor, that sort of thing was for “normal people'' as David would put it. When Astrid invited the Adventure Club to Tofoten for the festival, Hilda was quick to seize the opportunity to ask Trevor out properly.
Astrid: Alright, everyone! The festival should start in less than half an hour. So, you’d all best get in gear!
Everyone: Okay.
Dipper: *Opens the door* Come on, guys. Let’s wait outside.
*The kids, save for Hilda and Trevor, head outside, with Deacon closing the door*
Astrid: *Turns to…* Anders, feel free to stay and watch the house while we’re gone. Just try not to break anything.
Anders: Beg pardon, but I didn’t come all this way just to house-sit for you, Astrid.
Astrid: Evidently not. I guess it remains to be seen what you are here for.
Hilda: Auntie Astrid! I already told you why I invited him here.
Astrid took one look at the desperate, heartbroken expression on her great-niece’s face, and gave an exasperated sigh. Hilda took that as a concession that her Auntie could set aside her personal feelings for her dad, at least for one night.
{Later}
~Outside~
The party left Astrid’s house to find the sun setting on the horizon. The Pines Twins, Hilda, and Trevor led the group down the cobblestone path to the village hand-in-hand with Frida in tow and Twig at their heels, while the adults, plus Alfur, Raven, and Tontu, brought up the rear. Alfur had his notebook at the ready, eager as he was to document the night’s festivities rather than actually take part in them; Tontu was mostly in it for the free food; and Raven was interested in observing a different festival for once, having decided to take a break from his usual gig.
*Phone vibrates*
Dipper: *!* Ugh. Hold on. *Pulls out his phone from his satchel* It’s Grunkle Stan.
Johanna: Shouldn’t you leave that at the house?
Dipper: Bad habit. *Answers* Hello? *Listens* I’m fine. *Listens* I’m going to that festival that Johanna told us about. *Listens* Yes. *Listens* It’s me, the club, Hilda’s parents, her grandaunt, Twig, Alfur, Raven, Tontu… *Listens* No, Wendy and Daniel are gonna be there as well. And I think Lily and Ivy are coming in late. *Listens* I know. Ivy’s friends with those two bullies. *Listens* I’ll be on the edge. *Listens* We’ll enjoy it. *Listens* Okay, bye. *Hangs up* There. *Puts his back into the satchel and tosses the satchel away* Now, we can go.
*They all leave the house*
~Town Square~
When Hilda and company arrived in the town square, they found it fully decorated, with the festival just getting underway. The streets were lit up with strings of mushroom-shaped lights; little stalls and tables were set up around the edges of the square laden with cakes, cookies, pies, and pastries (all freshly baked by the villagers); and a mixture of festival-goers in costumes and tourists with cameras were beginning to gather. There was a small stage set up at the far end of the square where many costumed villagers played the ancient songs of the fairies on drums and woodwinds.
The souvenir shop was open late tonight and stocked with new merchandise just for the occasion, though all the other shops and businesses remained closed.
The club spent the opening moments of the festival browsing the stalls, before eventually meeting up with Lily and Ivy. Astrid managed to meet up with Wendy and Daniel, and the three set down the food she made on a table amidst the sweets, while Johanna made her way towards the stage, panpipes in hand. Anders skirted the edge of the festival, casually observing the festivities from the sidelines along with Alfur and Raven; Hilda having successfully convinced him to sign the paperwork.
A few tourists from Trolberg shooed Tontu away as he went about pilfering snacks from the tables, wary as most city folk were of the nisse. But other than that, no one gave him much trouble.
Before long, Johanna had taken to the stage with the rest of the performers. She took a deep breath to calm herself and began to play the ancient “Song of the Fae” on her panpipes, signaling the beginning of the festival. The villagers took this as their cue to form themselves into small groups, linking their hands together and dancing in a circle, just as Hilda had witnessed in the Fairy Realm. It almost looked real, between the authentic-looking costumes, and several of the villagers having gone so far as to dye their hair and don pointed ears as part of their outfits, Hilda almost felt like she really was back in the Fairy Realm.
Louise: Guys, come on! *Leads the others to the fairy statue*
Louise led the club to a large circle of villagers who were dancing around the fairy statue. Two of the villagers gave Louise a spot in the link.
Hilda and Trevor followed her lead, approaching a young blonde-haired woman, who broke the circle to offer Hilda her hand; she was eerily similar to the fairy who’d invited her to join them in the Fairy Realm. Hilda accepted her invitation just as she had then, this time taking the Adventure Club with her. Astrid was already dancing with the rest of the circle, looking happier than Hilda had ever seen her before. She imagined her aunt had done this all the time with her grandfather before they left for the Island.
Though Hilda had no desire to return to the Fairy Realm (except maybe to see her grandparents again), she had no qualms about bringing a little bit of said realm into the Human World. Hilda couldn’t deny that despite the stakes at the time, her first day in the Fairy Realm had been fun.
Maybe, if the circumstances changed, she could visit again one day. But for now, this was enough. Her mother’s song carried on the wind, along with the tribal drum beats, bringing life to the entire festival. The kids and Astrid danced and laughed with the rest of the villagers, lost in bliss. Between the music, the laughter, and the smell of sweets, the experience was surreal, almost heavenly.
After a while, the circles began to break up and people split into smaller groups, especially into pairs. The club broke away from the festival momentarily, with Martha and Louise deciding to grab some pastries, leaving Hilda and Trevor alone.
Still wondering about Trevor’s anxiety, Hilda was about to ask him to dance with her, when…
Trevor: *Takes a deep breath* … *Smiles confidently*
Hilda: *!*
Trevor: … *Turns to her… and extends his hand* Hilda, would you like to dance?
Hilda: … *Smiles* Of course. *Takes his hand* Like I said before, just stick by us the whole time, and your anxiety might drop before any of us know it.
Trevor: Well, it looks like I finally got the confidence that we’ve been looking for.
The two joined hands and continued to dance by themselves, moving through the crowd as they did so until they reached the center of the town square. They looked deeply into each other’s eyes, both of them grinning from ear to ear, losing themselves in each other’s embrace as they danced.
Hilda didn’t actually know how to dance. Neither did Trevor. But somehow, they managed to figure it out, moving in perfect harmony with the music, all the while drawing closer and closer together until their faces were just inches apart.
Ever the bold one, Hilda stood up on tiptoe and kissed Trevor on the lips, not caring that everyone in the village could see them. Naturally, Trevor was surprised by Hilda kissing him in front of so many people, but he relented, as it calmed him. Several of the local girls giggled at the rather adorable sight, while a few of the older women smiled as they watched the young couple dance, their lips still joined. Even Dipper, Pacifica, Frida, and David were present when it occurred; and they were secretly jealous that Hilda and Trevor beat the rest of the club. Trevor put his arms around Hilda’s waist, holding her tight so that she wouldn’t fall as she deepened the kiss.
Hilda and Trevor were so preoccupied, that they didn’t even notice what was happening just a few feet away from them.
Martha and Louise, who were having a rest by the snack table, watching their closest friends dance, were the first to notice a new couple take to the dance floor. Martha looked at them first, before alerting Louise. It was Hilda’s parents. Johanna had her arms around Anders' neck, while Anders put his hands on her waist, while the two slowly rotated on the spot. The other woodwinds had taken over in the absence of Johanna’s panpipes, causing her departure to go unnoticed by the rest of their party. All except Martha, Louise, Wendy, Daniel, and Astrid; with Astrid observing the couple with a mixture of shock, apprehension, and disapproval.
Of course, she relented once again after remembering that her grandniece invited him in the first place.
Johanna and Anders would later be seen stepping away from the festival towards the footbridge, where they struck up a conversation that went unheard by their friends and family.
Alfur: *Climbs onto Martha’s shoulder* It would seem that Hilda’s plan has worked better than any of us could’ve expected.
Martha: Don’t jinx it. You never know what might happen.
As much as she would’ve liked to believe that one night of dancing at the Festival of the Fae would be enough to cure all the bad blood between them, Louise wasn’t naive and had to agree with what Martha was saying.
Eventually, Hilda and Trevor grew tired and joined the club by the buffet.
Pacifica: You two look like you had fun.
Hilda: We did. I guess the circle around the statue helped Trevor lower his anxiety.
David immediately grabbed some of pastries, one for each club member, and greedily shoved the one for himself into his mouth.
Though it was a relatively cool summer night, Hilda and Trevor were still a bit red and sweating thanks to their heavy cloaks, and looked thoroughly exhausted.
Trevor: What about you guys? Are you holding up well?
Martha: More or less. But… have either of you noticed yet?
David: *Swallows* Noticed what?
Louise: Martha and I saw something you wouldn’t believe. It looks like your plan worked, Hilda.
Hilda: Wait. What about my plan?
Martha and Louise only answered by pointing to where Johanna and Anders were. The kids were surprised by the sight of Hilda’s mother and father returning to the festival, hand-in-hand and smiling.
Hilda: Oh. It did work.
Frida: Looks like the first phase of your plan has gone off without a hitch. But the question remains: What's phase two?
Hilda: Honestly, I hadn’t thought that far ahead. I just wanted them to bury the hatchet.
Trevor: … *Smirks a little* Kind of like how weburied the hatchet?
Hilda: *Giggle* In a way.
David: *Whispers to Frida* You wouldn’t happen to know how to brew a love potion, would you?
Frida: Even if I did, that wouldn’t be a good idea.
Hilda just watched with a little smile as her dad kissed her mum’s hand before she returned to the stage to pick up her panpipes again. He would remain there for the rest of the night, watching and listening as her mum continued to play. Hilda had never seen them like this before the romantic side of their relationship. Every time her dad came to visit, her mum had always treated him with disdain. So, this was entirely new to her.
In her mum and dad, Hilda saw two people who loved each other once and believed that they could be made to love each other again. This was certainly off to a good start; and when Martha and Louise told her that they’d been dancing earlier, Hilda’s heart swelled with hope.
This night was turning out to be everything she hoped it would be, and it was just getting started.
Trevor: Wanna continue our dance, Hilda? *Extends his hand*
Hilda: Why, of course. *Takes his hand*
Dipper: Just a moment, you two. *He and Pacifica grab each other’s hands* The four of us are coming too.
Trevor: “Four”?
David: *He and Frida grab each other’s hands* He means the two of us as well.
Hilda just shrugged and allowed Trevor to lead her back to the center of the square, where they resumed their dance, with Dipper, Pacifica, Frida, and David joining in. Martha and Louise eventually got tired of sitting on the sidelines and joined Astrid, who was leading a troupe of local children in a dance around the fairy statue again.
The Festival of the Fae seemed to last an eternity. By the time people finally began to leave, it was almost entirely tourists, returning to the hotels and holiday cottages, while the villagers continued to dance the night away beneath the stars. Only a few more tourists with cameras lingered, eager to capture the festival in its entirety. The adults were the first to go after the tourists, gathering up their children and carrying them home, leaving mostly teenagers, adults both young and old, a few eager elders like Astrid, and the band playing on the stage.
When at last the band concluded its performance, the half of the crowd that remained broke out clapping and cheering.
It was only then that they all finally decided to call it a night and return to Astrid’s house. They were briefly held up as Alban tried to settle a dispute between Tontu and one of the few tourists who hadn’t gone to bed yet, a middle-aged woman who was convinced the nisse had pickpocketed. Frida was able to locate it with a Finding Spell; she’d dropped it inside the souvenir shop, where the worried clerk was holding it for her. With that matter settled, they were finally allowed to go home.
It was a quarter to midnight by the time they got back to the house, and everyone was tired. Hilda and Trevor were especially exhausted, collapsing on the couch the moment they walked in the door. Both were complaining that their feet were sore, having spent the whole night dancing on cobblestone streets.
Trevor: *Removes one of his boots in a meek matter* … Stupid… laces.
David: *Approaches him* Here, let me get that for you. *Helps him out*
Johanna: Good Lord. I haven’t had that much fun since I was a girl.
Astrid: I’m glad. It was good to have you all here for the festival this year. It truly has been too long.
Hilda: Can we come back again next year?
Astrid: Of course! I dare say, you and Trevor stole the show tonight. I should start handing out advertisements to the tourists!
Frida & Johanna: *Giggling*
Frida: To think, you two were adversaries of one another. And now, here we are.
*Hilda and Trevor just blushed*
Astrid went upstairs to change out of her fairy attire and ready herself for bed. Johanna and Anders were up next, followed shortly by Hilda, David, Frida, and Trevor, while the rest headed outside to sleep in their tents. Before they made it back to their rooms, Hilda spotted her dad, who’d been cornered by Astrid in the hallway.
Astrid: Just one word of warning: You’d better not hurt my nieces again. Got it?
Anders: Of course, Astrid. Despite what you think, I still love them.
Astrid: … Good. *Pats his head (in a sarcastic manner), before going upstairs to her room*
Hilda expected her dad to leave and return to his hotel room but was pleasantly surprised when her mum snuck up behind him, whispered something in his ear, and led him by the hand into her room. Little did she know, they wouldn’t come out for the rest of the night.
Not wanting to disturb her parents (not when her improvised plan appeared to be going so perfectly), Hilda instead followed David, Frida, and Trevor into their room. Too tired to get changed, and having nothing to change into, Hilda simply collapsed on David’s bed still wearing her fairy costume. Trevor joined her, putting his arm around her and pecking her on the lips. Frida excused herself so that she could change into her pajamas in the bathroom where she had some privacy; David awkwardly, yet respectfully, did the same, not wanting to disturb the two. By the time they got back, both Hilda and Trevor were passed out in David’s bed, with Hilda draped over Trevor’s chest, somehow unfazed by his loud snoring.
David: … *Turns to Frida* I… guess I’m sleeping on your bed then.
Rolling her eyes, Frida fished around in her backpack for two pairs of earplugs; two for herself, and two for David. Satisfied that they completely shut out the sound of Trevor’s snoring, they laid their heads down on the pillow on Frida’s bed and fell asleep almost instantly.
Little did Frida and David know that Hilda was still awake, her mind buzzing with all that had happened that night. Her first real date with Trevor was as magical as she could’ve hoped for, and her parents seemed to be actually happy together again. She’d been too distracted in the middle of all that dancing to know exactly what her dad had done, but from what Martha and Louise had told her, it seemed like her mum was willing to give him another chance.
Hilda thought back to when she and her mum had escaped from the Fairy Realm when her mum had asked her how she was feeling. Surrounded by her friends and family, having succeeded in rescuing her parents, meeting her grandparents, and helping her mum regain her past, Hilda had told her “Everything is going to be alright”.
She believed in that now more than ever.
Notes:
And I'm finally done with this arc. I'll be taking a break from this series to focus on my other fanfics.
Chapter 72: Least Favorite Day Part 1
Summary:
An earthquake at the Faroe Islands prompts Ford to bring the Adventure Club along to help out with the cleanup effort, only for them to get more than what they bargained for (as usual).
Meanwhile, a rather curious Daniel is wondering why Trevor is so hostile towards Father's Day, unaware of the latter having told the Adventure Club about his backstory.
Chapter Text
~Pines House, Trolberg~
Half of the Adventure Club gathered around at the Pines House one day to think about what to do with Trevor's upcoming birthday.
Unfortunately...
Wendy: Oslo?
Trevor: No.
Wendy: Tivoli Gardens?
Trevor: No.
Wendy: Karaoke?
Trevor: Absolutely not.
Wendy: Laser tag?
Trevor: No.
Wendy: Bowling?
Trevor: No.
Wendy: A game of soccer?
Trevor: No.
Dipper: *Enters* What are you guys yammering about?
Wendy: I'm trying to plan something for Trevor's birthday.
Trevor: And I've been struggling to tell her to let me think on my own accord.
Dipper: I see.
Trevor: We just came back from what was already the best night of my life in Tofoten. Can't this wait until my birthday comes here in Trolberg?
Wendy: No. We can't wait. Because your birthday is right around the corner. I'm gonna tell you the same thing I told a schoolmate of mine last year. Either you're celebrating your birthday with Wendy Corduroy, or you're agreeing to any and all plans for your birthday being done by Wendy Corduroy. Your choice.
Dipper: You said the same thing to Martha last year, right after we got Trevor back from Bill.
Wendy: This year is gonna be different. I can feel it.
Dipper: And then, I had to explain Einstein's definition of insanity to you.
Trevor: And then, I went insane from the bickering.
Stan: Okay. 1: If you just pick one thing to do, Mabel might shut up. And 2: Why not? Birthdays are awesome. Cake, presents, what's not to love?
Wendy: Yeah, what's the matter with you?
Trevor: ... *Glances at Dipper*
Dipper: Don't worry. I'm not saying anything.
Wendy: Wait, what?
Trevor: You know, as much as I find your ideas for my birthday to be annoying, I'm partially glad that you're not persuading me to celebrate Father's Day.
Daniel: *Turns to him in disbelief* What? You don't do Father's Day? Okay. Stand back, Wendy. My turn.
Martha: Don't waste your time, Daniel. Fargo, Alban, and I have been trying to get Trevor to celebrate Father's Day since the 2nd Grade. Not one thing related to that day. All he does is keep to himself for the whole day.
Daniel: Oh, come on, Trevor. You can do that all the time.
Trevor: Daniel, look. You know I love a good party, but Father's Day is not my specialty. We are stuck with parents or parental figures every day. And for some reason, we decided to pick some arbitrary days to celebrate our parents all because someone from Greece established them. Is that supposed to convince me?
Daniel: Stop playing footsie with me.
Trevor: All I'm saying is days like those are irrelevant.
Daniel: Trevor, they are never irrelevant.
Wendy: Dude. They're precious. Every day on this earth is, especially in this line of work. They're like signs in those factories that say it's been X amount of days since the last fatal accident.
Daniel: So, when it does come, we're celebrating. I don't care what planet it's on.
Trevor: Hard to celebrate it if I have a dad around.
Wendy: Hey, I can relate to having only one parent around, Trevor. Just because my mother disappeared doesn't mean I don't celebrate Mother's Day.
Trevor: Wendy, you told us that your mother went missing. My dad, on the other hand, is a completely different-
*Phone ringing*
Trevor: ...story.
Ford: *Answers* Hello?
Man (Over the phone): Hey, Ford. Remember me?
Ford: *Laughs* Dale Mathers! I haven't heard from you in years. How's it hanging?
Dale (Over the phone): Quite fine, man. Listen, I've been hearing about the escapades of the team known as the Adventure Club. I'm here in the Faroe Islands at the moment and I was wondering if you guys could come over and help out with something.
Ford: Is this about the earthquake we've heard about recently?
Dale (Over the phone): Yep. A 7.2 earthquake by the way. It happened all over the Islands, but I've set up shop here in Tórshavn.
Ford: Any casualties in the area?
Dale (Over the phone): Not yet, but emergency management teams on the ground are asking for all available help. I was wondering if you're available.
Ford: We are now. We'll do what we can. We'll be right over ASAP.
Dale (Over the phone): Okay, good. See you around.
Ford: *Hangs up* Grab some gear, team. We're heading to the Faroe Islands.
{Later}
~Emergency Management Camp, Tórshavn, Faroe Islands~
Reporter: An earthquake with a magnitude of 7.2 struck at 8:41 AM, just two miles off the coast of Tórshavn. First responders are rushing to the scene, reporting citywide structural damage. Mandatory evacuations are underway as search and rescue teams comb the streets for survivors.
*The team arrives*
Stan: This looks bad.
Ford: *Checking his computer* Zero bars. The cell network's down.
Johanna: Along with the power grid.
Anders: And with the roads in the state that they're in, these people are gonna need a lot of help.
Dipper: Time to go to work then.
*Two men approach them*
Dale: Hey, Ford.
Ford: Hey, Dale. *Shakes Dale's hand*
Dale: Glad you could come.
Man 2: Anton Granger, second-in-command.
Ford: *Shakes Anton's hand* Ford Pines. Nice to meet you.
Anton: Dale gave us the heads-up. Though, I'm not quite sure what you guys can do.
Ford: We can start by getting a cell network up and running.
Anton: *Points to a spot with computers* Right over there. We're still trying to figure things out.
Dale: *Points to a tent with a medical logo* And the medical station could use some extra hands.
Ford: Stan, Wendy, Daniel, come with me.
*All four head over to the computers*
Johanna: We'll help out at the medical station. *She, Anders, Kaisa, and Michael head over*
Dale: *Turns to the kids* Uh, Ford was a little vague about your skill sets. What is it exactly you kids do again?
Hilda: Simple: Just point to the problem, and we'll make it go away.
*The power suddenly goes out*
Daniel: What the...?
Wendy: Oh, man! Now, what?
Anton: ... *Points to said problem* Like that?
Mabel: Well, that's a start.
Anton: Has anyone got eyes on Caiden?
Frida: Who's Caiden?
Dale: Our electrcian. He got a habit of wandering all over the place though.
Anton: Can anyone find Caiden and have him fix that generator again?
Richard: *Spots something* Is that the generator?
Dale: Yeah. That's what powers this camp.
Dipper: I got it. *He and the kids head over*
Anton: *Notices this* Hey. *He and Dale follow them* Wait a minute!
Dipper: *Opens the generator* Yeah, looks like your electrician already replaced the carb and switched out the filter. *Opens a nearby box* So... *Pulls a defibrillator out of it* I need to attach this. *Gets to work*
Anton: Kid, we appreciate the help, but you really shouldn't be messing with that if you're not a certified electrician. Or medic. Or whatever you guys usually do.
David: Oh, don't worry, Mister Granger. He's certified in everything.
Pacifica: It's just that some of his words are... hard to understand.
Dipper: So, generators have a magnet in their inverters. Sometimes that magnet, if it loses strength, needs to be remagnetized, or the generator cannot do anything. *Presses "Charge"*
*Whirring, beeping*
Dipper: Clear! *Presses the trigger*
*Zap!*
*Engine starting*
*The power comes back on*
Anton: ... Just point to the problem, huh?
Hilda: Mm-hmm.
~Network Station~
Daniel: *Typing*
Man 3: *Approaches him* What do you think you're doing?
Daniel: What does it look like to you? I'm getting your network up and running.
Man 3: I'm running IT here.
Daniel: Bit generous claiming you're running anything. Your network's in shambles.
Man 3: And you think you can do better?
Daniel: Just watch.
Man 3: *Observes Daniel's work* So, you are good with this thing?
Daniel: I know where the power switch is. I re-coded your node bootstrap scripts so they auto-install. Now, I'm switching from a reactive routing to a hybrid system.
Man 3: Huh.
Daniel: I'm Daniel, by the way.
Man 3: Shane.
~Medical Station~
Kaisa: *Looking around* Hmm.
Michael: You okay?
Kaisa: ... I'm fine. I'm just... not used to being around this... equipment. Back then, healing magic was commonplace.
Michael: Well, you're with someone who has adapted to the modern lifestyle.
~Map Table~
Man 4 (Over the radio): Requesting immediate assistance near Hotel Brandan. We have survivors trapped in a building that could come down any minute.
Frida: We'll take that call.
Mabel: Where's the hotel?
Dale: It should be right... *Points to the spot* Here, half a mile away, but with the roads out, there's no way for vehicles to deliver the heavy equipment they need.
Dipper: Then, we'll just walk in on foot and make what we need when we get there. *Leaves*
Anton: ... Is he serious?
Hilda: When it comes to saving lives? Yeah, absolutely.
{Later}
~Hotel Brandan~
Mabel: Hey, what about hedgehog races?
Trevor: *?* What?
Mabel: You know, for your birthday.
Trevor: Mabel, now is not the time.
Mabel: Yes, it is. They book up really fast.
Hughie: *Observing the hotel* Cracks in the foundation. They weren't kidding.
Dale: This place could go down at any second.
Man 4: *Approaches* Hey, Boss.
Dale: Hey, Liam.
Liam: *Notices the kids* Are they with you?
Dale: Yep. This is the Adventure Club. Kids, this is Liam Tate, Norwegian National Security Authority.
Liam: Dale told me about you guys. Did you really save Stalburg from a major disaster?
Dipper: Of course.
Hilda: So, what do we need to do here?
Liam: Follow me. *Leads to another officer*
Man 5: *Digging with a sledgehammer*
Liam: Chandler.
Chandler: *Turns to them* Uh... Why did you bring some kids here, Boss?
Dale: They're volunteers. Kids, this is Chandler Wagner, also with the National Security Authority.
Louise: *Observes the collapsed wall* This is the wall you radioed about, right?
Chandler: Yeah. There's at least one person trapped inside.
Jemma: And you're sure they're still in there?
Chandler: Yeah, they're still tapping from inside. I don't know how long they have, and this sledgehammer isn't doing any good.
Martha: It's probably a good thing. Banging on this may bring down the whole place, like a game of Jenga.
Tommy: *Looks around* Hmm. How fast can we get 50 pounds of sand up here?
Chandler: *?* Why sand?
Dale: Look, I know sounds weird, but trust me, they've got it all figured out. Right?
Tommy: As long as the water mains aren't broken, I think I can cut through this wall. I just need some sand and some water.
{Later}
Deacon: *He and Fargo bring a wheelbarrow full of the needed sand* Okay. We got the sand.
Fargo: What else do we need?
Tommy: *Arrives with a firehose* Way ahead of you. I need this to shoot some water.
Liam: What exactly are you making?
Tommy: It's a water jet cutter.
Liam: Out of that stuff?
Tommy: Yup.
Liam: And you're sure it's gonna work?
Tommy: Well, if we can get the water to shoot out at 1,500 PSI, then we should probably make it through.
Chandler: "Probably"?
Mabel: Don't be alarmed. "Probably" is as sure as we ever get. Charming, right?
Richard: *Passes a large empty soda bottle* Here you go.
Tommy: *Cuts a hole in the hose* Cut that... *Cuts off the top of the bottle* ...cut this... *Inserts a pipe into the hose hole* ...put this in... *Covers it with a large cloth* ...cover it... *Grabs the bottle top* ...and then, twist this into the top. *Does so... causing it to squeak* There. *Places it under a fertilizer spreader*
Chandler: I think I was doing better with the sledgehammer.
Tommy: You'll see a significant difference once we turn this on. *Dumps the sand into the spreader*
Dale: I'll give it a shot. *Grabs Chandler's goggles*
Chandler: Hey, don't-
Dale: *Grabs the hose. Lives are at stake, man. Go turn on the hose.
Chandler: Man. *Grabs the other hose end and heads to a nearby* Come on! *Connects the hose*
Dale: Just turn it on already!
Chandler: *Does so* There.
*Water flows through*
Dale: And... *Shoots water at the wall, cutting it* Huh. It does work. *Cuts a hole* Turn it off!
Chandler: *Does so*
Dale: *Puts the hose down* Come on, guys. We need to move this.
*The team approaches the wall*
Dale: Ready? 1, 2, 3!
*They all push the cut piece off*
Dale: There she is. *Reaches for her* Come on out.
Woman: *Grabs his hand*
Dale: *Pulls her out* Don't worry. We got you.
Woman: Thank you.
*Rumbling*
Dipper: We need to get out of here now.
Woman: Wait. You can't leave. Not yet.
Hilda: Why?
Woman: My coworkers they're still down in the lab. I was only up here making a phone call.
Liam: How many are there?
Woman: Uh, 15. There's a room that's about 4 floors down. Please, you have to save them.
Dale: We will. *Passes her to a medic*
Chandler: You know, going through a wall chunk is one thing, but 4 floors straight down underneath that?
David: Well, if we're gonna do this, it's now or never.
Dale: We cannot undertake what you have not the ability to accomplish.
Martha: So, we're toast?
Dale: I'm just saying.
Mabel: Well, the good news is: If things go sideways, you don't have to worry about celebrating that birthday, pal.
Trevor: ... *Groans*
Dale: Let's regroup at the camp. We'll have to think of something over there.
Dipper: And fast. Who knows how long those workers have?
Chapter 73: Least Favorite Day Part 2
Chapter Text
~Map Table, Emergency Management Camp~
Dipper: *Looking over a map* ...
Trevor: *Approaches him* ... It's kind of ironic.
Dipper: *Turns to him* What's ironic?
Trevor: Not to sound like a broken record, but I was just thinking how you and Pacifica are no different from me and Hilda. You and Hilda are both adventurers.
Dipper: ... And you two used to torment us.
Trevor: And we all have... dad issues.
Dipper: *?* ... Not me. I never have any issues with my dad. Or even my mother.
Trevor: Still, you never know what might happen in the long run. *Grabs a nearby wrench* One false move, and... *Chucks it aimlessly, nearly hitting David*
David: *Annoyed* Trevor!
Trevor: ... S-Sorry. Reflex.
Dipper: They're gonna need that.
Dale: *Arrives with some blueprints* Hey, guys, check it out. *Unravels it* The computer room at the city planning office may be caved in, but the room storing the paper files is still standing. *Points to a spot* This one right here? Sub-Basement 4? This is where the woman we rescued said that there were 15 other survivors still trapped.
Dipper: 6 hallways, 18 rooms, that's over 5,000 square feet. And they could be anywhere on that level.
Trevor: If they're still alive.
Dale: Well, they're dead for sure if we don't try to find 'em. I'm not saying we shouldn't try, I'm just saying my manpower's stretched thin as it is. And search and rescue is a slow, careful process.
Dipper: It is when you don't know where you're looking.
Dale: That's my point. We don't know where we're looking.
Dipper: Well, not yet. But, uh, a police radar would help.
Dale: *?* A radar? To find people trapped in a building?
Dipper: We just need to reconfigure it.
Dale: Into one that detects people?
Dipper: Something like that. Can you find one for us?
Dale: I'll handle it. *Uses his radio* Has anyone got a 20 on a police car?
~Network Station~
Daniel: *Typing*
Wendy: This clearly isn't the first time you've hacked the firmware on a router.
Daniel: First time? No. Stopped counting when I was 12. Then, I got into more... physical stuff.
Wendy: Which led to your... bad reputation in Trolberg.
Daniel: I know.
Shane: Glad you're one of the good guys. With those kinds of skills, you could be a very dangerous force.
Daniel: Oh, you have no idea.
~Medical Station~
Kaisa: *Finishes wrapping a bandage over a wounded survivor's arm* There you go.
Survivor: Thank you. *Leaves*
Kaisa: ... I'm just tempted to use my magic right now.
Michael: I know you are, but you can do well without magic too.
Kaisa: ... *Heads to another patient*
Michael: ... I hope.
Johanna: We seem to be running low on gauze.
Anders: I can go around and scavenge for some.
*Dog whimpering*
Johanna & Anders: *!*
Johanna: Where is that coming from?
*They head outside, where they find a dog's paw sticking out*
Dog: *Whining*
Anders: There you are. *Moves the rubble* Hey.
Dog: *Growls softly*
Anders: It's okay, little guy. *Gently carries the dog out of the rubble*
Johanna: Looks like you've been through some stuff, huh?
Dog: *Whimpering*
Anders: *Examines the dog* Oh, man. His leg is broken. *Ponders* What would Dipper or Hilda do? *!* Hm. *Heads back to the tent* Keep him company! *Enters and grabs a nearby box* Here we go. *Opens it and grabs some materials*
Kaisa: What are you doing?
Anders: Johanna and I found an injured dog. I'm gonna make a splint for one of its limbs. *Uses the materials to do so*
Michael: Where is it?
Anders: Right outside. *Finishes* There. Follow me. I'll show you. *Leads them outside*
Johanna: *Petting the dog* ... You kind of remind me of Twig... just without the antlers.
Anders: *He, Kaisa, and Michael arrive* Hold him steady.
Johanna: *Does so* It's alright.
Anders: *Wraps the splint around the dog's injured limb* There.
Johanna: *Sets the dog down* Can you walk?
*The dog slowly stands up on his own*
Anders: Attaboy. *Notices something on the collar* "Jasper". So, that's your name.
{Later}
~Hotel Brandan~
Dipper: *Fiddling with a radar* Okay.
Liam: We have 15 people running out of oxygen under four stories of rubble, and you're gonna give 'em a speeding ticket?
Dipper: NASA invented a device that uses low-power microwaves to locate survivors trapped underground. Now, we don't have one of those, obviously, but with a little rewiring, and some custom code from our friends back at base camp, we can make a radar detector that can sense a human heartbeat through 20 feet of concrete. *Finishes* Done. *Heads to the hotel*
David: ... *Turns to Trevor* Speaking of base camp, what was that nonsense about?
Trevor: Oh, the wrench? I was just comparing relationships.
David: You mean, you and Hilda with him and Pacifica?
Trevor: Pretty much.
Frida: The wrench is supposed to...
Trevor: Dipper told me that he has no issues with his parents. Then, I told him that it takes one false move for everything to go awry.
Mabel: *Scoff* In your dreams, Trevor. Nothing's gonna mess up our relationship with our parents.
Dipper: *Uses the radar*
*Whirring*
Dipper: Looks like it works after all. *Scans the hotel for any signs of life*
*Beeping*
Chandler: Found someone?
Dipper: I did, but I need an exact location.
*Beeping increases*
Dipper: Jackpot! *Moves some rubble, revealing a scathed man* Are you okay?
Man: I'm fine. *Slowly climbs out*
Dipper: *Pulls him out* Someone told us that 15 other survivors are trapped 4 floors down. Are you one of them?
Man: Oh, the basement levels? Yeah. I just came up here to find another coworker. So, there are actually 13 people downstairs.
Dipper: We'll check it out. *Heads inside*
~Lobby~
Dipper: *Scans the place* ...
*The other kids enter*
Alban: What's the hair dryer say?
Dipper: Nothing yet. *Spots something* A tactical ladder?
Hilda: Seems a little strange, doesn't it?
*Someone drops down, surprising them*
Richard: Hey, uh, first responders are outside.
Man: ... *Slowly turns around*
Pacifica: It's not safe in here.
Man: ... *Tackles Dipper*
Kids: *!*
*Dipper and the mysterious brawl for nearly a minute until...*
Martha: *Grabs a nearby object* Fore! *Whacks the man unconscious*
Kids: ... *They all sigh with relief*
Dale: *Enters with Liam and Chandler* You alright?
Kids: Yes.
Martha: *Throws the object away* Okay. What was that?
Dipper: I don't know, but obviously, I don't think he's a first responder. *Examines the guy* Tac gear, he's got a throat mic... *Spots something* There's a logo. Whatever it means.
Liam: *Approaches Dipper* Oh, my. That's Los Justos. Definitely not part of the relief effort.
Louise: "Los Justos". That's Spanish for "The Righteous".
Chandler: They're a Honduran paramilitary group. They usually target people from El Salvador.
Deacon: So, what's this guy doing here in the Faroe Islands?
Dipper: Maybe, the throat mic could provide something. *Grabs it and listens* Male voices. Speaking Spanish.
Louise: *Approaches him* May I?
Dipper: *Passes it*
Louise: *Listens* ... Hmm.
Frida: What are they saying?
Louise: It's hard to say. There are like five or six voices speaking at once. *Listens* They're inside the building. "Wrong floor". I think they're here to steal something.
Jemma: Steal something?
Hughie: *Loosk around* What kind of building is this?
Chapter 74: Least Favorite Day Part 3
Chapter Text
~Outside~
The team decided to talk to Liam and Chandler's coworkers about what was happening at Hotel Brandan.
Man (On the laptop): According to our sources, the hotel itself is legitimate, but the real kicker is the basement levels. They house an off-the-books military lab conducting top-secret research for the Denmark Government.
Chandler: So, the people trapped inside are all Danish Military scientists?
Man 2 (On the laptop): Correct. Some of Denmark's best and brightest, both military and civilian, are currently trapped 40 feet underground.
Richard: But the mercs weren't going down to the labs, they were going upstairs.
Woman (On the laptop): That's because in order to prevent some of their top-secret projects from getting into the wrong hands, the scientists house them in a vault on the 4th Floor. Normally, it's ultra-secure, but...
Liam: But after a major earthquake with the power out, and with the city sent into chaos...
David: These guys seize the opportunity to steal a pretty dangerous new toy.
Frida: Any idea about what they're after?
Man (On the laptop): No. The records barely admit that this lab exists, let alone describe the projects that they're working on.
Dale: Okay, well, up is a perilous direction to be headed right now. So, if these mercs are willing to take on that big a risk, it's gonna be a big reward. This means whatever they were after, bad things are gonna happen if they leave this island with it.
Man (On the laptop): We're gonna go make some more calls. If we get any information, we will get back to you.
*Hang-up noise*
Liam: *Closes the laptop* So, what's the plan?
Dipper: Simple: We split up into teams.
Hilda: You do know that's what people say in horror movies right before something terrible happens, right?
Dipper: Yeah, but we've got two big problems, and both require our immediate attention. There's a lot of ground. We have to.
Hilda: Okay then. I'll take the girls with me. We'll head up to the 4th Floor.
Dipper: Alright. The boys and I will head downwards then.
Tommy: And potentially lose radio contact.
Liam: I'll go with the boys.
Chandler: I'll help the girls then.
Dale: I'll head back to see how base camp is holding up.
Dipper: Okay. Let's move out. *He and the others do so*
Mabel: Hey, Trevor, we're not done talking about this birthday. If you don't die, we're gonna have a lot to celebrate.
Trevor: ... Can't hear you.
Mabel: Yeah, you could hear me.
~Medical Station, Emergency Management Camp~
Michael: If you're in pain or need medical attention, please move to this side of the tent and a doctor will see you as soon as possible.
Anders: *Petting Jasper* And if anybody knows who this dog belongs to, I'd appreciate the info.
Jasper: *Whimpers*
Anders: Don't worry, buddy, we're gonna get you home.
I promise.
Man: *Approaches them with some food trays* A lot of strays on the island, man. This little guy might not have an owner. *Places one in front of Jasper* Here, he looks hungry. Shrimp always hits the spot. Even if you're walking on four legs.
Anders: Thanks. I'm Anders by the way. Anders Löfgren.
Man: I'm Erik. Erik Hendersen. *Passes another tray to Anders* Wanna try this?
Anders: Sure. Why not. *Takes a bite* Mm. Wow, this shrimp is insanely delicious. Do you have a restaurant around here?
Erik: No, I got a couple of food trucks in Stalburg.
Anders: Stalburg? I was there earlier this year.
Erik: Yeah, I heard. Some kids helped out in saving the city by preventing a nuclear disaster. Including one with your surname.
Anders: Yep. That would be my daughter Hilda Löfgren. So, what brings you here?
Erik: I just came to help. Figured everyone needed a good meal after all of this.
Ford: *He and Shane approach Michael* Good news: The network is officially up and running.
Michael: About time. Maybe, we can keep tabs on the kids.
Shane: Couldn't have done it without you guys.
Kaisa: *Arrange supplies* I sure hope the library is having a better time than the Faroe Islands at the moment.
Johanna: Come to think of it, did you call in a substitute?
Kaisa: I called in Lacey, Michael's ex-coworker. I just hope her eyepatch isn't scaring anyone.
Johanna: ... Actually, why have you been coming with us, Kaisa?
Kaisa: ...
Johanna: It's not like you to leave the library to someone else.
Kaisa: ... Michael dropped by the library a couple of years ago. I told him that I was feeling lonely.
Johanna: Lonely?
Kaisa: I have bonded with your daughter and her friends as time went by. When you left for Sodor, I only had Michael to talk to. After you came back, I decided that I needed to get out of the library more often. And it worked, didn't it?
Johanna: ... I see. I guess I can relate.
Kaisa: *?*
Johanna: After my parents disappeared, I only had my Aunt Astrid around. Then, I found Anders, and... Well, you know. Aside from them, I didn't really have any friends of my own. Until now.
Kaisa: *Smiles a little*
~Hotel Brandan~
Mabel: What about a beach-themed birthday party? You know what I mean? Volleyball, barbecue, bonfire? Who doesn't love a big fire?
Chandler: Question.
Mabel: Hm?
Chandler: Why are you asking me? I'm the wrong guy to ask. I had to leave my last birthday party early.
Hilda: Oh, yeah? Why's that?
Chandler: Well, actually, there was a kidnapping that occurred right across from where the party was located.
Frida: Really?
Jemma: That would make me leave my birthday party early too.
Martha: Is the victim okay?
Chandler: She's good. Actually, she's perfect. Not only did she make it out alive and unscathed, but she decided to become one of our own.
Mabel: So, I bet her next birthday bash you're gonna do it up right, huh?
Chandler: Oh, yeah. We're pulling out all the stops. We're talking balloons, a cruise ship trip, the works.
Mabel: That's what I'm talking about, celebrate life, you know? Gather some rose petals. You know what I mean?
Chandler: Pretty sure you mean rosebuds, but I get what you mean. So, how come your friend doesn't like birthdays?
Louise: Actually, he's fine with birthdays.
Pacifica: He's just not a fan of Father's Day.
Chandler: *?* Why Father's Day?
Hilda: ... *Sighs* When I first met Trevor, he was a straight-up delinquent. As time went by, we buried the hatchet. And eventually, we started dating.
Chandler: Aren't you lucky?
Hilda: Then, one day, he finally opened up as to why he became a delinquent.
Chandler: What happened?
Frida: On his 7th birthday, his dad walked out, claiming that he's married to his job rather than his wife.
Chandler: Yikes.
Hilda: It gets worse. Some bully told Trevor that his dad walked out because he hated him. Then, Trevor slugged him. After that, he decided that if the world was going to be cruel to him, then he should return the favor. And thus, he started messing with people as a way of lashing out.
Chandler: ... Honestly, if I was in his position, I'd be angry at the world too.
Hilda: That's why we're here. To help him out. To show him that there are people who would stand by his side.
Chandler: It seems to me like he's lucky to have you.
Hilda: ... I keep telling him that.
~Elsewhere~
Dipper: So, you have any friends here in the Faroe Islands?
Liam: Yep. I've got a younger cousin here in Tórshavn. Elena. And she's married to a guy named Vik. He was on a business trip when the earthquake happened.
David: Did she make it through the quake okay?
Liam: Oh, yeah. She's fine. The first thing she did was call me and Vik to give the heads-up. Then, I caught a flight to help with the cleanup. Her neighborhood was struck, but her house was mostly unaffected.
Richard: That's good. How long have they been married?
Liam: Going on for two years. So, congrats to them.
Fargo: How'd they meet?
Liam: Well, Vik used to run with a bad crowd. And I, uh... I arrested his father.
Boys: *?!*
Liam: Not that he minds it. He really wanted out of the business after meeting Elena.
Trevor: I guess you never know where you're gonna find the right person.
Liam: *Chuckles* Yeah, they're a regular rom-com. What about you guys? Any relationships?
Dipper: *Chuckles* Let's just say some of us dating our... former tormentors.
Liam: Heh. Another rom-com. The bully victim falls in love with their tormentor and vice versa.
Dipper: I've got a not-so-spoiled rich kid, and Trevor here is dating the descendent of a "magical race"
Liam: *?* Really?
Trevor: Yeah. Hilda comes from a line of fairies.
Liam: You're dating a fairy?
Trevor: No. She's part-fairy. But she doesn't see it that way. Back then, I wasn't the friendliest kid in the neighborhood. I thought she was a wicked witch when I first met her, but then, she... impressed me somehow.
Liam: Okay.
Trevor: Then, I went back to my rude ways to... "stay on some good sides". *Turns to Fargo and Alban* Including you two.
Fargo & Alban: ... *Gulp*
Trevor: Then, I got kidnapped, and Hilda rescued me, and I finally changed my ways... I-It's complicated.
Liam: Ugh. I know the feeling.
~Medical Station~
Anders: *Holding up a camera* Good boy. Now, just look at me.
Jasper: *Looks away*
Anders: No, no, no. Stay right there. Don't look at that guy.
Jasper: *Looks another way*
Anders: No, no, no. Just look at me.
Jasper: *Not listening*
Ander: At me. Look at me.
Jasper: *Not listening*
Anders: Jasper, you got to look at me. At-
Jasper: *Looks another way*
Anders: No. Not over there.
Jasper: *Looks another way*
Anders: Not at that guy.
Jasper: *Looks another way*
Anders: *Annoyed* Okay, if you c-
Daniel: *Approaches them* You could always dangle a treat in front of the camera. *Does so with a cooked shrimp* That'll get his attention.
Jasper: *Turns to the camera*
Anders: There we go. *Takes a picture* Good boy, Jasper.
Daniel: Who does he belong to?
Anders: Nobody knows. Which is why I'm taking his picture. Thought I'd put up some missing pet posters. Come on, boy. Let's go stroll around. *Leads Jasper out of the tent*
Johanna: So, how's it going over at the network station?
Daniel: Everything's good. It's nice talking to somebody who thinks like me, you know?
Johanna: Did you really do some hacking jobs in the past?
Daniel: Just some small stuff. Then, I started to do some... physical trouble. The rest is history after that.
You know, if Anders can't find the owner, we could give the dog to Trevor as a birthday present.
Johanna: We could, but I don't think even that little guy could get Trevor to break his boycott.
Daniel: ... What's his deal? Trevor loves a good party. And a good holiday. Why is he so against Father's Day?
Johanna: ... You weren't around when he first told me. It was around when we left Sodor.
Daniel: What did he tell you?
Johanna: Trevor doesn't like to talk about it, but... he wasn't always against Father's Day. He used to love it. Then, he turned 7. His dad was away to fill in for an absent worker. So, his mother was throwing the party. And Trevor, Martha, Fargo, and Alban were actually having fun. He was convinced that his dad was gonna come home and surprise him with some amazing gift. But after the cake was eaten, and the presents were opened, Trevor's dad still didn't return. So, they searched his room to see if he left a gift behind. But they only found a note, which revealed that his dad wasn't on a business trip. He left and he wasn't coming back.
Daniel: *!* Whoa.
Johanna: Yeah. Kinda hard to celebrate after that. But then, it got worse. Word got out, and Trevor punched a bully who said that his dad left because he hated him. After that incident, he became that little delinquent Hilda and I first met when we moved to Trolberg. It's his way of lashing out at a world that was being cruel to him.
Daniel: ... Poor guy.
~Hotel Brandan~
Dipper: *Scanning the place* ...
*Beeping increases*
Dipper: *Looks up at a blocked hallway* Multiple distinct hits on the other side.
Liam: Looks like we found them.
Hughie: We might need a jackhammer for this one.
Deacon: Or find a way to raise these giant beams.
Tommy: ... *Spot a hydraulic press* ... I think we'll take the latter.
~4th Floor~
*The other team finds some soldiers using a generator of sorts to power a scanner next to a door*
Chandler: Mercs. And they're breaking into the vault.
Mabel: How are they gonna get in? The power's out.
Hilda: Well, that's not stopping them. They've got a generator or something with them.
*The soldiers reveal a hostage in their custody and use him to get clearance, unlocking the vault*
Pacifica: Oh, man. They have a hostage.
Jemma: That ain't good.
Chandler: Let me try something. *Approaches them* Hey, fellas.
*The soldiers and the hostage turn to him*
Chandler: How's it going? Everything cool?
*One soldier tries to go for his gun*
Chandler: *Aims at him* Hey, don't touch that, man. It's a bad health choice.
*The soldier relents*
Chandler: Now, I really, really, really want to do this the easy way. Alright?
Soldier: What do you want? *Secretly grabs something behind his back*
Chandler: Simple: You're all gonna have to drop your guns, and you're gonna have to let the hostage go. And you're gonna have to agree that... you're all under arrest.
Soldier: I don't think so. *Reveals a grenade and pulls the pin out* Here's humo in your eye! *Throws it at Chandler*
Frida: Humo?
*Burst!*
Louise: *!* Smoke! Take cover!
*Smoke engulfs the room*
Soldier: Ataque!
*The soldiers open fire*
Chandler: *Takes cover and fires back*
~Basement Level~
Tommy: *Using the press to lift a hole open* Okay. Now, to go in.
*The boys carefully crawl in one by one*
*Muffled noises*
Liam: *Looks up* Something tells me they found Los Justos.
~4th Floor~
*The gunfight continues*
Martha: Want us to help out or something?!
Chandler: With what?!
Frida: *Remembers something... and pulls out her wand* Hey, Chandler!
Chandler: *?*
Frida: Watch this! *Tries to enter the fray*
*Rumbling*
Mabel: Whoa.
~Basement Level~
David: What's happening?!
Liam: It's an aftershock! It shouldn't last long!
~Emergency Management Camp~
Dale: Aftershock! Take cover and brace yourselves!
*Everyone does so*
Anders: *He and Erik hold onto Jasper* Hold tight, Jasper.
~Basement Level~
Dipper: *Climbs through*
*The hole closes*
Liam: Hey! Boys!
Dipper: Don't worry! We're through, but the wall just collapsed!
~Emergency Management Camp~
Stan: I hope the kids are doing okay!
Ford: So do I!
~4th Floor~
*The soldiers jump out of a window, along with their hostage*
Man: Help!
*The aftershock stops*
Mabel: Come on! Let's go save him!
*The team rushes to the window, only to see...*
Man: *Hanging on for dear life* Help me!
~Basement Level~
Boys: ...
???: Hello?
*The boys turn to see a group of 13 people*
Trevor: ... Hi.
Woman: ... Hello.
Man: What are you doing here?
Dipper: Uh... We're here to rescue you guys? ... I think.
Chapter 75: Least Favorite Day Part 4
Chapter Text
~4th Floor~
Man: *Panting frantically* Please, help me.
Mabel: *Spots a rope and grabs it* This'll do. *Droops it out of the window*
Man: Help me.
Mabel: Grab the rope!
Man: *Tries to do so*
Hilda: Grab it!
Man: I can't grab it!
Hilda: Yes, you can!
Man: I can't! You have to grab me!
Chandler: Okay, hang on. *Climbs out of the window* Girls, secure the rope.
Girls: Okay.
~Basement Level~
Dipper: Liam, please tell us you're okay.
Liam: No worries. I'm good. How are you?
David: We're fine.
Liam: The scientists?
David: They're good too. All things considered.
Liam: I don't think I can get through. The aftershock shifted things.
Dipper: There's no telling when another might hit. So, find your way to the surface.
Liam: And leave you here?
Richard: We'll find our own way up.
Liam: Alright. Be careful, boys. *Leaves*
~4th Floor~
Pacifica: *Finishes* Rope secured!
Chandler: Good. *Looks around* Goodness me, it's gorgeous out here.
Frida: Won't be so gorgeous if you fall from 4 stories up and slam onto the pavement below.
Man: *Frantic tone* Help me. Please.
Chandler: *Descends* You're okay. I'm right here.
Man: I can't do it. I can't do it.
Chandler: *Reaches out* On 3. 1... 2...
Man: *Eyes widen*
Chandler: ...3!
Man: *Lets go*
Chandler: *Grabs him* Gotcha! Pull us up, girls!
Girls: *They do so*
~Basement Level~
Trevor: Which one of you is the team leader?
Woman: *Raises her hand* I am. Sandra Schwarz, Project Manager.
Hughie: So, how is everybody doing?
Sandra: Fine, I guess. But we'd be a lot better if we knew how we were getting out of here. We can already tell your way in...
Frago: ...was a bit of a one-way ticket.
Tommy: But don't worry. We're good at finding our way out of tight spots.
Man 2: You don't think we've already tried everything? I mean, you're looking at 13 of 16 PhDs from Denmark.
Deacon: We know. You work for the Danish Military.
Woman 2: What are you gonna think of that we didn't already try?
Dipper: Honestly, we don't know. We haven't thought of it yet. We're just making things up as we go.
Man 3: Not exactly wise.
~Vault, 4th Floor~
Jemma: So, uh... What's your name?
Man: Elias.
Jemma: Right. Elias, can you tell if anything's missing?
Elias: *Looks around* All of my work's still here. But I just head one department. I don't know what else was being kept here.
Louise: Okay. So, either they left here empty-handed, or they knew exactly what they wanted and grabbed that.
Martha: But what exactly were they after?
~Basement Level~
Dipper: *Looking around* Plenty of chemicals, but we can't risk blasting our way out.
Sandra: It's been a tempting idea, but my thoughts are the same.
David: Any chance your air ducts are...?
Sandra: No luck. They're 12 inches wide. Not even a child could fit through them. We tried already.
Trevor: *Opens an elevator door* There's an elevator.
Sandra: An elevator shaft. But the power's out. There's no way to call the car.
Trevor: *Looks down* At least, the car is below us.
Man 4: And that's a good thing?
Trevor: Well, if it was above us, then my plan wouldn't work.
Woman 3: Do you even have a plan?
Trevor: I have half of one, which is pretty good for me.
Dipper: *Spots a coil and grabs it* I think I just found the other half. *Approaches the shaft and ties the coil to the cables* This is an ascender rig. We'll lash these wires to the elevator lift cables, and we'll go up one at a time. It'll be just like rock climbing. *To himself* Except greasier, darker, and our lives depend on it. *Turns to the others* So, who wants to go first?
Woman 4: ... *Raises her hand* I'll go.
Sandra: You sure you want to, Violet?
Violet: I've done a few climbs at Kilauea Iki in Hawaii. *Approaches the shaft* I can tie us off at the top.
Dipper: That's perfect. When you get to the lobby floor, pry the doors open just like I did. Then, call down.
Violet: Okay. *Starts to climb up*
*Phone rings*
Dipper: *Pulls out his phone* I guess Uncle Ford got the cell network up. *Answers and turns the camera on* Hi, Mabel.
Mabel (Over the phone): Hey, bro. Glad to see you didn't get crushed by the building.
Dipper: And I'm glad to see you haven't fallen off of it.
Mabel (Over the phone): Well, Chandler tried.
Chandler (Over the phone): So, did you find the other scientists?
Dipper: Yeah, we're heading up the elevator now. *Pauses* Kinda.
Chandler (Over the phone): Did you turn a desk lamp into a hoverboard or something?
Dipper: ... Uh...
Mabel (Over the phone): You know what? D-Don't answer that. Never mind. Just hand me the highest-ranking scientist you got there for a tic, will ya?
Sandra: *Approaches* Sandra Schwarz, Project Manager. How can I help?
Mabel (Over the phone): Hi, Sandra. Listen, it's super simple: We're at your vault on the 4th Floor. I'm gonna point my phone at the inside and I need you to alert us if anything is missing. You got it? *Turns the phone to the vault*
Sandra: *Examines* Hm. Everything looks like where it's supposed to b- *Notices something* ... Oh, God.
Dipper: What?
Sandra: The Smart Bullet's gone.
Dipper: Smart Bullet?
{Later}
~Lobby~
Richard: It's a next-generation piece of ammunition. The scientists who designed these bullets said that they are laser-guided, they can change course mid-flight, and they have over 99% accuracy.
Dale (Over the phone): I read a brief on these. They're supposed to turn even a first-time shooter into an expert marksman.
Chandler (Over the phone): And now, these mercenaries have the prototype.
Dipper: Actually, they have a box of 20 working prototypes, and they only need at least one of those bullets to back-engineer the technology and create an endless supply.
Mabel: So, if we don't get these prototypes back, we're facing an army of gunners who never miss? Man, I don't like anything about this. I don't like quakes, I don't like mercs, and I dang sure don't like magic bullets.
Richard: Yeah, we got to stop them from getting this ammo off the island.
Pacifica: It's not gonna be easy, Richard. The city's in chaos, and most of the roads are shut down, and these mercs have a big head start.
Dale (Over the phone): Then, I guess you guys better get yourselves in gear.
Boys: Okay.
Girls (Over the phone): Yes, sir.
Chapter 76: Least Favorite Day Part 5
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
~Outside~
After leaving the hotel, the team set off to look for Los Justos.
Dipper: Okay, Uncle Ford, you got the bird's-eye view. What do you see?
Ford (Over the radio): Uh, not including you guys, I got nine vehicles in motion near Hilo. Five are emergency management, three are police, one's an unmarked panel van headed east.
Mabel: Ding-ding, we got ourselves a winner. That's got to be the mercs right there.
Ford (Over the radio): Looks like they're heading for the shore. And they got a speedboat waiting for them.
Daniel (Over the radio): Guys, you better hurry you have vog rolling in.
Hilda: Vog? What's vog?
Dipper: You remember what smog is, right?
Hilda: Yeah, smoke fog.
Dipper: Vog is like smog from a volcano.
Hilda: Oh, that's cool.
Ford (Over the radio): No, it's not, 'cause if the mercs make it off the Island, it'll be nearly impossible to track them using even satellites.
Hilda: Oh, I see.
Frida: How far ahead are they?
Daniel (Over the radio): A lot. But the road they're on is washed out, which is slowing them down. I found a shortcut that could help you guys catch up. Take your next left.
Liam: Yeah, I see it.
Daniel (Over the radio): And go faster. Much faster.
~Shore~
*The team arrives*
Dipper: Okay, they got to be here somewhere.
Hilda: *Looks around* Where could...? *Spots movement* There! That must be them.
Jemma: Let's go! *Goes after them*
Hughie: *Follows* No, you stay.
*The others follow*
Jemma: What are you talking about? I'm not staying. It's only a small enemy unit.
Hughie: But they have a powerful weapon. Besides, you're a pacifist.
Jemma: I'm going anyway.
Hughie: No! Stay!
Jemma: I won't!
Hughie: What did I tell you?
Jemma: I'm not a dog, Hughie! I'm not staying.
Trevor: Sound familiar?
Martha: Oh, yeah.
Hilda: *Chuckle*
Hughie: I'm gonna trip you, Jemma.
*The soldiers turn around and use one of the Smart Bullets.
*The team stops*
Mabel: Uh-oh.
Chandler: Cover!
*They all do so*
*Bang!*
*The bullet flies towards...*
Liam: *Gets hit* Oy!
Frida: Are you alright?
Liam: My vest stopped it.
Mabel: Those bullets really are smart.
Chandler: *Shooting back* They still have 19 Smart Bullets left. We might have a chance for payback.
Richard: Yeah, with that kind of accuracy, the odds are the next one's gonna be a headshot. So, you better think of something, Dipper. Right now.
Liam: *Shoots back*
Dipper: *Ponders* ... *!* I've got an idea already. Chandler, the laser sight on your gun. Could I borrow it?
Chandler: Just the sight, and not the gun?
I'm not much of a gun person, but I love lasers.
Chandler: Alright then. *Removes the laser sight and passes it to Dipper*
David: Hurry up, Dipper. We're running out of lead, here.
Dipper: *Opens the laser* I'm moving as fast as I can! Now, lasers are much stronger than we want them to be. So, in order to limit their output, manufacturers add a potentiometer. If I can burn that out, we can get a stronger laser.
Chandler: There goes my warranty.
Dipper: Well, yes, but with a stronger beam, we might be able to confuse the Smart Bullets into following our laser instead of the enemy's.
Pacifica: And trick it into hitting something that ain't us.
Mabel: I love it! We're gonna be outsmarting robo-bullets.
Dipper: However, for the plan to work, I need the sniper to take another shot at us. *Finishes* I'm gonna have to bait that sniper into shooting at me.
Pacifica: What?
Trevor: Can't anyone else do it? I'll do it.
Dipper: No. It's gotta be me. *Tosses the laser to...* David, you can aim better than the rest of us.
David: Yeah, but, Dipper, we don't even know if this plan's gonna work.
Dipper: What choice do we have? *Stands out in the open*
David: *Points the laser at him*
*Bang!*
David: *Aims away*
*The bullet follows their laser*
Louise: It's working!
David: *Aims at...* Bye-bye, speedboat.
*Whoosh!*
*Boom!*
*The soldiers go flying*
Martha: Yes! We got them!
Liam: Move in!
*The team does so and stops Los Justos from fleeing*
Tommy: Take that, you suckers!
{Later}
*The authorities arrive to arrest the soldiers, while the kids regroup with the adults*
Liam: So, it's official. All rescue teams reported in. Hilo's been cleared. Lots of injuries with zero fatalities.
Fargo: Nice.
Dale: So, you guys can head home knowing you helped save a lot of people's lives.
Dipper: *Passes the laser sight to Chandler* Sorry about the laser sight.
Chandler: Don't be. That was actually clever of you.
Dale: I look forward to any future business with you guys.
Ford: Same here, old friend. See you around.
*The team parts ways with Dale, Liam, and Chandler*
Trevor: You know, I've been thinking, Wendy.
Wendy: What is it?
Trevor: After talking to Liam and letting a sniper shoot a laser-guided super bullet at Dipper, I think you're right.
Wendy: About what?
Trevor: ... I know I'm going to regret this, but I think you should throw me a birthday party.
Wendy: Really? After so long?
Trevor: Nothing too drastic, though.
Wendy: Well, with your birthday nearing, and your near-death experience at the hotel, I don't see why I shouldn't deny your request.
David: ... *Pats Trevor's shoulder* Happy birthday, buddy.
Trevor: ... Thanks.
{A few days later}
~Trolberg~
Back in Trolberg, the Adventure Club was celebrating Trevor's birthday.
Dipper: Now, this is a great party. Glad you let Wendy talk you into it.
Trevor: Thanks. And don't give her too much credit. The earthquake in the Faroe Islands had a lot to do with it.
Dipper: Not just the earthquake. Mabel and Daniel had a part in this too.
Johanna: Happy birthday, Trevor. *Passes a gift*
Trevor: Thanks. *Opens it* What is this?
Johanna: It's a drone.* Ford and I made it together. So, this is a gift from him too.
Trevor: I wonder what I could do with this.
*Camera flash*
Trevor: *!* *Turns to...*
Louise: Good thing. I'm here. I've used a friend's drone before. So, I could give you a 101.
Hilda: *Enters* Okay. Now, to... *Notices her dad gazing out the window* ... *Approaches him* Are you okay, Dad?
Anders: Huh? Oh, of course, I'm okay.
Hilda: Are you sure? You're bummed-out expression says otherwise.
Anders: ...
Hilda: You still bummed about having to leave Jasper behind?
Anders: ... Nah. I'm thrilled we found his owner. You know, I wasn't planning on keeping him. I mean, that-that would just be silly. I just wanted to give him as a gift to Trevor.
Hilda: I guess I would've too.
Pacifica: *Approaches them* I'm sorry you lost Jasper, Anders.
Anders: At least, the owner promised to let me and Daniel video chat with him regularly. I just need to boot up that computer that Daniel and I working on. Until then, we have to use his.
Mabel: *Approaches them* Hey, what you got in there?
Hilda: Oh, just something Trevor might like anyway.**
Mabel: "Anyway"?
Hilda: No spoilers.
Erik: *Arrives with a food cart* I'm here.
Anders: Oh, good! Nice of you to drop by, Erik.
Erik: Thanks for inviting me, Anders. *Parks his cart* Who's ready for some of my world-famous shrimp? *Grabs a tray* How 'bout you, Ford?
Ford: Well, why not? *Takes the tray*
Erik: *Passes another two trays to Kaisa and Michael* Here you go, try a piece, you won't regret it.
Michael: *Takes a bite* *!* Wowie. That is irresistible.
Kaisa: Is it? *Takes a bite* *!* ... Okay, that's the most delicious thing I've ever tasted.
Daniel: Everybody, a little announcement.
*Everyone turns to him*
Daniel: Thanks for comin'. Now, normally, the music starts straight off the bat at any party, but I've been saving it until we bring out the big attraction. Bring it over, Frida!
Frida: *Enters with a covered object*
Trevor: This is the cake, isn't it?
Frida: You're going to love the shape. *Uncovers it, revealing the cake to be shaped like* Ta-da! It's your trust hat!
Trevor: *Amazed* Holy moly.
Daniel: Hit it, Wendy!
Wendy: *Presses "Play"*
Well, the note said, "You've had time to think about it".
Looks like to me, you're feeling kinda crowded.
You're not looking for anything permanent here.
So, my rodeo's packed, and it's in goodbye gear.
Dipper & Hilda: Happy birthday, Trevor!
Trevor: Thanks, guys.
Dipper: On 3. 1...
Hilda: ...2...
Trevor: ...3!
*All three blow out the candles*
*Applause*
So, I shot down to the Longhorn Diner.
Her sister works there, and she'd know where to find her.
She said, "You did not hear this from me".
"All I'll say is momma's got that place out in Monterey"
Hilda: Shall we dance?
Trevor: Why not?
*Everyone starts dancing to the song*
Oh, how fast can I go?
Gotta catch that little red rodeo!
She drove off with my heart, I've got to let her know!
Need the girl in that little red rodeo!
Texas plates, "Candy Apple Red Rodeo"!
*Song ends*
Notes:
* - https://x.com/FightskyEd/status/1796783843115962663
** - https://x.com/slogokonnor99/status/1759764484430745798/photo/2
Rayan33366 (Guest) on Chapter 2 Sat 30 Mar 2024 12:48AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 13 Fri 02 Feb 2024 11:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 18 Mon 12 Feb 2024 04:32AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 22 Mon 12 Feb 2024 05:03AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 26 Sat 09 Mar 2024 12:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 31 Sun 24 Mar 2024 08:26AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 32 Wed 27 Mar 2024 04:16AM UTC
Comment Actions
miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 33 Wed 27 Mar 2024 04:45AM UTC
Comment Actions
Miguel angel (Guest) on Chapter 37 Fri 29 Mar 2024 04:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
null (Guest) on Chapter 71 Fri 03 May 2024 07:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
KID_Z4P on Chapter 71 Fri 03 May 2024 09:53PM UTC
Comment Actions